xxnullxx - 5dbc7fc7f87beb0001bb4ab6

RICOH ProcessDirector Field Help

1 Field help

The field help displays when you click the ? button next to a field in the user interface.

1.1 Apply any or all of the following conditions

Specifies whether a job must meet all of the conditions specified by a rule or any one of the conditions.

Values:

All (default)
A job is sent through the connector if it meets all of the conditions. The conditions have an AND relationship.
Any
A job is sent through the connector if it meets any condition. The conditions have an OR relationship.
Custom
A job is sent through the connector if a compound condition is met. If you define three or more conditions, you can use AND and OR to build a compound condition.

Database name
Connector.AnyOrAllFieldHelp

Usage notes:

  • This property supports both simple and compound conditions.
  • The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
  • If you select Custom, an entry field appears. Use the numbers to the left of each condition to build the rules for combining conditions in this field. Enter parentheses to group the conditions logically. For example, when three conditions are specified, enter ( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3 if condition 3 must be included with either 1 or 2, compared to 1 OR ( 2 AND 3 ) where either condition 1 or both conditions 2 and 3 must be included.

1.2 Summary

The Summary field shows your selections in the Conditions area in a database query format. The value changes as you modify conditions.

1.3 Conditions

Lets you define one or more conditions for a rule. Each condition consists of a job property, a comparison, and a value.
Property
Specifies which job property you want to use for the condition.

Values:

The list of all job properties (by field name) in the system.

Comparison
Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value for a job to the contents of the Value field to decide whether a job meets the condition. Select one of these:

Values:

= (equal to ) (default)
A job meets the condition if its property value exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
!= (not equal to)
A job meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
> (greater than)
A job meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
< (less than)
A job meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
>= (greater than or equal to)
A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
<= (less than or equal to)
A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
Like
A job meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
Unlike
A job meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
Not set
A job meets the condition if its property has no value set or if the value is Not set.
Set
A job meets the condition if its property has a value set.

Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether a job meets the condition.

Values:

Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.

If a property takes a unit, you cannot select it. You must specify measurement values in inches. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes.

Database name
Connector.Display
Usage notes:
  • When you use the like or unlike comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is Not set.
  • To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
  • If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use the less than or greater than comparison.
  • You cannot use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol in the Value field.

1.4 Order of execution

When multiple connectors exit a single step, RICOH ProcessDirector must determine which connector the job should follow to the next step. This value indicates which connector RICOH ProcessDirector should evaluate first, second, third, and so on, when it tries to choose which connector the job should use.

Values:

Integers corresponding to the total number of connectors that exit the current step.

Database name
Connector.Order

Usage notes:

  • The default Order of execution is the order that the connectors were created in.
  • If a step has more than one connector leaving it, the Order of execution value is added to the label on the connector before the value of the Rule name.
  • If you change the Order of execution value of a connector to 1, that connector becomes the first connector evaluated. The Order of execution values for the other connectors are updated accordingly.

    For example, you have four connectors, and change the Order of execution value for one of them from 3 to 1. As a result, the connector that previously had its Order of execution value set to 1 is changed to 2. The connector that had its Order of execution value set to 2 adjusts the value to 3 and the value of the fourth connector remains unchanged.

  • If you change the Order of execution value of a connector from 5 to 2, that connector becomes the second connector evaluated. The Order of execution values for the other connectors are updated accordingly.

    For example, you have six connectors, and change the Order of execution value for one of them from 5 to 2. As a result, the connector that previously had its Order of execution value set to 2 is changed to 3. The connector that had its Order of execution value set to 3 adjusts the value to 4. The connector that had its Order of execution value set to 4 adjusts the value to 5 and the value of the first and sixth connectors remain unchanged.

1.5 Rule name

Specifies the name of the rule that is assigned to the connector. You can define a new rule for the connector by typing a name.

Format:

Length
1-128 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Connector.RuleLabel

Usage notes:

  • If you define a condition for a connector, you must provide a rule name.
  • You can have multiple rules with the same name. Rules with the same name can have different conditions.

1.6 Group actions

The actions that members of the user group can do.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Group.Actions

1.7 Action permissions

Lists the available object types and the actions for each object type and lets you change the access level for each action for this group.

When an object type is selected, the available actions for that object type are listed. You can enable or disable any of the actions listed in the table by toggling the Allow checkbox next to the action.

The object types listed include all the objects that are available on the system.

Database name
Group.ActionPermissions

1.8 Group properties

The properties that members of the user group can view or edit.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Group.Attributes

1.9 Properties permissions

Lists the available object types and properties of each object type and lets you change the access level for each property for this group.

When an object type is selected, the properties for that object type are listed. You can enable or disable the View or Edit action for each property. The View action lets a group view the value of the property without the ability to change it. The Edit action lets a group change the value of the property.

The object types listed include all the objects that are available on the system.

Database name
Group.AttributesPermissions
Usage note: If the View permission is disabled, the Edit permission is also disabled.

1.10 Group created by

Specifies the ID of the RICOH ProcessDirector feature that created the group. This property has no value if a user created the group, and the group did not result from the action of a feature.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Group.CreatedBy

1.11 Group description

Describes the user group. For example, the description might include the level of security authority for the group.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
Group.Description

1.12 Group name

Specifies the name of the user group.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
Group.ID

Usage note: You cannot change the name of the group after you create it. If you need to rename the location, create a copy of the group and specify the new name. Then, delete the original group.

1.13 Last modified

The date and time that the group changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the user group changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Group.LastModified

1.14 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this user group. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the user group occur changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Group.ModifiedBy

1.15 Group source ID

Specifies the group supplied by RICOH ProcessDirector that was used as a base for this group. This group might have been copied either directly from the source group or from another copy of the source group. You cannot change the value of this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Group.SourceID

1.16 Device code page

Specifies the code page that the Hot folder input device uses to read the contents of any files that accompany the print files, such as trigger files and list files. The input device converts those accompanying files into UTF-8 format; it does not convert print files to UTF-8. The Device code page value should match the code page that was used to create the accompanying files.

Values:

UTF8 (default)
Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format.
ISO8859_1
Latin Alphabet Number 1.
ISO8859_15
Latin Alphabet Number 9.
EUC_JP
JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese.

Database name
HotFolder.CodePage

1.17 Matching pattern for sets

Specifies the file name pattern that an input device uses when it creates sets. This pattern is a regular expression that indicates the portion of the input file names that must match within a set. The input files that make up a set are determined by the values for the Data patterns, JDF patterns, Overrides patterns, and File Patterns properties.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
(.+?)\.[^.]*$|$

Database name
HotFolder.SetPattern

Usage notes:

  • The default value finds files whose names are identical except for their extensions and adds them to the same set. For example, the files Jones.csv and Jones.pdf match except for the extension and can be added to a set. Similarly, Jones.part1.csv and Jones.part1.pdf can be added to a different set.
  • The default value assumes that the filetype extension (the text after the last period in the file name) is used to identify each type of file in the set. For example, the Data patterns property is set to a value that uses the .pdf extension to identify the print file and the JDF patterns property is set to a value that uses the .jdf extension to identify the JDF job ticket.
  • This property is only used when the Batching method is set to Number of sets, Pages in sets, or Sets by time.

1.18 Batching method

Specifies how the input device groups multiple input files or sets of files and submits them as a single job or parent and child jobs. You can change this value for hot folder or SFTP input devices, but not for Download input devices, LPD input devices, or REST or SOAP web services input devices. Download input devices use the JCL batching method and LPD input devices use the List batching method.

A set is a group of files that must be processed together, such as a data file, a job ticket, and an overrides file. To create sets, you specify values for the pattern matching properties as needed. Pattern matching properties include: Data patterns, JDF patterns, Overrides patterns, and File Patterns. Only the Number of sets, Pages in sets, and Sets by time batching methods can process sets of files.

Values:

None
The input device does not group input files together. For hot folder or SFTP input devices, the default is None.
Batch

The input device groups input files when a user selects two or more files and clicks Make batch from the input files page for the input device. The input device does not automatically submit any input files for processing when this batching method is in effect.

JCL
The input device automatically groups certain sets of input files using the values of their z/OS OUTGRP JCL parameters. The input device groups input files with OUTGRP values of FIRST, NEXT, and LAST. It does not group input files with OUTGRP values of ONLY or input files that do not use OUTGRP parameters.

JCL is valid only for Download input devices. Download input devices are only available if you install the AFP Support feature.

JDF
The input device automatically groups all input files that are specified as Job Definition Format (JDF) type. The input device reads the job ticket input files and locates PDF file names in the input files table or a local directory. The JDF patterns property controls how the input device identifies JDF files.

You must specify values for both the Workflow property and the Child workflow property. The input device treats the data files that the JDF file specifies as child input files. Set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint and the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the types of files that the JDF file specifies. If more than one file is referenced in the JDF job ticket, the files are assigned child job IDs in the order they appear in the JDF file.

List

The input device automatically groups all input files that are specified in a separate list file. The List patterns property controls how list files are identified.

The list file contains input file names without any path information, and each input-file entry must be on a separate line. To submit a batch of files, copy the list file and all of the input files it identifies to the directory that the Folder location property for the input device specifies.

If only one data file is provided, one job is created. The job contains the list file, aiwlist file, data file, and any other (non-data) files. The job is treated as a child job, even though the job ID is not assigned a child job ID (it displays as, for example, 1000001 rather than 1000001.1).

If more than one file is provided and the Create .zip file property is set to No, a parent job is created for the list and aiwlist files, and a child job is created for each data file (and its associated other files). For example, parent job 1000002 contains the list and aiwlist files, and child jobs 1000002.1 and 1000002.2 contain a data file (and their associated non-data files). The files are assigned child job IDs in the order they appear in the list file.

List is the only valid value for LPD input devices; it can also be used for hot folder or SFTP input devices.

Pattern

The hot folder or SFTP input device compares file information for all input files received by the input device, using the Data patterns and the File patterns properties. Files that match the specified patterns are used to create a single job using the data file. Only one matching file can contain print data.

If you use the Pattern batching method, you can define more precise matching criteria by using both the Data patterns field and the File pattern field. For example, if you use the Data patterns value (.*).data$, any file name ending with .data matches. If you use the File pattern value \1.oth$, then Job1.data and Job1.oth are considered a match and are included in the job, but Job2.oth does not match. For more information about pattern-matching syntax, see the information center.

Number

The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the number of files in the input device matches the value of the Number of files to batch property. When the values match, the input device submits a group of files.

Number of sets

The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the number of sets of files in the input device matches the value of the Number of files to batch property. When the values match, the input device submits the sets.

Pages

The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the total number of pages in the PDF files that are received by the input device matches or exceeds the value of the Number of pages to batch property, then submits a group of files.

The Pages batching method can be used only for PDF files.

Pages in sets

The hot folder or SFTP input device waits until the total number of PDF pages in complete sets that are received by the input device matches or exceeds the value of the Number of pages to batch property, then submits the sets as a group.

The Pages in sets batching method can be used only for PDF files.

Sets by time

The hot folder or SFTP input device submits one or more complete sets of input files at a specific time or time interval determined by the values set for the Batching interval and Batching date or Frequency properties. The hot folder or SFTP input device submits the sets as a group with one set in each child job.

Time

The hot folder or SFTP input device submits a group of all the files that match the value set for the Data patterns property and that are received during a time period determined by the values set for the Batching start date, Batching start time, Batching interval, and Batching date or Frequency properties in the Batching tab.

Database name
InputDevice.BatchingMethod

Usage notes:

  • If you choose Number of sets, Pages in sets, or Sets by time, the Create .zip file property is not available. When a set of files is submitted, they always form a single job.
  • If the Create .zip file property is available and set to Yes, a single job containing all of the files is submitted in ZIP file format. Set the Workflow property for the input device to a workflow that is appropriate for the data files.
  • If you use the Batch, JDF, or Pattern batching method, or if the Create .zip file property is set to No, each data file in a batch is submitted as a child job. As a result, you must set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint and the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the data files.
  • Child jobs are not kept together through processing unless the WaitForGroup step is included in the workflow.
  • If you select Trigger for the Completion method property, the Batching method value is not used.

1.19 Child workflow initialization step

Specifies the name of the step that the input device uses to initialize the workflow for single jobs or child jobs, convert an optional overrides file submitted with a job to a text file in property name=value format for setting job properties, or both.

Values:

Not set (default)
The input device has no name assigned for the step. Use this setting if you assign the workflow by setting the Child workflow property for the input device. For LPD input devices, you must enter a value other than Not set for the Child workflow initialization step property.
SetJobTypeFromRules
This step sets the workflow value by using a RICOH ProcessDirector control file. You can edit the control file so that RICOH ProcessDirector determines the workflow from a value of a parameter that accompanies the job. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the FORMS JCL parameter to set the workflow. The Child workflow parsing rules property for the input device specifies the control file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses if this value is set. This step can also use the control file to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.
SetJobTypeFromFileName
This step sets the workflow value by parsing the name of the input file. You can specify a pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to determine the part of the name to use. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the file extension of the input file to set the workflow. The Child workflow pattern property for the input device specifies the pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses if this value is set. This step can also use the control file specified by the Child workflow parsing rules property for the input device to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.

Database name
InputDevice.Child.InitJobTypeStep

Usage notes:

  • For input device types other than LPD, you can use the Child workflow property in place of or with the Child workflow initialization step property. At least one of the properties must have a value. If the Child workflow initialization step cannot assign a workflow to the job, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the workflow that the Child workflow property for the input device specifies. For LPD input devices, you must enter a value for the Child workflow initialization step property; you cannot use Child workflow instead.
  • The Workflow initialization step property for the input device specifies the step that initializes the workflow for parent jobs.

1.20 Child workflow

Specifies the name of the workflow that the input device assigns to jobs that contain only a single file or jobs that are children of a parent job. The primary purpose of the child workflow is to define the phases and steps that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to process the child job.

The list includes all the workflows that are available on the system.

Database name
InputDevice.Child.JobType

Usage notes:

  • You can use the Child workflow initialization step property in place of or at the same time as the Child workflow property. At least one of these properties must have a value. If the Child workflow initialization property is Not set, the workflow specified in the Child workflow property is used.
  • Input devices can receive individual files or groups of files that are processed together. Individual files are always processed as separate jobs. When groups of files are processed together, one file is the parent job and the other jobs are children of the parent. The parent job does not usually contain print data but is kept in the system to manage processing of its child jobs. The Workflow property specifies the workflow for parent jobs. The Child workflow property for the input device specifies the workflow for single jobs and child jobs.
  • Do not use the ErrorMessage and ParentNoPrint workflows as the value for the Child workflow property.

1.21 Child workflow pattern

Specifies a pattern-matching string that consists of a regular expression and can include (JOB_TYPE) to specify what part of the file name should be used for the workflow for a single job or a child job. A pattern-matching string is used only if the Child workflow initialization step property is set to SetJobTypeFromFileName.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
InputDevice.Child.JobTypeFilenamePattern

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector tries to match the pattern-matching string to a workflow twice, first with a dollar sign, $, appended to the pattern-matching string and then without one. Therefore, it finds a match at the end of the file name before a match at the beginning.
  • This is an example of a pattern-matching string that uses the file extension to determine the workflow:

    *.(JOB_TYPE)

    The asterisk, *, represents zero or more characters. The period . is a literal period. The (JOB_TYPE) token signifies that RICOH ProcessDirector should use the characters that follow the literal period as the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name myfile.pdf results in the input device assigning pdf as the workflow. Users can use a period, an asterisk, and (JOB_TYPE) to select any portion of the job name to use as the workflow name. For example, the pattern (JOB_TYPE).* would cause RICOH ProcessDirector to use the file name to set the workflow.

  • This is an example of a regular expression that uses the first 4 alphanumeric characters of the file name:

    [A-Za-z0-9]{4}

    There is no (JOB_TYPE) token in this string because the entire pattern is the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name pdf3file.pdf results in the input device assigning pdf3 as the workflow.

1.22 Child workflow parsing rules

Specifies the path and file name of a control file that parses parameters accompanying an input file. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector can use a control file to parse JCL parameters and values to assign the workflow to a single job or a child job. A control file is used only if the Child workflow initialization step property is set to SetJobTypeFromRules or SetJobTypeFromFileName.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
InputDevice.Child.JobTypeParsingRules

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides the receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg sample control file that you can modify and use.
  • In Linux receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg can be found in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/rules directory.
  • In Windows receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg can be found in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\rules directory.
  • As shipped with RICOH ProcessDirector, all workflow assignment statements in the file are inactive. For example: #DEFINE $\{Job.JobType} AS "TEST" WHEN ($\{ORIGHOST} != "myWindowshostname") Users can activate an entry by removing the # comment character, or they can create their own criteria for assigning the workflow.
  • See the Reference information section of the information center for more information about control file syntax.

1.23 Auto Connect

Specifies whether the computer connects the input device when its server is connected.

Values:

Yes
Connect the input device when its server connects.
No
Do not connect the input device when its server connects.

To change the value of this property, use the Disconnect and Connect actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface.

Database name
InputDevice.Connect

1.24 Convert overrides

Specifies whether the SetJobTypeFromRules or SetJobTypeFromFileName step converts an optional overrides file submitted with a job to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format that can be used to set job properties.

Values:

Yes
A control file converts the overrides file submitted with a job to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format. This value is the default for Download and LPD input devices.
No
The overrides file submitted with a job is not converted to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format. This value is the default for input devices that are not Download or LPD input devices.

Database name
InputDevice.ConvertOverrides

Usage notes:

  • The SetJobTypeFromRules or SetJobTypeFromFileName value in the Child workflow initialization step property is required if the value is Yes.
  • Only set the value to Yes when the overrides file submitted with a job is not in a RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format.

1.25 Create .zip file

Specifies whether the input device submits data files as individual jobs or collects them in a .zip file and submits them as a single job.

Values:

Yes
The files are packaged as a .zip file and submitted as one job.
No (default)
The files are submitted as individual jobs.

Database name
InputDevice.CreateZip

Usage notes:

  • You can set this property to Yes for the List, Number, Pages, and Time batching methods. Jobs submitted this way do not use the parent/child job structure.
  • If the batching method is Batch, JDF, Pattern, Number of sets, Pages in sets, or Sets by time, this property is not available.

1.26 Input device description

Describes the input device. For example, it might describe the type of jobs that are sent to the device.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
InputDevice.Description

1.27 Enabled status

Specifies whether this input device can submit input files that it receives to create the corresponding RICOH ProcessDirector jobs.

Values:

Yes
The input device can submit and create new jobs, and send information.
No (default)
The input device cannot create new jobs.

Authorized users can use the Disable and Enable actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to change the value of this property.

Database name
InputDevice.Enabled

Usage note: A disabled input device can still receive input files from external sources if the connection for the input device is active. The Connection status property describes whether the input device is connected.

1.28 Completion method

Specifies how the input device determines that file transmission is complete for an input file. You can change this value for Hot folder input devices, but not for Download input devices or for LPD input devices.

Values:

None
The input device uses no defined method to determine file completion. Transmission is complete as soon as the input device detects the input file. For Download input devices, None is the only valid value.
Size
The input device polls the size of the input file, and determines that transmission is complete when no more file-size changes occur between two polls. The Polling interval (unit) property controls the amount of time between polls. For Hot folder input devices, Size is the default value.
File open
The input device determines that transmission is complete when it can open the input file for a write operation.
Trigger
The input device determines that transmission is complete when it receives the trigger file for the input file. The Trigger patterns property controls how the input device recognizes a trigger file. A trigger file must have the same name as the input file, with a different extension. For LPD input devices, Trigger is the only valid value.

If you select Trigger, the value of the Batching method property is not used.

Database name
InputDevice.FileCompletion

Usage note: An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the same pattern value for both the Trigger patterns and Overrides patterns properties. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been received and then as an overrides file to update property values.

1.29 Data patterns

Specifies one or more pattern-matching strings. RICOH ProcessDirector uses these strings to identify the input files that this input device should accept for processing as single jobs. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*PRD$,.*PDF$ represent patterns that are different from .*prd$,.*pdf$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

The default data pattern-matching string for the Hot folder input devices that RICOH ProcessDirector provides is .*$, which means that those input devices accept any file as an input file that contains job data.

The default data pattern-matching string for the RICOH ProcessDirector Download input devices is .*PRD$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
  • PRD are the actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of PRD signifies the END of the expression.

The default data pattern-matching string for LPD input devices is .*\.prt$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
  • Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
  • .prt are the actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of .prt signifies the END of the expression.

Database name
InputDevice.FileDataPatterns

Usage notes:

  • Input files that RICOH ProcessDirector identifies as data files have a submit type of Data when they display in the input files table for the input device.
  • If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.

1.30 JDF patterns

Specifies one or more pattern-matching strings that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to identify Job Definition Format (JDF) job tickets. RICOH ProcessDirector processes the JDF print files as a group. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*\.JDF$ represents patterns that are different from .*\.jdf$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

The suggested value for Hot folder input devices is .*\.jdf$, where:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length.
  • Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next characters are interpreted literally.
  • .jdf are the actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) means that a match of jdf signifies the END of the expression.
Database name
InputDevice.FileJDFPatterns

Usage notes:

  • Set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint. Set the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the types of files that the JDF file specifies.
  • Set the Batching method property for the input device to JDF or Pattern.
  • If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: JDF patterns, overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.

1.31 List patterns

Specifies one or more pattern-matching strings that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to identify list files. List files contain the names of input files that RICOH ProcessDirector processes as a group. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*LST$,.*LIST$ represent patterns that are different from .*lst$,.*list$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

The default for Hot folder input devices is .*\.lst$, where:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length.
  • Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
  • .lst are the actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) means that a match of .lst signifies the END of the expression.

The default for Download input devices is .*\.JOB$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number).
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding character.
  • Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally.
  • .JOB are the actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) means that a match of .JOB signifies the END of the expression.

The default for LPD input devices is .*list\lst$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
  • list are actual characters that must match.
  • Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
  • .lst are actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of list.lst signifies the END of the expression.

Database name
InputDevice.FileListPatterns

Usage notes:

  • Set the Workflow property for the input device to ParentNoPrint. Set the Child workflow property to a workflow that is appropriate for the types of input files that the list file specifies.
  • Set the Batching method property for the input device to List. Do not submit input files that are not specified by a list file to the input device. Any files that are not identified by a list file wait indefinitely on the input device.
  • List files are useful when an input device routinely receives many files that belong to different groups of files. Each list file contains a separate line for each input file that belongs to its group. The input device waits until all input files for the group arrive before it submits the group of files.
  • Copy the list file and all of the input files that it specifies to the directory that the Folder location property for the input device specifies. You can copy the input files and the list file in any order. The files are assigned child job IDs in the order they appear in the list file. Child jobs are not kept together through processing unless the WaitForGroup step is included in the workflow.
  • Use the Show files action for the input device if you need to determine whether all of the input files have arrived. The list file has a submit type of List file, and a status of Waiting as it waits for all input files to arrive.
  • If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.

1.32 Overrides patterns

Specifies one or more pattern-matching strings. RICOH ProcessDirector uses the strings to identify files that it must process in conjunction with a list file and the input files that the list file specifies or with another single input file.

The overrides file and the input file can have the same name, but they must have different extensions. RICOH ProcessDirector does not process files that it identifies with this pattern by themselves. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*CMD$,.*XLS$ represent patterns that are different from .*cmd$,.*xls$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

The default pattern-matching string for Download input devices is .*JCL$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:

  • Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
  • JCL are the actual three characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of JCL signifies the END of the expression.

The default for LPD input devices is .*other\.oth$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:

  • Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
  • other are actual characters that must match.
  • Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
  • .oth are actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of other.oth signifies the END of the expression.

Database name
InputDevice.FileOtherPatterns

Usage notes:

  • To process the overrides file in conjunction with a single input file, you cannot use the default value for this property. Update the Data patterns property to a pattern that specifically identifies the input file. For example, if the input file is a PDF, use this pattern: .*pdf$
  • If the batching method is List, make sure that the List patterns property for the input device includes the pattern that identifies the list file.
  • If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.
  • An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the same pattern value for both the Trigger patterns and Overrides patterns properties. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been received and then as an overrides file to update property values.

1.33 Trigger patterns

Specifies one or more pattern-matching strings that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to identify trigger files. A trigger file indicates that the associated input file has been completely transmitted. The trigger file and the input file have the same name, but they have different extensions. For example, using the default trigger pattern matching string for input devices, an input file named STMT406.pdf would have an associated trigger file named STMT406.trg. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

The default trigger pattern-matching string for Hot folder input devices and Download input devices is .*\.trg$. This default can be changed for Hot folder input devices, but not for Download input devices. In this string:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number).
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more of the preceding characters, up to the maximum file name length.
  • Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally.
  • .trg are the actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) means that a match of .trg signifies the END of the expression.

The default for LPD input devices is .*\trg$. This default string cannot be changed. In this string:

  • Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
  • Backslash (\) indicates that the following period is a literal period, not a placeholder.
  • .trg are actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ($) signifies that a match of .trg signifies the END of the expression.
Database name
InputDevice.FileTriggerPatterns

Usage notes:

  • To use trigger files, set the Completion method property for the input device to Trigger.
  • If the Completion method property for the input device is Trigger, RICOH ProcessDirector checks for trigger files first. It ignores trigger patterns for any of the other completion methods. It then checks for other pattern types in this order: overrides patterns, list patterns, data patterns.
  • The input file must have an extension. If it does not, it is not matched to a trigger file, even if one exists.
  • The trigger file does not need to have any content. For example, to create a trigger file that indicates that transmission of the input file is complete, access the Linux command line from outside of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface. Then, change to the directory that contains the input file and issue this command: touch filename.trg
  • An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the same pattern value for both the Trigger patterns and Overrides patterns properties. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been received and then as an overrides file to update property values.

1.34 Folder location

Specifies the name of the directory that this input device monitors for incoming jobs. Authorized users can select any directory on the computer that is not in use as a folder location or staging location by another RICOH ProcessDirector input device. You can also specify a new directory.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

You must specify the folder location when you create the input device.

When you add an input device, the default value is:

  • For hot folders:

    Linux: /aiw/aiw1/System/hf

    Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\System\hf

  • For Download input devices:

    Linux: /aiw/aiw1/System/dl

    Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\System\dl

  • For LPD input devices:

    Linux: /aiw/aiw1/System/lpd

    Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\System\lpd

Database name
InputDevice.FolderLocation

Usage note: Input files submitted to the folder location must have permissions that allow RICOH ProcessDirector to read and modify the input files. During installation, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a system user ( aiw1 is the default) with authority to the RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default). To submit files to the folder location, users must be logged in with a user ID that is a member of the RICOH ProcessDirector group. If they use any other user ID, RICOH ProcessDirector does not have the correct access permissions set on the input file and cannot process the job. The job stays in Error state until it is deleted and resubmitted correctly.

1.35 Batching interval

Specifies the time interval used to submit a batch of input files.

Values:

  • Minute
  • Hour
  • Day
  • Week
  • Month

Database name
InputDevice.Frequency

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the Batching date or appropriate Frequency property to determine when or how often to submit a batch of input files.
  • The value of the Batching interval property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.

1.36 Input device name

Specifies the name of the input device.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
InputDevice.ID

Usage notes:

  • For LPD input devices, it is best to limit the input device name to 8 characters. Depending on the print command that you use, you might have to create a print queue on the sending system with the same name as the input device. Some systems truncate print queue names to 8 characters.
  • After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the input device, you cannot change the name of the device. If you need to rename the device, create a copy of the input device and specify the new name. Then, delete the original input device.

1.37 Workflow initialization step

Specifies the name of the step that the input device uses to initialize the parent workflow for the input files that the input device receives, convert an optional overrides file submitted with a job to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties, or both.

Values:

Not set
The input device has no assigned workflow initialization step. Use this setting if you assign the workflow by setting the Workflow property for the input device.
SetJobTypeFromRules
This step sets the parent workflow value by using a RICOH ProcessDirector control file. You can edit the control file so that RICOH ProcessDirector determines the workflow from a value of a parameter that accompanies the job. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the FORMS JCL parameter to set the workflow. The Parent workflow parsing rules property for the input device specifies the control file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses. This step can also use the control file to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.
SetJobTypeFromFileName
This step sets the workflow value by parsing the name of the input file. You can specify a pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to determine the part of the name to use. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector could use the file extension of the input file to set the workflow. The Parent workflow pattern property for the input device specifies the pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses. This step can also use the control file specified by the Parent workflow parsing rules property for the input device to convert an optional overrides file to a text file in RICOH ProcessDirectorproperty name=value format for setting job properties.

Database name
InputDevice.InitJobTypeStep

Usage notes:

  • You can use the Workflow property in place of or in conjunction with the Workflow initialization step property. At least one of the properties must have a value. If the workflow initialization step cannot assign a parent workflow to the job or if the property does not have a value, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the workflow that the Workflow property for the input device specifies.
  • The Child workflow initialization step property for the input device specifies the step that initializes the workflow for single and child jobs.

1.38 Parent server

Specifies the name of the RICOH ProcessDirector server that receives and records messages for this input device. The default value for the parent is System, which is the name of the primary server that the RICOH ProcessDirector installation program creates. In addition to the primary server, the list contains Linux secondary servers that have connected to the primary server. You cannot create input devices on Windows application servers.
Database name
InputDevice.Instance

1.39 Workflow

Specifies the name of the workflow that the input device assigns to the job. The primary purpose of the workflow is to define the phases and steps that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to process the parent job.

The list includes all the workflows that are available on the system.

Database name
InputDevice.JobType

Usage notes:

  • You can use the Workflow initialization step property in place of or in conjunction with the Workflow property. At least one of these properties must have a value. If the Workflow initialization property is Not set, the workflow named in the Workflow property is used.
  • Input devices can receive individual files or groups of files that are processed together. Individual files are always processed as separate jobs. When groups of files are processed together, one file is the parent job and the other jobs are children of the parent. The parent job does not usually contain print data but is kept in the system to manage processing of its child jobs. The Workflow property specifies the workflow for parent jobs. The Child workflow property for the input device specifies the workflow for single jobs and child jobs.

1.40 Parent workflow pattern

Specifies a pattern-matching string that consists of a regular expression and can include (JOB_TYPE) to indicate what part of the file name should be used for the workflow for the parent job. A pattern-matching string is used only if the Workflow initialization step property is set to SetJobTypeFromFileName.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InputDevice.JobTypeFilenamePattern

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector tries to match the pattern-matching string to a workflow twice, first with a dollar sign, $, appended to the pattern-matching string and then without one. Therefore, it finds a match at the end of the file name before a match at the beginning.
  • This is an example of a pattern-matching string that uses the file extension to determine the workflow:

    *.(JOB_TYPE)

    The asterisk, *, represents zero or more characters. The period . is a literal period. The (JOB_TYPE) token signifies that RICOH ProcessDirector should use the characters that follow the literal period as the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name myfile.pdf results in the input device assigning pdf as the workflow. Users can use a period, an asterisk, and (JOB_TYPE) to select any portion of the job name to use as the workflow name. For example, the pattern (JOB_TYPE).* causes RICOH ProcessDirector to use the file name to set the workflow.

  • This is an example of a regular expression that uses the first 4 alphanumeric characters of the file name:

    [A-Za-z0-9]{4}

    There is no (JOB_TYPE) token in this string because the entire pattern is the workflow. Therefore, submitting an input file with the name pdf3file.pdf results in the input device assigning pdf3 as the workflow.

1.41 Parent workflow parsing rules

Specifies the path and file name of a control file that parses parameters accompanying an input file. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector can use a control file to parse JCL parameters and values to assign the workflow to a parent job. A control file is used only if the Workflow initialization step property is set to SetJobTypeFromRules or SetJobTypeFromFileName.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InputDevice.JobTypeParsingRules

Usage note:

RICOH ProcessDirector provides the receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg sample control file that you can modify and use.

On Linux, receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg can be found in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/rules directory.

On Windows, receive_jcl_jobtype.cfg can be found in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\rules directory.

As shipped with RICOH ProcessDirector, all workflow assignment statements in the file are inactive. For example: #DEFINE $\{Job.JobType} AS "TEST" WHEN ($\{ORIGHOST} != "myWindowshostname") Authorized users can activate an entry by removing the # comment character or they can create their own criteria for assigning the workflow.

See the Reference information section of the RICOH ProcessDirector information center for more information about control file syntax.

1.42 Last modified

The date and time that the input device was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the input device changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
InputDevice.LastModified

1.43 Input device location

Specifies the location associated with the input device.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InputDevice.Locations

1.44 Maximum errors

Specifies the number of communication errors that can occur for the input device before RICOH ProcessDirector disconnects the input device. Disconnecting the input device prevents it from acknowledging and processing any new input files.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-999
Default
10 for Download input devices and LPD input devices or 5 for Hot folder input devices.
Database name
InputDevice.MaxErrors

1.45 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this input device. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the input device changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
InputDevice.ModifiedBy

1.46 Number of files to batch

Specifies the number of files that should be combined in a single submission using the Number or Number of sets batching method.

Format:

Data type
Integer value of 1 or greater
Database name
InputDevice.NumberOfFiles

Usage note: The value of the Number of files to batch property is only used with the Number or Number of sets batching method.

1.47 Number of pages to batch

Specifies the maximum number of PDF pages that should be combined in a single submission using the Pages or Pages in sets batching method. The hot folder maintains a count of how many PDF pages have arrived since the last batch was submitted. When the number meets or exceeds this value, a batch is submitted and the page count is reset.

If the Exceed pages to batch property is set to Yes, the batch includes the PDF file that makes the page count exceed this value. If that property is set to No, the batch is submitted without that PDF file.

Format:

Data type
Integer value of 1 or greater

Database name
InputDevice.NumberOfPages

Usage note: The value of the Number of pages to batch property is only used with the Pages or Pages in sets batching method.

1.48 Exceed pages to batch

Specifies whether the hot folder should submit a collection of PDF files whose total pages exceed the value set for the Number of pages to batch property.

Values:

Yes
When a PDF file contains enough pages to make the total number of pages in the hot folder exceed the value set for the Number of pages to batch property, submit that file with the rest of the files as a group.
No (default)
When a PDF file contains enough pages to make the total number of pages in the hot folder exceed the value set for the Number of pages to batch property, submit only the PDF files that are already in the hot folder. The PDF file remains in the hot folder as the first set of pages for the next batch.

Database name
InputDevice.PageThreshold

Usage notes:

  • The value of the Exceed pages to batch property is only used with the Pages or Pages in sets batching method.
  • If a single file contains more pages than the value set for the Number of pages to batch property and the Exceed pages to batch property is set to Yes, the file is submitted for printing, either as a batch with the rest of the PDF files that are waiting to print or as a batch that contains only one file. However, if the Exceed pages to batch property is set to No, the file cannot be submitted. Processing for the hot folder stops until that input file is deleted, the value of the Number of pages to batch property is increased to at least the number of pages in the file, or the value of the Exceed pages to batch property is changed to Yes so the file can be submitted.

1.49 Polling interval

For hot folder input devices, specifies the time interval at which RICOH ProcessDirector checks for files in the directory that the Folder location property specified.

For REST and SOAP web service input devices, specifies the time interval at which RICOH ProcessDirector checks for files at the Request URL. These input devices require the Web Services Enablement feature.

The unit of time for the value can be milliseconds, seconds, minutes, hours, or days. You can specify a value from 0 milliseconds through 24 hours.

Default
30 seconds
Database name
InputDevice.PollInterval

Usage note: When the Completion method property for a hot folder input device is set to Size, the input device checks the file size. The input device then waits for the length of the polling interval and checks the size of the file again. When the file size stays the same from one check to the next, the input device submits a job. With the default Polling interval of 30 seconds, a job that has been fully received waits from 31 to 60 seconds in the input device before it is submitted.

1.50 Workflow to use

Specifies what workflow to resubmit one or more input files to.

Values:

Current workflow (default)
The input files that share the same submit group as the selected input file are all submitted to the workflow that was previously assigned.

If you select input files that are members of different submit groups, each submit group of files is submitted as a separate job with its assigned workflow.

Different workflow
The input files that share the same submit group as the selected input file are all submitted to the workflow that you select from the list.

If you select input files that are members of different submit groups, each submit group of files is submitted as a separate job to the workflow that you select from the list.

If the workflow that you are looking for is not in the list, check to see if the workflow is disabled. Either select a different workflow or enable the workflow and try again.

1.51 Frequency (days)

Specifies how often the input device submits a batch of input files. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device.

Values:

First day of every month
Choose this option to submit a batch of input files on the first day of the month.
Last day of every month
Choose this option to submit a batch of input files on the last day of the month.
Every day
Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every day.
Every x days
Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.

Database name
InputDevice.ScheduleDaily

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
  • The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.

1.52 Frequency (hours)

Specifies how often the input device submits a batch of input files. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device.

Values:

Every hour
Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every hour.
Every x hours
Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.

Database name
InputDevice.ScheduleHourly

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
  • The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.

1.53 Frequency (minutes)

Specifies how often the input device submits a batch of input files. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device.

Values:

Every minute
Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every minute.
Every x minutes
Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.

Database name
InputDevice.ScheduleMinute

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
  • The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.

1.54 Frequency (months)

Specifies how often the input device submits a batch of input files. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device.

Values:

Every month
Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every month.
Every x months
Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.

Database name
InputDevice.ScheduleMonthly

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
  • The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.

1.55 Frequency (weeks)

Specifies how often the input device submits a batch of input files. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device.

Values:

Every week
Choose this option to submit a batch of input files every week.
Every x weeks
Choose one of these options to submit a batch of input files on a repeating basis.

Database name
InputDevice.ScheduleWeekly

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the Batching interval property to determine how often to submit a batch of input files.
  • The value of the Frequency property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.

1.56 Input device source ID

Specifies the ID of the source input device.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
InputDevice.SourceID

1.57 Staging location

Specifies the name of the directory where the input device moves the input file before submitting it as a job. Authorized users can specify any directory on the computer that is not in use as a folder location or staging location by another RICOH ProcessDirector input device. You can also specify a new directory.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

You must specify the staging location when you create the input device. Consider creating a subdirectory of the directory that the Folder location property for the input device specifies.

When you add an input device, the default value is:

  • For hot folders:

    Linux: /aiw/aiw1/System/hf

    Windows: c:\aiw\aiw1\System\hf

  • For Download input devices:

    Linux: /aiw/aiw1/System/dl

    Windows: c:\aiw\aiw1\System\dl

  • For LPD input devices:

    Linux: /aiw/aiw1/System/lpd

    Windows: c:\aiw\aiw1\System\lpd

Database name
InputDevice.StagingLocation

1.58 Batching start date

Specifies the date when the Time or Sets by time batching method takes effect for the input device. Use this property with the Batching start time property to delay batching.
Database name
InputDevice.StartDate

Usage note: The value of the Batching start date property is only used with the Time or Sets by time batching method.

1.59 Batching start date and time

Specifies the date and time when the Time or Sets by time batching method takes effect for the input device.

Select a date from the calendar or enter a date in the field.

Select a time from the list or enter a time in the field.

Database name
InputDevice.StartDateAndTime

1.60 Connection status

Specifies the current status of the input device.

Values:

Connected
The input device can receive data from an outside source, such as a hot folder or a system that uses the LPD protocol to transmit files.
Disconnected
The input device cannot receive data from outside sources. The cause of the disconnected status might not indicate a problem with the input device. For Hot folder input devices, you can still place input files in the directory that the Folder location property specifies. Note, however, that RICOH ProcessDirector ignores the files until the input device is connected. Also, if you send input files with the same name while the input device is disconnected, each new occurrence of the input file overwrites any existing file with the same name. Disconnected is the default status for a newly created input device.
Unable to connect
The server for the input device did not respond when a connection attempt was made; or the port is already in use by another input device. For an LPD input device, the appropriate LPD daemon is not started. RICOH ProcessDirector connects the input device when its server, port, or LPD daemon is available.

To change the value of this property, use the Disconnect and Connect actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface.

Database name
InputDevice.Status

1.61 Submit step

Specifies the name of the submit step to which the input device sends the input file for job processing. The submit step creates the actual RICOH ProcessDirector job from the input file.

Value:

SubmitInputFiles
A step that is based on this step template submits either single input files or groups of input files. For single input files, it creates a single job that uses the child workflow. For groups of input files, it creates one parent job for the group and a child job for each input file, and maintains a relationship between the resulting jobs.

You must set either the Child workflow property or the Child workflow initialization step property to assign a workflow to the jobs.

Database name
InputDevice.SubmitStep

Usage note: If a Job Definition Format (JDF) job ticket contains references to more than one file, the step rewrites the job ticket to reference only the file for each child job.

1.62 System

Shows the name of the system where the input device is defined.
Database name
InputDevice.SystemName

1.63 Input files waiting

Specifies the number of input files that the input device has received, and that it has processed and placed in the directory that the Staging location property specifies. The number does not include input files in the Processing state or any List files that RICOH ProcessDirector creates.
Database name
InputDevice.WaitingFileCount

1.64 Input device

Specifies the name of the input device that received the input file. The input device then creates the corresponding RICOH ProcessDirector job from the input file.
Database name
InputFile.InputDevice

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not provide a property notebook for input files. Instead, input file properties display as table columns when you select the Show files action for an input device.

1.65 Assigned job number

Specifies the job identification number that RICOH ProcessDirector assigns when the input device submits the input file for job processing. After submission, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a corresponding job, and the Job number property for the job contains the same value as this input file property.
Database name
InputFile.JobIDAssigned

1.66 Workflow

Specifies the name of the workflow that the input device assigns to the input file when it submits the file for job processing. The property might not have a value depending on whether the input device has an assigned workflow. You can use methods other than assigning a workflow to an input device to assign job properties to a job. Use either the Resubmit action or the Process Again action to change the workflow for the input file.

1.67 Input file

Specifies the path to and the name of the input file. RICOH ProcessDirector appends the date the input file was received and a unique number after the input file name.
Database name
InputFile.Location

Usage note: If you need to determine the corresponding job number for an input file, view the log for the input device that received the input file. The input device writes a message after it submits an input file that identifies the resulting job number.

1.68 Input file status

Specifies the current status of the input file.

The status values are:

Queued
The input device has fully received the input file, and the input file is waiting for the input device to submit it and create the corresponding RICOH ProcessDirector job.
Processing
The Submit step is in the process of converting the input file into a RICOH ProcessDirector job.
Waiting
The input device has fully received the input file, but the input file is not ready for the input device to submit it. For example, the input device might be waiting for other files that are associated with the input file to arrive.
Error
The input device has fully received the input file, but an error condition that requires operator intervention has occurred.
Disabled
The input device has fully received the input file, but the input device is now disabled and cannot submit the input file.

RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the status of the file changes.

Database name
InputFile.Status

1.69 Submit group

Specifies a numeric ID that identifies a member of a set of input files that were submitted as a group through a list file. The list file might have been created by a user or RICOH ProcessDirector might have created the list file. Each file in the group has the same value for its Submit group property.
Database name
InputFile.SubmitGroup

1.70 Time received

Specifies the date and time at which the input file arrived at the input device.
Database name
InputFile.Timestamp

1.71 File pattern

Specifies one or more file pattern-matching strings. RICOH ProcessDirector uses these strings to identify the input files that this Hot folder should accept for processing as single jobs. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*PRD$,.*PDF$ represent patterns that are different from .*prd$,.*pdf$ . Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

If you enter more than one value, they are logically ORed together; if a file matches any specified file type, it is considered a matching pattern. For example, if the File pattern field contains .*oth$,.*ejt$ with a usage of Print and a type of .txt , the system uses a file with either an .oth file type or an .ejt file type to create the print file named <job_number>.Print.txt.

For the string .*oth$ :

  • Period ( . ) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk ( * ) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
  • oth are the actual characters that must match.
  • Dollar sign ( $ ) signifies that a match of oth signifies the END of the expression.

Database name
InputFilePattern.FilePattern

1.72 File pattern required

Specifies whether a file that matches the input file pattern must exist in the Hot folder before submitting the job.

If this value is set to Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector does not submit the job until a matching file arrives in the Hot folder.

If you want the system to wait for several files with different file types but the same file usage, add a row in the file patterns table for each file type, making each pattern required.

Database name
InputFilePattern.Required

1.73 File pattern sequence

Specifies the priority of the file pattern. Patterns are checked in this order.

If you specify two file patterns, and the Spool file type and Spool file usage are the same for both file patterns, the Sequence value determines which pattern is used.

Database name
InputFilePattern.Sequence

1.74 Spool file type

Specifies the content or the data stream type of the file.

You can enter a file type that RICOH ProcessDirector provides (for example, afp, gif, jdf, linedata, pcl, pdf, text), or define your own.

Keep in mind that a file type you define should not be a variation of the RICOH ProcessDirector keywords if RICOH ProcessDirector will further process a file that an external program writes to the spool directory. For example, do not use a file type of PDF or Pdf; RICOH ProcessDirector only recognizes pdf.

If you specify a file type that is not already defined in RICOH ProcessDirector, you must use an external program to handle processing for that file type; for example, you can include a step based on RunExternalProgram or RunHotFolderApplication in your workflow.

Database name
InputFilePattern.SpoolFileType

1.75 Spool file usage

Specifies the purpose or role of the file within the job.

You can enter a usage that RICOH ProcessDirector provides (for example, aiwlist, control, overrides, print), or define your own.

Keep in mind that a usage you define should not be a variation of the RICOH ProcessDirector keywords if RICOH ProcessDirector will further process a file that an external program writes to the spool directory. For example, do not use a file usage of PRINT or Print; RICOH ProcessDirector only recognizes print.

If you specify a usage that is not already defined in RICOH ProcessDirector, you must use an external program to handle processing for that file usage; for example, you can include a step based on RunExternalProgram or RunHotFolderApplication in your workflow.

Database name
InputFilePattern.SpoolFileUsage

1.76 Bin

Specifies the bin number of the input tray.
Database name
InputTray.Bin

1.77 Input tray enabled status

Specifies whether the input tray is available.

Values:

Yes
The input tray is enabled.
No
The input tray is not enabled.
Database name
InputTray.Enabled

1.78 Input tray name

Specifies the name of the input tray.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Database name
InputTray.Id

1.79 Level

Specifies the level of the input tray.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
InputTray.Level

1.80 Media

Media loaded in the input tray.

Values:

The list of Media objects that have been created in the system.

Database name
InputTray.Media

1.81 Server description

Describes the RICOH ProcessDirector server. For example, the description might indicate the function of the server.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Instance.Description

1.82 Enabled status

Specifies whether a server is available.

Values:

Yes
The server is available.
No
An application/secondary server is not available.
Database name
Instance.Enabled

Usage note: You can use the Administration page to enable or disable servers.

1.83 Server name

Specifies the name of the server.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
Instance.ID

Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the server, you cannot change the server name. If you need to rename the server, create a copy of the server and specify a new name. Then, delete the original server.

1.84 In general server pool

Specifies whether a secondary server is a general-usage server or a restricted-usage server.

Values:

Yes
The secondary server is a general-usage server. General-usage servers can run any step whose parent step template specifies that it can run on any server in the general pool.
No
The secondary server is not a general-usage server. It can only run a step when the tuning properties for its parent step template list this server.
Database name
Instance.InGeneralServerPool

Usage note: For application servers that run on Windows, make sure that the value of this property is No. Otherwise, errors occur if RICOH ProcessDirector tries to run any of the steps that can run in the general server pool on the Windows server.

1.85 Computer IP address or host name

Specifies either the network IP address or the fully qualified host name of the computer. For application or secondary servers, this is the IP address or host name of the computer they are installed on.

For a local secondary server on the primary computer, enter: localhost

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
RICOH ProcessDirector supports both IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. If you use IPv4, IP addresses can be expressed using dotted-decimal addresses or the fully qualified host name. If you use IPv6, you must use the fully qualified host name of the server.
Default
Not set

Database name
Instance.IPAddress

1.86 Server name for local computer

Specifies the name the remote system uses to identify the primary server on this system (local system).
Database name
Instance.KnownAs

Usage note: This name must exactly match the Server name property on the remote system.

1.87 Last modified

The date and time that the server was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the server changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Instance.LastModified

1.88 Maximum resource-intensive step count

Specifies how many resource-intensive steps the application or secondary server allows to run concurrently.

Format:

Data type
Integer 0–99; 0 means that the application or secondary server does not allow any resource-intensive steps to run.
Default
1

Database name
Instance.MaxHighUsageSteps

Usage notes:

  • The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether a step template, and any steps that are created from it, are considered resource-intensive in performance.
  • To control the number of resource-intensive steps that can run on the primary server of the RICOH ProcessDirector system, set the Maximum resource-intensive step count system property.
  • If Maximum resource-intensive step count is set to 0, the value for the Maximum step count for other steps property for this server cannot also be 0.

1.89 Maximum step count for other steps

Specifies how many non-resource-intensive steps the application or secondary server allows to run concurrently.

Format:

Data type
Integer 0–999; 0 means that the application or secondary server does not allow any non-resource-intensive steps to run.
Default
5

Database name
Instance.MaxLowUsageSteps

Usage notes:

  • The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether a step template, and any steps that are created from it, are considered resource-intensive in performance.
  • To control the number of non-resource-intensive steps that can run on the primary server of the RICOH ProcessDirector system, set the Maximum step count for other steps system property.
  • If Maximum resource-intensive step count is set to 0, the Maximum step count for other steps property value for this server cannot also be 0.

1.90 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this server. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the server changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Instance.ModifiedBy

1.91 Operating system

Shows the type of operating system installed on the computer.

Values:

Linux
Linux operating system
Windows
Microsoft Windows operating system
Database name
Instance.OperatingSystem

1.92 Connection status

Shows the status of the server.

Values:

Connected
The application or secondary server can communicate with the primary server.
Disconnected
Either the application or secondary process is not running or it cannot establish a network connection with the primary server. The server process might be inactive because the server was rebooted, the process itself was shut down, or a system failure occurred. The disconnected server tries to reconnect with the primary server at one-minute intervals.

When the primary server detects that an application or secondary server is disconnected, these actions occur:

  • Any printer devices that are associated with the disconnected server are disabled. RICOH ProcessDirector moves to an error state any jobs that are assigned to those printers and that have printed pages. If a job has been assigned to a printer on the secondary server but has not begun printing, RICOH ProcessDirector moves it to the queued state.
  • Input devices that are associated with the disconnected server do not process any new input files that they receive.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector cancels any steps that are associated with the disconnected server and that are actively processing a job. The job is moved to an error state and a message is written to the job error log.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not schedule new steps to the server until the server reconnects.
Database name
Instance.Status

1.93 System

Shows the name of the system where the server is located. When you add a server, you can specify any value. RICOH ProcessDirector updates this property with the system name that the remote system reports the first time that RICOH ProcessDirector connects to this system.
Database name
Instance.SystemName

1.94 Server type

Specifies the type of the RICOH ProcessDirector server.

Values:

Application/Secondary
Application and Secondary servers share the database with the primary RICOH ProcessDirector server. You can create secondary servers on the same computer as the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server. If the primary server is on a Linux computer, you can install the Secondary Server feature on other Linux computers. That feature lets you create input devices and printers on those computers, in addition to running processing steps on them. You can install Application servers on Windows computers. Application servers let you access other programs on the Windows computer so you can send print jobs to them as part of your workflows.
Database name
Instance.Type

1.95 Add blank page

Specifies whether the step should add a blank page to the end of any PDF file within the zip file that has an odd number of pages when it builds the larger PDF file.

Values:

Yes (default)
Blank page are added to the files that have an odd number of pages.
No
No blank pages are added to the files.

Database name
Job.Add.BlankPage

Usage notes:

  • Use this property when the job is sent to a duplex printer to avoid printing the last page of one PDF file and the first page of another PDF file on the same sheet of paper.

    For example, if each PDF file is a separate customer statement, set this property to Yes so that each statement starts to print on the front side of the sheet.

  • Blank pages are only added to PDF files with an odd number of pages.

1.96 Values to set

Identifies the properties and values that the step sets.
Database name
Job.AssignedValues

Usage notes:

  • You can use both a configuration file and the list of property values to change the values for a job. If a property is included in both the configuration file and in the list, the value in this list is used.
  • You can enter symbols such as ${Job.CustomerName} as a value for another property, such as a property you use for accounting.
  • If you want to set positional properties, you must use the configuration file to specify them.
  • If a property takes a unit, you cannot select it. Measurement values are in inches. Time values are in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes.

1.97 Binding

Set the binding settings for the job you are printing.

Values:

None (default)
No binding options are set; the job uses the printer's default setting.
Perfect
The printer glues a cover onto the binding edge.
Ring
The printer inserts rings along the binding edge.
Ring and punch
The printer punches the job for a ring binder.
Database name
Job.Binding

1.98 Collate

Specifies the type of collation that the printer uses when printing multiple copies of the job.

Values:

Not set (Default)
Use the default setting for the printer.
Off
Print all the copies of each sheet before printing the next sheet. For example, if you print 10 copies of a 3-page job with this setting, the printer outputs 10 copies of page 1, then 10 copies of page 2, then 10 copies of page 3.
Collate
For each print file in the job, print all the pages of the file in the order that they appear before printing the next copy. For example, if you print 50 copies of a 10-page packet, the printer outputs pages 1-10 for the first copy, then pages 1-10 for the second copy, and so on, until 50 copies are printed.

Database name
Job.Collate

Usage note: You can only use this property when you print to a Ricoh PDF printer.

1.99 Compress file patterns

Specifies one or more pattern-matching strings. RICOH ProcessDirector uses these strings to identify the files in the job spool directory that the CompressFiles step compresses.

The value uses regular expression syntax:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number).
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length.
  • Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally.
  • Dollar sign ($) means that a match signifies the END of the expression.

Characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*PDF$,.*AFP$ represent patterns that are different from .*pdf$,.*afp$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

For example:

  • To compress all PDF files, including files with names like myfile.pdf.old, set the value to .*pdf,.*PDF.
  • To compress all PDF files, excluding files with names like myfile.pdf.old, set the value to .*pdf$,.*PDF$.
  • To compress all PDF files with ABC in the filename, such as draft_ABC.pdf and ABC1.pdf, set the value to .*ABC.*pdf,.*ABC.*PDF.

Format:

Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
None
Database name
Job.Compress.FilePatterns

1.100 Compress all files

Specifies whether all spool and checkpoint files should be compressed when the job reaches the Retained state.

Values:

Yes
All spool and checkpoints files are compressed.
No (default)
No files are compressed.
Database name
Job.CompressAllFiles

1.101 Job copies requested

Specifies the number of job copies that RICOH ProcessDirector prints.

Format:

Data type
Integer value of 1 or greater
Default
1

Database name
Job.Copies

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Copies: field of the header sheet for the job.
  • When the job is actively printing on an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer, the Job copies stacked property shows how many of the requested copies have printed and reached the output stacker of the printer device. When the job is actively being processed on a PCLOut printer, the Job copies stacked property shows how many of the requested copies have been converted to PCL. To print multiple copies of a job on a Passthrough printer, add the copies option to the Printer command property for the printer. Not all printers support printing multiple copies using lpr, so the request might not be honored.

1.102 Copies

Specifies whether to update the number of copies for each or all selected jobs.

Values:

Update Job copies requested
Lets you change the number of copies to print. If you select this option, enter a value in the Job copies requested field below. The number of copies is applied to all selected jobs.
Do not update Job copies requested
The number of requested copies for the selected jobs is not updated.

1.103 Job copies stacked

If the job is printing on an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer, this property specifies the current number of job copies that have completed printing, and that have reached the output stacker. Whenever the printer reports that another copy in a multi-copy job has printed and stacked, the value is updated.

If the job is printing on a Passthrough printer, this property is set to the value of the Job copies requested property after a valid return code is reported for the printer command. If the job is printing on a PCLOut printer, this value is equal to the number of copies converted to PCL. Otherwise no value is set for this property.

Database name
Job.CopiesStacked

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector stops updating the value of this property if it receives a stop request for a job that is printing on an AFP printer that specifies that the rest of the job be discarded. If the job is discarded before the current copy completes, the job-copies-stacked count includes a partial copy.
  • The value of this property is reset to 0 when a Process again or a Print again request is made for the job. If the job is sent to an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer, any copies that were printed previously are excluded from this value. If the job is sent to a Passthrough printer, the value is reset to the value in the Job copies requested property, regardless of the number of copies that have printed.

1.104 Current day

Specifies the current day of the week of the server RICOH ProcessDirector is running on when a condition requesting it is evaluated.
Database name
Job.CurrentDay

Usage notes:

  • This property can be used to set a condition in a workflow, so that jobs can follow different paths through the workflow based on the day that they arrive at the connector that specifies the condition.
  • When you use the Current day property to set a condition, you can only use the = (equal to) and != (not equal to) values.

1.105 Assigned printer

Shows the name of the printer that RICOH ProcessDirector has assigned to print this job. You cannot change the value of this property. To schedule a job to a specific printer, set the Requested printer property on either the Schedule Job page or in the Job properties notebook.
Database name
Job.CurrentPrinter

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the PrinterName: field of the header sheet for the job.

1.106 Current time

Specifies the current time of the server that RICOH ProcessDirector is running on when a condition requesting it is evaluated.
Database name
Job.CurrentTime

Usage note: This property can be used to set a condition in a workflow, so that jobs can follow different paths through the workflow based on the time that they arrive at the connector that specifies the condition.

1.107 Customer name

Specifies the customer who is associated with this job. RICOH ProcessDirector uses the customer-name value to schedule the job to a printer that has the same customer-name value assigned to its Customer name property.

Format:

Length
1-255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
None
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.CustomerName

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Customer: field of the header sheet for the job.

1.108 Job description

Describes the job. For example, it might describe any special handling requirements for the job.

Format:

Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Description

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Job Description: field of the header sheet for the job.

1.109 Duplex

For jobs sent to some types of printers, specifies whether duplexed printing is active for the job and, if so, the type of duplexed printing. Duplexed jobs print on both sides of the paper.

For jobs that are printed on Passthrough printers, the value of the Duplex property is not automatically sent with the job. The command defined to send the job to the Passthrough printer or the duplex setting on your printer determines whether the job prints one-sided or two-sided. However, the value of the Duplex property is used by the CountPages step for PDF jobs when calculating the page and sheet count for the job.

Values:

Not set (default)
No duplex mode is assigned.
No
Duplexed printing is not active. The job prints on a single side of the paper. This is also referred to as simplexed printing.
Yes
Normal duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the long side of the paper as the bound edge. This is the orientation that most books use.
Tumble
Tumble-duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the short edge of the paper as the bound edge. The bottom of the front side of the sheet is the top of the back side of the sheet.

Database name
Job.Duplex

Usage notes:

  • For AFP jobs, if the value for the Duplex property differs from the duplex mode that the form definition for the job specifies, the Duplex property value is used. For example, if the form definition specifies tumble-duplexed printing and the Duplex property is No, the No value is used and the job prints on a single side of the paper (simplex). If the Duplex property is Not set, the value in the form definition for the job is used.
  • For PDF jobs submitted with a JDF job ticket, if the value of the Duplex property differs from the JDF setting, the JDF setting is used. For example, if the JDF specifies duplexed printing and the Duplex property is No, the JDF value is used and the job prints on both sides of the paper.
  • The OptimizeJDF step can change the Duplex property based on number of Sides page exceptions in the JDF. For example, some JDF job tickets have a Sides setting on every page even if only one sheet in the entire job is simplex. When the step processes those JDF files, it makes groups of the series of pages with the same Sides value. Then it counts which Sides setting has the most groups and sets that Sides value at the job level and only inserts page exceptions for the pages that have a different Sides value. JDF job tickets with fewer page exceptions are processed faster by steps in Ricoh ProcessDirector.
  • This property is ignored when printing on PCLOut printers.

1.110 External program code page

Specifies the code page to use to write the contents of the files that are sent to the external command for processing, such as the control file template. This code page is also used to read messages that the external command writes to stderr and stdout, as well as other files that the external command might create.

Values:

Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector programs use the code page that the locale setting in the RICOH ProcessDirector server specifies.
UTF-8
Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format
ISO8859_1
Latin Alphabet No. 1
ISO8859_15
Latin Alphabet No. 9
EUC_JP
JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese

Database name
Job.External.CodePage

Usage note: External program code page is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.111 External command

Specifies a command string that a step can execute during processing.

Format:

Length
1–3072 characters (bytes) Special characters are permitted.
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

The command string must use regular expression syntax.

Database name
Job.External.Command

Usage notes:

  • External command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
  • One example of an external command appears in the RunExternalProgram step in the PDF workflow. This value is set for the External command property:
    • cp ${getControlFileName()} /aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv
    • cp is the Linux command to copy a file.
    • ${getControlFileName()} is a symbol formula that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to derive the name of the file to copy. This formula specifies the control file in the External control file template property.
    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv is the Linux parameter for the directory path and name of the CSV file produced by the external command. If the Job ID is 10000000, the name of the file is 10000000.info.cfg.

    If the primary server runs on Windows, you must change the default value to use a Windows command and an appropriate directory name. For example:

    • copy ${getControlFileName()} C:\aiwdir\aiw1\samples\${Job.ID}.info.csv

  • External command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.112 External control file template

Specifies the path and name of the control file template that the external command uses.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
1-255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.External.ControlFileTemplate

Usage notes:

  • Control file template is the RICOH ProcessDirector terminology for any parameter file that an external command requires. If the external command calls an external program, the program might use a different term to refer to its parameter file.
  • If the external command does not use a control file template, do not specify a value for this property.
  • External control file template is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
  • The content and format of the information that the control file contains depends on the external command that uses the control file.
  • job_info.cfg is an example of a control file template. The job_info.cfg file is located in this directory:
    • On Linux: /aiw/aiw1/control_files/external_programs
    • On Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\external_programs

    The control file has a list of symbols for nine job properties.

    An external command like cp ${getControlFileName()} /aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv (on Linux) or copy ${getControlFileName()} C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\${Job.ID}.info.csv (on Windows) uses the control file to produce a CSV file with the values of the nine job properties.

    In the control file, the ${job.ID} and ${job.Name} symbols specify the Job ID and Job name job properties. Job.ID and Job.Name are the RICOH ProcessDirector database names of the job properties. In the CSV file produced when a job runs, Job ID and Job name might be 10000000 and Demo.pdf. You can add and delete symbols in the job_info.cfg file, as required for the installation.

  • For the TransformJobIntoAFP step, you can use a control file that specifies either the Adobe PDF Print Engine (APPE) or Configurable PostScript Interpreter (CPSI) conversion program. Both programs convert PDF data to AFP. APPE supports more PDF capabilities and gives better performance for color jobs. To convert PDF data with APPE, change the name of the file in the property value to prepare_transform_APPE.cfg. Leave the directory path the same. To convert PDF data with CPSI, keep the default value for the name of the file: prepare_transform.cfg. Both control files convert PostScript, PCL, and SAP data to AFP.

1.113 External program language

Specifies what language the external command should use when it returns messages to RICOH ProcessDirector.

Values:

Not set
The command uses the language that the locale setting in the RICOH ProcessDirector server specifies.
English (en_US)
French (fr_FR)
German (de_DE)
Italian (it_IT)
Japanese (ja_JP)
Portuguese (pt_BR)
Spanish (es_ES)

Database name
Job.External.Language

Usage note: External program language is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.114 Valid return codes

Lists return code values that the external command can issue, that indicate that the command ran successfully. You can specify multiple return code values by separating the values with commas. For example 0,4.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

If the external command returns any value that this property does not specify, RICOH ProcessDirector issues an error message and moves the job to an error state.

Database name
Job.External.ValidRCs

Usage note: Valid return codes is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.115 Job arrival time

Specifies the actual date and time when the last input file for the job arrived in the system.
Database name
Job.FileReceiptTime

Usage note: If a parent job and child jobs are created, the Job arrival time of all child jobs is set to the Job arrival time of the parent job.

1.116 Fold options

Specifies how to fold the job or large sheets in the job, whether to fold all the sheets together (overlap or collate), and whether the front side of the sheet ends up on the outside rather than the inside of the fold.

Values:

None (default)
No folding options are set.
Z Fold
Folds the paper twice as a Z-shape.
Z Fold Large Paper
Same as Z-fold, except that it only folds the large sheets in the job.
Double Parallel-Fold
Folds the job in four pieces, containing eight panels.
Gate Fold
The left and right edges fold inside and meet in the middle of the page without overlapping. The middle panel is larger, to accommodate the left and right panels when closed.
Multi Letter Fold-Out
Applies two folds to create three equal panels.
Multi Letter Fold-In
Applies two folds to create three equal panels. The outer parts are folded inward
Saddle
Folds the job once, creating two equal halves.

If the Saddle fold option is selected when a folding unit is not attached to the printer, the output is not folded.

SaddleDown
Booklet folds down, also called booklet fold.

May be used to fold output in half that is not a booklet.

Database name
Job.FoldOptions

1.117 Job hold pending

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector holds the job after it completes the processing that the current step does. The Job step property identifies the current step. Operators can specify this value.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector holds the job.
No (default)
The job continues to the next processing step.
Database name
Job.HoldPending

1.118 Application log file

The directory where the external program stores its log files.
Database name
Job.HotFolder.ApplicationLogFile

Usage notes:

  • For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the default name and location of the Ultimate Impostrip® log file on the Ultimate Impostrip® server is Program Files\Ultimate Technographics\ImpostripOnDemand\OnDemandLog.txt.
  • Application log file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.119 Clean up retrieval folder

Specifies whether the RunHotFolderApplication step deletes any file whose file name matches the Retrieval pattern from the retrieval folder before it submits the File to send.

Values:

Not set
When a job enters the step, the step deletes any file whose file name matches the Retrieval pattern from the retrieval folder before it submits the File to send.
Yes (default)
When a job enters the step, the step deletes any file whose file name matches the Retrieval pattern from the retrieval folder before it submits the File to send.
No
When a job enters the step, the step leaves any file whose file name matches the Retrieval pattern in the retrieval folder, then submits the File to send.
Database name
Job.HotFolder.ClearRetrievalFolder
Usage notes:
  • When the step processes a job, it leaves all files whose file names do not match the Retrieval pattern in the retrieval folder.

  • When you set this property to No, the file that the step retrieves can be in the retrieval folder when a job enters the step. The step retrieves the file, then puts the file specified by the File to send property in the sending folder. The step then sends the job and the retrieved file to the next step in the workflow. The step does not wait for a new file to be placed in the retrieval folder.

1.120 File to send

Names the file that RICOH ProcessDirector puts in the sending folder to submit to the external program. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Data type
Symbol formula
Default
${getAbsoluteFileName(print,pdf,read)}

Database name
Job.HotFolder.FileToSend

Usage notes:

  • The default value returns the name of the PDF print file in the spool directory. If the PDF print file does not exist in the spool directory when the external program runs, an error occurs.
  • File to send is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.121 File size verification count

The number of times that RICOH ProcessDirector polls the retrieval folder and finds that the size of the retrieved file has not changed before deciding that the retrieved file is complete.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 2-9
Default
2

Database name
Job.HotFolder.FileVerificationCount

Usage notes:

  • For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the retrieval folder is set to the job's spool directory and cannot be changed.
  • File size verification count is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.122 Poll interval

The time between two consecutive polls of the retrieval folder. The unit of time for the value can be seconds, minutes, or hours.

You can specify a value from 1 second through 1 hour. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time for the value.

Format:

Data type
Integer
Default
30 seconds

Database name
Job.HotFolder.PollInterval

Usage notes:

  • The timeout interval should be greater than the poll interval times the file verification count.
  • For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the retrieval folder is set to the job's spool directory and cannot be changed.
  • Poll interval is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.123 Retrieval folder

Names the output hot folder for the external program. RICOH ProcessDirector looks in the retrieval folder for the retrieved file using the retrieval pattern.
Database name
Job.HotFolder.RetrievalFolder

Usage note: Retrieval folder is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.124 Retrieval pattern

The pattern-matching string that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to identify a returned job in the retrieval folder. The value uses regular expression syntax and characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*CMD$,.*XLS$ represent patterns that are different from .*cmd$,.*xls$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

The default retrieval pattern string is ${Job.Id}.*. In this string:

  • ${Job.Id} is the symbol notation for the Job number property.

    RICOH ProcessDirector looks up the value of this property for the current job and inserts that value in the string, replacing the symbol notation.

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character.
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more occurrences of the preceding expression.
Database name
Job.HotFolder.RetrievalPattern

Usage note: Retrieval pattern is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.125 Retrieved file

The name to use to rename the retrieved file.

Format:

Data type
Symbol formula
Default
${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}

Database name
Job.HotFolder.RetrievedFile

Usage note: Retrieved file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.126 Sending folder

Names the hot folder where RICOH ProcessDirector puts the job file to send to the external program.
Database name
Job.HotFolder.SendingFolder

Usage notes:

  • For the RunImpostripOnJob step template, leave this field blank. During processing, this value is derived from the values you entered on the Ultimate Impostrip® settings page.
  • Sending folder is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.127 Timeout interval

The time in minutes before a job goes into an error state if the retrieved file is not found or not complete.

The unit of time for the value can be minutes, hours, or days. You can specify a value from 0 minutes through 7 days. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time for the value.

Format:

Data type
Integer
Default
  • None for the RunHotFolderApplication step
  • 2 hours for the RunImpostripOnJob step

Database name
Job.HotFolder.TimeOutInterval

Usage notes:

  • The timeout interval should be greater than the poll interval times the file verification count.
  • For the RunImpostripOnJob step, the retrieval folder is set to the job's spool directory and cannot be changed.
  • Timeout interval is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.128 Job number

Shows a unique number that identifies the job on the system. The format of the number depends on whether the job is a parent job or a job that has no child jobs, or if the job is a child job. For example, a child job contains a decimal point such as 1000023.100. RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the value of this property when the input device submits the input file for job processing. You cannot change the value.
Database name
Job.ID

Usage note: You can use the System Settings page of the administration interface to configure the largest and smallest job numbers that RICOH ProcessDirector assigns.

1.129 Prevent media substitution

Indicates that media should not be substituted for the job. Use this option to override the defined media substitution rules for jobs that must be printed on specific paper.

Values:

No (default)
Media substitution rules are honored and different media can be used for the job.
Yes or Not set
Media substitution rules are ignored and different media cannot be used for the job.
Database name
Job.IgnoreShopRules

Usage note: Selecting Yes or Not set restricts this job from using any media substitution rules that are defined for the printer used to print the job. This setting might prevent the job from printing until the requested media is available.

1.130 Input data stream

Specifies the format of data that the input file for this job contains. RICOH ProcessDirector can try to set the value of this property automatically if the workflow for the job includes the DetectInputDataStream step. The detection process includes analyzing the beginning content of the input file. You can update this value using the Process again action.

Values:

AFP
The input file is in the Advanced Function Presentation format.
CSV
The input file is in the comma-separated value format.
GIF
The input file is in the Graphic Interchange Format.
JDF
The input file is a job ticket in the Job Definition Format.
JPEG
The input file is in the Joint Photographic Experts Group format.
JSON
The input file is in the JavaScript Object Notation format.
LCDS
The input file contains data in the Xerox line-conditioned data stream.
LineData
The input file contains line data or mixed mode data. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot detect line data or mixed mode data; this value must be explicitly set.
Metacode
The input file contains data in the Xerox metacode format.
PCL
The input file is in the Hewlett-Packard Printer Control Language format.
PDF
The input file is in the Adobe Portable Document Format.
PostScript
The input file is in the Adobe PostScript format.
Text
The input file contains plain text data. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot detect plain text; this value must be explicitly set.
TIFF
The input file is in the Tagged Image File Format.
Unknown
The data type of the input file is not known. Because the DetectInputDataStream step cannot detect between the line data and text input data streams, it sets the value of this property to Unknown for either of these input data streams.
XML
The input file is in Extensible Markup Language format.
Database name
Job.InputDataStream

Usage notes:

  • It is a good practice to set the input data stream accurately. Authorized users can accomplish this by including the DetectInputDataStream step in the workflow, or they can explicitly set the Input data stream property in a SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the workflow.
  • If the Input data stream property is specified more than once, RICOH ProcessDirector uses a hierarchy to establish the final value of the property. It establishes the value in this order:
    • When the input device submits the input file and creates the corresponding job, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the initial value to Unknown.
    • If the workflow for the job includes a value for the input data stream, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value of the property to the value that the workflow specifies.
    • If the AFP Support feature is installed, the input file was submitted through Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus, and the JCL file that accompanied the input file included a value for the datat keyword, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the property to the value that the keyword specifies.
    • If the workflow includes the DetectInputDataStream step, and the step detects the type of input data stream, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value to the type that the step detected. This only applies if the Input data stream property has not been modified by the workflow or through the JCL file, and is still Unknown.
    • If an authorized user does a Process again action on the job and selects a new value for the input data stream, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the value that the user specifies. In this case, it ignores any value that the workflow specifies. Also, if reprocessing runs the DetectInputDataStream step again, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores any value that the step determines.
  • If you need to change the Input data stream property after RICOH ProcessDirector starts to process the job, use the Process Again action. In this case, start processing the job again from the step that specifies the new value.

1.131 Input file name

Shows the name of the original input file from which RICOH ProcessDirector created the job. The format of the input-file name for the job depends on the job-submission method and other factors, such as whether the input file is a member of a group of files. You cannot change the name after the input device receives the input file.
Database name
Job.InputFile

1.132 Input file size (bytes)

Shows the size of the original input file that RICOH ProcessDirector used to create the job. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.InputFile.Size

Usage note: If the workflow for the job specifies the CountPages step, RICOH ProcessDirector reports the size of the job in pages after that step completes for the job. See the value of the Total pages property.

1.133 Parent server

Shows the name of the RICOH ProcessDirector server that owns the submit step for the input file. The submit step creates the RICOH ProcessDirector job from the input file; see the Submit step property for the input device that submitted the job. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.Instance

1.134 Job size (sheets)

Shows a calculated value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses when it schedules jobs to printers. RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the value of this property by multiplying the value of the Job copies requested job property by the value of the Current total sheets job property. RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule the job to a printer whose Printer job size (sheets) supported printer property specifies a value that is appropriate for the calculated size of the job.

RICOH ProcessDirector also uses the value of this property when a workflow uses the VerifyPrintedSheetCount step to validate the actual number of sheets that print for a job. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
Job.JobSize

1.135 Workflow

Shows the name of the workflow that defines the processing phases and steps for the job. Authorized users define workflows through the RICOH ProcessDirector administration interface. Then, they can use a variety of methods, such as assigning the workflow to an input device, to assign a workflow to a job. You cannot change the workflow value for the job directly. Use the Process Again action if there is a need to change the workflow for a job that is already on the RICOH ProcessDirector system.
Database name
Job.JobType

1.136 Workflow history

Shows a list of workflows that have been used to process the job and that define processing phases and steps where you can restart the job with the Process Again action. You cannot edit this value.
Database name
Job.JobType.History

1.137 Requested location

Specifies the name of the requested job location. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to schedule the job to a printer that has the same value for its Printer location property. Requested location can be set by a workflow, or it can be set in the property notebook for the job.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Locations

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Location field of the header sheet for the job.

1.138 Media

Specifies the primary media for the job. The value can come from the job, job ticket, or workflow.
Default
Not set

In the job property notebook, you can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the media objects that are included in the list. The toggle options are:

Ready
The list shows only media that are loaded and ready in the requested printer.
Supported
The list shows media that the requested printer supports. Media that is both supported and ready in the printer appears at the top of the list.
All
The list includes all media objects that are defined. Media that is ready is listed first, followed by supported media, then any remaining media.

On the Workflow page, the toggle button is not available; the list always displays all media.

Database name
Job.Media

Usage notes:

  • If you do not specify a value, the printer uses the media that is loaded in the default tray.
  • If a value is specified for the Media, Duplex, or Output bin job property for an AFP job, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that value in the form definition.
  • Both the Scheduling and the Page Exception tabs in the Job property notebook include this property; you cannot change its value on the Page Exception tab.
  • If the job requires more than one type of media, such as cardstock for covers or colored paper for chapter dividers, use the Page Exception tab to define the other media. If page exceptions are defined, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the list of media in the Media required property to schedule the job to a printer.

1.139 Media required

Shows the names of the media objects specified for the entire job, including any page exceptions.
Database name
Job.MediaRequired

Usage notes:

  • This value is compared to the Media supported property on a printer to determine whether the printer can print the job.
  • You cannot change the value of this property.

1.140 Media substituted

Shows whether media was substituted for the job based on the substitution rules specified on the Media settings page. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

Yes
At least one media was substituted. See the job log for details.
No
No media was substituted.
Database name
Job.MediaSubstitution

Usage note: This property is set when the job is assigned to a printer. If you print or process the job again, the value is reset to No if the job was printed on a printer that does not require substitution.

1.141 Job name

Specifies the name of the job. The user who submitted the job might have specified the name, or the host system that submitted the job might have assigned the name. RICOH ProcessDirector does not require the job name to be unique on the system; the Job number property contains the unique system identifier, or spool ID, that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to identify the job. RICOH ProcessDirector initially supplies the value of this property when it creates the job from the input file.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Job.Name

Usage notes:

  • When the ${Job.InputFile} symbol is used as the value for this property, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the job name to the name of the input file from which the job was created. However, for any job submitted with a control file that defines the job name (Download and LPD input devices), remove ${Job.InputFile} as the value for this property so it does not override the job name defined in the control file.

    For example, if the workflow specifies ${Job.InputFile} as the value of the Job name property, and a control file, such as receive_lpd_pdf_jobtype.cfg, specifies DEFINE ${Job.Name} AS "${DEPARTMENT}", RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the Job name property to the name of the input file for the job, not to the value that the DEPARTMENT job parameter specifies.

  • If you use the Process Again action to process the job again, and you specify a different workflow, the job's name might change. The job name is set based on the rules for the new workflow.

1.142 Output bin

Specifies the output bin for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to schedule the job to a printer that supports the selected output bin.

You can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the bins that are included in the list. The toggle options are:

Requested
Output bins that are available on the requested printer are shown.
Available
Output bins that are available on any printer are shown. Requested output bins are listed first.
All
All output bins defined are shown. Requested output bins are listed first, followed by available output bins, then any remaining output bins.

On the Workflow page, the toggle button is not present; the list always displays all defined output bins.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.OutputBin

1.143 Transform page length

Specifies the length of the image that the data transform program generates. The unit of measure for the value can be either inches or millimeters. Authorized users can specify a value from 1 through 999.99. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of measure for the property value. RICOH ProcessDirector initially sets the unit of measure by using the locale setting of the browser.
Default
11.0 inches or 279.400 millimeters, depending on the locale setting of the browser. In the Workflow page, inches are used.
Database name
Job.PageLength

1.144 Pages to print again

Specifies which pages in the current job are printed again.

The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas. Use a dash to separate the beginning and ending pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.

The letter n can be used to represent the last page in the job. A value of 400-n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print from page 400 through the last page of the job. A value of just n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print only the last page of the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set

Database name
Job.PageRange

Usage notes:

  • You cannot edit the Pages to print again property on the Job property notebook. Use the Print again action to specify which pages to print again.
  • In the Print Again dialog, you can enter the value in the field or click the Select pages in viewer button and select which pages to print again.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Reprint Range field of the header sheet for the job.

1.145 Pages stacked

Shows the number of logical pages that have printed, and that have reached the output stacker of the AFP or Ricoh PDF printer device. The AFP or Ricoh PDF printer reports this information to RICOH ProcessDirector. Passthrough printers set this property equal to the Total pages property if a valid return code is reported from the printer command. PCLOut printers set this property equal to the number of pages converted to PCL. Otherwise, no value is set for this property. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.PagesStacked

Usage notes:

  • To see updates to the value of this property, view the Status tab of the property notebook for the job and refresh the page.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector stops updating the value of this property if it receives a stop request for the AFP or Ricoh PDF job that specifies that the rest of the job should be discarded.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector recalculates the value of this property if a Process again request or a Print again request is made for the job and the job is printed on an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer. For a job assigned to a Passthrough printer, this property gets reset to zero when a Process again or a Print again request occurs and reset to the value in the Total pages property when the job is reassigned to a Passthrough printer.
  • The pages-stacked value includes any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.

1.146 Transform page width

Shows the width of the image that the data transform program generates. The unit of measure for the value be either inches or millimeters. Authorized users can specify a value from 1 through 999.99. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of measure for the property value. RICOH ProcessDirector initially sets the unit of measure by using the locale setting of the browser.
Default
8.5 inches or 215.900 millimeters, depending on the locale setting of the browser. In the Workflow tab, inches are used.
Database name
Job.PageWidth

1.147 Current phase

Shows the name of the workflow phase that is currently processing the job.

Values:

  • Receive
  • Prepare
  • Print
  • Complete

RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the job moves from one phase to another. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
Job.Phase

Usage notes:

  • If you changed the default phase names, the names you chose are displayed in the list.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector also uses these properties to further define the processing point and state of the job:
    • Current job state
    • Current step
    • Progress within the current phase
    • Stop when entering phase
    • Reason for wait status

1.148 Progress within the current phase

Shows the progress status for the job within the phase that the Current phase property identifies. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value of this property whenever the job progress within the phase changes. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

Preprocessing
RICOH ProcessDirector is performing one or more pre-processing tasks for the job.
Active
RICOH ProcessDirector is actively processing the job.
Manual
The job requires an action on the part of the operator. The action is not required because of an error condition. For example, an operator might have done a Stop action on the job and a Continue action is needed to resume processing. Another example would be if the workflow for the job includes a manual step and the job is waiting for the operator to start or complete the manual step.
Error
RICOH ProcessDirector has detected an error with the job that requires operator intervention. For example, the printer jammed or another job-processing step encountered an error.
Database name
Job.PhaseProgress

1.149 Accepted by

Shows the user ID of the user who accepted the preview print.
Database name
Job.Preview.AcceptedBy

Usage notes:

  • If the Accept preview print automatically property is set to Yes, this value is set to System.
  • Accepted by is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.150 Accept preview print automatically

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector accepts the preview print automatically and moves the job to the next step in the workflow.

Values:

Yes
Accepts the preview print without waiting for a user to do an action. The print job moves to the next step and continues processing.
No (default)
Waits for a user to accept or reject the preview print.

Database name
Job.Preview.AutoAccept

Usage notes:

  • Set this value to Yes if a user does not have to review and accept the preview print at this point in the workflow. For example, if your workflow includes multiple PreviewPrint steps and you want to compare the output from all of them, you can automatically accept all of the print previews except the last one.
  • Accept preview print automatically is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.151 Page range for preview print

Shows a numeric string that describes which pages in the job are printed as samples in the PreviewPrint step.

The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas; use a dash to separate the first and last pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.

The letter n can be used to represent the last page in the job. A value of 400-n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print from page 400 through the last page of the job. A value of just n causes RICOH ProcessDirector to print only the last page of the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Preview.PageRange

Usage note: If you change this value after the job enters the PreviewPrint step, you must process the job through the PreviewPrint step again.

1.152 Requested printer for preview print

Specifies the name of the printer that this step sends the preview print job to. The preview print job is always sent to this printer.

If the value is Not set, RICOH ProcessDirector does not assign the job to a printer until an authorized user selects a printer from the list. You do not use the Schedule Job action to set this value.

If you see a colored star next to this field, only your favorite printers are listed. Click the colored star to see all the printers in the list.

Database name
Job.Preview.RequestedPrinter

Usage notes:

  • If a specific printer is requested, the properties of that printer determine the ready and supported values that you can select for the Media property, and the available and requested values that you can select for the Output bin property.
  • If you set the Transform RIP for printer property to Same as requested printer, make sure that the requested printer supports the halftone specified by the Transform halftone property. You can specify any combination of printer and halftone, but if the printer does not support the halftone there are errors in transform processing.

1.153 Previous printer

Shows the printer that was previously assigned to the job by RICOH ProcessDirector or that previously printed the job. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.PreviousPrinter

1.154 Assigned to printer

Shows the date and time when the printer received the job. If you print the job again, or process the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the printer-assignment time. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.Print.AssignPrintTime

1.155 Cumulative pages stacked

Shows the total number of logical pages that have printed and reached the output stacker of AFP and Ricoh PDF printers. The value includes the page count from the first time that the job printed, as well as page counts from any partial or full reprints of the job.

Passthrough printers accumulate page counts by assuming the number of pages set in the Total pages property was stacked each time the printer command was run and reported a valid return code. PCLOut printers show how many accumulated pages have been converted to PCL.

Database name
Job.Print.CumulativePagesStacked

Usage note: The cumulative-pages-stacked value includes any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.

1.156 Cumulative sheets stacked

Shows the total number of physical job sheets that have printed and reached the output stacker of the AFP or Ricoh PDF printer. The value includes the sheet count from the first time that the job printed, as well as sheet counts from any partial or full reprints of the job.

Passthrough printers accumulate sheet counts by assuming the number of sheets set in the Total sheets property was stacked each time the printer command was run and reported a valid return code. PCLOut printers show how many accumulated sheets have been converted to PCL.

Database name
Job.Print.CumulativeSheetsStacked

Usage note: For jobs sent to AFP printers, the cumulative-sheets-stacked value includes any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.

1.157 Current Page

Shows the page number of the page that is currently printing on the assigned printer.
Database name
Job.Print.CurrentPag

1.158 Current total pages

Shows the total number of pages in the job. This value can be the same as the Total pages property if the entire job prints or it can be a subset of the job if a request is made to reprint separate pages or separate page ranges.
Database name
Job.Print.CurrentTotalPages

1.159 Current total sheets

Shows the total number of physical sheets in the job. This value can be the same as the Total sheets property if the entire job prints or it can be a subset of the job if a request is made to reprint separate pages or separate page ranges.
Database name
Job.Print.CurrentTotalSheets

1.160 Print complete time

Shows the date and time when the printer finished printing the job successfully. If you print or process the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector updates this time. If the job stops before the last page prints for any reason, this value remains blank.

You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
Job.Print.EndPrintTime

1.161 Form length (millimeters)

Specifies the form length in millimeters.
Database name
Job.Print.Formlength

1.162 Header page configuration file

Specifies the path and name of the configuration file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to create the content and format of the header page for the job. You can specify one of the configuration files for header pages that RICOH ProcessDirector provides, or specify a customized configuration file.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file. RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in this directory:

  • On Linux: /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
  • On Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Print.HeaderConfig

Usage notes:

  • If the Header copies property for the job has a value of 1 or greater, RICOH ProcessDirector verifies that the Header page configuration file property has a value, and that the configuration file exists. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find the configuration file, it moves the job to an error state.
  • For AFP banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate .cfg file.
  • For PDF banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate .jrxml file.
  • For AFP banner pages, if the Banner page type printer property has a value, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a corresponding configuration file. If it finds a corresponding configuration file and the file is different from the configuration file that the job specifies, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the configuration file that the Banner page type printer property specifies. For example, if the Header page configuration file job property has a value of header.cfg, and the printer property has a value of Narrow, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a configuration file in the directory specified by the job with a name of header.narrow.cfg. If that file exists, RICOH ProcessDirector uses that file instead of the header.cfg file.
  • On Linux primary computers: For PDF banner pages that print on Ricoh PDF or Custom PDF printers on application servers, this value must specify the drive letter that the application server uses to connect to the /aiw directory on the primary computer. For example, the application server uses Z: to connect, and the file path to the header page configuration file on the primary computer is /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/header.jrxml. This value must specify Z:\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\header.jrxml.

1.163 Header copies

Specifies the number of copies of the job header page that RICOH ProcessDirector should print before it begins to print the job itself.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that no header page prints for the job.
Default
1
Database name
Job.Print.HeaderCopies

Usage notes:

  • If you use PDF banner pages, the printer device must support the PDF data stream.
  • To print a PDF header page for a job sent to a Ricoh PDF or Passthrough printer, this value must be set to 1 or greater and the Enable header pages printer property set to Yes.
  • If the Download file type property is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Header copies property to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.

1.164 Header Media

Specifies the media to use for header pages. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this property to schedule PDF jobs to the printer.

Values:

Default
Not set

In the job property notebook, you can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the media objects included in the list. The toggle options are:

Ready
The list shows only media that the printer reports as ready and loaded.
Supported
The list shows media that the printer supports. Media that is both supported and ready in the printer appears at the top of the list.
All
The list includes all defined media objects. Media that is ready is listed first, followed by supported media, then any remaining media.

Database name
Job.Print.HeaderMedia

Usage notes:

  • Use Header and Trailer media values to maximize printing efficiency by precisely matching jobs and printers.
  • This property is only available for Ricoh PDF, Kodak, and Xerox printers. Set Header and Trailer media values only for these printers to avoid a No matching device status.
  • If you do not specify a value, the printer uses the media loaded in Banner page input tray. If the banner page input tray value is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer then picks the default tray.
  • If the Printer specifies a tray for the banner pages, and the Job specifies media for the Header or Trailer, then the job is marked with a scheduling conflict and printing does not occur.

1.165 Reprinted unfinished pages

Specifies how many pages were printed again after a paper jam on an AFP printer with RICOH TotalFlow Print Server. These pages were reprinted because they either had not exited the printer or they had not reached the jam recovery point set on the printer and the Reprint unfinished pages property was set to Yes on the Control Unit.
Database name
Job.Print.ReprintedUnfinished

1.166 Spool ID

Specifies the spool ID that RICOH ProcessDirector generates for the job before it sends the job to its printer driver component. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.Print.SpoolID

Usage notes:

  • The RICOH ProcessDirector printer driver component prints the spool ID on any error pages that it prints for the job.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the SpoolID: field of the header sheet for the job.
  • This property is not set for jobs sent to Passthrough printers.

1.167 Trailer page configuration file

Specifies the path and name of the configuration file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to create the content and format of the trailer page for the job. You can specify one of the configuration files for trailer pages that RICOH ProcessDirector provides, or specify a customized configuration file.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file. RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in this directory:

  • On Linux: /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages
  • On Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Print.TrailerConfig

Usage notes:

  • If the Trailer copies property for the job has a value of 1 or greater, RICOH ProcessDirector verifies that the Trailer page configuration file property has a value, and that the configuration file exists. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find the configuration file, it moves the job to an error state.
  • For AFP banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate .cfg file.
  • For PDF banner pages, this value must specify the appropriate .jrxml file.
  • For AFP banner pages, if the Banner page type printer property has a value, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a corresponding configuration file. If it finds a corresponding configuration file and the file is different from the configuration file that the job specifies, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the configuration file that the Banner page type printer property specifies. For example, if the Trailer page configuration file job property has a value of trailer.cfg, and the printer property has a value of Narrow, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a configuration file in the directory specified by the job with a name of trailer.narrow.cfg. If that file exists, RICOH ProcessDirector uses that file instead of the trailer.cfg file.
  • On Linux primary computers: For PDF banner pages that print on Ricoh PDF or Custom PDF printers on application servers, this value must specify the drive letter that the application server uses to connect to the /aiw directory on the primary computer. For example, the application server uses Z: to connect, and the file path to the trailer page configuration file on the primary computer is /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/trailer.jrxml. This value must specify Z:\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\trailer.jrxml.

1.168 Trailer copies

Specifies the number of copies of the job trailer page that RICOH ProcessDirector should print after the job prints.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that no trailer page prints for the job.
Default
1
Database name
Job.Print.TrailerCopies

Usage notes:

  • If you use PDF banner pages, the printer device must support the PDF data stream.
  • To print a PDF trailer page for a job sent to a Ricoh PDF or Passthrough printer, this value must be set to 1 or greater and the Enable trailer pages printer property set to Yes.
  • If the Download file type property is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Trailer copies property to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.

1.169 Trailer Media

Specifies the media to use for trailer pages. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this property to schedule PDF jobs to the printer.

Values:

Default
Not set

In the job property notebook, you can use the toggle control to the right of the property name to change the media objects included in the list. The toggle options are:

Ready
The list shows only media that the printer reports as ready and loaded.
Supported
The list shows media that the printer supports. Media that is both supported and ready in the printer appears at the top of the list.
All
The list includes all defined media objects. Media that is ready is listed first, followed by supported media, then any remaining media.

Database name
Job.Print.TrailerMedia

Usage notes:

  • Use Header and Trailer media values to maximize printing efficiency by precisely matching jobs and printers.
  • This property is only available for Ricoh PDF, Kodak, and Xerox printers. Set Header and Trailer media values only for these printers to avoid a No matching device status.
  • If you do not specify a value, the printer uses the media loaded in Banner page input tray. If the banner page input tray value is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer then picks the default tray.
  • If the Printer specifies a tray for the banner pages, and the Job specifies media for the Header or Trailer, then the job is marked with a scheduling conflict and printing does not occur.

1.170 Job priority

Specifies the printing priority of the job. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-999. 1 specifies the highest priority. 999 specifies the lowest priority.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Priority

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector treats any job without a value for its Job priority property as the lowest priority. Any other job with a job-priority value, even if the value is 999, processes through each step before a job without a job-priority value.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Priority: field of the header sheet for the job.
  • Before setting the job priority, make sure that the printer is disabled at the time the schedule is made. Otherwise, the jobs are not printed in the order specified by the user.
  • Jobs that contain a JDF file must use a job priority value between 1 and 100. If you enter a value that exceeds 100, Ricoh ProcessDirector reverts the value to 100.

1.171 Process group ID

Specifies the number of the processing group, if any, to which the job belongs. The processing group keeps jobs together as they proceed through the RICOH ProcessDirector system.
Database name
Job.ProcessGroupId

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector assigns a value to the Process group ID property for all child jobs.
  • If you select the Add to Group action for a job that is not in a group, Process group ID is set to the same value as the job number.
  • For child jobs, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the job number of the parent job as the value for this property. RICOH ProcessDirector can create child jobs from the input files that a list file specifies for a Hot folder input device. If the AFP Support feature is installed, it can also create child jobs from a multi-dataset job sent through Download for z/OS.
  • The Process group order property identifies the position of the job within the group of jobs that have the same Process group ID value.
  • Selecting Remove from Group for a job resets the Process group ID to null.

1.172 Process group order

Specifies the position of the job, if any, within a group of jobs. The Process group ID property identifies the group. You cannot change the value of this property.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.ProcessGroupOrder

Usage notes:

  • The parent job in a group has a Process group order value of 0.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector assigns a value to the Process group order property for all child jobs.
  • If you select the Add to Group action for a job that is not in a group, Process group ID is set to the job number of the job and Process group order is set to 0.

1.173 Promoted

Specifies whether the job has been promoted. Promoting a job makes it the highest priority job on the system when it enters its next processing step. It progresses through all of its remaining workflow phases and steps ahead of other jobs on the system. This occurs regardless of the values of the Job priority property for the other jobs. You cannot change the value of the Promoted property directly. You promote jobs using the Promote action.

Values:

Yes
The job was promoted.
No
The job was not promoted.
Default
Not set

Database name
Job.Promote

Usage notes:

  • If you promote more than one job on the system, the job that was promoted last moves ahead of all other jobs. The Promotion time property contains the timestamp of when the job was promoted.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector processes jobs on the system that are not members of process groups in this order:
    • Most recently promoted, as determined by the Promotion time property for the job
    • Highest priority, as determined by the Job priority property
    • Most recently submitted, as determined by the Time submitted property
  • RICOH ProcessDirector processes jobs that are members of a process group in this order:
    • Most recently promoted
    • Highest priority
    • Job order within the process group, as determined by the Process group order property
  • You cannot set the Promoted property in a workflow.

1.174 Promotion time

Specifies when the job was promoted. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.PromoteTime

1.175 Punch

Specifies how to punch the job. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to schedule the job to a printer with a finisher that can punch.

Values:

Not set (default)
2 at left
2 at right
2 at top
2 at bottom
3 at left
3 at right
3 at top
3 at bottom
4 at left
4 at right
4 at top
4 at bottom
Multiple at left
Multiple at top
Multiple at right
Multiple at bottom

Database name
Job.Punch

Usage notes:

  • The value set for the Punch property is ignored if the job is AFP and contains an inline form definition or medium map.
  • If the job is AFP and uses an external form definition which has values set for the Punch or Staple job property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the property values and ignores the values in the external form definition. If the job uses an external form definition and these values are unspecified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the values in the external form definition.
  • Not all printers support all punch options. For some printers, you can indicate whether a printer can punch, but not what punch patterns it can do.
  • On some printers, different options produce the same results; for example, 2 at left and Multiple at left.
  • On AFP printers, all punch options produce the same results even when the printer supports multiple options because the job submission program does not distinguish between options.

1.176 Reprint count

Shows how many times a job has been reprocessed for printing.

Values:

Not set
The job has been printed only once.
1
The job has been printed once and then all or part of the job has been processed or printed again.
Database name
Job.ReprintCount

Usage notes:

  • Only one version of the job can be printing at a time, the original print job or one reprint. For example, you cannot select two different sets of page ranges and have them print simultaneously on two printers.
  • When the Reprint count property contains a value, the size of the job reflected in the Job size (sheets) property is adjusted for the size of the reprint job. Therefore, if you request to reprint only 100 sheets of a 5000-sheet job, the Job size property changes from 5000 to 100 when the Reprint count property is incremented. The Total sheets property remains 5000. When the reprint is successfully completed, the Cumulative sheets stacked property is 5100 plus any banner pages that were printed.

1.177 Requested printer

Specifies the name of the printer that was requested for the job. You can request a specific printer using the Schedule action or specify one in the workflow for the job. The printer request can also come through other methods, such as a job ticket or, if the AFP Support feature is installed, in JCL parameters for jobs that are transmitted from Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus.

The requested printer can also be one of these values:

Any printer
The job is assigned to the first available printer with matching values for its scheduling properties.
Not set
The job is not assigned to any printer. The value must be changed before RICOH ProcessDirector can assign the job to a printer.

If you see a colored star next to this field or next to the printer name, only your favorite printers are listed. Click the colored star to see all the printers in the list.

The requested printer might not be the actual printer that prints the job. For example, an operator might move the job to a different printer because of a problem with the requested printer. The Assigned printer property identifies the printer that actually prints the job.

Database name
Job.RequestedPrinter

Usage notes:

  • If a specific printer is requested, the properties of that printer determine some of the values that you can select for Media and Output bin properties.
  • If you install the AFP Support feature and set the Transform RIP for printer property to Same as requested printer, make sure that the requested printer supports the halftone specified by the Transform halftone property. You can specify any combination of printer and halftone, but if the printer does not support the halftone there are errors in transform processing.

1.178 Transform resolution (dpi)

For the RICOH Transform features, specifies the resolution of the full page of image output that the data transform program generates. Specify a value that is appropriate for the model of the printer that prints the job.

For the AFP output of the Advanced Transform feature, specifies the resolution of the raster fonts produced. The resolution of images is set with the IOCA transform resolution property.

Format:

Length
Number from 100-999

For example:

240
The resolution is 240 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the IBM 3900.
300
The resolution is 300 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as some models of the InfoPrint 4000. This is the default value for the Advanced Transform feature.
600
The resolution is 600 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the InfoPrint 4100. This is the default value for the RICOH Transform features.
Database name
Job.Resolution

1.179 Restart steps

Shows the phases and associated steps that you can select to start processing the job again.
Database name
Job.RestartSteps

1.180 Retention period

Specifies the amount of time that RICOH ProcessDirector retains a job after it reaches the RetainCompletedJobs step in the Complete phase. The unit of time for the value can be minutes, hours, or days.

You can specify a value from 0 minutes through 99999 hours. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time for the value. RICOH ProcessDirector also uses the retention-period value to calculate and set the Retention expiration time property for the job. The default value for the retention period is 3 days.

Database name
Job.RetainDuration

1.181 Retention start time

Specifies when the retention period began for a job.
Database name
Job.RetainStartTime

1.182 Job values file

Specifies the full path and file name of a configuration file that is used to set property values. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

The configuration file is a text file that contains property and value pairs for any job properties, including properties that can be used more than once in a workflow and have different values for each use. By defining rules to call the step to assign the values in this file to the job, you can set different values for the same or different job properties to be passed to the next step in the workflow.

Database name
Job.SetJobOverrides

Usage notes:

  • You can use both a configuration file and the list of property values in this step to change the values for a job. If a property is included in both the configuration file and in the list, the value in the list is used.
  • In the file, use RICOH ProcessDirector database names for the properties. List each property and value on a separate line as database.property.name=value, with no spaces before or after the equal sign (=). For example:

    Job.RequestedPrinter=RicohProVC60000Job.Duplex=Yes

  • To set a value for a positional job property, specify the phase and step names in brackets following the property name.

    This example specifies a Linux copy command as the value of the External command job property for the RunExternalProgram step in the Prepare phase of a workflow:

    Job.External.Command[Prepare][RunExternalProgram]=cp ${getControlFileName()} /aiw/aiw1/samples/${Job.ID}.info.csv

  • Job values file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.183 Preset name

Specifies the name of the printer preset that this job requires. If your printer supports receiving a preset request with an AFP job, you can use this property to request a preset. The printer automatically switches to use the preset specified. If your printer does not support this function, you can use Preset name as a scheduling property.

Format:

Length
Up to 200 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use these characters in the name: \ (backslash) " (double quote) ` (backtick)
Database name
Job.SetupName

Usage note:

  • Sometimes presets are also referred to as setups.
  • If you request a preset for a job and that preset is available on the printer but requires operator intervention to apply (such as to load a different paper), the job goes into error.
  • If you request a preset for a job and that preset is not available on the printer, the job goes into error.
  • If you use this property as a scheduling property, you can schedule jobs to a printer that has the same value for its Preset name property.

    However, this property is not updated with the Make job match printer action. To update it, use Edit Scheduling Properties or open the job property notebook and update it directly.

  • You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.184 Sheets stacked

Shows the number of physical sheets that have printed, and that have reached the output stacker of the AFP or Ricoh PDF printer device. The AFP or Ricoh PDF printer reports this information to RICOH ProcessDirector. Because more than one page can print on a sheet, there might not be a 1:1 relationship between the number of pages and the number of sheets that have stacked.

PCLOut printers set this property equal to the number of sheets converted to PCL. Passthrough printers set this property to equal the Total Sheets property, if a valid return code is reported for the printer command. Otherwise, no value is set for this property. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
Job.SheetsStacked

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector stops updating the value of this property if it receives a Stop request for the AFP or Ricoh PDF job that specifies that the rest of the job should be discarded.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector recalculates the value of this property if a Process again request or a Print again request is made for the job and the job is printed on an AFP or Ricoh PDF printer. For a job assigned to a Passthrough printer, this property is reset to 0 when a Process again or Print again request occurs and reset to the value in the Total Sheets property when the job is reassigned to a Passthrough printer.
  • The sheets-stacked value includes the sheets that are used for any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, and message pages that might print for the job.
  • To see updates to the value of this property, view the Status tab of the property notebook for the job and refresh the page.

1.185 File type to snapshot

Specifies the usagetype and datatype of the spool file this step should find in the spool directory and copy for later use. The spool file is copied and renamed using the value of the Snapshot file descriptor as the usagetype.

For example, when RICOH ProcessDirector receives a job file, it renames the file JobID.print.unknown. In that file name, the usagetype is print and the datatype is unknown.

Format:

usagetype.datatype
For example: print.pdf, print.afp, print_range.afp
Default
print.pdf
Database name
Job.SnapshotJobFile.FileToBeCopied

Usage notes:

  • The most common usagetype for this property is print.
  • Example datatypes for this property are: afp, pdf, and ps.
  • For more information about usagetype and datatype values and how they are used in RICOH ProcessDirector methods, see the information center.
  • These values are case-sensitive.

1.186 Snapshot file descriptor

The text that the step inserts in the file name between the job ID and the datatype when it saves the snapshot of the job file. This text replaces the current usagetype in the spool file name.

If you include a command in a step that occurs later in the workflow and that command requires the snapshot file, use this value as the usagetype in the method that you include in the command.

For example, if this value is set to original , the method ${getAbsoluteFileName(original,afp,read)} resolves to jobID.original.afp .

Format:

Default
original
Database name
Job.SnapshotJobFile.NewFileDescriptor

Usage notes:

  • This value is case-sensitive.
  • For more information about usage type values and how they are used in RICOH ProcessDirector methods, see the information center.

1.187 Source input device

Shows the name of the input device for the job on the system where the job originated.
Database name
Job.SourceInputDeviceName

Usage note: If the job was submitted to a workflow directly and not through an input device, this value is blank.

1.188 Input device type on source system

Shows the type of the input device on the system where the job originated.
Database name
Job.SourceInputDeviceType

1.189 Root file path

Specifies the directory location for all files in this job. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.SpoolFileStem

Usage note: Reference information about advanced tasks that RICOH ProcessDirector provides might refer to this directory as the spool directory for the job. Examples of advanced tasks are using control files, using symbol formulas, and using method calls.

1.190 Staple

Specifies how to staple the job. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to schedule the job to a printer with a finisher that can staple.

Values:

Not set (default)
2 at left
2 at right
2 at top
2 at bottom
2 at center
Top left
Top left diagonal
Top left horizontal
Top left vertical
Top right
Top right diagonal
Top right horizontal
Top right vertical
Bottom left
Bottom right

Database name
Job.Staple

Usage notes:

  • The value set for the Staple property is ignored if the job is AFP and contains an inline form definition or medium map.
  • If the job is AFP and uses an external form definition which has values set for the Punch or Staple job property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the property values and ignores the values in the external form definition. If the job uses an external form definition and these values are unspecified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the values in the external form definition.
  • Not all printers support all stapling options. For some printers, you can indicate whether a printer can staple, but not what stapling patterns it can do.
  • On some printers, different options produce the same results; for example, Top left and Top left diagonal.
  • On AFP printers, some different options produce the same results even when the printer supports both options because the job submission program does not distinguish between these options.
  • Both the Scheduling and the Page Exception tabs include this property; you cannot change its value on the Page Exception tab.

1.191 Stapling required

Shows whether this job or any of its page exceptions must be stapled. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name:
Job.StapleRequired

1.192 Current job state

Shows the current processing state of the job. You cannot change the value of this property.

In the Jobs table, sometimes the Current job state value is replaced by the Reason for wait status value, to provide additional information. You cannot use Reason for wait status values for the Current job state when you create notifications, you must use the underlying Current job state value.

Values:

Assigned
RICOH ProcessDirector has assigned the job to a specific printer. The Assigned printer property for the job contains the name of the printer.
Complete
The step has completed its processing of the job. Depending on where the job is in its workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector can immediately queue the job to another step.
Creating
The job is being created.
Deleting
The job is being deleted.
Duplicates detected
One or more barcodes have been scanned multiple times in a ReadBarcodeData step. The duplicates must be resolved during a Reconcile step later in the workflow.
Error
An error occurred as the step processed the job. Someone must do an action on the job before processing can resume.
Error on printer
An error occurred during printing.
Manual, waiting
The workflow for the job includes a manual step during which someone does an action that is external to RICOH ProcessDirector. For example, there is a point in job processing at which the print quality must be checked. The job is waiting for a person to right-click the job in the jobs table, and select Manual start.
Manual, working
The workflow for the job includes a manual step during which someone does an action that is external to RICOH ProcessDirector. For example, there is a point in job processing at which the print quality must be checked. The job is waiting for a person to right-click the job in the jobs table, and select Manual complete.
No matching connector
The job is waiting in the No matching connector state because the values of its properties do not match the rules set on any of the connectors. Review the conditional workflow to determine the cause of the problem.
Printing
The assigned printer is printing the job.
Processing
A step is actively processing the job.
Queued
The job is waiting to be processed by a step.
Reading barcodes
The job is waiting for one or more barcode readers to finish detecting all the documents in the job. Use the Complete barcode step action to see what percent of the documents have been detected. Depending on how the workflow is configured, you might have to complete the barcode step manually to get to the next step in the workflow.
Released
Someone has released a job that was previously in a stopped state.
Retained
The job is waiting for its retention period to expire, at which time RICOH ProcessDirector deletes the job from the system.
Spooling
RICOH ProcessDirector is sending the job to the assigned printer.
Spooled at printer
RICOH ProcessDirector has sent the job to the assigned Ricoh PDF printer or Ricoh TotalFlow printer where it might be held for later printing.
Status changed on printer
Applies to a Ricoh TotalFlow printer only. A user has moved the job from the Active Jobs state to the Inactive Jobs state on the printer console or deleted the job from the printer. Use the Go to next step action to continue processing the job through the workflow. Use the Print again or Restart step action to send the job to the printer again.
Stopped
RICOH ProcessDirector has stopped the job, which prevents further processing. You must do a Continue action on the job before processing can resume.
Unassigned
The job is waiting for RICOH ProcessDirector to assign it to a printer.
Waiting
The job is waiting for the step to process related jobs or other jobs with the same process group ID.
Waiting for Acceptance
The job is waiting for a user to accept or reject the preview print.
Waiting to reconcile
The job is waiting for a user to do the Reconcile action to review the action to take for the documents in the job.

Database name
Job.State

1.193 Current state

Shows the state type for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value.

Values:

Queued
The job is waiting for processing by a specific step to begin.
Processing
A specific step is processing the job.
Complete
The processing for a specific step is complete. RICOH ProcessDirector queues the job to the next step, if one exists.
Error
A specific step reported an error. An authorized user must take corrective action before RICOH ProcessDirector can continue processing.
Manual
An authorized user is performing an action for the job.

Administrators and operators cannot change the value of this property.

1.194 Current step

Shows the name of the step that is processing the job within the current phase.

Valid values are the names of the steps in the workflow for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value when the job moves from one step to another. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
Job.Step

1.195 Stop when entering phase

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector stops a job when it enters the first step of a specific phase.

Values:

Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not stop the job at any phase.
Prepare
RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the first step of the Prepare phase.
Print
RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the first step of the Print phase.
Complete
RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the first step of the Complete phase.

Database name
Job.StopAtPhase

Usage notes:

  • If you changed the default phase names, the names you chose are displayed in the list.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not stop jobs in the Receive phase.
  • After RICOH ProcessDirector stops the job at the specified phase, you can start the job again by selecting it and then using the Continue action.
  • If you need to change the Stop when entering phase property after RICOH ProcessDirector starts to process the job, use the Process Again action.

1.196 Time submitted

Specifies the date and time when the input device created the job. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.SubmitTime

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Submit Time field of the header sheet for the job.

1.197 System

Shows the name of the primary server that holds the spool directory for the job.
Database name
Job.SystemName

1.198 Test job

Specifies whether the job is a test job or a production job.

Values:

Not set (default)
The type of the job is not specified.
Yes
The job is a test job.
No
The job is not a test job. It is a production job.

Database name
Job.TestJob

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does no special processing for test jobs or for production jobs, and both can exist on the system at the same time.

1.199 Total pages

Shows the total number of logical pages in the job. There might not be a 1:1 relationship between the total number of logical pages and the total number of physical sheets, because more than one page can print on a sheet. This value is set by the CountPages step or from a setting in a control file that accompanies the job. You cannot change the value of this property.

Operators can use the Pages stacked property in conjunction with the Total pages property to monitor the printing progress of the job on AFP or Ricoh PDF printers. The AFP support feature is required for AFP printers.

Database name
Job.TotalPages

Usage notes:

  • If the AFP Support feature is installed, this value can be set by the EnableRepositioning step. The EnableRepositioning step does not count any header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, message pages, or constant forms that might print for the AFP job. Constant forms print an overlay but no page data on the sheet.
  • If a PDF job with a JDF job ticket specifying a mixture of duplex and simplex pages is processed by the CountPages step, the blank sides of the simplex sheets are not counted in the Total pages property. The IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps use the Page exceptions for sides property to determine whether to add blank pages to the PDF or add Sides page exceptions to the JDF for simplex sheets. If Sides page exceptions are used, the blank pages in the output are not included in the Total pages count.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Page Count: field of the header sheet for the job on AFP printers.

1.200 Total sheets

Shows the total number of physical sheets in the job. Because more than one page can print on a sheet, there might not be a 1:1 relationship between the total number of sheets and the total number of pages. This value is set by the CountPages step or by a setting in a control file when the job is received. You cannot change the value of this property.

Operators can use the Sheets stacked property in conjunction with the Total sheets property to monitor the printing progress of the job on AFP or Ricoh PDF printers. The AFP Support feature is required for AFP printers.

Database name
Job.TotalSheets

Usage notes:

  • If the AFP Support feature is installed, this value can be set by the EnableRepositioning step. The EnableRepositioning step does not count the sheets that are used for header pages, separator pages, trailer pages, or message pages that might print for the AFP job. Sheets used for constant forms are counted. Constant forms print an overlay but no page data on the sheet. If the CountPages step is used instead of EnableRepositioning, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the total number of sheets in the CountPages step using the form definition for the job.
  • If you change the initial value of the Duplex property for the job to any value other than Not set, the value of the Total sheets property that RICOH ProcessDirector calculates might not match the total number of job sheets that actually stack at the printer. The Sheets stacked property records the number of sheets that are actually stacked at the printer. For example, if the initial duplex value for the job is No, and it is changed to Tumble or Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector issues a warning message about the mismatch. Use the Process Again action to rerun the CountPages or EnableRepositioning step to correct the number of sheets for the new duplex value.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Sheet Count field of the header sheet for the job on AFP printers.

1.201 Reason for wait status

Identifies the condition that is preventing RICOH ProcessDirector from performing further processing on the job. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

Step template disabled
The job is waiting in the queued state because the step template for the step is disabled. Authorized users should review the Current step property for the job. Then, make sure that the step template on which the step is based is enabled.
Server unavailable
The job is waiting in the queued state because all servers that can run the step are disabled or disconnected. Authorized users should review the tuning properties for the step template on which the step is based. Determine the server or servers that can run the step, and then start and enable the appropriate server.

The server-unavailable condition can also occur if the workflow for the job includes a step that requires a server that runs on a specific operating system. If no application or secondary server on that operating system is connected to the primary server, RICOH ProcessDirector does not continue to process the job. Check the tuning properties for the step template on which the step is based. Either make sure that servers of the specified types exist and are connected, or change the operating system types for the step.

No matching device
The job is waiting in the unassigned state because the values of its scheduling properties do not match the corresponding values of any printer device. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule the job. Authorized users can modify the scheduling properties of the job so that they match the scheduling properties of a printer or modify the scheduling properties of a printer to match the job. Select the job, and then use the Schedule action.
No matching media
The job cannot move to the next step because the media name or media properties in the JDF job ticket or overrides file for the job cannot be matched to an existing media object. This value is a Reason for wait status value when a job is in the Error state.
Device unavailable
The job is waiting in the unassigned state because there are no enabled and connected devices that match its scheduling properties. RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule the job. Review the printer devices that match the scheduling properties of the job, and enable a matching printer. If the printer is not connected, view the properties for the printer and determine its server. Then, use the startaiw command to start the server.
Output bin unavailable
The job is waiting in the queued state because the output bin requested for the job is either full or not installed on the printer.

Database name
Job.WaitReason

1.202 Workflow to use

Specifies what workflow to use to restart processing of one or more jobs.

Values:

Current workflow (default)
  • If you are processing one or more jobs that have used the same workflows again, the jobs continue processing from the step that you specify. That step can be in the current workflow or in another workflow that already processed the job. You can choose the input data stream and whether RICOH ProcessDirector stops a job when it enters the first step of a specific phase.

    If you are processing the job again to pick up job property values that you changed, select a restart step that processes the changed property values. For example, if you changed a control file used by a step, back up to the step where the control file was specified.

  • If you are processing multiple jobs again in different workflows, each job continues processing from the first step in its current workflow.
Different workflow
The jobs continue processing from the first step of the workflow that you select from the list.

If the workflow that you are looking for is not in the list, check to see if the workflow is disabled. Either select a different workflow or enable the workflow and try again.

Usage notes:

  • If you are processing one or more jobs that are using the same workflow, you can select a phase and step from any workflow that already processed the job. The list starts with the last step that processed the jobs.
  • If you are processing one or more jobs and any of the workflows were edited after the jobs started, the Current workflow option is not available. You must select a workflow from the list.

1.203 Alternate ID

Specifies an alternate ID for the workflow.

Format:

Length
Up to 256 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
No default value

Database name
JobType.ChangeId

1.204 Created by

Specifies the name of the RICOH ProcessDirector feature that created the workflow. You cannot change the value of this property. This property has no value if an authorized user created the workflow.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
JobType.CreatedBy

Usage notes:

  • If you uninstall a feature that added a workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the Workflow source ID property and the Workflow created by property to manage the workflow. workflows that are not used by jobs in the system or referred to by other objects are deleted. Workflows that are still referred to are identified in a message during the uninstallation process so that you can dispose of them properly.
  • The Workflow created by property is not propagated to the new workflow when a workflow that was added by a feature is copied.

1.205 Description

Describes the workflow. For example, it might describe the characteristics of the jobs that the workflow supports.
Database name
JobType.Description

1.206 Enabled status

Specifies whether the workflow is ready to process jobs.

Values:

Yes
The workflow is ready for use in job processing.
No
The workflow is not ready to use in job processing.

RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever authorized users use the administration interface to enable or disable the workflow.

Database name
JobType.Enabled

1.207 Group name

Specifies the name of the group the workflow belongs to.

Format:

Length
Up to 256 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
No default value

Database name
JobType.GroupName

1.208 Workflow name

Specifies the name of the workflow.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
JobType.ID

Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the workflow, you cannot change the name of the workflow. If you need to rename the workflow, create a copy of the workflow and specify the new name. Then delete the original workflow.

1.209 Last modified

The date and time that the workflow was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the workflow changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
JobType.LastModified

1.210 Workflow location

Specifies the location associated with a workflow.

Values:

The list of locations available in the system.

Default
Not set

Database name
JobType.Location

Usage notes:

  • When a user tries to process a job again, only the workflows with a Workflow location value that match a Location value for the user are available. If the Archive feature is installed, the Workflow location is used to present the list of workflows used for resubmitting a job or document retrieved from a repository.
  • The Workflow location value does not affect the value that can be set on the Requested location property for jobs processed by the workflow.

1.211 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this workflow. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the workflow changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
JobType.ModifiedBy

1.212 Owner

Specifies the owner of the workflow.

Format:

Length
Up to 256 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
No default value
Database name
JobType.Owner

1.213 Rule template to use

Specifies the name of the rule that is assigned to the connector. You can assign a different rule to the connector by selecting it from the list of rules.

Values:

The list of rules that have been created in this workflow.

Not set
No rule has been assigned to the connector.
Database name
JobType.RulesList

Usage notes:

  • To use an existing rule as a template for a new rule, select it. Change the rule’s name, its conditions, or both.
  • You can have multiple rules with the same name. Rules with the same name can have different conditions, and rules with different names can have the same conditions. If you assign a rule to multiple connectors and then change the conditions for the rule assigned to one connector, the conditions for the rule assigned to the other connectors do not change.
  • When you delete a connector that has a rule, the rule remains on the list until you close the workflow.

1.214 Source ID

Specifies the relationship, if any, that the workflow has with a workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector or one of its features supplied.

This property has no value if an authorized user created the workflow without copying a supplied workflow. If a user copied the workflow from a supplied workflow, the Workflow source ID is the same as the name of the supplied workflow. If a feature installed the workflow, the Workflow source ID is the same as the name of the workflow. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
JobType.SourceID

Usage note: If you uninstall a feature that added a workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the Workflow source ID property and the Workflow created by property to manage the workflow. Workflows that are not used by jobs in the system or referred to by other objects are deleted. Workflows that are still referred to are identified in a message during the uninstallation process so that you can dispose of them properly.

1.215 Ordered list of steps

Shows all of the steps that are currently defined for the workflow, and lists them in the order that they run. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value of this property when authorized users make changes to the steps that the workflow contains. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
JobType.Steps

1.216 Location description

Describes the location. For example, the description might include the city name or the building name and floor where printers are located.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
Location.Description

1.217 Location name

Specifies the name of the location.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Location.ID

Usage note: You cannot change the name of the location after you create it. If you need to rename the location, create a copy of the location and specify the new name. Then, delete the original location.

1.218 Last modified

The date and time that the location was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the location changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Location.LastModified

1.219 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this location. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the location changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Location.ModifiedBy

1.220 Device code page

Specifies the code page that the LPD input device uses to read the contents of any files that accompany the print files, such as control files and list files. The input device converts those accompanying files into UTF-8 format; it does not convert print files to UTF-8. The Device code page value should match the code page that was used to create the accompanying files.

Values:

UTF8 (default)
Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format.
ISO8859_1
Latin Alphabet Number 1.
ISO8859_15
Latin Alphabet Number 9.
EUC_JP
JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese.
Database name
LPD.CodePage

1.221 Media description

Describes the characteristics of the media object.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Media.Description

1.222 General ID

Specifies the general ID of the media as defined by the printer media catalog. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Media.GeneralId

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Ricoh PDF printers.
  • If the media ID is not available on the printer, the field is empty.
  • The General ID is displayed only if you select the Printer checkbox in the Media to use field when creating a new printer.
  • If the Send media name in job ticket value is set to Yes, the General ID value is overwritten by the media name.

1.223 Media name

Specifies the name of the media.

Format:

Length
1-128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Media.ID

1.224 Mapped system media

Specifies the system media that you want to map to this printer media. When a job requests any of these system media, RICOH ProcessDirector sends the printer media information to the printer instead of the system media information.

Values:

A list of all the system media.

Database name
Media.MappedMedia

Usage note: Click the Edit icon to display the full list of system media.

1.225 Printer

Specifies what printers to display media mappings for in the table.

Values:

A list of printers whose Media to use values are set to Printer.

All printers
Show the mappings defined for all printers with the Media to use value set to Printer.

Database name
Media.MappedMedia.PrinterFilter

1.226 Printer

Specifies the name of the printer that this printer media is associated with. You can specify this property when you create the printer media but you cannot change it.

Values:

A list of all the printers in the system that have the Media to use property set to Printer.

Database name
Media.Printer

Usage note: If you need to change this property for an existing printer media, copy the printer media and select a new printer name. Then delete the original printer media.

1.227 Product ID

Specifies the product ID of the media. This property is used only with jobs sent to Ricoh PDF printers with a Data stream to send value of JDF/PDF. Some control units for Ricoh PDF printers can be configured to use product IDs to select media.

Format:

Length
1–128 characters (bytes)
Database name
Media.ProductId
Usage notes:
  • When Media Matching is set to Use media product ID or media name, RICOH ProcessDirector tries to match media in the JDF job ticket submitted with the job based on the media product ID. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find a matching product ID, it tries to match media in the job ticket based on the media name.

    RICOH ProcessDirector first checks whether the JDF job ticket specifies a media product ID. If it does, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a media object with the same product ID.

    If RICOH ProcessDirector finds a match, it puts the name of the matching media object in the job property for job media or page-exception media.

    If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find a match, it looks for a media object with the media name specified in the JDF job ticket. If RICOH ProcessDirector finds a match, it puts the name of the matching media object in the job property for job media or page-exception media.

  • When RICOH ProcessDirector sends a job with a JDF job ticket to a Ricoh PDF printer, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for media product IDs:
    1. First RICOH ProcessDirector looks in the mediamap.cfg file for a product ID to associate with a media name. The mediamap.cfg file maps media names to media product IDs separately for different printers. For example, this entry maps media named A4 Blue to media product ID 39872 only when the job is sent to the printer named RicohPro9110: RicohPro9110,A4 Blue,39872

      If another printer uses a different media product ID for A4 Blue paper, a different entry in the file provides the mapping. For example: RicohPro8120,A4 Blue,239872

      If RICOH ProcessDirector finds an entry, it takes the product ID in the entry and associates it with the media name in the job ticket.

    2. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find an entry, it looks for a Product ID in the media object associated with the media name. If RICOH ProcessDirector finds a Product ID value, it associates the product ID with the media name in the job ticket.

    If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find a match, it does not send a product ID for that media name in the job ticket.

1.228 Input device source ID

Specifies the ID of the source media.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Media.SourceID

1.229 Media height

Specifies the height of the media in the selected units.

Format:

Data type
Number from 1 to 9999.99; fractional values allowed.
Database name
MediaSize.Height

Usage note: Either the media height or the media width must be at least 2 millimeters larger or smaller than any other media size.

1.230 Media units

The unit of measure for the Media height and Media width properties.

Values:

Inches
Millimeters
Points

Database name
MediaSize.Units

Usage note: The default value is Inches or Millimeters, depending on the language setting of your browser.

1.231 Media width

Specifies the width of the media in the selected units.

Format:

Data type
Number from 1 to 1024; fractional values allowed.
Database name
MediaSize.Width

Usage note: Either the media width or the media height must be at least 2 millimeters larger or smaller than any other media size.

1.232 Media color

Specifies the color of the media.
Database name
MediaType.Color

Usage notes:

  • None means that the media has no color; for example, a transparency. This is different from Not set, which means that the color is not specified.
  • Select Color for a color name that is not available in the list of values.

1.233 Media type created by

Specifies the name of the RICOH ProcessDirector feature that created the media type. You cannot change the value of this property. This property has no value if a user created the media type.

Format:

Length
1-255 characters (bytes)

Database name
MediaType.CreatedBy

1.234 Media type description

Describes the media type.

Format:

Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
MediaType.Description

1.235 Media type details

Specifies characteristics of the media that other media type properties do not define. For example, select Tabstock for media with tabs.
Database name
MediaType.Details

1.236 Media front coating

Specifies what coating has been applied to the front side of the media, if any.

Values:

Not set (default)
Coated
Glossy
High gloss
Matte
None
Polymer
Satin
Semigloss
Silver

Database name
MediaType.FrontCoating

1.237 Media type name

Specifies the name of the media type.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
MediaType.ID

1.238 Media imagable side

Specifies which side of the media printers can print on. For example, if the media is photo paper, printers can only print on the front side.

Values:

Not set (default)
There is no restriction on which side of the media printers can print on. Printers can print on both sides of this media.
Back
Printers can print only on the back side of this media.
Both
Printers can print on both sides of this media.
Front
Printers can print only on the front side of this media.
Neither
Printers cannot print on this media.

Database name
MediaType.ImagableSide

Usage note: Use the Neither option to prevent printing on certain materials, such as preprinted promotional materials that are loaded in a paper bin so they can be included in the output.

1.239 Last modified

The date and time that the media was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the media changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Media.LastModified

1.240 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this media. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the media changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Media.ModifiedBy

1.241 Media opacity

Specifies how opaque the media is. Printers can make adjustments for different kinds of media.

Values:

Not set (default)
Opaque
Light does not pass through the media.
Translucent
Only some light passes through the media.
Transparent
Enough light passes through the media that you can clearly see through it.

Database name
MediaType.Opacity

1.242 Media is preprinted

Specifies whether the media is a preprinted form.

Values:

Yes
The media is preprinted.
No
The media is not preprinted.

Database name
MediaType.Preprinted

1.243 Media is prepunched

Specifies whether the media is prepunched. Prepunched media already has holes in it when it is loaded in the input tray, in contrast to media that is punched after printing because the Punch job property is Yes.

Values:

Yes
The media is prepunched.
No
The media is not prepunched.

Database name
MediaType.Prepunched

1.244 Media is recycled

Specifies whether the media is made from recycled materials.

Values:

Yes
The media is recycled.
No
The media is not recycled.

Database name
MediaType.Recycled

1.245 Media recycled percentage

Specifies the percentage of the media that is made from recycled materials.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0 to 100

Database name
MediaType.RecycledPercentage

1.246 Media stock

Specifies the type of stock for this media.

Values:

Not set (default)
Bond
Cover

Database name
MediaType.Stock

1.247 Media texture

Specifies the texture of the media.
Database name
MediaType.Texture

1.248 Media weight (gsm)

Specifies the weight of the media in grams per square meter (gsm). 75 gsm is a typical value for media. 200 gsm is a typical value for thick or heavy media.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-999

Database name
MediaType.Weight

1.249 Output bin capacity

The capacity of the output bin expressed in units defined by the Output bin unit property.

Format:

Data type
Non-negative integer

Database name
OutputBin.Capacity

1.250 Output bin description

The output bin description.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
OutputBin.Description

1.251 Output bin enabled on printer

Indicates whether the output bin is ready on the corresponding printer.
Database name
OutputBin.Enabled

1.252 Output bin has space remaining

Indicates whether the output bin has space for more output. If there is no more space in the output bin, RICOH ProcessDirector stops sending jobs that are scheduled to output to this bin.
Database name
OutputBin.HasSpaceRemaining

1.253 Output bin name

Specifies the name of the output bin.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
OutputBin.Id

1.254 Output bin level

The level of the output bin expressed in units defined by the Output bin unit property.

Format:

Data type
Non-negative integer

Database name
OutputBin.Level

1.255 Output bin printer name

Identifies the printer that the output bin belongs to.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
OutputBin.PrinterName

1.256 Output bin unit

The unit for reporting output bin level and capacity.
Database name
OutputBin.Unit

1.257 Connection status

Specifies the current status of the output device.

Values:

Connected
The connection between the server and the output device is active. The output device can receive data.
Disconnected
The connection between the server and the output device is not active. The output device cannot receive data.

Database name
OutputDevice.Connected

1.258 Customer name

Specifies the customer who is associated with this output device. RICOH ProcessDirector can use this customer name value to schedule a job with the same value for its Customer name property to the output device.

Format:

Length
1-255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
None
Default
Not set
Database name
OutputDevice.CustomerName

1.259 Output device description

Describes the output device. For example, it might describe the type of jobs that can be sent to the output device.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
OutputDevice.Description

1.260 Enabled status

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector can send files or schedule jobs to this output device.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule jobs to the output device.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule jobs to the output device.

You can use the Disable and Enable actions of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to change the value of this property.

Database name
OutputDevice.Enabled

Usage note: A disabled output device can still send files if the connection for the output device is active. The Connection status property describes whether the output device is connected.

1.261 Output device name

Specifies the name of the output device.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
OutputDevice.ID

Usage notes:

  • After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the output device, you cannot change the name of the device. If you need to rename the device, create a copy of the output device and specify the new name. Then, delete the original output device.

1.262 Last modified

The date and time when the output device was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the output device changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
OutputDevice.LastModified

1.263 Output device location

Specifies the location associated with the output device.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
OutputDevice.Location

1.264 Modified by

Specifies name of the user who made the last change to this output device. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the output device changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
OutputDevice.ModifiedBy

1.265 Output device type

Specifies the type of the output device to which the job is sent.

Database name
OutputDevice.Type

1.266 Code page

Specifies the code page to use to write the contents of the files that are sent to the Printer command program for processing, such as the control file template. This code page is also used to read messages that the Printer command program writes to stderr and stdout, as well as other files that the program might create.

Values:

Not set
The code page of the system locale
UTF8
Eight-bit UCS Transformation Format
ISO8859_1
Latin Alphabet Number 1
ISO8859_15
Latin Alphabet Number 9
EUC_JP
JISX 0201, 0208, and 0212, EUC encoding Japanese

Database name
PassThroughPrinter.CodePage

Usage note: This property applies only to Passthrough printers.

1.267 Printer command

Specifies the command or script that is used to submit jobs to the Passthrough printer. The command can contain symbol notation.

On Windows, you can use the ${getCurrentFile(pdf)} symbol to pass the name of the print file in the spool directory for the job:

lpr -S printer_IPaddr -P PASS ${getCurrentFile(pdf)}

On Linux, you can also use the ${Job.Copies} symbol to pass the Job copies requested property on the lpr command line with its -# option:

lpr -P printerName -#${Job.Copies} ${getCurrentFile(pdf)} or lprafp -pprinterName -#${Job.Copies} ${getCurrentFile(pdf)}

Database name
PassThroughPrinter.Command

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Passthrough printers. If you are sending banner pages to a Passthrough printer, the printer device must support the PDF data stream.
  • On Windows, the -P option specifies the name of the print queue.
  • On Linux, you must pass all job properties that you want the Passthrough printer to use. You can pass them in the printer command itself (as in these examples), in a script, or in the control file template. Printers support different lpr options, so the printer might not honor all options requested.
  • On Linux, different printer commands use different options. For example, the printer option of the Linux lpr command is upper case -Pwith an optional space between the option and the printer name; while the printer option of the lprafp command is lower case -pwithout a space between the option and the printer name.

1.268 Control file template

Specifies the path and name of the control file template that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to map job properties to options of the printer command.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
PassThroughPrinter.ControlFileTemplate

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Passthrough printers.
  • The content and format of the information that the control file contains depend on the program that uses the control file.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector supplies passthru.cfg as a default control file template: On Linux, this file is in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/passthru directory. On Windows, this file is in the C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\passthru directory. The sample control file template maps RICOH ProcessDirector job properties to sample print command options. For example, the control file template contains this statement:

    JobCopies = ${Job.Copies}

    This statement sets JobCopies to the value of the Job copies requested property. JobCopies is the RICOH ProcessDirector database name of the job property. You can add and delete statements in the PassThroughPrinter.cfg file as required.

  • To use the control file created with this template in the Printer command property, use the getFileName method with this syntax: ${getFileName(passthru.control,text,read)}

    Do not use the getControlFileName method.

  • You must pass all job properties that you want the Passthrough printer to use. You can pass them in the control file template or in the printer command.

1.269 Merge banner pages into PDF print file

Specifies whether or not header and trailer banner files are merged into the PDF print file or sent to the printer as separate files.

Values:

Yes
If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and one file is sent to the printer.
No
If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the print files are sent to the printer.
Default
Yes

Database name
PassThroughPrinter.MergeBanner

Usage note: This property applies only to Passthrough printers. A similar property with the same name (JdfOutputPrinter.MergeBanner) applies to Ricoh PDF printers.

1.270 Valid return codes

Lists return code values that the printer command can issue to indicate that the job printed successfully. If the printer command returns any value that this property does not specify, RICOH ProcessDirector moves the job to the Error state. Authorized users can specify multiple return code values.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Separate the values with commas. For example 0,4.

Database name
PassThroughPrinter.ValidRCs

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Passthrough printers.
  • When RICOH ProcessDirector receives a successful return code from issuing the printer command for a job, it updates the page and sheet counters to reflect successful stacking of the entire job because no more precise information is available from the printer.

1.271 Action list

Specifies one or more actions that can be applied to a PDF file and JDF file before it is sent to the Ricoh PDF or Ricoh TotalFlow printer. Each action has one or more parameters, and each parameter has a value.
Database name
Printer.EnhancePDFFilter

Usage notes:

  • To type an action in the text area, use this syntax:

    Action -param1 value1 -param2 value2

    where Action is the name of an action, -param1 and -param2 are parameters, and value1 and value2 are the values of the parameters. Different actions have different parameters.

    Type each action, its parameters, and the parameter values on a separate line.

    This example has three actions: RemovePages, AddStamps, and RotatePages.

    RemovePages -pages 3-4,9,12-n

    AddStamps -stampsCSV /aiw/aiw1/control_files/actions/stamp1.csv

    RotatePages -rotate 270 -pagetype landscape

    The example specifies a directory path on Linux.

    This example has one action: CheckOrientation.

    CheckOrientation -ControlUnitJDF TotalFlow

    In this example, JDF appropriate for the Ricoh TotalFlow print server is created for the job based on the orientation value determined by the CheckOrientation program.

    For more information about supported actions and their parameters, see the topic about the EnhancePDF step template in the RICOH ProcessDirector Information Center. The actions that can be specified on that step template can also be specified on this printer property.

  • The actions are executed in the order that they appear on the list, from top to bottom.
  • An action can appear on the list more than once, with different parameter values.

1.272 Community Name

Specifies the name of the SNMP community to which the printer belongs. This name must match the SNMP community name set at the physical printer.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
public

Database name
Printer.CommunityName

1.273 Current job number

Specifies the job number of the job that is currently assigned to the printer.

RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.

Database name
Printer.CurrentJobID

1.274 Current job name

Specifies the name of the job that is currently assigned to the printer.

RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.

Database name
Printer.CurrentJobName

1.275 Current job pages printed

Shows the number of pages that have been printed for the job that is currently assigned to the printer.

RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.

Database name
Printer.CurrentJobPagesStacked

1.276 % Printed

Shows the current page that is printing for the job that is currently assigned to the printer, as a percentage of the total pages in the job.

RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.

Database name
Printer.CurrentJobProgress

1.277 Current Job total pages

Specifies the total number of pages in the job that is currently assigned to the printer.

RICOH ProcessDirector updates this value when the user interface is refreshed. You cannot change this value.

Database name
Printer.CurrentJobTotalPages

1.278 Last status message

If the printer status is Disconnected or Needs attention, this value contains the most recent error or warning message received about the printer. Otherwise, it contains the most recent informational message received about the printer. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Printer.CurrentStatus

1.279 Customer name

Specifies the customer name that is assigned to the printer. RICOH ProcessDirector can use this customer name value to schedule a job with the same value for its Customer name property to the printer.
Default
Not set
Database name
Printer.CustomerName

Usage notes:

  • If the customer name printer property has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any customer name.
  • To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the Customer name property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.

1.280 Printer description

Describes the printer device. For example, it might describe the types of pre-processing equipment and post-processing equipment that are associated with the printer.
Database name
Printer.Description

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the printer description.

1.281 Enabled status

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule jobs to the printer. When authorized users use the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to enable or disable the printer, RICOH ProcessDirector updates the Enabled status property for the printer.

Values:

Yes (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule jobs to the printer.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector cannot schedule jobs to the printer.

Database name
Printer.Enabled

Usage notes:

  • On Linux, if the parent server for a printer is a secondary server and that server stops or restarts, RICOH ProcessDirector disables the printer.
  • Shutting down the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server disables all printers by default. If you want a printer that was enabled before the shutdown to be enabled after the system is restarted, you can change the Remember enabled status of printers property value to Yes on the System Settings page.

1.282 First PDF segment size

Specifies the size, in pages, of the first PDF job segment that is sent to the printer. If the first segment is smaller than the other segments, the printer can start printing the first segment sooner because processing the segment requires less time. If you do not specify a value, the first segment is the same size as the other segments.
Default
250
Database name
Printer.FirstSegmentSize

Usage note:

  • When you create a Ricoh PDF printer with Data stream to send set to JDF/PDF and you keep the default values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the values when you click OK. Jobs are not split into segments.

    If you right-click the Ricoh PDF printer and select Properties, the values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size are blank. To split jobs into segments, enter values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size. RICOH ProcessDirector does not clear the values when you click OK.

    When Data stream to send is set to JDF/PDF, we recommend that you do not set values for segment size when you print normal-size jobs.

1.283 Folding capable

Specifies whether the printer can fold pages in different ways depending on the job assigned.

Values:

Yes
The printer can fold jobs.
No
The printer cannot fold jobs.
Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can fold jobs.

Database name
Printer.FoldCapable

1.284 Enable header pages

Specifies whether the printer prints a header page at the beginning of each job.

Values:

Yes (default)
Header pages print.
No
No header pages print for jobs that are sent to this printer.

Database name
Printer.HeaderExit

Usage notes:

  • To print header pages on Passthrough printers, this property must be set to Yes and the printer command must contain the correct options.
  • The file that the Header page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that prints on the header page.
  • The Header copies job property controls how many copies of the header page print.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you enable or disable header pages.

1.285 Printer name

Specifies the name of the printer. Authorized users initially define the printer name through the RICOH ProcessDirector administration interface.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive. Do not start the printer name with a dash (-).
Default
Not set

Database name
Printer.ID

Usage notes:

  • After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the printer, you cannot change the printer name. If you need to rename a printer, create a copy of the printer and specify a new name. Then, delete the original printer.

1.286 Printer input tray

Specifies the input tray of the printer.
Database name
Printer.InputTray

Usage note: This property is valid only for cut sheet printers.

1.287 Printer server

Specifies the name of the RICOH ProcessDirector server that sends jobs to this printer. On Linux systems, the list for this property contains application and secondary servers that are currently enabled and connected to the primary server.
Default
System; this value is the name of the primary server that the RICOH ProcessDirector installation program creates.
Database name
Printer.Instance

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property when there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the server.
  • Custom PDF printers and Ricoh PDF printers must be defined on a printer server that uses the Linux or Windows operating system. If the printer is a Ricoh TotalFlow printer, you can use any server as the printer server.
  • You are not required to tune the PrintJobs step when you choose a secondary server for this value.

1.288 Job size supported

Specifies the size of the jobs in sheets that RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule to the printer. >5000 and <10000 are examples of valid values. In the first example, RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule jobs that are greater than 5000 sheets to the printer. In the second example, RICOH ProcessDirector can schedule jobs that are less than 10000 sheets to the printer.

Format:

Content
Greater than symbol (>) or a less than symbol ( <), followed by a number from 0 through 100000000.
Restrictions
Do not include commas in the value.
Default
Not set

Database name
Printer.JobSize

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the size of a job by multiplying the value of its Job copies requested job property by the value of its Current total sheets job property.
  • PDF jobs that have been processed by the CountPages step have values set for their Job Size properties. As a result, they can use Printer job size for scheduling jobs to Passthrough or Ricoh PDF printers.
  • Jobs in other data streams (such as PostScript or PCL) do not have a value set for the Job Size property, so the Printer job size property is not recommended for scheduling those jobs to Passthrough printers.

1.289 Printer language

For AFP, PDF, and PCLOut printers, specifies what language the printer driver component uses when it returns messages to RICOH ProcessDirector. For Passthrough printers, specifies what language the program specified in the Printer command property should use when it returns messages to RICOH ProcessDirector.

Values:

  • Not set. The program uses the language that the locale setting in the RICOH ProcessDirector server specifies.
  • English (en_US)
  • French (fr_FR)
  • German (de_DE)
  • Italian (it_IT)
  • Japanese (ja_JP)
  • Portuguese (pt_BR)
  • Spanish (es_ES)

Database name
Printer.Language

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you change the Printer language.

1.290 Last modified

The date and time that the printer was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the printer changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Printer.LastModified

1.291 Printer location

Specifies the name of the printer location. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to schedule jobs that have the same value for to the Job location property to this printer.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
Printer.Locations

1.292 Maximum concurrent jobs

Specifies the maximum number of jobs that the printer driver component of RICOH ProcessDirector can control at the same time.

Format:

Maximum value
999

Database name
Printer.MaxConcurrentJobs

Usage notes:

  • The default value for Passthrough printers is 1.
  • The default value for AFP printers is 30.
  • The default value for PCLOut printers is 30.
  • The default value for PDF printers is 30.
  • If printer performance seems degraded, try reducing the number of concurrent jobs. If the printer is idle often, try increasing the number of concurrent jobs.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you change the maximum number of concurrent jobs.

1.293 Media supported

Specifies the media that the printer supports. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this property with the Media required job property to schedule jobs to the printer.

Values include a list of the media that is defined in the system and these special values:

All media objects
The printer supports all defined media.
Ready media objects (Default)
The printer supports the media that the printer reports as loaded.

Database name
Printer.Media

Usage notes:

  • If this property is set to Ready media objects for a printer, only the media loaded in that printer is used. For example, if a printer is loaded with A4 media and a job requests Letter media, the job cannot be scheduled on that printer. If no media is loaded on the printer, jobs requesting any media can be scheduled on that printer.
  • If this property is set to one or more specific media, only jobs that request that media can be scheduled to the printer. For example, if this value is A4, you cannot schedule a job that requests Letter paper to the printer.

1.294 Media to use

Specifies whether the media information sent to the printer for a job is system media or printer media.

System media is defined in RICOH ProcessDirector to represent all the media that jobs request. Printer media can be imported from the paper catalog on the printer or created manually in RICOH ProcessDirector. Printer media includes only the media that is used with a specific printer.

System media and printer media might have different names for the same physical media. If the media names are different, you can create a media mapping to indicate that they represent the same physical media.

Print jobs request media using system media names. If media mappings exist, RICOH ProcessDirector can send media information from the printer media to the printer along with the job.

Values:

Printer (default for Ricoh PDF, Ricoh TotalFlow, and Custom PDF printers)
RICOH ProcessDirector uses a media mapping to translate the requested system media to the printer media that it is linked to. The printer media information is sent to the printer. If a media mapping does not exist for a printer, the job does not schedule to that printer.
System (default for other printer types)
RICOH ProcessDirector sends system media information to the printer for jobs. Media mappings are not required.

Database name
Printer.MediaCatalog

Usage note:

  • This property is only available for Ricoh PDF, Ricoh TotalFlow, and Custom PDF printers.
  • AFP, PCLOut, and Passthrough printers only use System media.
  • Xerox PDF and Kodak PDF support only System media.

1.295 Media ready

Specifies the media currently ready in the printer.
Database name
Printer.MediaReady

1.296 Printer paper type

Specifies the type of paper that the printer uses.

Values:

Generic continuous form
The printer is a continuous forms printer that uses roll-fed paper.
Generic cut sheet
The printer is a cut sheet printer that uses individual sheets of paper loaded in drawers or trays in the printer.
Not set
No paper type is set for the printer.

Database name
Printer.Model

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does no special processing for any of the values.

1.297 Printer model

Specifies the model number of the printer. You can enter the model number when you create a printer. If you do not enter a model number, and if SNMP is enabled for the printer, SNMP returns the model number.

Format:

Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
Printer.Model.Specific

Usage note: Type exactly the same string for printers of the same model, making sure to use identical capitalization. If you install the Reports feature, you can group the data from all printers with the same Printer model value.

1.298 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this printer. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the printer changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Printer.ModifiedBy

1.299 Output bins available

Specifies the available output bins for the printer. RICOH ProcessDirector can use the available output bins to schedule a job with one of the output bins to the printer.

Values include:

Default Bins (Default)
If Printer model is set to a supported IBM or InfoPrint printer model, RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the supported bins based on output bins that the printer model supports. Otherwise, the printer supports all defined output bins.
All bins
The printer supports all defined output bins.

Database name
Printer.OutputBin

1.300 Perfect binding capable

Specifies whether the printer can glue a cover onto the binding edge of paper.

Values:

Yes
The printer can do perfect binding.
No
The printer cannot do perfect binding.
Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can do perfect binding.

Database name
Printer.PerfectBindingCapable

1.301 Punch capable

Specifies if the printer can punch. RICOH ProcessDirector can use the punch capability to schedule a job with punching set to the printer.

Values:

Yes
The printer can punch jobs.
No
The printer cannot punch jobs.
Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can punch jobs.

Database name
Printer.PunchCapable

Usage note: If a job specifies a punch pattern that the printer does not support, the printer applies its best equivalent.

1.302 Printer connection retry count

Specifies how many times RICOH ProcessDirector tries to connect to the printer after an earlier try fails. This property applies only to AFP, Ricoh PDF, and Custom PDF printers.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999. 0 means that the printer never tries to connect again if the first try fails.
Default
1

Database name
Printer.Retry

1.303 Retry interval

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector tries to connect to the printer if an earlier try fails. The unit of time for the value can be seconds, minutes, or hours. This property applies only to AFP, Ricoh PDF, and Custom PDF printers. You can specify a value from 0 seconds to 60 minutes.

Format:

Default
5 seconds

Database name
Printer.RetryInterval

Usage note: The printer remains in the Waiting to connect state for the duration of time that this property specifies.

1.304 Ring binding capable

Specifies whether the printer can insert rings along the binding edge of paper.

Values:

Yes
The printer can do ring binding.
No
The printer cannot do ring binding.
Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can do ring binding.

Database name
Printer.RingBindingCapable

1.305 Send blank sheets after last job

Specifies the number of blank sheets to send to the printer after the last job that is queued to the printer prints. Use this value to make sure that all printed sheets are ejected from the printer after they are printed, so they can continue processing.

Values:

  • Not set (default)
  • 12
  • 24
  • 36
Database name
Printer.S2VBarcode

Usage notes:

  • If the value of this property is set to a number, the printer object checks its print queue after every job that it prints. If no additional jobs are scheduled to this printer, RICOH ProcessDirector sends the selected number of blank pages to the printer.

    The paper advances and moves the printed output out of the printer as far as needed to continue your process. It does not add pages to your print job and no new job appears in the Jobs table.

  • If you use side verification marks on an InfoPrint 5000 to make sure that the colors line up correctly, use this property to push all pages of the last job in the queue through final color verification.

1.306 PDF segment size

Specifies the size, in pages, of PDF job segments that are sent to the printer. Splitting large PDF jobs into segments optimizes printer production. If you do not specify a value, the job is not split into segments.

Default
500
Database name
Printer.SegmentSize

Usage notes:

  • When you create a Ricoh PDF printer with Data stream to send set to JDF/PDF and you keep the default values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the values when you click OK. Jobs are not split into segments.

    If you right-click the Ricoh PDF printer and select Properties, the values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size are blank. To split jobs into segments, enter values for First PDF segment size and PDF segment size. RICOH ProcessDirector does not clear the values when you click OK.

    When Data stream to send is set to JDF/PDF, we recommend that you do not set values for segment size when you print normal-size jobs.

  • If a PDF job includes a JDF job ticket, both the job and the job ticket are split into segments.
  • To get the best production from your printer, try different values for segment sizes until you discover which values work best.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts segment sizes to account for duplex printing, page exception stapling, and other constraints. If the entire job must be stapled or bound, RICOH ProcessDirector does not segment the job.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector reports printing status for the entire job, not for individual segments within the job.
  • If the AFP Support feature is installed, the AFP segment size property is specified on the Print tab in the job properties notebook.

1.307 Serial number

Contains the printer serial number, as returned by SNMP. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Printer.SerialNumber

1.308 Preset name

Specifies the name of the preset currently loaded on this printer so you can use it as a scheduling property. This value does not update automatically; it must be updated manually when the preset on the printer changes.
Length
Up to 200 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use these characters in the name: \ (backslash) " (double quote) ` (backtick)
Database name
Printer.SetupName

Usage note:

  • Sometimes presets are also referred to as setups.
  • You can use this value to schedule a job that has the same value for its Preset name property.
  • This value is not sent to the printer with print jobs. If your printer supports sending a preset request with a print job, do not use Preset name as a scheduling property; leave this property blank.

1.309 SNMP Status

Indicates whether SNMP is connected, disconnected, or disabled. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

Connected
RICOH ProcessDirector uses SNMP to monitor the printer and is connected to SNMP.
Disconnected
RICOH ProcessDirector uses SNMP to monitor the printer, but cannot connect to SNMP. If the printer is a Passthrough or PCLOut printer, the Printer TCP/IP address or host name property might not be set.
Disabled
RICOH ProcessDirector does not use SNMP to monitor the printer.

Database name
Printer.SNMPStatus

1.310 SNMP password

Specifies the SNMP authentication password for the SNMP user that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to the printer.

Values:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Printer.SNMP.AuthPassword

Usage notes:

  • This value is required for the Medium and Maximum security levels.
  • If you set the Privacy password, you must also set the SNMP password.

1.311 Authentication type

Specifies the SNMP authentication protocol used on the printer.

Values:

MD5 (default)
HMAC-MD5-96 authentication protocol.
SHA
HMAC-SHA-96 authentication protocol.

Database name
Printer.SNMP.AuthType

Usage notes:

  • This value is required for the Medium and Maximum security levels.

1.312 Context Name

Specifies the SNMP context name defined by the printer manufacturer.
Database name
Printer.SNMP.ContextName

1.313 Allow fallback

Specifies whether to fall back to SNMP v1 if RICOH ProcessDirector fails to connect to the printer using SNMP v3.

Values:

No
If the SNMP v3 connection fails, do not connect to the printer.
Yes
If the SNMP v3 connection fails, use SNMP v1 to connect to the printer.

Database name
Printer.SNMP.Fallback

1.314 Encryption type

Specifies the SNMP privacy protocol.

Values:

DES
CBC-DES privacy protocol.
AES-128
CBC-AES privacy protocol.

Database name
Printer.SNMP.PrivEncryptType

Usage notes:

  • This value is required only for the Maximum security level.

1.315 Privacy password

Specifies the SNMP privacy password.

Values:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Printer.SNMP.PrivPassword

Usage notes:

  • This value is required only for the Maximum security level.
  • If you set the Privacy password, you must also set the SNMP password.

1.316 Security level

Specifies the security level for the SNMP version 3 connection.

Values:

Minimum
The SNMP user name is required.
Medium
The SNMP user name and SNMP password are required.
Maximum
The SNMP user name, SNMP password, and Privacy password are required.

Database name
Printer.SNMP.SecurityLevel

1.317 SNMP User Name

Specifies the SNMP user name that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to the printer.

Values:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Printer.SNMP.UserName

Usage notes:

  • This value is required for all security levels.

1.318 SNMP version

Specifies the version of SNMP that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to the printer.

Values:

SNMP v1 (default)
SNMP v3

Database name
Printer.SNMP.Version

1.319 Staple capable

Specifies if the printer can staple. RICOH ProcessDirector can use the staple capability to schedule a job with stapling set to the printer.

Values:

Yes
The printer can staple jobs.
No
The printer cannot staple jobs.
Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector assumes that the printer can staple jobs.

Database name
Printer.StapleCapable

Usage notes:

  • If a job specifies a staple pattern that the printer does not support, the printer applies its best equivalent.
  • This property is valid only for cut sheet printers.

1.320 Printer status

Specifies the current status of the printer. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the RICOH ProcessDirector interface is refreshed. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

Disconnected
The connection between the server and the printer is not active. An authorized user can specify another server, if one is available, to establish a new connection.
Needs attention
An authorized user must perform an action at the printer before printing can resume.
Printing
The printer is currently printing a job.
Ready
The printer is ready and waiting for a job to print.
Stopped
An authorized user has stopped the printer through the RICOH ProcessDirector interface. A user must start the printer through the interface before the printer can receive and print new jobs.
Waiting to connect
A connection error occurred between the server and the printer. The printer is waiting the amount of time set in the Retry interval property before trying to connect again.

Database name
Printer.Status

1.321 System

Shows the name of the system where the printer is defined.
Database name
Printer.SystemName

1.322 Printer TCP/IP address or host name

Specifies either the network TCP/IP address or the host name of the printer. An example host name is printer5.ricoh.com.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
All printer types support IPv4 addresses and host names. AFP printers also support IPv6 IP addresses and hostnames.

Database name
Printer.TCPIP.Address

Usage notes:

  • If the Use SNMP property is Yes, but this value is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector does not try to connect to SNMP and the SNMP status is Disconnected.
  • If a job is assigned to the printer, do not change the value of this property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you change the TCP/IP address or host name.

1.323 Enable trailer pages

Specifies whether the printer prints a trailer page at the end of each job.

Values:

Yes
Trailer pages print.
No (default)
No trailer pages print for jobs that are sent to this printer.

Database name
Printer.TrailerExit

Usage notes:

  • To print trailer pages on Passthrough printers, this property must be set to Yes and the printer command must contain the correct options.
  • The file that the Trailer page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that prints on the trailer page.
  • The Trailer copies job property controls how many copies of the trailer page print.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the AFP or PCLOut printer when you enable or disable trailer pages.

1.324 Use SNMP

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector uses the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to monitor the printer. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector uses SNMP to monitor the printer. This is the default value.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector does not use SNMP to monitor the printer.

Database name
Printer.UseSNMP

1.325 Get tray information from printer

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector receives information from the printer about what media is loaded in trays.

Values:

No
RICOH ProcessDirector does not get tray information from the printer.
Yes (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector gets tray information from the printer.

Database name
Printer.UseSnmpUpdateMedia

Usage notes:

  • For all printer types, RICOH ProcessDirector can use Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) to retrieve media that is loaded in the printer.
  • For Ricoh PDF printers, RICOH ProcessDirector automatically requests the media information from the printer using Job Messaging Format (JMF). Based on the type and version of the controller on the printer, up to two media lists can be returned: catalog media and loaded media. If a loaded media list is not returned from the printer, RICOH ProcessDirector requests the loaded media information using SNMP.

1.326 Version

Contains the printer version, as returned by SNMP. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Printer.Version

1.327 Pages

Specifies the pages of the group to reprint or to jump to.
Database name
ReprintGroup.Pages

1.328 Step color

Specifies the color of the step as it appears in the workflow builder.

Values:

Red
Orange
Gray
Blue
Purple
Not set (default)
The color of the step matches the color of the phase it is in.

Database name
Step.Color

Usage note: If you specify a value other than Not set and you drag the step into a different phase, it retains the color you specified.

1.329 Step description

Describes the purpose of the step. For example, it might describe how the step processes a job.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
The description of the step template on which the step is based.

Database name
Step.Description

1.330 Step name

The name given to a step when it is added to a workflow.

When you add a step to a workflow, type a step name in the required field. By default, the name is the same as the step template name.

Length
1–32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Step.DisplayName

Usage notes:

  • You can change the name of the step using the Rename step action.
  • If you include multiple steps with the same name in a workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the Step ID to distinguish between them during processing.

1.331 Step identifier

Specifies the internal name for this step. This value is derived from the name of the step.
Database name
Step.ID

Usage note: If you have more than one step in the same phase in a workflow with the same name, a number is added to the end of the name to create the step identifier.

1.332 Allow error override

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector can force the completion of the step after an error is reported in that step.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector can force the completion of the step.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector cannot force completion; an authorized user must correct the cause of the error.

Database name
Step.JobForceableHere

Usage note: When RICOH ProcessDirector overrides errors for a step, it moves the job to the next step in the workflow. Depending on the severity of the errors that RICOH ProcessDirector overrides, more errors might occur in subsequent steps.

1.333 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this step. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the step changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Step.ModifiedBy

1.334 Step restart type

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use different types of actions.

Values:

None
RICOH ProcessDirector cannot restart job processing at this step.
General (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Process Again action and select the step.
Print
RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Print Again action. If more than one step in the workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts the reprint at the first step with a Print restart type.
Receive
RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Process Again action and select a different workflow. If more than one step in that workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts processing at the first step with a Receive restart type.
Delete
RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you delete one or more jobs. If more than one step in the workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts processing at the first step with a Delete restart type. When you give a step this restart type, make sure that a RemoveJobs step is in the path following the step. Otherwise, jobs never leave the system.
Reformat
RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Make jobs match selected printer action and the Output format values for the job and printer do not match. Only one step in the workflow can have a restart type of Reformat.
Change location
If you have the Change Job Location extended feature, RICOH ProcessDirector restarts job processing at this step when you use the Change Location action. If more than one step in the workflow has this restart type, RICOH ProcessDirector starts processing at the first step with a Change location restart type.

Database name
Step.RestartType

1.335 Step template

Specifies the name of the step template that was used to define the step. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Step.Template

1.336 Step color

Specifies the color of the step as it appears in the workflow editor.

Values:

Red
Orange
Gray
Blue
Purple
Not set (default)
The color of the step matches the color of the phase it is in.

Database name
StepTemplate.Color

Usage note: You can change the Step color property of a step after it is added to a workflow.

1.337 Template created by

Specifies the name of the RICOH ProcessDirector feature that created the step template.

If a user copied the step template from a supplied step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the supplied step template. If a feature installed the step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the step template. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
StepTemplate.CreatedBy

1.338 Template description

Describes the function of the step template. For example, it might describe the type of data-stream transform that the step program does.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set

Database name
StepTemplate.Description

1.339 Enabled status

Specifies whether the step template is enabled. You can change the value of this property by using Disable and Enable on the RICOH ProcessDirector Step templates page of the Workflow tab.

A step template must be enabled before RICOH ProcessDirector can process jobs with steps that are based on the step template.

Values:

Yes
The template is enabled.
No
The template is not enabled.
Database name
StepTemplate.Enabled

Usage note: You might disable a step template that runs on a server that is being updated so that no jobs are sent to the server during the update.

1.340 Concurrent step limit

Specifies where the limits are set for the number of steps created from the step template that can run at the same time. Setting a limit lets you tune your system for optimal performance of resource-intensive steps.

Values:

Use limits set here
The number of instances of the step that can run at the same time is controlled by the values set below.

Specify the numbers of steps in the Steps field and select a type of device from the for each list. The number of steps that can run concurrently is equal to the specified number of steps multiplied by the total number of the selected device type that exist in the system.

Steps
Integer from 1-99
for each
Input device
Includes all input devices of all types, even if they are not enabled or connected.
Printer
Includes all defined printers, even if they are not enabled.
Server
Includes only secondary and application servers, not the primary server.
System
Includes only the primary server. If you choose this option, the number of concurrent steps is the number entered in the Steps field.

Use limits set on server
The number of instances of the step that can run at the same time is controlled by the Maximum resource-intensive step count property set on the server object. If the step runs on the primary server, set the property on the System Settings page. If the step runs on another server, set the property on the Server property notebook.

Usage notes:

  • Selecting Use limits set on server sets the StepTemplate.HighResourceUsage property value to Yes. Selecting Use limits set here sets the StepTemplate.HighResourceUsage property value to No.
  • The values entered in the Steps for each controls set the StepTemplate.MaximumActiveCount and StepTemplate.MaximumActiveUnit properties.

1.341 Template name

Specifies the name for the step template.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
StepTemplate.ID

1.342 Last modified

The date and time that the step template was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the step template changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
StepTemplate.LastModified

1.343 Maximum active count

Specifies how many occurrences of the steps that are created from this step template can run concurrently. The count is based on the number of a specified type of object in the RICOH ProcessDirector system.

RICOH ProcessDirector objects are servers, input devices, and printers. For example, a step can be limited to one per input device so that RICOH ProcessDirector does not try to run more instances of this step than there are input devices.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-99

Database name
StepTemplate.MaximumActiveCount

Usage notes:

  • Use the Limit the number of concurrent steps active in the system to option on the Step Template Tuning Properties page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to set this property.
  • The Maximum active object type property for the step template identifies the RICOH ProcessDirector object to which the value applies.
  • This property applies only to step templates that do not require significant server resources. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this property only if the Requires significant server resource property for the step template is set to No.

1.344 Maximum active object type

Specifies the type of RICOH ProcessDirector object to which the Maximum active count property for the step template applies.

Values:

Input device
RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property times the total number of input devices.
Printer
RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property times the total number of printer devices.
System
RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property.
Server
RICOH ProcessDirector limits the concurrent runs of the step to the value of the Maximum active count property times the total number of application/secondary servers. Multiple application/secondary servers can exist for the RICOH ProcessDirector installation.

Database name
StepTemplate.MaximumActiveUnit

Usage note: Use the Limit the number of concurrent steps active in the system to radio button and for each entry field on the Step Template Tuning Properties page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface to set this property.

1.345 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this step. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the step changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
StepTemplate.ModifiedBy

1.346 Module type

Specifies the type of function that the step template provides or the type of program used to implement it.

Values:

Clean up
The step template removes jobs from the system. Step templates of this type should not include any other post-processing functions.
Initialize workflow
The step template assigns a workflow to a job.
Java
The step template is written in Java.
Manual
The step template represents an external action that a user does. For example, operators can verify that all sheets of the job were successfully processed by inserter equipment before they delete the job from RICOH ProcessDirector.
Print
The step template communicates with the printer driver component of RICOH ProcessDirector.
Submit
The step template submits input files that become RICOH ProcessDirector jobs.
Submit child
The step template is used internally to create child jobs.

Database name
StepTemplate.ModuleType

1.347 Selected servers

Lists all of the restricted-usage servers and general-usage servers on which any steps can run. Select one or more servers where any steps that are created from the step template can run. For example, if the step template runs an external program that is available on only one server, select only that server.
Database name
StepTemplate.Servers

Usage notes:

  • To select more than one value for the property, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the additional values.
  • To deselect a selected value, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the value.
  • To set this property, authorized users use the Run only on the selected server or servers radio button and selection list on the Step Template Tuning Properties page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface.
  • Restricted-usage servers have a value of No for their In general server pool property. General-usage servers have a value of Yes for that property.

1.348 Step template source ID

Specifies the relationship, if any, that the step template has with a step template that RICOH ProcessDirector or one of its features supplied.

If a user copied the step template from a supplied step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the supplied step template. If a feature installed the step template, the Step template source ID is the same as the name of the step template. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
StepTemplate.SourceID

1.349 Servers to use

Specifies which computers can run the steps created by the step template.

Values:

Run on specific servers
Specifies one or more servers that steps created from this step template can run on. For example, if the step template runs an external program that is available on only one server, select only that server. The list contains only the application or secondary servers that are enabled.
Run on servers in general server pool
Specifies that steps can run on any general-usage server that has a specific operating system installed. General-usage secondary servers have a value of Yes for their In general server pool property. Some steps can only run on certain operating systems.

Usage notes:

  • If you select Run on specific servers, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the underlying StepTemplate.UseGeneralServerPool property to No and the value of the StepTemplate.Servers property to the list of servers you select.
  • If you select Run on servers in general server pool, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the underlying StepTemplate.UseGeneralServerPool property to Yes.
  • The In general server pool property is set on the Server property notebook. The primary server, shown as System in the server list, is always in the general server pool.

1.350 User description

Describes the user. For example, the description might include the name of the user and any contact information.
Database name
User.Description

1.351 Group membership

Lists the names of the groups that the user belongs to. The groups determine which tasks users can do.

Values:

Administrator
Administrators can set values for all of the properties that accept user input for all of the object types that RICOH ProcessDirector provides. Administrators can also add, copy, and delete all object types.
Supervisor
Supervisors can set values for most job properties and printer properties. They can view the values set for properties of the other object types. They can access the Administration and Workflow tabs to view the values set for properties of the other object types. Supervisors cannot add objects to the RICOH ProcessDirector system or copy existing objects.
Operator
Operators can set values for a subset of printer properties and job properties. They can also enable and disable input devices and printers. Operators cannot add objects to the RICOH ProcessDirector system or copy existing objects. The only objects they can delete are jobs. They cannot access the Administration or Workflow tabs.
Monitor
Monitors have view only access to the RICOH ProcessDirector system. They can view job properties and a list of input files, see the candidate jobs for a printer, and change their own password, but they cannot do any other actions. They cannot access the Administration or Workflow tabs.

Database name
User.Groups

Usage notes:

  • Administrators can modify the permissions for groups. The permissions configured for the groups listed above might be different in your installation.
  • Additional groups might be available based on the needs of your company.

1.352 User name

Specifies a RICOH ProcessDirector user ID.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
User.ID

1.353 Last Modified

The date and time that the user was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the user changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
User.LastModified

1.354 Locations to show

Shows which locations are currently used to filter the user interface. Only objects from locations selected in this list are displayed.

Values:

The list of locations set for the user in the Allowed locations property.

Default
None
Database name
User.LocationFilterPreference

Usage notes:

  • Documents are not associated with a specific location. Restricting users to specific locations does not prevent them from displaying documents included in jobs that are associated with other locations.
  • Users can change this value in the Preferences dialog to control the objects they see.
  • Select Show objects with no locations to include objects that do not have a value set for their Location property. Use this to find jobs that entered the system without a Location value assigned.

1.355 Allowed locations

Several objects such as jobs, printers, and input devices have a Location property. The Allowed locations property lets you specify which locations a user can access. The setting affects which objects the user can see in the user interface. The user can select which location to use to filter the user interface using the Locations to show property.

Values:

The list of locations available in the system.

Default
None

Database name
User.LocationSettings

Usage notes:

  • Documents are not associated with a specific location. Restricting users to specific locations does not prevent them from displaying documents included in jobs that are associated with other locations.
  • Changes to the Allowed locations property take effect the next time the user logs in.
  • Select Include objects with no locations to let users see objects that do not have a value set for their Location property. Clear the value to prevent users from seeing objects that do not have a value set for their Location property.

1.356 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this input device. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the input device changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
User.ModifiedBy

1.357 User password

Specifies the password for the user.

Format:

Length
The minimum password length is set by your administrator.
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
User.Password

Usage note: Your administrator can configure the system to require complex passwords. If complex passwords are required, the password complexity rules are:

  • Must not contain the User name.
  • Must contain at least 3 of the following:
    • One uppercase letter (A-Z)
    • One lowercase letter (a-z)
    • One number 0–9
    • One non-alphanumeric character

1.358 Confirm new user password

Specifies the password for the new user. The Confirm new user password value must match the New user password value.
Database name
User.PasswordConfirm

1.359 Password last changed

Specifies the date and time when the password was last changed.
Database name
User.PasswordLastChanged

1.360 New user password

Specifies the password for the new user.

Format:

Length
The minimum password length is set by your administrator.
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
User.PasswordNew

Usage note: Your administrator can configure the system to require complex passwords. If complex passwords are required, the password complexity rules are:

  • Must not contain the User name.
  • Must contain at least 3 of the following:
    • One uppercase letter (A-Z)
    • One lowercase letter (a-z)
    • One number 0–9
    • One non-alphanumeric character

1.361 Device portlets on Main

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector displays objects in the Input Devices and Printers portlets on the Main page using a graphic or list view. If you have the Automated Verification or Inserter feature, the property also specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector displays objects in the Barcode Readers or Inserter Controllers portlet.

Values:

Use graphic view (default)
This view includes a graphic of each object in the name column (for example, Input device name or Printer name). A yellow arrow on a graphic shows that the object is disabled or disconnected. A green arrow shows that the object is enabled or connected. Clicking an arrow does an action. For example, when a printer is enabled, you can disable it by clicking the green arrow.
Use list view
This view lists the name of each object in the name column without graphics.

Database name
User.PodViewType

Usage notes:

  • Both views display the same columns for the values of object properties. Both views also let you open the property notebook for an object by clicking its name.
  • The System Summary, Jobs, and Documents portlets are always displayed in list view.
  • You can set the value of this property on either the Preferences dialog or the user property notebook.

1.362 Start page

Specifies which page RICOH ProcessDirector displays after you log in. When a new user is created, this control is not available until a Group membership value is selected.

Values:

The list of pages in the system that you have the authority to view.

Default
Not set

Database name
User.StartPage

Usage note: If a user does not have a Start page value set, the Main page is displayed on login.

1.363 Time format

The Time Format field lets you select the format to use to display time information in the system.

Values:

24-Hours (European Format)
Time values range from 00:00-23:59.
12-Hours(US Format)
Time values range from 01:00-12:59 AM/PM.
Use browser settings (Default)
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default formatting associated with the locale setting in the browser.
Database name
User.TimeFormatPreference

1.364 Company name

Specifies the name of your company.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Company

Usage note:

  • The value of this property is included in the name of the data capture ZIP file along with the value for the Support ticket number property and Capture name property.

1.365 Capture file

Specifies the name of the capture file that is created when you capture system data. The data capture process creates a .zip file.
Default
/aiw/aiw1/capture.zip (Linux)
C:\aiw\aiw1\capture.zip (Windows)
Database name
WorkflowSystem.CaptureFileName

Usage notes:

  • You can specify a full path and file name for the capture file. The path must not include any spaces.
  • If you specify a file name with no path information, the file is saved in /aiw/aiw1/ (Linux) or in C:\aiw\aiw1 (Windows).
  • You cannot use a path or filename that includes double-byte or international characters (such as à, É, ñ, ß, ç).
  • If you do not include the .zip extension on the file name, the capture process adds the extension.

1.366 Data to capture

Shows the amount of information that is included in the capture file.

Values:

All (default)
Captures all available data.
Exclude large binaries
Captures a smaller set of data.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.CaptureLevel

1.367 Capture file directory

Specifies the location on the primary computer where the data capture file is created.

Values:

/aiw/aiw1 (default)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Directory

Usage note:

  • Once the ZIP file is created, the diagnostic information can be transferred to your workstation.

1.368 Capture name

Specifies the first part of the name under which the data capture file is saved. Use a word or short phrase that describes the issue, so the support team can easily identify what the capture file relates to.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
DataCapture
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Name

Usage note:

  • The data capture process creates a ZIP file that you can click on to download and transfer the diagnostic information onto your workstation.
  • The value of this property is included in the name of the data capture ZIP file along with the value for the Support ticket number property and Company name property.

1.369 Servers to capture data from

Shows the server or servers that information is collected from when the capture file is created.

Values:

All
Data is collected from the primary server and all application/secondary servers that are connected to it.
System (default)
Data is only collected from the primary server.
Application/Secondary server name
Data is only collected from the selected application/secondary server.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.CaptureServer

Usage note: The capture script only collects information from the primary server that it runs on and any application/secondary servers that are connected to it.

1.370 Support Ticket number

Specifies the ticket number value associated with the capture data file.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.TicketNumber

Usage notes:

  • RICOH support tickets often begin with the prefix INC as an abbreviation for incident, followed by a number. Update the value of this property to show your ticket number.
  • The value of this property is included in the name of the data capture ZIP file along with the value for the Company name property and Capture name property.

1.371 Largest child job number

Specifies the largest number that RICOH ProcessDirector can assign to the child portion of a job number. The format of a job number is ParentJobNumber.ChildJobNumber, such as 10002101.1, where 10002101 is the parent job number and 1 is the child job number.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 2-999999
Default
999

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Child.MaxJobID

Usage note: The difference between the Largest child job number and Smallest child job number should be large enough to allow for the maximum number of child jobs expected for any one job. If the Largest child job number is assigned and there are still child jobs without numbers, an error results.

1.372 Smallest child job number

Specifies the smallest number that RICOH ProcessDirector can assign to the child portion of a job number. The format of a child job number is ParentJobNumber.ChildJobNumber, such as 10002101.1, where 10002101 is the parent job number and 1 is the child job number. RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the Smallest child job number to the first child job that belongs to a parent. This value is incremented by one for each subsequent child job belonging to the same parent job until RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the largest child job number, which is defined by the Largest child job number property.

The Smallest child job number must be at least one less than the Largest child job number. For example, if the Largest child job number is 10, the Smallest child job number must be 9 or less.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-998
Default
1

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Child.MinJobID

Usage note: The difference between the Largest child job number and Smallest child job number should be large enough to allow for the maximum number of child jobs expected for any one job. If the Largest child job number is assigned and there are still child jobs without numbers, an error results.

1.373 Back up files before capture

Shows whether trace files are copied to a temporary directory before they are added to the capture file.

Values:

Yes (default)
Trace files are copied to a temporary location and then added to the capture file.
No
Trace files are not copied to a temporary location before they are added to the capture file.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.CopyTracesToTemp

Usage notes:

  • We recommend choosing Yes, unless file system space in /aiw/aiw1 (Linux) or C:\aiw\aiw1 (Windows) is limited.
  • Choosing No saves space, but trace files can be lost and the data capture can fail.

1.374 Login inactivity timer (minutes)

Specifies the number of minutes that RICOH ProcessDirector lets a user be inactive before that user is logged out of the system. The user is required to log in again to continue working.
Default
90 minutes
Database name
WorkflowSystem.CredentialExpiration

Usage notes:

  • Changing the login inactivity timer does not affect users who are currently logged in until the next time they log in.
  • Unsaved changes are lost when a user is logged out due to inactivity.

1.375 Delete capture files from server

If the Download capture file property is set to Yes, specifies whether the capture archive is deleted from the server after the file transfer is complete.

Values:

Yes (default)
The capture file is deleted from the server when the download is successful.
No
The capture file is not deleted from the server.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.DeleteCaptureFromServer

1.376 Download capture files from server

Specifies if the capture archive should only be created on the server or should also be downloaded to the user's file system.

Values:

Yes (default)
The capture file is downloaded to the user's file system.
No
The capture archive is not be downloaded.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.DownloadCapture

1.377 Export all objects

Specifies whether the XML with all objects in the system should be included in the capture archive or not.

Values:

Yes (default)
The XML with all objects in the system is included in the capture file.
No
The XML with all objects in the system is not included in the capture file.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ExportAllObjects

1.378 File system mapping file

Specifies the full path name of a file that maps file paths to mount points on the RICOH ProcessDirector computer. RICOH ProcessDirector provides system_map.cfg as a sample file system mapping file. In Linux this file is located in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/config directory.

In Windows this file is located in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\config directory.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
This value is case-sensitive. It must not include any of these characters:
 *?!'|{`}<,>;:^()$~
Default
In Linux: /aiw/aiw1/control_files/config/system_map.cfg In Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\config\system_map.cfg

Database name
WorkflowSystem.FileSystemMapping

1.379 Web server logging level

Shows the level of tracing that is active for the Web server component of RICOH ProcessDirector. You can change this property without restarting the Web server.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.GUILoggingLevel

1.380 Web server logging level

Specifies the level of tracing that is active for the Web server component of RICOH ProcessDirector. You can change this property without restarting the Web server.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.GUILoggingLevelOption

1.381 Issued within

Specifies the length of time (days or hours) to apply to the log.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.IssuedWithinInterval

Usage note:

  • To limit the number of messages recorded during the specified period, first, use the Custom option from Range and then change this value.

1.382 Clean up timing

Specifies when the RemoveJobs step deletes job files. You can choose to have job files deleted as soon as they arrive in the step or wait until a time when the system is not as busy processing jobs.

Values:

Delayed (default)
Job files are not deleted when they arrive in the step. Instead, they move to the Waiting to delete state. The job files are deleted when there are fewer jobs processing in the system, such as after hours or during a maintenance period. Use this option to dedicate more of the server resources to job processing and have downtime when jobs can be deleted without affecting processing.
Immediate
Job files are deleted as soon as the job arrives in the RemoveJobs step, even if there are jobs processing through workflows. Use this option if disk space is a concern and removing jobs from the system quickly is a priority or if you control when jobs move into this step using a RetainCompletedJobs or Wait step.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.JobCleanupMethod

1.383 Job identifier to use

Specifies whether the job name or the job number is shown on the user interface.

The selected job identifier is used in these places:

  • In the progress indicator area of the Printers portlet on the Main page.
  • On the printer console for an AFP, Kodak, or RICOH TotalFlow printer.
  • In the job completion log for AFP and PCLOut printers.

Values:

Job name
Display the job name for print jobs.
Job number
Display the job number for print jobs.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.JobDisplayTag

Usage notes:

  • For Ricoh PDF and Custom PDF printers, RICOH ProcessDirector puts the value of the Job identifier to use property in the JDF file. Settings for the printer device in RICOH ProcessDirector and on the control unit of the printer determine how the job is displayed on the printer console.
  • The printer console for a Xerox printer shows the job number even when this property is set to Job name.
  • Passthrough printers use a command to specify the information sent to the printer. The most common commands result in the printer console displaying the job number even when the Job identifier to use property is set to Job name. To display the job name on the printer console, prepend a command that copies the print file to a file with the job name. Use a symbol for the job name in the command that sends the file to the printer. For an example, see the information center topic about changing the job information shown in the Printers portlet and on the printer console.
  • Setting this property value to Job number helps identify the job if a paper jam occurs on an AFP printer with Reprint unfinished pages enabled on the RICOH TotalFlow printer control unit. If there are multiple jobs with the same name, the job with unfinished pages cannot be correctly identified.
  • The AFP Support feature adds AFP and PCLOut printer devices to RICOH ProcessDirector. The Cut Sheet Support for Kodak feature adds Kodak printer devices. The Cut Sheet Support for Xerox feature adds Xerox printer devices.

1.384 Last data capture file

Specifies the full path and name of the last data capture file created successfully. The data capture process creates a ZIP file that you can click on to download and transfer the diagnostic information onto your workstation. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.LastCaptureFilename

1.385 Last data capture completed

The date and time that the data capture was most recently completed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the capture completes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.LastCaptureTimestamp

1.386 Type

Specifies the type of messages to display in the log.

Values:

All log entries
All log messages are displayed.
Messages
Informational, warning, and error messages about the selected object.
State change
Messages that record state or status changes for objects. Jobs change states as they move through their workflows. Other objects change status as the result of actions, such as enabling and disabling.
Property change
Messages that record updates or changes to properties associated with an object.
Error messages
Error messages related to the selected object. Informational and warning messages are not displayed.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.LogTypes

Usage note: To see more recent log entries, click Refresh from Server.

1.387 Display message at login

Specifies the message to display on the login screen for all users. Messages can consist of plain text and HTML.

Format:

Database name
WorkflowSystem.LoginMessage

Usage notes:

  • You can add or edit the message content in the file loginMessage.txt instead of the System settings. The file is located in this directory:
    • On Linux: /aiw/aiw1/config/
    • On Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\config\
  • The property supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by browser.
  • You can mix plain text and HTML.
  • Invalid HTML is not reported.

1.388 Hosts allowed to submit LPD jobs

Lists hosts that are allowed to submit jobs to LPD input devices using the LPD protocol. Separate host names or IP addresses with semicolons.

The asterisk, *, represents zero or more characters. A list value of * means that all hosts are allowed to submit jobs. Values that contain only digits (0-9), decimal points (.), and asterisks (*) are compared to the IP address of the incoming connection. Values that contain one or more alphabetic characters (A-Z, a-z) are compared to the host name of the incoming connection.

An empty list value means that no hosts are allowed to submit jobs.

If you experience long wait times or missing jobs, set the LPD host entries to IP addresses or to fully qualified host names (such as hostserver.co.acmeproducts.com instead of *.acmeproducts.com).

Default
*
Database name
WorkflowSystem.LPDHostnames

1.389 Largest job number

Specifies the largest job number that RICOH ProcessDirector can assign to a job. After RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the largest job number, it restarts numbering using the value of the Smallest job number property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 2-99999999
Default
99999999

Database name
WorkflowSystem.MaxJobID

1.390 Maximum password age before expiration

Specifies the number of days passwords can be used until they expire. This value applies to all users in the RICOH ProcessDirector system.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-9999
Default
90

Database name
WorkflowSystem.MaxPasswordAge

Usage note: If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.

1.391 Recycled content tolerance

Specifies the acceptable variation in recycled content for a media object.

Format:

Content
Value from 0 through 25 percent.
Default
5

Database name
WorkflowSystem.MediaTolerance.RecyclingPercentage

Usage notes:

  • This tolerance applies to the Recycled content property.
  • Example: a media object has 50% recycled content. The recycle content tolerance is 5%. RICOH ProcessDirector matches printer media with the media object when the recycled content is 45% to 55%, and all other media properties match.

1.392 Size tolerance

Specifies the acceptable variation in size for a media object.

Format:

Content
Value from 0 through 25 millimeters.
Default
2

Database name
WorkflowSystem.MediaTolerance.Size

Usage notes:

  • This tolerance applies to the Media height and Media width properties.
  • Example: the width of a media object is 210 mm, and the height is 297 mm. The size tolerance is 2 mm. RICOH ProcessDirector matches printer media with the media object when the media width is 208 to 212 mm, the height is 295 to 299 mm, and all other media properties match.

1.393 Weight tolerance

Specifies the acceptable variation in weight for a media object.

Format:

Content
Value from 0 through 25 grams per square meter (gsm).
Default
5

Database name
WorkflowSystem.MediaTolerance.Weight

Usage notes:

  • This tolerance applies to the Media weight property.
  • Example: the weight of a media object is 81 gsm. The weight tolerance is 5 gsm. RICOH ProcessDirector matches printer media with the media object when the media weight is 76 to 86 gsm, and all other media properties match.

1.394 Smallest job number

Specifies the smallest job number that RICOH ProcessDirector can assign to a job. RICOH ProcessDirector assigns this number to the first job it receives. For all of the jobs that follow, the job number is incremented by one, until it reaches the value of the Largest job number. After the largest job number is assigned, RICOH ProcessDirector returns to the value of the Smallest job number property and starts again.

The Smallest job number must be at least one less than the Largest job number. For example, if the Largest job number is 100, the Smallest job number must be 99 or less.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-99999998
Default
10000000

Database name
WorkflowSystem.MinJobID

1.395 Multiple logins allowed

Specifies whether the same user name can be logged into multiple sessions at the same time.

Values:

Yes (default)
Users can log in to multiple simultaneous sessions with the same user name.
No
Users can log in to only one session at a time with the same user name. If a user tries to log in with a user name that is already logged in, the new log in succeeds and the user is logged out of the other session.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.MultipleLogin

Usage note: Users can log in to multiple simultaneous sessions on the same machine using multiple tabs in the same browser or multiple sessions of the same browser type.

1.396 Color

Specifies the color for the banner label and background color for most RICOH ProcessDirector pages.

Values:

Blue (default)
Purple
Orange
Olive
Ocean
Red

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Palette

Usage note: Select one or more of the options under System identification to enable this property.

1.397 Capture job data from Ricoh PDF printers

Specifies whether to capture the job data that is sent from RICOH ProcessDirector to all Ricoh PDF printers.

Values:

Yes
Captures the job data sent to all Ricoh PDF printers. The properties and print files are not deleted when the job is complete.
No
Deletes the properties and print files after a job is successfully printed on any Ricoh PDF printer.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Pc.PsCapture

Usage notes:

  • Sensitive or confidential data may be stored in the captured job data files.
  • Capturing job data requires large amounts of disk space. Therefore, we recommend turning this capture property on only for debugging and tracing purposes. After collecting the information you need, turn this capture property off.
  • When Capture job data from Ricoh PDF printers is enabled, RICOH ProcessDirector captures the data using the format sent to the printer. The captured files can be found in this directory:
    • On Linux: /aiw/aiw1/pc/ws/webapps/printing/WEB-INF/tmp/printing/
    • On Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\pc\ws\webapps\printing\WEB-INF\tmp\printing\

1.398 Maximum resource-intensive step count

Specifies how many resource-intensive steps the RICOH ProcessDirector system allows to run concurrently on the primary server.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-99. 0 means that no resource-intensive steps are allowed to run on the primary server.
Default
8

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Primary.MaxHighUsageSteps

Usage notes:

  • The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether any steps that are created from a step template are considered to be resource-intensive in performance.
  • To control the number of resource-intensive steps that can run on servers other than the primary server, set the Maximum resource-intensive step count server property for the individual server.

1.399 Maximum step count for other steps

Specifies how many non-resource-intensive steps the RICOH ProcessDirector system allows to run concurrently on the primary server.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-999. 0 means that no non-resource-intensive steps are allowed to run on the primary server.
Default
100

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Primary.MaxLowUsageSteps

Usage notes:

  • The Concurrent step limit step template property controls whether any steps that are created from a step template are considered to be resource-intensive in performance.
  • To control the number of non-resource-intensive steps that can run on the servers other than the primary server, set the Maximum step count for other steps property for the individual server.

1.400 Print progress bar

Specifies whether the print progress bar is displayed in the Printers portlet.
Yes (default)
The print progress bar is displayed in the Printers portlet.
No
The print progress bar is not displayed in the Printers portlet.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.PrinterProgress

1.401 Remember enabled status of printers

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector restores the state of enabled printers after a system shutdown.

Values:

Yes
After a system shutdown and restart, all the printers that were enabled before the shutdown are enabled after the system is restarted.
No (Default)
After a system shutdown and restart, all the printers are disabled until you enable them.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.RememberPrinterStatus

Usage note: On Linux, if you shutdown and restart a secondary or application server, RICOH ProcessDirector does not store the state of the printers with that parent server. This property only applies when you shutdown and restart the primary server.

1.402 Submit to

Specifies whether the files uploaded through the portlet are submitted to an input device or a workflow for processing.

Values:

Input device (default)
You can submit jobs to any hot folder that is enabled and connected. The hot folder must have the Accepts job submission property set to Yes to be displayed in the input device list.
Workflow
You can submit jobs to any workflow that is enabled. The workflow must have the Accepts job submission property set to Yes to be displayed in the workflow list.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SubmitJob.SubmitTo

Usage notes:

  • Hot folders and Workflows that have their Accepts job submission property set to Yes are eligible to appear in the list. Only enabled workflows or enabled and connected input devices appear in the list.

1.403 Accepts job submission

Specifies whether users can submit jobs to this input device from the Submit Jobs portlet.

Values:

Yes (default)
This hot folder is displayed in the Input device list in the Submit Jobs portlet when it is connected and enabled.
No
This hot folder is never displayed in the Input device list in the Submit Jobs portlet.

Database name
HotFolder.AcceptJobSubmission

1.404 Accepts job submission

Specifies whether users can submit jobs to this workflow from the Submit Jobs portlet.

Values:

Yes (default)
This workflow is displayed in the Workflow list in the Submit Jobs portlet when it is enabled.
No
This workflow is never displayed in the Workflow list in the Submit Jobs portlet.

Database name
JobType.AcceptJobSubmission

1.405 Optimize viewer loading

Helps you control the performance of the viewer when viewing jobs, especially jobs that have been processed by the IdentifyDocuments or IdentifyPDFDocuments step and that have very large DPF files.

Values:

Yes (default)
Use this option if jobs open in the viewer without a significant delay. This option is appropriate when you store relatively few document properties in the DPF file.
No
Use this option if jobs fail to open in the viewer or if there is a significant delay in opening jobs. This option is appropriate when you include a large number of document properties in the DPF file.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.OptimizeViewerLoading

1.406 Retention polling interval (minutes)

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector polls jobs that are retained on the system to determine if any further action is necessary. For example, RICOH ProcessDirector can delete jobs when their retention periods expire.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-86400000
Default
1 minute

Database name
WorkflowSystem.RetainPollInterval

1.407 System identification

Specifies which visual mechanisms to use to help distinguish one RICOH ProcessDirector system from another.

For example, you can set a different color and identifier for your Test and Production systems. Then, you can identify which RICOH ProcessDirector system you are using, without looking at the URL.

Values:

Banner label
Displays the System identifier in the RICOH ProcessDirector banner. The label is visible on all RICOH ProcessDirector pages.
Background color
Adds a subtle color to the background of most RICOH ProcessDirector pages.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SystemIdentification

1.408 System identifier

Specifies an alternate name, such as Test or Production, for the RICOH ProcessDirector system. You see the alternate name on the banner area of the user interface. An alternate name is useful if you have several systems with similar host names.

Values:

The system identifier can be up to 128 characters, not including these ASCII control characters:

X'00'–X'19' ' ; < = > \ ` | ~ X'7F'

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SystemIdentifier

1.409 Custom trace level

When the Custom option is selected for the Trace level property, shows the trace level that is active for the system. Software support provides the information that is entered in this field.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.TraceCustomTraceLevel

1.410 Maximum number of trace files

Shows the maximum number of trace files that can be created on the system. If RICOH ProcessDirector reaches the maximum number of files and has to continue to collect data, it deletes the oldest file and replaces it with a new trace file.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 - 100
Default
25

Database name
WorkflowSystem.TraceFileCount

1.411 Maximum trace file size

Shows the upper size limit in kilobytes (KB) for trace files that the system creates. When a trace file reaches this limit, the system trace closes the file and creates a new trace file to continue collecting data.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1024-10240
Default
4096

Database name
WorkflowSystem.TraceFileSize

1.412 Trace level

Shows the level of tracing that is active on the system. Each level collects different information that software support can use to help diagnose problems. Choose the trace level based on advice from software support.
Default
TraceLevel1
Database name
WorkflowSystem.TraceLevel

1.413 Account status

Shows the current status of the user account.

Values:

Active
The user account is not locked and the user can log in to the system.
Locked-Inactive
The user account is locked because the user has not logged in within the amount of time specified in the Account inactivity period property. A user with the authority to reset passwords or update user properties must restore the account access.
Locked-Password Failure
The user account is locked because the number of repeated failed login attempts is greater than the Account lockout threshold value. The account becomes Active after the time specified in the Lockout duration property has passed or the password is reset.

Database name
User.AccountStatus

1.414 Last login

Specifies the date and time when the user last logged in.
Database name
User.LastLogin

1.415 Enforce password complexity rules

Specifies whether all users must use complex passwords.

The password complexity rules are:

  • Must not contain the User name.
  • Must contain at least 3 of the following:
    • One uppercase letter (A-Z)
    • One lowercase letter (a-z)
    • One number 0–9
    • One non-alphanumeric character

Values:

Yes
When a new user is created or an existing user changes a password, the new password must meet the password complexity rules.
No (default)
Password complexity rules are not enforced when a password is changed or a new user is created.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.ComplexRules

Usage notes:

  • If the Enforce password complexity rules property is set to Yes, the passwords of existing users are not affected. The password complexity rules only apply when users change their passwords.
  • If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.

1.416 Login verification interval

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector checks whether each user is logged in. Use this setting with the Login inactivity timer to control how quickly the application changes to the log in page after a user is logged out due to inactivity.

Enter a value from 1 to 30 minutes. Set the value to 1 to minimize the time between the user being logged out and the browser loading the log in page.

Default
5 minutes
Database name
WorkflowSystem.HeartbeatInterval

Usage notes:

  • If a user is still logged in, the interval starts again. RICOH ProcessDirector waits for this interval to elapse and checks again.
  • If a user is logged out and RICOH ProcessDirector is open in a browser, RICOH ProcessDirector automatically changes to the log in page.

1.417 Account inactivity period

Specifies the number of days that RICOH ProcessDirector lets a user account be inactive before that user is locked out of the system.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 day through 3,650 days, or 10 years
Default
Not set (no accounts are locked out because of inactivity)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.InactiveLength

Usage notes:

  • To restore access to the system after a user has been locked out, do one of these:
    • Reset the user password.
    • Delete and re-create the user account.

1.418 Lockout duration

Specifies the amount of time that RICOH ProcessDirector locks a user out of the system after the user exceeds the Account login threshold. The unit of time for the value can be minutes, hours, or days. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time for the value.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 minute through 3650 days, or 10 years
Default
5 minutes

Database name
WorkflowSystem.LockOutLength

Usage notes:

  • To restore access to the system after a user has been locked out, do one of these:
    • Reset the user password.
    • Delete and re-create the user account.
  • The value of the Account login threshold property specifies the number of login attempts permitted before the user is locked out.
  • If this value is decreased, any users that have been locked out longer than the new value can log in.
  • If the value is increased, users that are currently locked out must wait until the new lockout duration ends.

1.419 Account lockout threshold

Specifies the number of unsuccessful login or password change attempts that are allowed before the user is locked out.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 to 99
Default
3
Database name
WorkflowSystem.MaxLoginAttempts

Usage note:

  • The Lockout duration property specifies the length of the lockout period.

1.420 Minimum password length

Specifies the minimum number of characters required for a password.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 to 32
Default
8
Database name
WorkflowSystem.MinPasswordLength

Usage notes:

  • This value applies to passwords for new users in addition to changed or reset passwords. Changing this value does not invalidate current user passwords.
  • If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.

1.421 Password reuse count

Specifies how many times a user must enter a unique password before they can reuse an old password.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-10
Default
1

Database name
WorkflowSystem.PasswordReuseCount

Usage notes:

  • If the Password reuse count value is lowered (for example, from 5 to 3) and any current users have more passwords than the new values (in the example, 3), their oldest passwords are removed.
  • If the Authenticate with LDAP property is set to Yes, this property is ignored.

1.422 Authenticate with LDAP

Specifies whether users can log in to RICOH ProcessDirector with a user ID that is defined in the existing Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server.

Values:

No
The system does not use LDAP user IDs for authentication; users must log in with RICOH ProcessDirector user names.
Yes
The system uses LDAP user IDs for authentication.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.YesNo

Usage notes:

  • If this value is set to Yes, you must specify one or more values for the LDAP server property.
  • If this value is set to Yes, password rules and change intervals set by the LDAP server apply to the RICOH ProcessDirector user IDs and these RICOH ProcessDirector system settings are ignored:
    • Minimum password length
    • Maximum password age before expiration
    • Enforce password complexity rules
    • Password reuse count

1.423 LDAP server

Specifies either the network IP address or the fully-qualified host name of one or more LDAP servers and the port that the system uses for authentication.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters
Restrictions
  • You can enter one or more network IP addresses or fully qualified host names for LDAP servers.
  • A colon (:) must separate the hostname/IP address and the port number. For example, infopages.prod.yourcompany.com:389 or 123.123.123.123:389.
  • If you enter more than one address or name for LDAP servers, they must be delimited by a semicolon (;). For instance, infopages.prod.yourcompany01.com:389;infopages.prod.yourcompany02.com:389 or 123.123.123.123:389;123.123.123.124:389.
  • If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.Server

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for LDAP servers.

1.424 Root distinguished name

Specifies the distinguished name (DN) that is not limited by administrative limit restrictions or access control restrictions for the database.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.rootDN
Usage Notes
  • If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to: dc=sun,dc=com.

1.425 LDAP security

Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector secures the connection to the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server.

Values:

None (default)
The system connects to the LDAP server without using either the StartTLS operation or the LDAPS protocol.
StartTLS
The system uses the StartTLS operation to secure the connection to the LDAP server and establish Transport Layer Security (TLS). After the connection is made, all messages are encrypted.
ldaps

The system uses the Secure LDAP (LDAPS) protocol to connect to the LDAP server and establish Transport Layer Security (TLS). Messages are sent over a secure port.

Make sure that you add the port to the network IP address or the fully qualified host name in the LDAP server property.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.SecureConnection

Usage notes:

  • The connection to the LDAP server fails when the value of this property is ldaps and the secure port is not available. The default secure port is 636.

  • If your LDAP implementation uses StartTLS or LDAPS to secure the connection, set this property to the corresponding value before you test the LDAP settings.

    If your LDAP implementation does not secure the connection to the LDAP server, leave this property set to None when you test the LDAP settings.

1.426 User search base

Tells the server which part of the external directory tree to search, relative to the root distinguished name (DN) in the LDAP URL.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.UserSearchBase
Usage Notes
  • If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to ou=people.

1.427 User search filter

Specifies the filter that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to determine if a distinguished name (DN) of the user exists in LDAP.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Example
uid={0}
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.UserSearchFilter
Usage Notes
  • This value is an LDAP search filter (as defined in 'RFC 2254') with optional arguments. In this case, the username is the only argument, denoted by {0}. A possible example is uid={0}, which searches for a username match on the specified attribute.

  • If a different value is specified, make sure to specify an LDAP search string using the marker token {0}, which replaces the user name string entered by the user.
  • The value you enter for this property determines the format of your RICOH ProcessDirector user names, for example, an email address format or a UID format.

1.428 Manager distinguished name

Specifies the full distinguished name (DN) of the user that binds to the LDAP server for user searches.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.ManagerDN
Usage Notes
  • A DN might look similar to: CN=MyUser,CN=Users,DC=mydomain,DC=com. The sequence depends on your LDAP setup.
  • This value is required if your LDAP server does not support anonymous binds.

1.429 Manager distinguished name password

Specifies the password for the user listed in the Manager distinguished name property.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.ManagerPassword
Usage Notes
  • This function is only used with the search authentication method.

1.430 Email attribute

Specifies the LDAP attribute that RICOH ProcessDirector gets user email addresses from.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.EmailAddress

Usage notes:

  • If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to: mail.

  • When an LDAP user logs in for the first time and RICOH ProcessDirector creates a user, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Email address property for the user to this email address. You can use the email address to send the user notifications when specific printer or job events occur.

  • If you do not specify an LDAP attribute, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set a value for the Email address property when it creates a new user.

1.431 Group search base

Specifies the branch of the LDAP external directory tree that RICOH ProcessDirector searches to identify the organizational unit (OU) that contains LDAP groups.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupSearchBase

Usage notes:

  • If this value is specified, the typical format looks similar to: ou=groups.

  • To search the entire rootDN, do not specify a value for this property.
  • If users see Administrative Limit Exceeded or a similar error when they try to log in to RICOH ProcessDirector, reduce the scope of the query by making this value specific to your LDAP installation.

    If reducing the scope of the query does not eliminate the error, change the value of the Group search member property to the field used in your LDAP installation for group members.

1.432 Group search filter

Specifies the filter that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to determine if a group with the specified name exists within the LDAP group search base.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Example
cn={0}
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupSearchFilter

Usage notes:

  • If you do not specify a value for this property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default search filter: cn={0}

  • RICOH ProcessDirector replaces {0} with the name of the LDAP group it is searching for. The name comes from the Product to LDAP group mapping property.

1.433 Group search member

Specifies the LDAP attribute RICOH ProcessDirector uses to get the distinguished names of LDAP group members.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
None
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupSearchMember

Usage notes:

  • If you do not specify a value for this property, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default member filter: uniqueMember

  • If you change this value, log in from another browser to verify that you are still a member of an LDAP group with access to RICOH ProcessDirector.

1.434 Synchronize with LDAP groups

Specifies if RICOH ProcessDirector updates the product security group memberships for a user, based on the values for the Product to LDAP group mapping property and the LDAP group memberships of the user, each time the user logs in.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector checks the LDAP group memberships of a user at each log in and updates the product group memberships for the user based on the values for the Product to LDAP group mapping property.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector checks the LDAP group memberships for a user the first time the user logs in and assigns the user product group memberships based on the values for the Product to LDAP group mapping property. After the first log in, RICOH ProcessDirector does not check the LDAP group memberships for a user and does not update the product group memberships for the user based on the values for the Product to LDAP group mapping property.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.SyncLdapGrp

Usage notes:

  • If this property is set to Yes, you modify the group memberships for a product user by modifying group memberships for the user in LDAP. If this property is set to No, you modify the group memberships for a product user by changing the values of the Group membership property for the user in RICOH ProcessDirector.

  • RICOH ProcessDirector users are not synchronized with LDAP users. If you authenticate with LDAP, RICOH ProcessDirector user IDs remain in the system until you delete them.

1.435 Product to LDAP group mapping

Specifies the mapping of RICOH ProcessDirector groups to LDAP groups.

Format:

Default
Not set
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.GroupMap

Usage notes:

  • You must map at least one RICOH ProcessDirector group to an LDAP group before you can authenticate with LDAP.

  • Make sure you specify at least one Administrator product group mapping.

  • Before you authenticate with LDAP in your production environment, map all your RICOH ProcessDirector groups to LDAP groups.

  • To map a RICOH ProcessDirector group to an LDAP group, select a product group from the drop-down list and then type the name of the LDAP group in the entry field.

  • To map another product group to an LDAP group, click + to the right of any LDAP group.

  • To delete a mapping, click - to the right of the LDAP group.

  • For the {0} symbol In the value of the Group search filter property,RICOH ProcessDirector substitutes the name of each LDAP group that you enter for this property.

1.436 LDAP test user name

Specifies the LDAP user name used to test the LDAP settings.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AdLdap.TestUserName

Usage note: Make sure that the user name is a member of an LDAP group that is mapped to the RICOH ProcessDirector  Administrator group.

1.437 Logged in

Specifies whether a user is logged in to RICOH ProcessDirector.

Specifies whether a user is logged in to RICOH ProcessDirector.

Values:

Yes
The user is logged in.
No
The user is not logged in.
Database name
User.Login.Status

Usage notes:

  • Users are logged in until they log out or the login inactivity timer expires. Closing a browser window does not log a user out of the system.

  • To add the Logged in property to the Users table:

    1. Click the Table settings icon and then click Columns.

    2. Select the Logged in property in the Properties list and click Move right ( >).

1.438 IP address of last login

Specifies the IP address that was most recently used to log in to RICOH ProcessDirector.
Database name
User.LastLoginIp

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property.

1.439 Conditions

Lets you define one or more conditions for a rule. Each condition consists of a job property, a comparison, and a value.
Property
Specifies which job property you want to use for the condition.
Values:
The list of all job properties (by field name) in the system.
Comparison
Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value for a job to the contents of the Value field to decide whether a job meets the condition.

Select one of these:

after (after)
A job meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
before (before)
A job meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
contains (contains)
A job meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. For example, one customer submits jobs with CUST1 in the Job name such as A1CUST1BB, CUST1CC, and DDCUST1 and enters a Value of CUST1 in the condition. All three jobs meet the condition. The comparison is case-sensitive.
greater than (>)
A job meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
greater than or equal to (>=)
A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
has a value (set)
A job meets the condition if the selected property has a value.
has no value (notset)
A job meets the condition if the selected property does not have a value.
is (=)
A job meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is like (like)
A job meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive
is not (!=)
A job meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is not like (unlike)
A job meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
less than (<)
A job meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
less than or equal to (<=)
A job meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether a job meets the condition.
Values:
Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.
Database name
Connector.JsonRule

Usage notes:

  • When you use the is like or is not like comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a is like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is Not set.
  • To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
  • If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use before, after, is, or is not comparison.
  • You cannot use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol in the Value field.

1.440 JDF job ID

Shows the value of the job ID in the JDF job ticket received by RICOH ProcessDirector with the job. You cannot change this value.

Database name
Job.JDF.JobID

Usage note: The JDF job ID (database name Job.JDF.JobID) is not the RICOH ProcessDirector Job number (database name Job.ID), which identifies a job in RICOH ProcessDirector.

1.441 JDF part ID

Shows the value of the part ID for the job in the JDF job ticket received by RICOH ProcessDirector with the job. You cannot change this value.

Database name
Job.JDF.JobPartID

1.442 Saved Filters

Lets you select from the filters you previously saved to the Job table.

When you load the saved filter, the conditions are shown in the Advanced filter control. Click Apply filter to filter the Jobs table.

Values:

The list of search filters you have saved.
New filter (Default)
Lets you specify a search filter to use now.

Database name
Job.SavedSearches

Usage notes:

  • After you retrieve a saved filter, if you make changes and save the filter, another filter with the same name is saved.
  • To save a new filter, select New filter and click the Save Filter button to enter a name for the search.
  • Search filters are saved separately for each user.
  • To delete a saved filter, hover over the filter in the Saved filters list. Click the X that appears to the right of the filter name to make it red. Click the red X to delete the filter.

1.443 Files to ZIP

Specifies a comma-separated list of files that a step based on the ZIPFiles step template copies to create a ZIP file.
Default
None
Database name
Job.ZipFile.FilesToZip
Usage notes:
  • You can specify any file that RICOH ProcessDirector can access as input to the ZIPFiles step, including files on different drives.
  • You cannot specify a directory as input. To specify all the files in a directory, use this value: directory_path/*
  • You can use a question mark (?) to match a single character and an asterisk (*) to match multiple characters in a file name.

    For example, you have a directory with three files: 123.pdf, 124.pdf, and 567.pdf. To match all three files, use this value: directory_path/*.pdf. To match the 123.pdf and 124.pdf files, use this value: directory_path/12?.pdf.

    Characters in the value of the property are case-sensitive. The value directory_path/*.pdf matches 123.pdf but not 456.PDF.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the comma-separated list. For example, this value specifies the print.pdf file and overrides.txt file in the spool directory for the job:

    ${getFileName(print,pdf,read)},${getFileName(overrides,txt,read)}

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • The ZIPFiles step archives all files in the top-level directory of the ZIP archive. The step does not create a directory structure.

1.444 Output file

Specifies the full path and name of the output file created by a step based on the ZIPFiles step template.
Default
Database name
Job.ZipFile.ZipToSave
Usage notes:
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • To make sure that other steps in the workflow can process the output file, save it in the spool directory for the job. For example, use this symbol to write the output to a ZIP file stored in the spool directory for the job: ${getFileName(data,zip,write)}.

    The step names the file jobID.data.zip where jobID is the job number.

  • If you specify a directory other than the spool directory, make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to that directory.

1.445 Stop when no matching elements

Specifies whether a step based on the CreateJobsFromXML step template puts a job in the error state when no elements match the XPath expression. The step uses the value of the XPath expression to create jobs property to search the XML file identified by the XML input file property.

Values:

No (default)
This step sends a job to the next step in the workflow when it cannot find any occurrences of elements that match the XPath expression.
Yes
This step puts a job in the error state when it cannot find any occurrences of elements that match the XPath expression.

Database name
Job.Cjfx.FailOnMissingXpath

1.446 XML input file

Specifies the name of the XML file that a step based on the CreateJobsFromXML step template uses as input to create jobs. The step creates an XML file each time it finds an element in the XML input file that matches the XPath expression in the XPath expression to create jobs property. The step submits each XML file as a separate job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Default
${getCurrentFile(xml)}
Database name
Job.Cjfx.FileToSplit

Usage notes:

  • Steps based on the CreateJobsFromXML step template read the information in this file but do not modify or delete the file.

  • A workflow can run two or more CreateJobsFromXML steps on this file, and each step can use a different value for the XPath expression to create jobs property.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value returns the name of an XML file in the spool directory for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • The XML input file can be the job file in the spool directory or a file stored at another location on the system.

    • If it is the job file, keep the default value for the XML input file property.

    • If it is stored at another location, specify the full path and file name as the value of the XML input file property.

      When the XML input file is stored at another location, the file does not become part of the job that the CreateJobsFromXML step processes. The step reads the information in the file, uses the information to create XML files, and submits those XML files as jobs.

1.447 Create as child job

Specifies whether a step based on the CreateJobsFromXML step template creates child jobs or independent jobs from the original job.

Values:

Yes (default)
The step creates child jobs whose parent is the original job.
No
The step creates independent jobs.

Database name
Job.Cjfx.TypeOfJob

Usage note: When the CreateJobsFromXML step finds only one element that matches the XPath expression, it creates one XML file and submits it as a job. If this property is set to Yes, the new job is a child job whose parent is the original job. If this property is set to No, the new job is an independent job.

1.448 Workflow for new jobs

Specifies the workflow that a step based on the CreateJobsFromXML step template submits new XML jobs to.
Database name
Job.Cjfx.Workflow

Usage notes:

  • This value is optional when you specify step properties, but it is required when this step runs.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the workflow. For example, BusinessCards${Job.JobType} sets the name of the new workflow to the name of the current workflow with the prefix BusinessCards. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.449 XPath expression to create jobs

Specifies an XPath expression that identifies an element. Each time a step based on the CreateJobsFromXML step template finds a matching element in the XML input file, it creates an XML file. The step submits each new XML file as a job to the workflow set by the Workflow for new jobs property.

For example, the XPath expression is /customer/order/item. Each time the step finds an item element that is a child of /customer/order in the XML input file, the step creates an XML file and submits it as a job.

Database name
Job.Cjfx.Xpath

Usage notes:

  • You can use any valid XPath expression.

  • This value is optional when you specify step properties, but it is required when the CreateJobsFromXML step runs.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the XPath expression. For example, /${Job.CustomerName}/orderID sets the name of an element in the XPath expression to the name of the customer for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.450 Name for new jobs

Specifies the value to use for the Name property of jobs created by this step.
Default
${Job.Name}
Database name
Job.Cjfx.JobName

Usage notes:

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the new job. For example, ${Job.Name} sets the name of the new job to the same name as the current job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • If the step creates multiple jobs, all of those jobs have the same value for their Name property. Each job has a different value for its Job number property.

1.451 JSON input file

Specifies the JSON file to be converted into XML format. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 2048 characters (bytes)

Default
${getFileName(print,json,read)}
Database name
Job.XML.JSONInputFile

Usage note: You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the input file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.452 XML output file

Specifies the location and name of the XML file created by the step.

Format:

Length
Up to 2048 characters (bytes)

Default
${getFileName(print,xml,write)}
Database name
Job.XML.XMLOutputFile

Usage note: You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the input file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.453 Credential description

The description of the credential.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
Credential.Description

1.454 Last modified

The date and time the credential was last changed. This value is updated whenever the credential changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Credential.LastModified

1.455 Modified by

The name of the person who last changed the credential. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Credential.ModifiedBy

1.456 Credential name

The name of the credential.
Length
Up to 64 characters (bytes)
Database name
Credential.Name

1.457 Private RSA key

The private RSA key for the user name associated with this credential object. The user name and the private RSA key are used to authenticate with the remote SFTP server.

Use an appropriate utility to generate a private RSA key. Copy and paste an unencrypted version of the key here. When you see the key in a property notebook it is replaced with a string of asterisks (*).

Length
Up to 3548 characters (bytes)
Database name
PrivateKeyCredential.PrivateKey

Usage note: Only keys generated using an RSA encryption algorithm are valid.

1.458 User name

The user name that authenticates with the system that uses this credential; for example, an SFTP server.
Length
Up to 64 characters (bytes)
Database name
PrivateKeyCredential.UserName

1.459 User name

The user name that authenticates with the system that uses this credential; for example, an SFTP server.
Length
Up to 64 characters (bytes)
Database name
UserPassCredential.UserName

1.460 User password

The password that authenticates with the system that uses this credential; for example, an SFTP server.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
UserPassCredential.UserPassword

1.461 Custom PDF Printer Server

Select the printer server where you want to define a Custom PDF printer device. Click Import file and the Ricoh Printer Connector page opens in a new browser tab. When you complete the import, RICOH ProcessDirector installs the custom printer definition file and copies it to the server you selected.

Values:

The list of Servers that have been added in the system.

Database name
CustomPDFPrinter.ImportPrinter

1.462 Custom printer type

Specifies the type of printer to define as a Custom PDF printer device. Enter the name of a custom printer definition file, without the file extension.

For example, the name of the custom printer definition file you want to use is KM_1250.gpz. Enter KM_1250.

Database name
CustomPDFPrinter.PrinterType

Usage notes:

  • To see a list of available custom printer definition files, display the RICOH Printer Connector dialog. For instructions, see the topic about importing a custom printer definition file in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector supports custom printer definition files with GPZ and ZIP extensions.

1.463 Display criteria

Lets you define one or more conditions to use to determine which objects are displayed in the portlet. Each condition consists of a property, a comparison, and a value.
Property
Specifies which property you want to use for the condition.
Comparison
Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to decide whether an object meets the condition.

Select one of these:

after (after)
An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
before (before)
An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
contains (contains)
An object meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. The comparison is case-sensitive.
greater than (>)
An object meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
greater than or equal to (>=)
An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
has a value (set)
An object meets the condition if the selected property has a value.
has no value (notset)
An object meets the condition if the selected property does not have a value.
is (=)
An object meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is like (like)
An object meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. The comparison is case-sensitive
is not (!=)
An object meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is not like (unlike)
An object meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. The comparison is case-sensitive.
less than (<)
An object meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
less than or equal to (<=)
An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
last 24 hours (last 24)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 24 hours.
last 7 days (last 7d)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 7 days.
last 30 days (last 30d)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 30 days.
today (today)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the current day.
Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether an object meets the condition.
Depending on the property, you can choose from a list, enter an alphanumeric value, or select a date and enter a time.
Database name
Portlet.Criteria

1.464 Description

Describes the custom portlet. For example, it might explain what information is displayed in the portlet.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Portlet.Description

1.465 Concurrent floating windows

Lets you select whether more than one floating window can be opened from this custom portlet at the same time.

Values:

Only one
Lets you open only one floating window at a time. If you click a different job or device property, the contents of the floating window are replaced with the results related to that property.
Multiple allowed
Lets you open multiple floating windows at the same time.
Database name
Portlet.DrillDown.AllowMultiple

1.466 Details View

Shows how drill-down information about the objects in the custom portlet are displayed.

Values:

Fixed Portlet
This option is only available for custom portlets that display jobs. When you click a value in the custom portlet, you apply a filter to the Jobs table.
Floating Window (default)
When you click a value in the custom portlet, a floating window opens and displays the associated items.
Database name
Portlet.DrillDown.Display

1.467 Floating window position

Lets you save details about the last position and size of your floating window.

Values:

Save floating window layout
When you close the floating window, the last position and size of the columns in the table are remembered. The next time you open a floating window from this custom portlet, it opens using the same column configuration.
Do not save floating window layout
Every time you open a floating window, it opens using the default column configuration from the standard portlets.
Database name
Portlet.DrillDown.RememberPreferences

1.468 Last modified

The date and time when the custom portlet was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the custom portlet changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Portlet.LastModified

1.469 Property for columns

Specifies the property used to define the columns in a matrix portlet.

For example, if the selected object type is Job and you select Current job state, each column in the matrix portlet represents a job state, such as Assigned or Error. Each row displays the number of jobs that are in each job state.

Database name
Portlet.Matrix.Columns

Usage note:

  • If you choose a property that takes multiple values, the content of the portlet might display incorrectly or not display any results at all.

1.470 Property for rows

Specifies the property used to define the rows in a matrix portlet.

For example, if the selected object type is Job and you select Customer name, each row in the matrix portlet contains the number of jobs for a specific customer.

Database name
Portlet.Matrix.Rows

Usage note:

  • If you choose a property that takes multiple values, the content of the portlet might display incorrectly or not display any results at all.

1.471 Show totals row

Controls whether the matrix portlet includes a row that displays the sum of each column.

Values

Yes
A row is displayed at the bottom of the table showing the sum of each column.
No
The row of totals is not displayed.
Database name
Portlet.Matrix.TotalRows

1.472 Modified by

The name of the person who last changed the custom portlet. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the custom portlet changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Portlet.ModifiedBy

1.473 Name

Specifies the name of the custom portlet.
Database name
Portlet.Name

1.474 Indicator name

Specifies the label to display for the collection of data shown in this section of the portlet. The indicator includes the numeric value of the Property to measure.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Database name
PortletScoreModule.Name

Usage note:

  • Each Numeric portlet includes one or more indicators.

1.475 Property to measure

Specifies the property whose value is the primary content of the portlet.

You can only choose numeric properties that can be counted. For example, you can choose Page count, but you cannot choose Job ID.

Database name
PortletScoreModule.Property

1.476 Object type

Specifies the type of RICOH ProcessDirector object that you want to display in the custom portlet.
Values:
Barcode Reader
Input device
Inserter controller
Job
Printer
Database name
Portlet.Object.Type

1.477 Column properties

Specifies which properties to use as columns in the tree portlet.

You can only choose properties that have numeric values that can be counted. Many object types do not have additional properties to show as columns.

Database name
Portlet.Tree.Columns

1.478 Row properties

Specifies the properties to use for each level of the hierarchy. Use the plus and minus buttons to add rows to the hierarchy.

For example, if you are a print service provider who receives jobs from multiple customers (set in the Customer name property of jobs) who each require different forms and the selected object type is Job, you might use two levels with these properties:

  • Customer name
  • Form
With these settings, the top level of each hierarchy shows a Customer name value. Under each Customer name, you see the list of Form values. In the rows you see the number of jobs in the system for each form for each customer.

Database name
Portlet.Tree.Rows

Usage notes:

  • If you choose a property that takes multiple values, the content of the portlet might display incorrectly or not display any results at all.

1.479 Include document property

Specify if a document property is defined as a database property or a limited property. Limited properties are only stored in the document properties file (DPF). Database properties are stored in both the DPF file and the properties database.

Values:

Include in .dpf and database (default)
This property is saved as a database property.
Database properties can be viewed and tracked in the user interface.
Include in .dpf only
This property is saved as a limited property.
Limited property values are not displayed in the user interface.

Database name
CustomDocProperty.Type

Usage notes:

  • We recommend creating most document properties in the DPF file only. If you process jobs with a large number of documents, storing all document properties in the database can cause storage and performance issues.

1.480 Administrator access

Specifies the access that members of the Administrator group have for this property.

Values:

None
Read
Write (default)

Database name
CustomProperty.Access.Admin

1.481 Monitor access

Specifies the access that members of the Monitor group have for this property.

Values:

None
Read (default)
Write

Database name
CustomProperty.Access.Monitor

1.482 Operator access

Specifies the access that members of the Operator group have for this property.

Values:

None
Read (default)
Write

Database name
CustomProperty.Access.Operator

1.483 Supervisor access

Specifies the access that members of the Supervisor group have for this property.

Values:

None
Read (default)
Write

Database name
CustomProperty.Access.Supervisor

1.484 Add to table

Specifies if this property can be added as a column in the Jobs table for job properties or Documents table for document properties.

Values:

No
Yes (default)
To add the property as a column to the table, select Manage Columns at the top right of the Jobs or Documents portlet. Select the check box next to the property name.

Database name
CustomProperty.AddToTable

Usage note:

  • If this custom property is created as a limited document property, it cannot be used as a column heading, so no value is required.

1.485 Data Type

Specifies a type of information that is stored in this custom property.

Values:

String
Use this data type for job properties containing letters, numbers, and some special characters.
Integer
Use this data type when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero.
Number
Use this data type when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

Database name
CustomProperty.DataType

1.486 Maximum length

When the Data type is set to String, specifies how long the value for the custom property can be.
Database name
CustomProperty.DataTypeLength

1.487 Description

Describes the custom property. For example, it might include the characteristics of the custom property. The description displays when you click the field help icon for the property in the property notebook.
Database name
CustomProperty.Description

1.488 Database name

A unique identifier for this custom property to be used when the property is stored in the database and DPF file.
Database name
CustomProperty.ID

Usage note:

  • The Database Name of each custom property consists of both the object type and the value entered in the Database Name field. For example, if you type Subscription in this field for a document property, the database name that displays in the Custom properties table and the DPF file is: Doc.Custom.Subscription.
  • The third section of the database name must be different for each custom property. For example, you cannot use both Doc.Custom.Test and Job.Custom.Test. You must change one of the database names to use something unique, such as Doc.Custom.Test1.

1.489 Field name

Specifies the name used for this property in table headers, property notebooks, and other places in RICOH ProcessDirector.

Format:

Length
1–32 character (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
CustomProperty.Label

1.490 Last modified

The date and time when the custom property was last modified. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
CustomProperty.LastModified

1.491 Modified by

The name of the user who made the last change to this custom property. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the custom property changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
CustomProperty.ModifiedBy

1.492 Property notebook tab

Specifies the property notebook tab where this property appears.
Database name
CustomProperty.NotebookTab

Usage note:

  • If this custom property is created as a limited document property, it does not appear on the property notebook, so no value is needed.

1.493 Accepted Value Range

Specifies the minimum and maximum values that can be used for this property.

Format:

Data type
Number

Database name
CustomProperty.Validation.FloatMinMax

Usage note:

  • Use Integer when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use Number when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.494 Accepted Value Range

Specifies the minimum and maximum integer values that can be used for this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer

Database name
CustomProperty.Validation.IntegerMinMax

Usage note:

  • Use Integer when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use Number when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.495 URL for download file

Specifies the URL of the file to download.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DownloadFile

Usage notes:

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. For example, https://mysite.${Job.CustomerName).pdf.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • If the URL for the file presents a security certificate before the file can be downloaded, RICOH ProcessDirector accepts this certificate automatically.
  • If credentials are required to access the Web site where the file resides, the credentials should be included in the value.

    For example: ftp://username:password@host/path/file.

  • You must provide the full URL to the file.
  • URL for download file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.496 Path to downloaded file

Specifies the file name and location where RICOH ProcessDirector saves the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.DownloadFileToCreate

Usage notes:

  • This value can be a path to any location that the RICOH ProcessDirector server can access. If you do not include a full path, the file is downloaded to the spool directory.
  • This value can contain RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • If there is a file with the same name as the entry in this field, the step overwrites it.
  • Path to downloaded file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.497 Use proxy server

Specifies whether the DownloadFile step uses a proxy server to resolve the URL of the file to be downloaded.

Values:

No (default)

The step does not use a proxy server.

Yes

The step uses a proxy server.

Database name
Job.UseProxy

Usage notes:

  • To use a proxy server, specify values for the proxy server properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.
  • Use proxy server is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.498 SMTP server type

Specifies whether you want this step to use the system default email server or an alternate email server.

Values:

System (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector sends emails from the step using the mail server specified in the SMTP server property on the System Settings page.
Alternate
RICOH ProcessDirector sends emails from the step using the mail server specified in the Alternate SMTP server property on the System Settings page.

Database name
Job.EJB.SMTPserver

1.499 Page range to send

Shows a numeric string that describes which pages in the current job are extracted, made into a separate file, and attached to the email.

The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas; use a dash to separate the first and last pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.

The letter n can be used to represent the last page in the job. A value of 400-n selects pages 400 through the last page of the job. A value of n selects only the last page of the job.

To create more than one partial file from the same original file, enter a semi-colon (;) between the page range for the one attachment and the page range for the next.

For example: 1-3,5,8-9;1-20 creates two attachments with different pages in each.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Email.PageRange

Usage notes:

  • If you choose a page range, include a step based on the EnableRepositioning or CountPages step template in the workflow before the SendEmail step. Those steps determine the value to use for n and accounts for the number of pages printed per sheet to ensure that duplex pages are printed correctly.
  • You can only select a page range from the current print job. This property does not apply to files listed in the value of the Attachments property.

1.500 Page range data stream

Specifies the data stream of the page range file that the step creates using the pages indicated in the Page range to send property.

Values:

Use current (default)
The data stream for the current job file is used. Only AFP and PDF are supported; other data streams cause an error. However, AFP page range can only be sent if the AFP Support feature is installed.
AFP
The page range file is an AFP file. Only select this value if the AFP Support feature is installed.
PDF
The page range file is a PDF file.

Database name
Job.Email.RangeDataStream

Usage notes:

  • This value is only required if you specify a value for the Page range to send property.
  • This value must be the same as the data stream of the job file that the pages are extracted from. This step does not transform jobs from one datastream to another. If the data stream is anything other than AFP or PDF, the job goes to the error state.

1.501 Secure connection

Specifies whether the connection with the mail server should use SSL or TLS security. The SMTP server must support SSL or TLS connections for this property to function.

Values:

None (default)
Connect to SMTP server over a normal connection.
SSL
Use SSL to connect to the SMTP server.
TLS
Use TLS to connect to the SMTP server.

Database name
Job.Email.SecureConnection

Usage note: If you choose SSL or TLS, you must enter a value for either the Email SSL port or the Email TLS port system property.

1.502 Blind copy address

One or more email addresses to send a blind copy of the email to. This value is used in the BCC: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
Database name
Job.EmailAddressBCC

Usage notes:

  • To send the job to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a semicolon (;).
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, ${Job.CustomerName}@company.com.

1.503 Copy address

One or more email addresses to send a copy of the email to. This value is used in the CC: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
Database name
Job.EmailAddressCC

Usage notes:

  • To send the job to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a semicolon (;).
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, ${Job.CustomerName}@company.com.

1.504 Recipient address

One or more email addresses to send the job to. This value is used in the To: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address or symbol:
username@mycompany.com
${Job.CustomerName)
Database name
Job.EmailAddressTo

Usage notes:

  • To send the job to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a semicolon (;).
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, ${Job.CustomerName}@company.com.

1.505 Message

Specifies the message to include in the body of the email. Messages can consist of plain text, HTML, and embedded images.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.EmailMessage

Usage notes:

  • You can use symbol formulas to include job properties in the message. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the body of the email.
  • The step supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by email client and browser.
  • You can embed images stored locally by specifying a fully qualified file name. You can embed images on the Internet or a company intranet by specifying a fully qualified URL.
  • You can mix plain text and HTML.
  • Invalid HTML does not cause the step to fail. RICOH ProcessDirector sends HTML without validating it.

1.506 Sender address

The email address used in the From: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com

Database name
Job.EmailSendFrom

Usage note: If this value is blank, the step combines the value of the SMTP user name system property with the server host name to create an email address for the From: value in this format: SMTP user name@serverhostname. If the SMTP user name system property is blank, the step uses aiw@serverhostname for the From: value.

1.507 Subject line

Specifies the text to include in the subject line of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.EmailSubject

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas to include job properties in the email subject line. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the subject line.

1.508 Attachments

Specifies the full paths to one or more files that should be attached to the email and sent to the recipients. You can attach the current print file, log files, or any other files that the primary server can access.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.FileToEmail

Usage notes:

  • To attach multiple files, separate the file names with a semicolon (;).
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value. For example, enter ${getCurrentFile(afp)} to send the job spool file for an AFP print job.

1.509 Attach ZIP file

Specifies whether the file or files should be packaged as a ZIP file before they are attached to the email.

Values:

No (default)
All files determined by the Attachments property are sent as separate files.
Yes
All files determined by the Attachments property are combined into one ZIP file and sent as one attachment.

Database name
Job.ZipFilesToEmail

Usage notes:

  • If the file names listed in the Attachments property include double-byte or international characters (such as à, É, ñ, ß, ç), the files are included in the ZIP file. However, the file names are distorted, so they do not match the original file names on the system. The content of the files is not affected.
  • Attach ZIP file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.510 Alternate SMTP server

Specifies either the network IP address or the fully-qualified host name of the SMTP server that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to send emails when the SMTP server type property on a job step is set to Alternate.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPAddress

Usage notes:

  • You cannot use the Alternate SMTP server to send email notifications.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for SMTP servers.

1.511 Alternate SMTP password

Specifies the password that the primary server uses to log in to the alternate SMTP Server.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPPassword

Usage notes: This value is the password for the SMTP user on the alternate SMTP server. If you update the password on that server, you must update this value.

1.512 Alternate SMTP port

Specifies TCP/IP port that the alternate SMTP server uses.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535
Default
25

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPPort

1.513 Alternate SMTP SSL port

If the mail server uses SSL security, specifies the TCP/IP port that the SSL connection uses.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPSSLPort

Usage notes: To send email using this port, the Secure connection property for the job must be set to SSL. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.

1.514 Alternate SMTP TLS port

If the alternate mail server uses TLS security, specifies the TCP/IP port that the TLS connection uses.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPTLSPort

Usage notes: To send an email using this port, the Secure connection property for the job must be set to TLS. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.

1.515 Alternate SMTP user name

Specifies the user name that the primary server uses to log in to the alternate SMTP Server.

Format:

Data type
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AltSMTPUserName

Usage notes: This user must be created on the alternate SMTP server and configured with the correct permissions before the step runs.

1.516 Email SSL port

If the default SMTP server uses SSL security, specifies the TCP/IP port that the SSL connection uses.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Email.SSLPort

Usage note: To send email using this port, you must set the Secure connection property for the job to SSL. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.

1.517 Email TLS Port

If the default SMTP server uses TLS security, specifies the TCP/IP port that the TLS connection uses.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Email.TLSPort

Usage note: To send email using this port, you must set the Secure connection property for the job to TLS. You can set that value as a job default in a step based on the SendEmail or EmailDocuments step templates.

1.518 SMTP password

Specifies the password that the primary server uses to log in to the default SMTP Server.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SMTPPassword

Usage note: This value is the password for the SMTP user on the default SMTP server. If you update the password on that server, you must update this value.

1.519 SMTP port

Specifies TCP/IP port that the default SMTP server uses.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535
Default
25
Database name
WorkflowSystem.SMTPPort

1.520 SMTP server

Specifies either the network IP address or the fully-qualified host name of the default SMTP server that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to send email.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SMTPServer

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for SMTP servers.

1.521 SMTP user name

Specifies the user name that the primary server uses to log in to the default SMTP Server.

Format:

Data type
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SMTPUsername

Usage note: This user must be created on the default SMTP server and configured with the correct permissions before the step runs.

1.522 Action list

Specifies one or more actions that a step based on the EnhancePDF step template uses to manipulate or evaluate a PDF file. Each action has one or more parameters, and each parameter has a value.
Database name
Job.PDF.ActionList

Usage notes:

  • To type an action in the text area, use this syntax:

    Action -param1 value1 -param2 value2

    where Action is the name of an action, -param1 and -param2 are parameters, and value1 and value2 are the values of the parameters. Different actions have different parameters.

    Type each action, its parameters, and the parameter values on a separate line.

    This example has three actions: RemovePages, AddStamps, and RotatePages.

    RemovePages -pages 3-4,9,12-n

    AddStamps -stampsCSV /aiw/aiw1/control_files/actions/stamp1.csv

    RotatePages -rotate 270 -pagetype landscape

    The example specifies a directory path on Linux.

    This example has one action: CheckPDF.

    CheckPDF -outputResultsFile C:\aiw\aiw1\checkPDF\checkPDFresults.txt -RPDproperty Job.PDFCheckResult -pages 1-10

    The example specifies a directory path on Windows.

    For more information about supported actions and their parameters, see the topic about the EnhancePDF step template in the RICOH ProcessDirector Information Center.

  • The EnhancePDF step does the actions in the order that they appear on the list, from top to bottom.
  • An action can appear on the list more than once, with different parameter values.
  • Action list is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.523 Decrypted PDF file

Specifies the full path and symbolic name that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to save the decrypted PDF file.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}

Database name
Job.PDF.DecryptFileToSave

Usage notes:

  • By default, the decrypted PDF file becomes the print file in the spool directory of the job.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Decrypted PDF file property.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.524 Owner password

Specifies the password for the owner of the encrypted PDF file. If you received encrypted PDF files for security reasons, you can use this password to decrypt them. You receive this password from the person who sent the PDF file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default

Database name
Job.PDF.DecryptPassword

Usage notes:

  • Owner password is stored in encrypted form in the RICOH ProcessDirector database.

  • Owner password cannot be specified using symbol notation.

1.525 Encrypted PDF file

Specifies the full path or symbolic name that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to save the encrypted PDF file.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}

Database name
Job.PDF.EncryptFileToSave

Usage notes:

  • By default, the encrypted PDF file becomes the print file in the spool directory of the job. Most RICOH ProcessDirector steps cannot accept encrypted files as input. The unencrypted file is stored in the checkpoints directory.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Encrypted PDF file property.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.526 PDF orientation

Specifies the orientation to be used to print the job.

Values:

Not set (default)
The orientation for the job is not specified.
Portrait
The job should be printed with the short edge at the top.
Landscape
The job should be printed with the long edge at the top.
Database name
Job.PDF.Orientation
Usage notes:
  • This value can be set using the CheckOrientation action in the Action list on the EnhancePDF step in a workflow.
  • The value is used by a Ricoh TotalFlow printer if it specifies the CheckOrientation action in its Action list.

1.527 Owner password

Specifies the password for the owner of the encrypted PDF file created by the EncryptPDF step.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default

Database name
Job.PDF.OwnerPassword

Usage notes:

  • When the Password-protected actions property is set to Edit, Fill, Read, either the Owner password or the User password can be used to read the PDF file. To edit the PDF file or fill in a form inside it, the Owner password is required.

  • Make sure to give the Owner password to the person or system that receives the file.

  • Owner password is stored in encrypted form in the RICOH ProcessDirector database.

  • Owner password cannot be specified using symbol notation.

1.528 Password-protected actions

Specifies which actions on a file encrypted with the EncryptPDF step are protected with a password.

Values

Edit, Fill, Read (default)
The Owner password is used to read, fill in any form fields, or edit the PDF file. If specified, the User password can be used to open the file for reading.
Edit, Fill
The Owner password is used to edit the PDF file or fill in any form fields in the PDF file. A password is not required to read the file.
Edit
The Owner password is used to edit the PDF file. A password is not required to read the file or fill in any form fields in the PDF file.

Database name
Job.PDF.ProtectionLevel

1.529 User password

Specifies a password that can be used to read a file encrypted by the EncryptPDF step.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default

Database name
Job.PDF.UserPassword

Usage notes:

  • When the Password-protected actions property is set to Edit, Fill, Read, either the Owner password or the User password can be used to read the PDF file. To edit the PDF file or fill in a form inside it, the Owner password is required.

  • Make sure to give the User password to the person or system that receives the file.

  • User password is stored in encrypted form in the RICOH ProcessDirector database.

  • User password cannot be specified using symbol notation.

1.530 PDF results check

Shows whether the content of a PDF file meets PDF specifications. To check the content, you add a step based on the EnhancePDF step template to your workflow. In the step, specify the CheckPDF action with the -RPDproperty set to Job.PDFCheckResult.

You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

Fail
The content of the PDF file does not meet PDF specifications.
Pass
The content of the PDF file meets PDF specifications.

Database name
Job.PDFCheckResult

1.531 Search for documents

Specifies the search method used to find documents.

Values:

By properties
Define search criteria based on property values to find documents.
By barcode scan
Scan the barcodes that are printed on documents to make a list of documents.
By range
Use the value of the Insert sequence property to find the documents to reconcile.
By list
Choose a document property and then enter the values of that property to match when searching for documents.
Database name
Document.FindDoc

1.532 Action

Specifies the action to apply to the documents that match the values specified in the Insert sequence range, Values list, or Scanned barcodes property.

Values:

Do not change (default)
No action requested.
Reprint
Reprint the documents.
OK
Do not reprint the documents. Let the job finish processing without printing the documents.
Pull
Do not reprint the documents. Mark the documents as pulled, to show that they are removed from the job.

1.533 Insert sequence range

Enter a numeric string that describes a set of insert sequence numbers. Use this method to find documents using a range or set of values for the Insert sequence property.

From and To

Specifies the first and last values for the Insert sequence property.

Custom range
The value can include individual pages and page ranges. Separate pages and page ranges with commas. Use a dash to separate the beginning and ending pages in a page range. For example: 1,170,300-350,418.

1.534 Non-process runout operation

Lets you do a non-process runout (NPRO) operation before the job resumes printing. An NPRO causes the printer to advance the paper until it stacks the last printed page.

1.535 Resume location

Specifies where in the job to restart printing.

Values:

Resume printing at page
Lets you select the page number where you want to resume printing. Click the View File button to find the page using the file viewer.
Resume printing at group
Lets you select a page group, so you can resume printing at the first page in that group. Click the Select in Viewer button to find the group using the file viewer.
Back up
Lets you select the number of sides to move backwards in the job, so you can resume printing from that side.
Skip ahead
Lets you select the number of sides to move forward in the job, so you can resume printing from that side.

Usage note: If the job does not contain page groups, the Select in Viewer button is disabled when the Resume printing at group option is selected.

1.536 Action

Specifies the workflow used to process the Preview print job.

Values:

Go to next step (default)
Processes the job through the current workflow.
Select a new workflow
Processes the job through a different workflow. Select the new workflow from the drop-down list that contains all of the enabled workflows in the system.
Database name
Job.PreviewPrint.Action

1.537 Part to print

Specifies whether to reprint all the pages, specific pages and page ranges, or groups of pages that have been identified as documents.

Values:

All (default)
All the pages are printed again.
Pages
The specified pages and page ranges are printed again.
A Select pages in viewer button appears. You can enter a value in the Pages to print again field or click the Select pages in viewer button and select which pages to print again.
Groups
The specified page groups are printed again.
A Select groups in viewer button appears. Click the button to select which groups to print again.

Usage note: The Groups option is valid only for PDF and AFP jobs.

1.538 Barcode format to use

Specifies the barcode format that describes the layout of properties in the barcode that you are scanning on the documents.

All the document properties in the barcode format used for scanning must be defined as document properties in the database.

Values:

A list of all the barcode formats in the system.

Database name
Job.ScanBarcodeFormat

1.539 Add objects by type

Select the type of object you want to export. A window opens where you can select specific objects to export and add them to the export list. You can select as many object types as you need to, one at a time.

Values:

A list of all the object types in the system.

1.540 Criteria

Lets you define one or more conditions to use to filter the list. Each condition consists of a property, a comparison, and a value.

The rules for combining conditions are determined by the Display when property.

Property
Specifies which property you want to use.
Comparison
Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to filter the list. Available comparisons change based on the property you select. Options include:
after (after)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
before (before)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
contains (contains)
A job meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. For example, one customer submits jobs with CUST1 in the Job name such as A1CUST1BB, CUST1CC, and DDCUST1 and enters a Value of CUST1 in the condition. All three jobs meet the condition. The comparison is case-sensitive.
greater than (>)
Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is greater than the number in the Value field.
greater than or equal to (>=)
Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is greater than or equal to the number in the Value field.
has a value (set)
Displays objects in which the selected property has a value.
has no value (notset)
Displays objects in which the selected property does not have a value.
is (=)
Displays objects in which the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is like (like)
Displays objects based on a partial value (such as a prefix, suffix, or another part of a value) using wildcard characters. For example, if all the jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the Job name, you can filter on Job name | like | CUST1*. The table displays all the jobs in which the job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is not case-sensitive.
is not (!=)
Displays objects in which the value of the selected property does not match the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is not like (unlike)
Lets you exclude objects from the list based on a partial value using wildcard characters. For example, to find all the jobs that are not AFP files, you can filter on Job name | Not like | *.afp. The list displays all the jobs in which the job name does not end with .afp. The comparison is not case-sensitive.
last 24 hours (last 24)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 24 hours.
last 7 days (last 7d)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 7 days.
last 30 days (last 30d)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the last 30 days.
less than (<)
Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is less than the number in the Value field.
less than or equal to (<=)
Displays objects in which the value of the selected property is less than or equal to the number in the Value field.
today (today)
Displays the objects where the timestamp value of the selected property is within the current day.
Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to filter the list. Depending on the property, you can choose from a list, enter an alphanumeric value, or select a date and enter a time.

Usage notes:

  • When you use the is like or is not like, or contains comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the objects where that property value is set meet the condition, but not the objects in which that value is Not set.
  • When you use the is, is not, is like, is not like, or contains comparison, you cannot use the apostrophe character ( ' ) in the Value field.
  • To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
  • You cannot use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol in the Value field.

1.541 Custom conditions

Specifies how to combine the conditions when you choose Custom. You can use AND, OR, and parentheses to specify different combinations of conditions. Use the numbers to the left of each condition to represent the condition.

For example, in the Jobs table you define three conditions:

  1. Workflow = AFP
  2. Workflow = PDF
  3. Current job state = Error

You can create combinations such as these:

( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3
This statement returns jobs that are in either the AFP or PDF workflow and are in the Error state.
1 OR ( 2 AND 3 )
This statement returns all jobs that are in the AFP workflow and all jobs that are in the PDF workflow that are in the Error state.

1.542 Display when

Specifies how the conditions that you define are combined.

Values:

All are true
Displays results when all of the conditions that are listed and selected are satisfied. The conditions have an AND relationship.
Any are true
Displays results when one or more of the conditions that are listed and selected are satisfied. The conditions have an OR relationship.
Custom
Displays results when the conditions are met based on the custom combination that you specify.

Usage notes:

  • If you select Custom, use the text field to the right to define your custom combination.
  • If you select All are true or Any are true and deselect the rows for conditions, those conditions are not included in the evaluation.

1.543 Send media name in job ticket

Specifies whether the media name set on the Media property for the job is sent to the Ricoh PDF printer in the JDF job ticket. When the media name is sent, the Ricoh PDF printer can select the media for printing a job based on the media name.

Values:

Yes
The media name is sent in the job ticket.
No (default)
The media name is not sent in the job ticket.
Database name
Media.SendName

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Ricoh PDF printers.
  • When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to Yes and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to Yes, the printer matches media based on media name.
  • When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to No and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to Yes, the printer matches media based on the properties that you use to distinguish media. If two or more media have the same properties, the printer selects the media that is loaded.
  • When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to Yes and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to No, the printer uses the loaded media if the media name in the job ticket matches a media name in the printer's media catalog. If the media catalog does not have a media name that matches, the job goes into error on the printer.
  • When the Send media name in job ticket property is set to No and the Resource-based scheduling property on the TotalFlow Print Server interface for the printer is set to No, the printer fails to find the media and the job requires manual correction on the printer.

1.544 Virtual Printer name

Specifies the name of the virtual printer as defined on the printer object.

Format:

Default
Print
Database name
JdfDirectPrinter.VPName

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Ricoh TotalFlow printers.
  • This value is appended to the value of the URL of the Ricoh PDF printer property.

1.545 Banner page input tray

Specifies the printer’s input tray that holds the paper for header and trailer pages.

Values:

Default
Not set
Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.BannerPage.Tray

Usage notes

  • This property applies only to Ricoh PDF, Kodak, and Xerox printers.
  • If the banner page input tray is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer then picks the default tray.
  • If you set the Use SNMP property value to No or the printer does not support SNMP, you must enable input trays manually to be able to select a tray for the banner pages. To enable a tray manually, use the Show trays action on the printer.

1.546 Job status polling interval

Defines how frequently the Ricoh PDF or Custom PDF printer requests updates about the status of a job. The unit of time for the value can be seconds, minutes, or hours. You can specify a value from 0 seconds to 24 hours.

Values:

Default
10 seconds

Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.JobStatusPolling

Usage notes:

  • If the interval is set to 0, the printer does not poll for job status.
  • This property does not apply to Ricoh TotalFlow printers.

1.547 Merge banner pages into PDF print file

Specifies whether header and trailer banner files are merged into the PDF print file or sent to the printer as separate files.

Values:

Yes
If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and one file is sent to the printer.

If you request multiple copies of the PDF file, the printer also prints multiple copies of the header and trailer files.

No
If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the print files are sent to the printer.

If you request multiple copies of the PDF file, the printer prints one copy of the header and trailer files.

Default
Yes

Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.MergeBanner

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Ricoh PDF, Ricoh TotalFlow, and Custom PDF printers. A similar property with the same name (PassThroughPrinter.MergeBanner) applies to Passthrough printers.
  • Banner pages are not merged into the print file for PostScript jobs.
  • Depending on the finishing options your printer supports, there are instances when the files should not be merged. For example, if your printer does not support subset stapling and your job requires stapling, set this property to No. If you set it to Yes, the printer does not staple the job at all.
  • If you control a Ricoh TotalFlow printer with TotalFlow Print Server instead of with RICOH ProcessDirector, the header file, PDF file, and trailer file could print out of sequence when this property is set to No. To avoid this problem, follow one of these suggestions:
    • Set the property to Yes.
    • Do not print banner pages.
    • Move the header file, PDF file, and trailer file at the same time. For example, move them to the Inactive Jobs state or the Active Jobs state at the same time.

1.548 Test printer

Specifies whether the printer simulates the processing done by a Ricoh PDF printer or actually sends jobs to the printer when they arrive in the PrintJobs step.

Values:

Yes
Ricoh PDF printer is a test printer. When jobs that request this printer arrive in the PrintJobs step, no files are sent to the physical printer.
No
Ricoh PDF printer is not a test printer. When jobs that request this printer arrive in the PrintJobs step, they are sent to the physical printer.
Not set (default)
Ricoh PDF printer is not a test printer.
Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.NullSender

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Ricoh PDF printers.

  • If this value is set to Yes and the processing simulation succeeds, the job moves to the next step in the workflow. If the simulation fails, the job goes into an error state.

1.549 Printer credential

Specifies the Password credential that holds the user ID and password that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to this printer.

Select an existing password credential from the list. If the correct credential does not appear in the list, click the plus sign to create a new credential object.

Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.OneDFECredential

Usage notes:

  • This value is only required if you choose PDF via Ricoh API for Fiery as the value for Data stream to send.

1.550 Data stream to send

Specifies the type of files that are transmitted to the Ricoh PDF printer.

Values:

JDF/PDF
Sends a PDF file and a JDF job ticket to the printer.

Note: Cut sheet printers with a RICOH TotalFlow Print server or E-/EB- series EFI Fiery controller can receive JDF/PDF output.

PostScript (default)
Sends PostScript data to the printer.
PDF via Ricoh API for Fiery
Sends a PDF file to a supported RICOH printer with an EFI Fiery control unit.

Note: Only printers with an N- series EFI Fiery digital front end can receive PDF files using Ricoh API for Fiery.

Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.OutputType

Usage notes:

  • Before you choose a value, refer to the topic Supported Ricoh printers in the help system. That topic lists the printer model and controller combinations that can be defined as Ricoh PDF printers, along with the values to set for the Data stream to send and Printer port properties.

1.551 Printer port

Specifies the communications port for the printer device. This value must match the port number that is configured on the printer.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1–65535
Default
9100

Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.Port

Usage notes:

  • For printers using an EFI E- or EB- series controller, use port 9102 or 9103.

    When you use port 9102, jobs are sent to the print queue, and they might not print in the same order that you submit them. Job status for most printers can be determined, and the collate function for multiple copies is available. When you use port 9103, jobs are sent to the hold queue and must be released at the printer.

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • Make sure any firewalls that are in use on your network permit communication on this port.

1.552 Type of printer

Specifies the printer type. The list for this property shows the list of printers that can be connected to RICOH ProcessDirector as Ricoh PDF printers.

Values

Default
Not set
Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.PrinterType

1.553 Submit to queue

Specifies whether the job is submitted to the Print queue or the Hold queue on the DFE.

Values:

Hold
Print (default)

Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.SubmitQueue

Usage note:

  • This value is only required if you choose PDF via Ricoh API for Fiery as the value for Data stream to send.

1.554 URL of the Ricoh TotalFlow printer

Specifies the address that JMF uses to communicate with the printer. Consult your printer documentation for the proper URL to specify for submission using the JMF protocol.
Database name
JdfOutputPrinter.URL

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to Ricoh TotalFlow printers.
  • The default URL for a Ricoh TotalFlow printer is http://hostname/webJmf/Device1. Replace hostname with the IP address or hostname of the printer. This URL is case-sensitive.
  • Specify http:// as the prefix, not https://.

1.555 Apply any or all of the following conditions

Specifies how the conditions for a notification object are combined.

Values:

All (default)
All of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an AND relationship.
Any
Any one of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an OR relationship.
Custom
You must specify what combinations of conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. You can use both AND and OR to combine conditions.

Database name
Notification.AnyAllCustom

Usage notes:

  • Apply any or all of the following conditions supports both simple and compound conditions.
  • The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
  • If you select Custom, an entry field appears. Use the numbers to the left of each condition to form the rules for combining the conditions in this field. Enter parentheses to specify the order in which conditions must be performed. For example, when three conditions are specified, enter ( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3 if condition 3 must be included with either 1 or 2, compared to 1 OR ( 2 AND 3 ) where either condition 1 or both conditions 2 and 3 must be included.

1.556 Blind copy address

One or more email addresses to send a blind copy of the notification email to. This value is used in the BCC: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com or the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group of users.

Database name
Notification.BCC

Usage note: To send the notification to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with comma ( ,) or semicolon ( ;).

1.557 Copy address

One or more email addresses to send a copy of the notification email to. This value is used in the CC: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com or the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group of users.

Database name
Notification.CC

Usage note: To send the notification to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with comma ( ,) or semicolon ( ;).

1.558 Conditions

Lets you define one or more conditions for a notification object. Conditions limit the notifications that are generated for the specified event. Each condition consists of an object property, a comparison, and a value.

For email notifications, the type of object whose properties are shown is set in the Event type property on the General tab of the Notification property notebook.

If no conditions are specified for email notifications, the system sends notifications whenever the event occurs until the Notification limit, if any, is reached. If one or more conditions are specified, those conditions must be satisfied before any notifications are sent.

The rules for combining conditions are determined by the Apply any or all of the following conditions property.

Property
Specifies the property to use for the condition. The list of available values varies based on the type of notification and events monitored.
Comparison
Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to decide whether the condition is met. Select one of these:
= (equal to) (default)
An object meets the condition if its property value exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
!= (not equal to)
An object meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
> (greater than)
An object meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
< (less than)
An object meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
>= (greater than or equal to)
An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
<= (less than or equal to)
An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
like
An object meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
unlike
An object meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether the condition is met to generate the notification.

Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value. If a property takes a unit, you cannot select the units. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes. You must specify measurement values in inches.

Database name
Notification.Condition

Usage notes:

  • When you use the Like or Unlike comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a Like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is blank.
  • You can set certain properties to values that include a symbol formula. For example, you give preprinted media for a customer the same name as the customer. You can define a condition with a symbol formula to make sure that the media matches the customer name: Media = ${Job.CustomerName}.
  • To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
  • If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use less than or greater than comparison.

1.559 Notify when

Specifies how the conditions for a notification object are combined.

Values:

All are true (default)
All of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an AND relationship.
Any are true
Any one of the conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. The conditions have an OR relationship.
Custom
You must specify what combinations of conditions must be satisfied before the notification is sent. You can use both AND and OR to combine conditions.
Database name
Notification.Condition.NotifyWhen

Usage notes:

  • The summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
  • If you select Custom, an entry field is enabled. Use the numbers to the left of each condition to form the rules for combining the conditions in this field. Enter parentheses to specify the order in which conditions must be performed. For example, when three conditions are specified, enter ( 1 OR 2 ) AND 3 if condition 3 must be included with either 1 or 2, compared to 1 OR ( 2 AND 3 ) where either condition 1 or both conditions 2 and 3 must be included.

1.560 Notification description

The description might indicate when a notification is sent. For example, the description might say: "Email second shift operators if any printer is disabled after midnight."
Database name
Notification.Description

1.561 Message

Specifies the message to include in the body of the notification email. Messages can consist of plain text, HTML, and embedded images.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
Notification.EmailMessage

Usage notes:

  • You can use symbol formulas to include input device, job or printer properties based on event type in the email message. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the body of the email.
  • If you use symbol formulas to include a property that has a timestamp value, the value that appears in the email is in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. To clarify the time format, you may want to follow the symbol formula with the text "Coordinated Universal Time" so that the email message reads: Printer ABC had an error at 2014–04–24 11:15:33.95 Coordinated Universal Time.
  • The step supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by email client and browser.
  • You can embed images stored locally by specifying a fully qualified file name. You can embed images on the Internet or a company intranet by specifying a fully qualified URL.
  • You can mix plain text and HTML.
  • Invalid HTML does not cause the step to fail. RICOH ProcessDirector sends HTML without validating it.

1.562 Subject line

Specifies the text to include in the subject line of the notification email.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Notification.EmailSubject

Usage notes:

  • You can use symbol formulas to include input device, job or printer properties based on event type in the email subject line. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name in the subject line.
  • If you use symbol formulas to include a property that has a timestamp value, the value that appears in the email is in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. To clarify the time format, you may want to follow the symbol formula with the text "Coordinated Universal Time" so that the email message reads: Printer ABC had an error at 2014–04–24 11:15:33.95 Coordinated Universal Time.

1.563 Enabled status

Specifies whether this notification object can send a notification.

Values:

Yes (default)
The notification object can send a notification.
No
The notification object cannot send a notification.

Database name
Notification.Enabled.Description

Usage notes:

  • When you change a notification object, we recommend that you disable it first. Any events that occur while the enabled notification object is being edited result in a notification based on the definitions set before it was edited.
  • Events that occur when a notification object is disabled are lost. They are not sent after the object is enabled.

1.564 Event

Lets you define one or more properties to monitor for a notification object. Each event consists of an object property, an action, and optionally a value.

When a specified event occurs, it is evaluated along with the Conditions that are set to determine whether notifications are generated.

Property

For email notifications, lists all the eligible properties for the object selected as the Event type.

For history record notifications, the only value available is Current job state.

Action
Specifies the type of changed value RICOH ProcessDirector monitors for. Select one of these:
Changes (default)
An event is reported if its property value changes.
Changes from
An event is reported if its property value changes from the value in the Value property to a different value.
Changes to
An event is reported if its property value changes to the value in the Value property from a different value.
Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide if an event is reported.

Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.

If a property takes a unit, you cannot change the units. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes. You must specify measurement values in inches.

If you select the Changes action, you cannot choose or enter a value.

Database name
Notification.Event

Usage notes:

  • The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
  • To define an additional event, click + to the right of any event. To delete an event, click - to the right of the event you want to delete.
  • Conditions limit the notifications that are generated for the specified event. If no conditions are specified, the system generates notifications whenever the event occurs. If one or more conditions are specified, those conditions must be satisfied before any notifications are generated.
  • For email notifications, the Notification limit property lets you specify how many messages can be sent within a period of time. If the Notification limit is reached and the event happens again before the specified time limit elapses, no notification is sent.
  • If you monitor more than one property, any one property change becomes an event.
  • An email notification is sent if you select the Changes action for a property and you are setting that property for the first time within a workflow. Ignore this notification.
  • The Test button on the Notifications table only applies to email notifications.

1.565 Event type

Specifies the type of object to be monitored for notification. You can only use one type of Event type for each notification object.

Values:

Input device (default)
Monitor input device properties to create a notification.
Job
Monitor job properties to create a notification.
Printer
Monitor printer properties to create a notification.

Database name
Notification.EventType

Usage note: The Event type determines what properties you can select for both the event to be monitored and the conditions used to send the notification email.

1.566 Notification name

Specifies the name of the notification object.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Database name
Notification.ID

Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the notification object, you cannot change the name. To rename the notification object, create a copy and specify the new name. Then delete the original notification object.

1.567 Conditions

Lets you define one or more conditions for a notification object. Conditions limit the notifications that are generated for the specified event. Each condition consists of an object property, a comparison, and a value.

For email, SOAP, and REST Web service notifications, the type of object whose properties are shown is set in the Event type property on the Event tab of the Notification property notebook.

If no conditions are specified for email notifications, the system sends notifications whenever the event occurs until the Notification limit, if any, is reached. If one or more conditions are specified, those conditions must be satisfied before any notifications are sent.

The rules for combining conditions are determined by the Notify when property.

Property
Specifies the property to use for the condition. The list of available values varies based on the type of notification and events monitored.
Comparison
Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to decide whether the condition is met. Select one of these:
after (after)
An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is after the specified date and time.
before (before)
An object meets the condition if the timestamp value of the selected property is before the specified date and time.
contains (contains)
A job meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. For example, one customer submits jobs with CUST1 in the Job name such as A1CUST1BB, CUST1CC, and DDCUST1 and enters a Value of CUST1 in the condition. All three jobs meet the condition. The comparison is case-sensitive.
greater than (>)
An object meets the condition if its property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
greater than or equal to (>=)
An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
has a value (set)
An object meets the condition if the selected property has a value.
has no value (notset)
An object meets the condition if the selected property does not have a value.
is (=)
An object meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is like (like)
An object meets the condition if its property value matches the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the condition when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is not (!=)
An object meets the condition if it has a property value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
is not like (unlike)
An object meets the condition if its property value does not match the value in the Value field when that value includes wildcard characters. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the condition when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
less than (<)
An object meets the condition if its property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
less than or equal to (<=)
An object meets the condition if its property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to decide whether the condition is met to generate the notification.

Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value.

Database name
Notification.JsonCondition

Usage notes:

  • When you use the is like, is not like, or contains comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a is like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs in which that property value is set meet the condition, but not the jobs in which that value is blank.
  • You can set certain properties to values that include a symbol formula. For example, you give preprinted media for a customer the same name as the customer. You can define a condition with a symbol formula to make sure that the media matches the customer name: Media = ${Job.CustomerName}.
  • To define an additional condition, click + to the right of any condition. To delete a condition, click - to the right of the condition you want to delete.
  • If the Value is a date or timestamp, you must only use before, after, is, or is not comparison.

1.568 Last modified

The date and time that the notification was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the notification changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Notification.LastModified

1.569 Secure connection

Specifies whether the connection with the mail server should use SSL or TLS security for sending notification emails. The SMTP server must support SSL or TLS connections for this property to function.

Values:

None (default)
Connect to SMTP server over a normal connection.
SSL
Use SSL to connect to the SMTP server.
TLS
Use TLS to connect to the SMTP server.

Database name
Notification.SecureConnection

Usage note: If you choose SSL or TLS, you must enter a value for either the Email SSL port or the Email TLS port system property.

1.570 Attach log

Specifies whether the input device, job or printer log is attached to the notification email when a certain input device, job or printer event occurs, providing more information to the email recipients.

Values:

No (default)
The job, input device or printer log is not attached to the notification email.
Yes
The job, input device or printer log is attached to the notification email.

Database name
Notification.SendLog

Usage note: The log is a zip file. Ensure that the recipient’s email server allows this format of attachment.

1.571 Notification limit

Lets you specify how many notifications can be sent within a period of time. For example, if you specify 10 messages within 2 hours, a timer starts after the first notification is sent. If nine more notifications are sent in the next 30 minutes, no more notifications are sent until the timer reaches the 2 hour limit.
Database name
Notification.Threshold

Usage notes:

  • This property only applies to email notifications.
  • The first time a notification is not sent because the limit has been reached, a message is written to the log of the notification object. After the timer expires, notifications resume.

  • If you edit the notification object in any way, including enabling and disabling it, the timer is reset and notifications resume.

1.572 Recipient address

One or more email addresses to send the notification to. This value is used in the To: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com or the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group of users.

Database name
Notification.To

Usage notes:

  • To send the notification to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
  • If you only specify the name of a RICOH ProcessDirector group, at least one user in that group must have an email address defined or no notification email is sent.

1.573 Notification method

Specifies the type of notification that is generated.

Values:

Email
Notifications are delivered as an email message.
History Record
Records job state changes in a history file for each job. The history is written to the repository if a StoreInRepository step in the workflow for the job sets Store history records to Yes.
Database name
Notification.Type

1.574 Email address

Specifies the email address for the user.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com
Default
Not set

Database name
User.EmailAddress

Usage note: Any authorized user can change their Email address on the User information page on the Preferences tab.

1.575 Sender email address

The email address used in the From: field for all notification emails.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The value must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com

Database name
WorkflowSystem.EmailFrom

Usage note: If this value is blank, RICOH ProcessDirector combines the value of the SMTP user name system property with the server host name to create an email address for the From: value in this format: SMTP user name@serverhostname. If the SMTP user name system property is blank, the step uses aiw@serverhostname for the From: value.

1.576 Assigned output device

Displays the name of the output device that received the job. You cannot change the value of this property.

Database name
Job.OutputDevice.Assigned

1.577 Files to send

Specifies one or more files to send to the output device.

Format:

Default
${getFileName(print,${Job.InputDataStream}, read)}
Database name
Job.OutputDevice.OutputFiles

Usage notes:

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the list of files to send. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.578 Requested output device name

Specifies the name of the preferred output device for the job.

Values:

Not set (default)
When the output device is not set, the step goes into a pending state, reporting that there is no matching device. The job is not sent until a different option is selected.
Any
The job is sent to any output device that is configured to receive the jobs matching the criteria.
A list of output devices
The job is sent to the selected output device.

Database name
Job.OutputDevice.Requested

Usage note: Clicking the star icon lets you filter the list to display only the favorite output devices.

1.579 Custom 1

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr1

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.580 Custom 2

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr2

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.581 Custom 3

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr3

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.582 Custom 4

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr4

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.583 Custom 5

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr5

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.584 Custom 6

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr6

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.585 Custom 7

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr7

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.586 Custom 8

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr8

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.587 Custom 9

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr9

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.588 Custom 10

Contains information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1-1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Info.Attr10

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.589 Custom number 1

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Number
Database name
Job.Info.Double1

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.590 Custom number 2

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Number
Database name
Job.Info.Double2

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.591 Custom number 3

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Number
Database name
Job.Info.Double3

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.592 Custom number 4

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Number
Database name
Job.Info.Double4

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.593 Custom number 5

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Number
Database name
Job.Info.Double5

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.594 Custom integer 1

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Integer
Database name
Job.Info.Integer1

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.595 Custom integer 2

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Integer
Database name
Job.Info.Integer2

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.596 Custom integer 3

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Integer

Database name
Job.Info.Integer3

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.597 Custom integer 4

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Integer

Database name
Job.Info.Integer4

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.598 Custom integer 5

Contains numeric information about the job that is not included in other properties because it is specific to your company or your processes.

Format:

Data type
Integer

Database name
Job.Info.Integer5

Usage note:

  • Use the Custom integer fields when the value stored is always a whole number (positive or negative) or zero. Use the Custom number fields when the value stored might contain fractional numbers.

1.599 Finisher order

For 2-up printing, specifies whether to place the content on the left page first and then the right, or on the right page first and then the left. Choose the value that corresponds to how your finishing equipment, such as a cutter or folder, expects the pages to be ordered in the job.

Values:

Left to right (default)
Format the job to place the left page first, and then the right page.
Right to left (default)
Format the job to place the right page first, and then the left page.

Database name
Job.PDF.FinisherOrderConfiguration

Usage note: If your printer does not support N-up printing, this property value is ignored.

1.600 N-Up

Specifies how many pages print side by side on the same sheet.

Values:

1
Format the job to print one page on each side of the sheet (1-up).
2 (default)
Format the job to print two pages of the same size, side by side, on the sheet (2-up).

Database name
Job.PDF.NUpConfiguration

Usage note: If your printer only supports 1-up printing, make sure you select 1; otherwise, the job's sheet order will be incorrect.

1.601 Leading edge into finisher

Specifies which edge of the print job will enter the finisher first.

Values:

End of print job (default)
The end of the print job (also called the trailing edge) will be the edge inserted into the finishing equipment. This selection reverses the order of the pages in the print job, and pages are rotated 180 degrees from the original rotation. For example, if the original job has a 90 degree rotation, selecting End of print job causes the pages to print with a 270 degree rotation.
Start of print job
The start of the print job will be the edge inserted into the finishing equipment. If you select this option, the rotation and order of the pages in the original job are not changed.

Database name
Job.PDF.RollConfiguration

1.602 Additional page rotation

Specifies whether to change the print orientation of the pages in the job beyond any rotation added by the Leading edge into finisher property.

Values:

0 (default)
The original job is not changed.
90
The job is rotated an additional 90 degrees.
180
The job is rotated an additional 180 degrees.
270
The job is rotated an additional 270 degrees.

Database name
Job.PDF.PageRotationFromOriginal

Usage note: If you select the End of print job option, set the Additional page rotation value to 0.

1.603 Page exceptions file

Specifies the full path or symbolic name of the file that the step creates. The file contains the page exceptions for the job that were specified in the JDF file or added by editing the job properties.
Default
${getFileName(pletotab,del,write)}
Database name
Job.PleToTab.FileName

Usage notes:

  • Page exceptions file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
  • This file is used as input to the AddPageExceptionsToAFP step.

1.604 Proxy server 1 password

Specifies the password that the primary server uses to log in to proxy server 1.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyPassword

1.605 Proxy server 2 password

Specifies the password that the primary server uses to log in to proxy server 2.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyPassword2

1.606 Proxy server 1 port

Specifies TCP/IP port that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to communicate with proxy server 1.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 to 65535

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyPort

1.607 Proxy server 2 port

Specifies TCP/IP port that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to communicate with proxy server 2.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 to 65535

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyPort2

1.608 Proxy server 1

Specifies either the network IP address or the fully qualified host name of proxy server 1. RICOH ProcessDirector uses a proxy server to connect to external web sites.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyServer

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for proxy servers.

1.609 Proxy server 2

Specifies either the network IP address or the fully qualified host name of proxy server 2. RICOH ProcessDirector uses a proxy server to connect to external web sites.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
If you enter an IP address, the value can contain numbers and periods in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The value for nnn in each position must be 255 or less.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyServer2

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for proxy servers.

1.610 Proxy server 1 user

Specifies the user name that RICOH ProcessDirector uses when proxy server 1 connects to an external web site.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyUser

1.611 Proxy server 2 user

Specifies the user name that RICOH ProcessDirector uses when proxy server 2 connects to an external web site.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ProxyUser2

1.612 Output format

Generally used to specify whether the first page or the last page of a job prints first. The value can also indicate whether the job needs to be transformed to a different data stream before it is printed. The system uses Output format to schedule a job to a printer that has the same value for its Output format property. The Output format for a job can be set by a workflow.

Values:

A to Z for AFP
The job is in AFP format and the first page prints at the start of the job.
A to Z for PDF
The job is in PDF format and the first page prints at the start of the job.
Z to A for AFP
The job is in AFP format and the last page prints at the start of the job.
Z to A for PDF
The job is in PDF format and the last page prints at the start of the job.
Transform
The job is in a format, such as PostScript, that must be transformed into another data stream to print.
Not set (Default)
The Output format value for the job is not set. Jobs without a value for Output format can be printed on a printer with any value for the printer Output format property. The job is not reformatted.

Database name
Job.OutputFormat

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the Output format for a job on the Scheduling tab of the job properties notebook.
  • You can change the Output format value for a job on the Schedule Jobs page. Select a job and a printer and then click Make jobs match selected printer. When you click OK, RICOH ProcessDirector sends the job to the step in the workflow whose Step restart type is set to Reformat.

    To use the Reformat restart type, you must modify the workflow so that it includes one or more branches that reformat the job for printers with different Output format values.

1.613 Output format

Specifies whether the printer is set up to print the first page or the last page of a job first, usually based on finishing or other post-processing requirements. The value can also indicate that the job must be transformed to a different datastream before it can be printed. The system uses Output format to schedule jobs to the printer when the jobs have the same value for their Output format property.

Values:

A to Z for AFP
The printer expects AFP output in normal order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the first page in the job prints first.
A to Z for PDF
The printer expects PDF output in normal order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the first page in the job prints first.
Z to A for AFP
The printer expects AFP output in reverse order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the last page in the job prints first.
Z to A for PDF
The printer expects PDF output in reverse order. Use this value to schedule jobs where the last page in the job prints first.
Transform
For the job to print on the printer, a transform step might need to process the job. For example, the job is in PDF format, but the printer only accepts PostScript.
Not set (Default)
No Output format value is set for the printer. The printer accepts jobs with any Output format value. The job is not reformatted.

Database name
Printer.OutputFormat

Usage notes:

  • To see the candidate jobs for a printer, select the printer in the Printers portlet on the Main page and click Actions Show Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the jobs table to include only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including Output format, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.
  • You can change the Output format value for a printer on the Schedule Jobs page. Right-click a printer and select Edit properties. Output format is on the Scheduling tab.
  • You can change the Output format value for a job on the Schedule Jobs page. Select a job and a printer and then click Make jobs match selected printer. When you click OK, RICOH ProcessDirector sends the job to the step in the workflow whose Step restart type is set to Reformat.

    To use the Reformat restart type, you must modify the workflow so that it includes one or more branches that reformat the job for printers with different Output format values.

1.614 Default Main page view

Specifies which saved view is used as the default view for all users in this group.

Values:

A list of all the public views in the system.
System default (default)
The default RICOH ProcessDirector view is used for all users in this group.

Database name
Group.DefaultMainView

Usage note: If a user is a member of more than one group, the System default view is used as the default view.

1.615 Created by

Specifies the user name of the user who created the saved view.
Database name
SavedView.CreatedBy

1.616 Last modified

The last date and time that changes were made to the saved view.
Database name
SavedView.LastModified

1.617 Modified by

The name of the user who made the last change to this saved view. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the saved view changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
SavedView.ModifiedBy

1.618 Name

Specifies the name of the saved view.

Format:

Length
1-64 characters (bytes)

Database name
SavedView.Name

1.619 Visibility

Specifies whether the saved view can be used by all users or only the user who created it.

Values:

Private (default)
Only the person who created the view can use it.
Public
All users can use this saved view.

Database name
SavedView.Visibility

1.620 Delete source files

Specifies whether to delete the files from the source server after they are transferred.
Default
No
Database name
Job.SFTP.DeleteFromServer

1.621 SFTP RSA key entry

Specifies the public key entry used when connecting to the SFTP server.

At a command prompt, run the following command to obtain the contents for this field:

ssh-keyscan -t rsa sftp_server_hostname

where sftp_server_hostname is the hostname of your SFTP server.

The output of this command is a comment followed by a line containing the hostname, encryption algorithm, and the key. For example:

# sftp_server_hostname SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.4

sftp_server_hostname ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDFWdSRwRx8k0kwC1+1QSNZFZoKLiH3/jGfifpWkPPlCB4g9bRo1UtVd20DPttOwl0Uqe5IYf1A1zUbWVOkUCC+CNvAyBCPdL1YYwclgtku0OwR6vKhCqPRgBjojOOOsR02t/CU5YXP1PaJaR+as0/5aajnw9sxf/ldx3KsSbcMhteh8fi9xZPHvyhnww4K600PdKPkToJdCH4BNdM++xq1pWNiVh9oDbytCwGyhL+TuP5u4cdP7VY9leS+pnYR7HzW4SzBpUC6fVbpiQh4OWklFmAKJrxTK9GZOOg8VrYjzSWcTEbyU1DURflxLxPbFPmaQh0BIdS6t0udbeHH6CEH

Copy the entire string starting with sftp_server_hostname and paste it into the SFTP RSA key entry field. Then replace sftp_server_hostname with the hostname of your SFTP server.

Database name
Job.SFTP.KnownHostsRsaKeyEntry

1.622 Credential

Specifies the credential to use when authenticating with the SFTP server.
Database name
Job.SFTP.Credential

1.623 SFTP server

Specifies the IP address or hostname of the SFTP server.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.SFTP.Server

Usage note: If the IP address of the SFTP server that you want to connect to is in IPv6 format, use the hostname.

1.624 SFTP source directory

Specifies the directory to poll for files to copy. When retrieving files with a PullFromSFTP step, this is a directory on the SFTP server. When sending files with a PushToSFTP step, this is a directory on the RICOH ProcessDirector server.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use these characters: * ? < > |
Database name
Job.SFTP.SourceDir

1.625 SFTP source file pattern

Specifies a regular expression pattern used to identify the files to copy from the source server, starting in the SFTP source directory. The file pattern can include capturing groups, which are regular expression groups within parentheses. The pattern can then be used by the SFTP target file pattern property to reference the captured groups.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
If no value is specified, all files in the SFTP source directory, including its subdirectories, will be copied.
Database name
Job.SFTP.SourceFilePattern

Examples:

The file pattern [a-z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+:

  • Matches the file abc38.pdf
  • Does not match the file Abc38.pdf
  • Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property

The file pattern [a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\\.[a-zA-Z0-9]+:

  • Matches these files:
    • Xyz/Abc/File1.pdf
    • Xyz2/Abc2/File_1-C.pdf
    • Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
    • Company1/Invoices/Act027823_10-2017.pdf
  • Does not match these files:
    • Xyz/Abc/File1
    • Company-1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
    • Company1/Invoices/Act027823.10-2017.pdf
  • Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property

The file pattern ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+):

  • Matches the file Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf
  • Allows captured groups 1, 2, 3, and 4 to be used in the SFTP target file pattern property to create a file with the following values:
    • 1 = Company1
    • 2 = Invoices
    • 3 = Account027823_10-2017
    • 4 = pdf

1.626 SFTP target directory

Specifies the directory to which matching files will be copied from the source server. When retrieving files with a PullFromSFTP step, this is a directory on the RICOH ProcessDirector server. When sending files with a PushToSFTP step, this is a directory on the SFTP server.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use these characters: * ? < > |
Database name
Job.SFTP.TargetDir

1.627 SFTP target file pattern

Specifies the target file name to use when copying files matching the SFTP source file pattern property from the SFTP server. The SFTP target file pattern property value can include $[1], $[2], $[3], ... to reference the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, ... captured groups from the SFTP source file pattern property. Captured groups in the SFTP source file pattern property are identified with parentheses.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
If no value is specified, the original file names without paths are used as the target file names. Files with the same names located in different subdirectories will overwrite each other when they are written to the target file system.
Database name
Job.SFTP.TargetFilePattern

Examples:

In this example, the source file and the target file will have the same name:

  • SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)\\.([a-z]+)
  • SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1].$[2]

Matching file File1.pdf will be copied to the local system with the same file name File1.pdf. Matching file File2.pdf will be copied to the local system with the same file name File2.pdf.

In this example, the target file will have a name derived from the source file name path:

  • SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+)
  • SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1]@$[2]@$[3].$[4]

Matching file Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Invoices@Acount027823_10-2017.pdf. Matching file Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Letters@Letter1.pdf.

In this example, the target file name will always be the same, regardless of the name of the source file that is being copied (captured groups are not used in this example):

  • SFTP Source File Pattern: [a-zA-Z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+
  • SFTP Target File Pattern: NewFile

Matching file File1.pdf will be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile. Matching file File2.pdf will also be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile.

1.628 SFTP address or hostname

The IP address or hostname of the SFTP server.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
SftpInput.Server

Usage note: If the IP address of the SFTP server that you want to connect to is in IPv6 format, use the hostname.

1.629 Credential

Specifies the credential that will be used to authenticate with the SFTP server.
Database name
SftpInput.Credential

1.630 SFTP user

The user name on the SFTP server.
Length
Up to 64 characters (bytes)
Database name
SftpInput.User

1.631 SFTP password

The user password on the SFTP server.
Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Database name
SftpInput.Password

1.632 SFTP source directory

The directory on the SFTP server to poll for files.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use these characters: * ? < > |
Database name
SftpInput.SourceDir

1.633 SFTP source file pattern

A regular expression pattern used to identify the files to copy from the SFTP server, starting in the SFTP source directory. The file pattern can include capturing groups, which are regular expression groups within parentheses. The pattern can then be used by the SFTP target file pattern property to reference the captured groups.

Files are automatically deleted from the SFTP server after being transferred.

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
If no value is specified, all files in the SFTP source directory, including its subdirectories, will be copied.
Database name
SftpInput.SourceFilePattern

Examples:

The file pattern [a-z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+:

  • Matches the file abc38.pdf
  • Does not match the file Abc38.pdf
  • Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property

The file pattern [a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9]+/[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\\.[a-zA-Z0-9]+ :

  • Matches these files:
    • Xyz/Abc/File1.pdf
    • Xyz2/Abc2/File_1-C.pdf
    • Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
    • Company1/Invoices/Act027823_10-2017.pdf
  • Does not match these files:
    • Xyz/Abc/File1
    • Company-1/Letters/Letter1.pdf
    • Company1/Invoices/Act027823.10-2017.pdf
  • Contains no captured groups available to use in the SFTP target file pattern property

The file pattern ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+):

  • Matches the file Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf
  • Allows captured groups 1, 2, 3, and 4 to be used in the SFTP target file pattern property to create a file with the following values:
    • 1 = Company1
    • 2 = Invoices
    • 3 = Account027823_10-2017
    • 4 = pdf

1.634 SFTP target file pattern

Specifies the target file name to use when copying files matching the SFTP source file pattern property from the SFTP server. The SFTP target file pattern property value can include $[1], $[2], $[3], ... to reference the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, ... captured groups from the SFTP source file pattern property. Captured groups in the SFTP source file pattern property are identified with parentheses.
Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
If no value is specified, the original file names without paths are used as the target file names. Files with the same names located in different subdirectories will overwrite each other when they are written to the local file system.
Database name
SftpInput.TargetFilePattern

Examples:

In this example, the source file and the target file will have the same name:

  • SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)\\.([a-z]+)
  • SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1].$[2]

Matching file File1.pdf will be copied to the local system with the same file name File1.pdf. Matching file File2.pdf will be copied to the local system with the same file name File2.pdf.

In this example, the target file will have a name derived from the source file name path:

  • SFTP Source File Pattern: ([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9]+)/([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+)\\.([a-zA-Z0-9]+)
  • SFTP Target File Pattern: $[1]@$[2]@$[3].$[4]

Matching file Company1/Invoices/Account027823_10-2017.pdf will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Invoices@Acount027823_10-2017.pdf. Matching file Company1/Letters/Letter1.pdf will be copied to the local system with the file name Company1@Letters@Letter1.pdf.

In this example, the target file name will always be the same, regardless of the name of the source file that is being copied (captured groups are not used in this example):

  • SFTP Source File Pattern: [a-zA-Z0-9]+\\.[a-z]+
  • SFTP Target File Pattern: NewFile

Matching file File1.pdf will be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile. Matching file File2.pdf will also be copied to the local system with the file name NewFile.

1.635 Delete source files

Specifies whether to delete the files from the SFTP server after they are transferred.
Default
No
Database name
SftpInput.DeleteFromServer

1.636 Completion method

Specifies how the SFTP input device determines that file transmission is complete for an input file.

Values:

None
The input device uses no defined method to determine file completion. Transmission is complete as soon as the input device detects the input file.
Trigger
The input device determines that transmission is complete when it receives the trigger file for the input file. The Trigger patterns property controls how the input device recognizes a trigger file. A trigger file must have the same name as the input file, with a different extension.

If you select Trigger, the value of the Batching method property is not used.

Database name
SftpInput.FileCompletion

Usage note: An overrides file can also be used as a trigger file by specifying the extension of the trigger file as .*oth$. In this case, the file is first used as a trigger to indicate that the job has been received and then as an overrides file to update property values.

1.637 SFTP RSA key entry

Specifies the public key entry used when connecting to the SFTP server.

At a command prompt, run the following command to obtain the contents for this field:

ssh-keyscan -t rsa sftp_server_hostname

where sftp_server_hostname is the hostname of your SFTP server.

The output of this command is a comment followed by a line containing the hostname, encryption algorithm, and the key. For example:

# sftp_server_hostname SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_7.4

sftp_server_hostname ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDFWdSRwRx8k0kwC1+1QSNZFZoKLiH3/jGfifpWkPPlCB4g9bRo1UtVd20DPttOwl0Uqe5IYf1A1zUbWVOkUCC+CNvAyBCPdL1YYwclgtku0OwR6vKhCqPRgBjojOOOsR02t/CU5YXP1PaJaR+as0/5aajnw9sxf/ldx3KsSbcMhteh8fi9xZPHvyhnww4K600PdKPkToJdCH4BNdM++xq1pWNiVh9oDbytCwGyhL+TuP5u4cdP7VY9leS+pnYR7HzW4SzBpUC6fVbpiQh4OWklFmAKJrxTK9GZOOg8VrYjzSWcTEbyU1DURflxLxPbFPmaQh0BIdS6t0udbeHH6CEH

Copy the entire string starting with sftp_server_hostname and paste it into the SFTP RSA key entry field. Then replace sftp_server_hostname with the hostname of your SFTP server.

Database name
SftpInput.KnownHostsRsaKeyEntry

1.638 Color

Specifies the color of the step chain as it appears in the workflow.

Values:

Red
Orange
Gray
Blue
Purple
Not set (default)
The color of the step chain matches the color of the phase it is in.

Database name
StepChain.Color

Usage note: You can change the Step color property of a step chain after it is added to a workflow.

1.639 Step chain description

Describes the function of the step chain. For example, the step chain may include steps to call a series of programs that provide accounting information so you could enter Accounting as the description for the step chain.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
StepChain.Description

1.640 Step chain name

Specifies the name for the step chain.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
StepChain.ID

1.641 Last modified

The date and time that the step chain was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the step chain changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
StepChain.LastModified

1.642 Modified by user

Specifies the name of the user who made the last change to this step chain. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the step chain changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
StepChain.ModifiedBy

1.643 Owner

Specifies the owner of the step chain. You can change this value.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
No default value
Database name
StepChain.Owner

1.644 Step chain usage

Specifies what the group of steps in the step chain are used for. If you set up conventions for Usage values, you can sort the column on the Step chains table to find step chains with the same Usage value.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
StepChain.Usage

1.645 Step resource name

Specifies the name of the step resource. A step resource identifies a file that is used by a step for its processing.
Database name
StepResource.Name

1.646 Description

Specifies the description of the step resource.
Database name
StepResource.Description

1.647 File name

Specifies the name of the file that is uploaded to be used as a step resource. Click the folder icon to upload a file.

After a file is uploaded, click the link to open or download the file. A setting in the browser determines which action you see.

Database name
StepResource.File

1.648 Last modified

The last date and time that changes were made to any of the properties in this step resource.
Database name
StepResource.Lastmodified

1.649 Black ink usage

Shows the amount of black ink, in milliliters, used to print the job on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.Black
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.

    When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Black ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

    The Cumulative black ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.650 Cumulative black ink usage

Shows the amount of black ink, in milliliters, used to print the job and any reprints on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.CumulativeBlack
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative black ink usage value is the sum of all the black ink usage information for the job.
  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.651 Cumulative cyan ink usage

Shows the amount of cyan ink, in milliliters, used to print the job and any reprints on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.CumulativeCyan
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative cyan ink usage value is the sum of all the cyan ink usage information for the job.
  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.652 Cumulative highlight ink usage

Shows the amount of highlight ink (or spot color ink), in milliliters, used to print the job and any reprints on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.CumulativeHighlight
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the highlight ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more highlight ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative highlight ink usage value is the sum of all the highlight ink usage information for the job.
  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with highlight ink.

    Some of the models that support printing with highlight ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.

    When any other printer prints the job, the Cumulative highlight ink usage property does not have a value.

1.653 Cumulative magenta ink usage

Shows the amount of magenta ink, in milliliters, used to print the job and any reprints on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.CumulativeMagenta
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative magenta ink usage value is the sum of all the magenta ink usage information for the job.
  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.654 Cumulative MICR ink usage

Shows the amount of MICR (magnetic ink character recognition) ink, in milliliters, used to print the job and any reprints on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.CumulativeMICR
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the MICR ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more MICR ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative MICR ink usage value is the sum of all the MICR ink usage information for the job.
  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with MICR ink.

    Some of the models that support printing with MICR ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.

    When any other printer prints the job, the Cumulative MICR ink usage property does not have a value.

1.655 Cumulative protector coat usage

Shows the amount of protector coat, in milliliters, used to print the job and any reprints on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.CumulativeProtectorCoat
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more protector coat usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative protector coat usage value is the sum of all the protector coat usage information for the job.
  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers have a Protector Coat Unit.

    Some of the models with a Protector Coat Unit can send protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.

    When any other printer prints the job, the Cumulative protector coat usage property does not have a value.

1.656 Cumulative yellow ink usage

Shows the amount of yellow ink, in milliliters, used to print the job and any reprints on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.CumulativeYellow
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled. The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends more ink usage information when you print the job again. The Cumulative yellow ink usage value is the sum of all the yellow ink usage information for the job.
  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.657 Cyan ink usage

Shows the amount of cyan ink, in milliliters, used to print the job on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.Cyan
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.

    When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Cyan ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

    The Cumulative cyan ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.658 Highlight ink usage

Shows the amount of highlight ink (or spot color ink), in milliliters, used to print the job on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.Highlight
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.

    When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Highlight ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

    The Cumulative highlight ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with highlight ink.

    Some of the models that support printing with highlight ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.

    When any other printer prints the job, the Highlight ink usage property does not have a value.

1.659 Magenta ink usage

Shows the amount of magenta ink, in milliliters, used to print the job on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.Magenta
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.

    When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Magenta ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

    The Cumulative magenta ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.660 MICR ink usage

Shows the amount of MICR (magnetic ink character recognition) ink, in milliliters, used to print the job on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.MICR
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.

    When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the MICR ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

    The Cumulative MICR ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers support printing with MICR ink.

    Some of the models that support printing with MICR ink can send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.

    When any other printer prints the job, the MICR ink usage property does not have a value.

1.661 Protector coat usage

Shows the amount of protector coat, in milliliters, used to print the job on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.ProtectorCoat
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.

    When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Protector coat usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new protector coat usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

    The Cumulative protector coat usage property shows the amount of protector coat used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the protector coat usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers have a Protector Coat Unit.

    Some of the models with a Protector Coat Unit can send protector coat usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector.

    When any other printer prints the job, the Protector coat usage property does not have a value.

1.662 Yellow ink usage

Shows the amount of yellow ink, in milliliters, used to print the job on a Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Job.Ink.Yellow
Usage notes:
  • The Ricoh TotalFlow printer sends the ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector when the job finishes printing or is canceled.

    When you print the job again, RICOH ProcessDirector clears the value in the Yellow ink usage field. Then RICOH ProcessDirector shows the new ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

    The Cumulative yellow ink usage property shows the amount of ink used to print the job, including all reprints. To calculate this value for the job, RICOH ProcessDirector adds all the ink usage information sent by the Ricoh TotalFlow printer.

  • Only some models of Ricoh TotalFlow printers send ink usage information to RICOH ProcessDirector. When another printer prints the job, this property does not have a value.

1.663 File to check

Specifies the full path and name of the JSON or XML file that a step based on the CheckFileStructure step validates by checking the file syntax. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Default
None
Database name
Job.Validate.FileTo
Usage notes:
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, use this symbol to check the jobID.data.json file (where jobID is the job number) in the spool directory for the job: ${getFileName(data,json,read)}

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.664 File format

Specifies the format of the file that a step based on the CheckFileStructure step template validates.

Values:

Not set (default)
JSON
XML
Database name
Job.Validate.FileType
Usage notes:
  • Make sure that you change the value of this property to JSON or XML. If you leave Not set as the value, all jobs go into the error state.

1.665 Wait for

Specifies the amount of time the job waits before moving to the next step.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 second through 365 days

Database name
Job.Wait.Amount

Usage note: Wait for is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.666 Wait until

Specifies the specific time when the job moves to the next step.
Database name
Job.Wait.TimeOfDay

Usage notes:

  • If the value is later than the current time in the specified Time zone when the Wait step starts, the job stays in the Waiting state until the specified time on the next day.
  • Wait until is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.667 Time zone

Specifies the time zone to use with the Wait until property.

Values:

A list of global time zones.

Default
The time zone of the server RICOH ProcessDirector is installed on.

Database name
Job.Wait.TimeZone

Usage note: Time zone is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.668 Wait step ends

Shows the date and time when the waiting period ends and the job moves to the next step.
Database name
Job.Wait.WaitUntil

Usage notes:

  • The value is displayed in the time zone of the computer your browser is running on.
  • If the job is processed by more than one Wait step in its workflow, the value is cleared at the end of each Wait step.
  • Wait step ends is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.669 Complete step after

When values are set for both the Wait until and the Wait for properties, this property specifies whether the Wait step completes when the earlier or later of the two times is reached.

The step calculates the interval that the job should wait using both the Wait for and Wait until values, then determines which interval completes first and which completes last.

Values:

First occurs (default)
The job moves to the next step when the first interval completes.
Last occurs
The job moves to the next step when the last interval completes.

Database name
Job.Wait.WhenToMove

Usage notes:

  • If only one of the wait properties has a value specified, this property is ignored.
  • Complete step after is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.670 Destination file type

Specifies the destination file type.

Values:

A list of all the supported file types.

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.DestType

1.671 Destination file usage

Specifies the role of the destination file.

Values:

A list of all the roles for a source file.

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.DestUsage

1.672 Child job name

Specifies the name of the child job.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.JobName

1.673 Child workflow

Specifies the workflow to use for the child job.

Values:

A list of all the available workflows in the system.

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.JobType

1.674 First source file

Specifies the full path and name of the input file used to create the job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source1

1.675 Second source file

Specifies the full path and name of the input file used to create the job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source2

1.676 Third source file

Specifies the full path and name of the input file used to create the job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source3

1.677 Fourth source file

Specifies the full path and name of the input file used to create the job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source4

1.678 Fifth source file

Specifies the full path and name of the input file used to create the job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source5

1.679 Sixth source file

Specifies the full path and name of the input file used to create the job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source6

1.680 Seventh source file

Specifies the full path and name of the input file used to create the job. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CreateJobFromFiles.Source7

1.681 Failure message

Specifies the customizable message written to the job log when the job encounters an error.
Database name
Job.Xdk.FailWithMessage

1.682 Input file

Specifies the full path and name of a file that provides input, such as XML, to a step based on the ApplyXSLTransform step template. The step converts the input into another format. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Default
None
Database name
Job.XSLT.InputFile

Usage notes:

  • The ApplyXSLTransform step can process input files in formats other than XML. For example, if your XSLT style sheet contains the unparsed-text function, you can use a text file as input.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, ${getCurrentFile(xml)} specifies an XML file in the spool directory for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.683 Output file

Specifies the full path and name of the output file created by a step based on the ApplyXSLTransform step template.
Default
None
Database name
Job.XSLT.OutputFile
Usage notes:
  • The ApplyXSLTransform step can produce output files in another XML format or in a non-XML format such as text. For example, the step can convert input into an XML format for use with a JDF job ticket or the CreateJobsFromXML step. The step also can convert input into a text file containing RICOH ProcessDirector job or document properties.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the output file. For example, ${getFIleName(overrides,txt, write)} specifies the overrides file in the spool directory for the job. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.684 XSLT style sheet file

Specifies the full path and name of a file that contains an Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations (XSLT) style sheet. A step based on the ApplyXSLTransform step template uses the style sheet to convert a file in one format into another format. For example, the step can convert XML into a text file containing RICOH ProcessDirector job or document properties. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Default
None
Database name
Job.XSLT.TransformFile
Usage notes:
  • The ApplyXSLTransform step supports XSLT Version 1.1.

  • Use an XSLT editor to create the style sheet.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the XSLT file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.685 Cycle ID

Production cycle identifier.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.CycleID

1.686 Cycle Date

Production cycle date in YYYY-MM-DD format.
Database name
Doc.CycleDate

1.687 Issue Date

Issue or billing date.
Database name
Doc.IssueDate

1.688 Client ID

The client identifier.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.ClientID

1.689 Application Type

The application type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.ApplicationType

1.690 Application Sub-type

The application sub-type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.ApplicationSubType

1.691 Application ID

The application ID.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.ApplicationID

1.692 Workflow Type

The workflow type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.WorkflowType

1.693 Document Type

The document type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.DocumentType

1.694 Document Sub-Type

The document sub-type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.DocumentSubType

1.695 Fold Type

The fold type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.FoldType

1.696 Delivery Method

The delivery method.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.DeliveryMethod

1.697 Line of Business

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.LineOfBusiness

1.698 Company name

The company name.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.CompanyName

1.699 Company ID

The company ID.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.CompanyID

1.700 Due date

The due date.
Database name
Doc.DueDate

1.701 Cycle ID

Production cycle identifier.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CycleID

1.702 Cycle Date

Production cycle date in YYYY-MM-DD format.
Database name
Job.CycleDate

1.703 Issue Date

Issue or billing date.
Database name
Job.IssueDate

1.704 Client ID

The client identifier.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.ClientID

1.705 Application Type

The application type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.ApplicationType

1.706 Application Sub-type

The application sub-type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.ApplicationSubType

1.707 Application ID

The application ID.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.ApplicationID

1.708 Workflow Type

The workflow type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.WorkflowType

1.709 Document Type

The document type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocumentType

1.710 Document Sub-Type

The document sub-type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocumentSubType

1.711 Fold Type

The fold type.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.FoldType

1.712 Delivery Method

The delivery method.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DeliveryMethod

1.713 Line of Business

The line of business.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.LineOfBusiness

1.714 Company name

The company name.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CompanyName

1.715 Company ID

The company ID.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.CompanyID

1.716 Due date

The due date.
Database name
Job.DueDate

1.717 Printer command

Specifies the command that is used to submit jobs to the printer. The command must not contain symbols, but it can contain command options with hard-coded values. For example, this command prints a job on the PCLOut printer with an IP address of printer_IP_address and a print queue of PASS and assigns it to class A:

lpr -P PASS -S printer_IP_address -C A

The file name is added to the end of the command, so the command must expect the file name to be at the end. For example, when you print a file called myfile.afp, the command in the example becomes:

lpr -P PASS -S printer_IP_address -C A myfile.afp

Database name
AFP2PCL.Command

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to PCLOut printers.
  • Different printer commands use different options. For example, the printer flag of the Linux lpr command is upper case -Pwith an optional space between the flag and the print queue; while the printer flag of the lprafp command is lower case -pwithout a space between the flag and the print queue.
  • PCLOut printers do not support RICOH ProcessDirector symbols such as ${Job.Name} in the PCLOut printer command.

1.718 Printer output data stream

Specifies the data stream that the AFP input data stream is converted into before it is sent to the printer. Valid values are:
PCL4
An early version of PCL, which supports bitmapped fonts and images.
PCL5 (default)
The most widely used version of PCL for the office environment
PCL5C
An enhancement of PCL5 that includes color support
Database name
AFP2PCL.OutputDataStream

Usage note: This property applies only to PCLOut printers.

1.719 Enable accounting exit

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector calls an accounting exit program to collect data used for job accounting.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector calls the accounting exit program specified in the Accounting exit program property.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not call an accounting exit program.

Database name
AFPPrinter.AccountingExit

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the accounting exit.

1.720 Accounting exit program

Specifies the name of an accounting exit program to collect data used for job accounting.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
ainuxacc, which writes its output to a log file

Database name
AFPPrinter.AccountingExitName

Usage notes:

  • To call the exit program that this property specifies, the Enable accounting exit property for the printer must be set to Yes.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the accounting exit name.

1.721 Banner page type

Specifies the type of header, trailer, and separator sheets that print for jobs.

Values:

Narrow
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the type.narrow.cfg configuration files to format banner pages. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for narrow-format banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer .
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the type.cfg configuration files to format banner pages. This is the default value. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for the default banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer .
Wide
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the type.wide.cfg configuration files to format banner pages. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for wide-format banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer .
Impact
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the type.impact.cfg configuration files to format banner pages. RICOH ProcessDirector provides three configuration files for impact-printer banner pages where type is header, separator, and trailer .

On Linux these configuration files are located in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages directory.

On Windows these configuration files are located in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages directory.

Database name
AFPPrinter.BannerPageType

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the type of banner page.

1.722 Force new CSE sheet on jog

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector should insert a blank sheet between copies or copy groups when jogging. This property is only used when the Cut Sheet Emulation property is set to Yes.

Values:

Yes
A blank sheet is inserted between copies or copy groups.
No (default)
A blank sheet is not inserted.

Database name
AFPPrinter.CSESheetEject

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • To use this property, the printer must support cut sheet emulation and the cut sheet emulation function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • Setting the property to Yes can cause extra blank pages in the output.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.

1.723 Force new CSE sheet at end of job

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector should eject the last sheet at the end of each job, forcing the job through the paper path after the last sheet is printed. This property also ensures that each job starts on a new sheet. This property is only used when the Cut Sheet Emulation property is set to Yes.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector ensures that each job starts on a new sheet of paper and the last sheet at the end of the job is printed without intervening blank pages.
No (default)
If one job ends in the middle of a sheet, the next job starts on the other half of the same sheet.

Database name
AFPPrinter.CSESheetEjectEOJ

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • To use this property, the printer must support cut sheet emulation and the cut sheet emulation function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.

1.724 Duplex

Specifies the type of duplexed printing that the printer does if no other duplex information is received for the job. Duplexed jobs print on both sides of the paper.

Values:

Not set
No duplex mode is assigned. This is the default value.
No
Duplexed printing is not active. The job prints on a single side of the paper. This is also called simplexed printing.
Yes
Normal duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the long side of the paper as the bound edge. This is the orientation that most books use.
Tumble
Tumble-duplexed printing is active. The job prints on both sides of the paper, with the short edge of the paper as the bound edge. The bottom of the front side of the sheet is the top of the back side of the sheet.

The value set in the Duplex printer property is used for a job only if both of these conditions are true:

  • The job has a value of Not set for its Duplex job property.
  • The form definition for the job does not set a duplex value.
Database name
AFPPrinter.Duplex

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP and PCLOut printers.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the duplex value.

1.725 Font fidelity

Specifies whether the printer continues printing the job when it cannot locate a font that the job requires.

Values:

Continue printing (default)
The printer tries to substitute a font for the missing font and to continue printing the job.
Stop printing
The printer stops printing the job when it encounters a missing font. RICOH ProcessDirector places the job in an error state.
Database name
AFPPrinter.FontFidelity

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the font fidelity.
  • If IPDS resolution is set to Automatic at the printer console, set this property to Continue printing.

1.726 Font resolution

Specifies the resolution of the AFP fonts that the printer uses.

Values:

240 dots per inch
The printer uses 240-pel, bitmapped fonts.
300 dots per inch
The printer uses 300-pel, bitmapped fonts.
Outline (default)
The printer uses outline fonts.

RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets of fonts in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory. Intelligent Printer Data Stream (IPDS) printers also include resident fonts.

Database name
AFPPrinter.FontResolution

Usage notes:

  • Some printers might not support the use of 240-pel fonts. Review the documentation for your printer to determine the fonts that it supports, and any printer configuration requirements.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the font resolution.

1.727 Override MICR setting

Specifies whether or not jobs that request magnetic ink character recognition (MICR) fonts should be sent to a printer that is not enabled for MICR printing.

Values:

No (default)
If the printer is not enabled for MICR printing, do not print MICR jobs on it.
Yes
If the printer is not enabled for MICR printing, print MICR jobs on it anyway. These jobs might be printed using regular toner.
Database name
AFPPrinter.ForceMicrFontPrint

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the MICR setting.

1.728 Header page form definition

Specifies the name of the AFP form definition that the printer uses when it prints the header page for the job. The form definition controls the placement of data on the header page. It also defines other formatting information, such as a bin number for the printer device. For example, with cut-sheet printers, the header page can print on paper that is a different color than the paper color for the job.

If no value for the form definition is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default value set by the printer driver component, which is F1AIWHDR. Authorized users can specify a different form definition.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Database name
AFPPrinter.HeaderExitFormdef

Usage notes:

  • The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
    • In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    • In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for header pages.

1.729 Header page exit program

Specifies the path to, and the name of the exit program that generates the header page for the job. Authorized users can specify a value that is up to 255 characters (bytes). The default exit program is jobsheetexit.header.

In Linux this file is located in the /aiw/aiw1/exits directory.

In Windows this file is located in the c:\aiw\aiw1\exits directory.

Database name
AFPPrinter.HeaderExitName

1.730 Interrupt message page form definition

Identifies the form definition to use when formatting interrupt message pages.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
F1MG0110

Database name
AFPPrinter.IMPFormdef

Usage notes:

  • The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
    • Linux: /aiw/aiw1/resources or /usr/lpp/psf/reslib
    • Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\resources or the reslib directory in the PSF install path.

      The default install path on Windows is C:\Program Files(x86)\InfoPrint\PSF

  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition.

1.731 Inactivity timer (seconds)

Specifies the number of seconds that the printer driver component of RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the connection to an idle printer. While the connection is active, no other applications can access the printer.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-9999. 9999 means that the printer driver never drops the connection.
Default
300

Database name
AFPPrinter.InactivityTimer

Usage note: To share a printer between RICOH ProcessDirector and another printer driver such as InfoPrint Manager, you must set the inactivity timer on each program.

1.732 Enable input data exit

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector calls an input data exit program before it prints the job. The input data exit program can process every record in the AFP file that prints.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector calls an input data exit program.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not call an input data exit program.
Database name
AFPPrinter.IndataExit

Usage notes:

  • The Input data exit program property specifies the exit program that RICOH ProcessDirector calls.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the input data exit.

1.733 Input data exit program

Specifies the path and the name of the input data exit program. Input data exit programs can process every record in an AFP file before the file prints.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
ainuxind; used only if no value is specified. This exit returns without doing any action.

Database name
AFPPrinter.IndataExitName

Usage notes:

  • The source for the default input data exit program resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/exits directory. The executable resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. RICOH ProcessDirector automatically looks for the exit program in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. You do not need to include the path in the value if the exit program that you specify resides in this directory.
  • The Enable input data exit property for the printer must be Yes for RICOH ProcessDirector to call the exit program that this property specifies.
  • For detailed information about how to develop customized exit programs, refer to the Ricoh Production Print Information Center.

    Publications such as InfoPrint Manager for AIX: Procedures describe how to develop and compile exit programs.

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the input data exit program.

1.734 Interrupt message page

Specifies whether an interrupt message page prints if the printer receives an interrupt request for the job. Job interruptions include actions such as stopping, canceling, or repositioning within the job using the Jump to action. Stopping a printer does not cause an interrupt message page to print.

Values:

Yes (default)
An interrupt message page prints for an interrupted job.
No
No interrupt message page prints.
Database name
AFPPrinter.InterruptMessagePage

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the interrupt message page.

1.735 Enable job completion exit

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector calls a job completion exit program after it prints the job. The job completion exit program can process every record in the AFP file after it prints.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector calls a job completion exit program.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not call a job completion exit program.
Database name
AFPPrinter.JobCompletionExit

Usage notes:

  • The Job completion exit program property specifies the exit program that RICOH ProcessDirector calls.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable the job completion exit.

1.736 Job completion exit program

Specifies the path to and the name of the job completion exit program. Job completion exit programs can process every record in an AFP file after the file prints.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
ainuxjobcompletion; used only if no value for the job completion exit program is specified. This exit writes job statistics to a log file.

Database name
AFPPrinter.JobCompletionExitName

Usage notes:

  • The source for the default job completion exit program resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/exits directory. The executable resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. RICOH ProcessDirector automatically looks for the exit program in the /usr/lpp/psf/bin directory. You do not need to include the path in the value if the exit program that you specify resides in this directory.
  • The default job completion user exit writes job statistics to the /var/psf/jobcompletion.log file. In log entries RICOH ProcessDirector adds the system user ID ( aiw1 is the default) to the printer name as it appears in the RICOH ProcessDirector user interface.
  • The Enable job completion exit property for the printer must be Yes for RICOH ProcessDirector to call the exit program that this property specifies.
  • For detailed information about how to develop customized exit programs, refer to the Ricoh Production Print Information Center.

    Publications such as InfoPrint Manager for AIX: Procedures describe how to develop and compile exit programs.

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the job completion exit program.

1.737 Save messages in log

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector saves messages, such as data stream errors, in a log or prints them with the job.

Values:

Yes
Messages are written to a file named jobmessage.log in /var/psf/printername on Linux, or in C:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF\var\psf\printername on Windows, where printername is the name of the AFP printer.
No (default)
Messages are printed with the job and are not saved in the log.

Database name
AFPPrinter.JobMessageLog

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this property.

1.738 Maximum presentation objects

Specifies the maximum number of AFP presentation object containers that the printer should retain in memory between jobs. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-999
Default
100; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
Database name
AFPPrinter.MaxContainers

Usage notes:

  • For detailed information about presentation objects, see the Data Stream & Object Architectures: MO:DCA Reference publication from the AFP Architecture library.
  • For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more presentation objects than the default number of presentation objects that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same set of 300 presentation objects, and the Maximum presentation objects property is 100. In this case, the printer deletes 200 presentation objects after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted presentation objects when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
  • The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more presentation objects as needed.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of presentation objects.

1.739 Maximum number of fonts

Specifies the maximum number of AFP fonts that the printer should retain in memory between jobs. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-999
Default
10; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
Database name
AFPPrinter.MaxFonts

Usage notes:

  • For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more common fonts than the default number of fonts that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same set of 30 fonts, and the value of the Maximum number of fonts property is 10. In this case, the printer deletes 20 fonts after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted fonts when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
  • The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more fonts as needed.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of fonts.

1.740 Maximum number of overlays

Specifies the maximum number of AFP overlays that the printer should retain in memory between jobs. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-999
Default
0; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
Database name
AFPPrinter.MaxOverlays

Usage notes:

  • For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more common overlays than the default number of overlays that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same two overlays, and the Maximum number of overlays property is 0. In this case, the printer deletes the two overlays after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted overlays when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
  • The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more overlays as needed.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of overlays.

1.741 Maximum number of page segments

Specifies the maximum number of AFP page segments that the printer should retain in memory between jobs. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-999
Default
0; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
Database name
AFPPrinter.MaxSegments

Usage notes:

  • For performance reasons, you might want to evaluate if most of your jobs use more common page segments than the default number of page segments that the printer retains between jobs. For example, all jobs use the same two page segments, and the Maximum number of page segments property is 0. In this case, the printer deletes the two page segments after a job prints, and then reloads the deleted page segments when the next job requests them. This can affect printer performance.
  • The amount of storage that the printer sets aside to store resources can affect when the printer deletes resources. If the printer runs out of storage, it can ignore the setting of this RICOH ProcessDirector property and delete one or more page segments as needed.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the maximum number of page segments.

1.742 Message page font type

Specifies the font that the printer uses to print any message pages for jobs.

Values:

Condensed
The printer uses a smaller, condensed font to print messages.
Normal
The printer uses a standard font to print the messages. This is the default value.
Database name
AFPPrinter.MessageFontType

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the font for the message page.

1.743 Message page form definition

Specifies the form definition that the printer uses to print any message pages for jobs. The form definition controls the placement of data on the message page. It also defines other formatting information, such as the bin number for the printer device. For example, with cut-sheet printers, the message page can print on paper that is a different color than the paper color for the job. Authorized users can specify a different form definition if needed.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
F1MG0110; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component; it resides in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
Database name
AFPPrinter.MessageFormdef

Usage notes:

  • The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
    • In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    • In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for message pages.

1.744 IPDS printer connection timer (seconds)

Specifies the number of seconds that the printer driver component of RICOH ProcessDirector maintains control of an idle physical printer. While the printer driver maintains control, the printer cannot receive jobs from other input sources.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-9999.
Default
15

Database name
AFPPrinter.MIDReleaseTimer

Usage note: This property must be less than the inactivity timer. If this value is greater, RICOH ProcessDirector drops the connection before it can share the printer.

1.745 Share printer connection

Specifies whether the printer driver can release control of the physical printer to let it receive jobs from another input source, such as a hot folder. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes
The physical printer can be shared.
No (default)
The physical printer cannot be shared.
Database name
AFPPrinter.MIDSupportEnabled

1.746 Enable output data exit

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector calls an output data exit program that monitors data from the server to the AFP printer.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector calls the program specified in the Output data exit program property.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not call an output data exit program.

Database name
AFPPrinter.OutDataExit

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.

1.747 Output data exit program

Specifies the name of a program that monitors output data from the server to the AFP printer. For example, the output data exit program can print a report at the end of a job listing the start and end time and the number of fonts, page segments, and overlays in the job so that you can track the performance of the printer.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
ainuxout

Database name
AFPPrinter.OutDataExitName

Usage notes:

  • The Enable output data exit property for the printer must be Yes for RICOH ProcessDirector to call the exit program that this property specifies.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if a job is assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change this value.

1.748 Default overlay

Specifies an AFP overlay that is assigned to the printer. Authorized users can specify this property. An overlay is an AFP resource that contains predefined data, such as:
  • Lines
  • Shading
  • Text
  • Boxes
  • Logos

The predefined data merges with the variable data on the printed page. Form definitions can also specify overlays. The overlay specified with this printer property is in addition to any overlays that the job specifies through its form definition and overlay properties.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • In Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
  • In Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
AFPPrinter.Overlay

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.

1.749 Presentation check errors

Specifies the type of presentation errors that cause the printer to stop printing the job.

Values:

None
RICOH ProcessDirector ignores all types of presentation errors, and the printer does not stop. This is the default value.
Barcode
The printer stops when a presentation error for a barcode occurs.
Image
The printer stops when a presentation error for image or graphics data occurs.
All
The printer stops when any type of presentation error occurs.
Database name
AFPPrinter.PresentationCheck

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the setting for presentation check errors.

1.750 Custom trace group

When the Custom option is selected for the PSF trace group property, shows the PSF trace level that is active for the system. Software support provides the information that is entered in this field.
Database name
AFPPrinter.PSFTraceCustomizedTraceGroup

1.751 PSF trace group

Shows the level of PSF tracing that is active on the system. Each level collects different information that software support can use to help diagnose problems. Choose the trace level based on advice from software support.
Default
None
Database name
AFPPrinter.PSFTraceGroup

1.752 Maximum PSF trace file size

Shows the upper size limit in kilobytes (KB) for the PSF trace file.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1024-1024000 KB
Default
2400
Database name
AFPPrinter.PSFTraceTraceFileSize

1.753 Wrap PSF trace file

Shows how RICOH ProcessDirector records the information collected by the PSFAPI trace.

Values:

Yes
The trace writes entries in the PSF trace file until it reaches the maximum PSF trace file size. Then, the trace returns to the top of the file and continues recording information, overwriting existing entries.
No
The trace writes entries in the PSF trace file until it reaches the maximum PSF trace file size. Tracing stops when the file reaches the maximum PSF trace file size.
Database name
AFPPrinter.PSFTraceWrapping

1.754 AFP resource path

Specifies one or more directories that RICOH ProcessDirector searches for the AFP resources that the job requires. For example, it looks in these directories for the form definition for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Separate multiple directory names with colons (:).
On Windows, do not add a backslash (\) to the end of any directory names.
Default
Not set
Database name
AFPPrinter.ResourcePath

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources in this order:
    1. Inline in the data stream
    2. In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
    3. If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
    4. In the /aiw/aiw1/resources or C:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
    5. On Linux, in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    6. On Windows, in the \reslib directory in the PSF install path

      The default PSF install path is: C:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the resource path.
  • The RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default) and the RICOH ProcessDirector system user ( aiw1 is the default) must have read permission for all directories in the resource path.

1.755 Separator page form definition

Specifies the name of the AFP form definition that the printer uses when it prints separator pages between copies in multi-copy jobs. The form definition controls the placement of data on the separator page. It also defines other formatting information, such as a bin number for the printer device. For example, with cut-sheet printers, the separator page can print on paper that is a different color than the paper color for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
F1AIWSEP; used only if no value is specified. This is the default valueset by the printer driver component.
Database name
AFPPrinter.SeparatorExitFormdef

Usage notes:

  • The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
    • In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    • In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for separator pages.

1.756 Separator page exit program

Specifies the path and name of the exit program that generates the separator page for the job.

In Linux the default exit program is /aiw/aiw1/exits/jobsheetexit.separator.

In Windows the default exit program is c:\aiw\aiw1\exits\jobsheetexit.separator.

Database name
AFPPrinter.SeparatorExitName

1.757 Trailer page form definition

Specifies the name of the AFP form definition that the printer uses when it prints the trailer page for the job. The form definition controls the placement of data on the trailer page. It also defines other formatting information, such as a bin number for the printer device. For example, with cut-sheet printers, the trailer page can print on paper that is a different color than the paper color for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
F1AIWTRL; used only if no value is specified. This is the default valueset by the printer driver component.
Database name
AFPPrinter.TrailerExitFormdef

Usage notes:

  • The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
    • In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    • In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the form definition for trailer pages.

1.758 Trailer page exit program

Specifies the path and name of the exit program that generates the trailer page for the job. Authorized users can specify a value that is up to 255 characters (bytes).

In Linux the default exit program is /aiw/aiw1/exits/jobsheetexit.trailer.

In Windows the default exit program is c:\aiw\aiw1\exits\jobsheetexit.trailer.

Database name
AFPPrinter.TrailerExitName

1.759 Job class

Specifies the output class for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector uses the job class value to schedule the job to a printer that has the same value assigned to its Printer class property. Job class can be set in several ways. For example, Download for z/OS can transmit the CLASS JCL parameter and value, it can be set by a workflow, or it can be set in the property notebook for a job. The job class value is a single character that is not case-sensitive; RICOH ProcessDirector resolves lowercase characters into uppercase characters.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Class

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not support the use of the Job.Class property in symbol formulas.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Class: field of the header sheet for the job.

1.760 Color mode

Specifies whether the step should insert a color or monochrome CMR in the job.

Values:

Color (default)
Monochrome

Database name
Job.CMR.ColorMode

Usage note: Color mode is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.761 Ink type

Specifies whether the printer uses pigment or dye ink so the step can insert the correct type of CMR.

Values:

Pigment (default)
Dye

Database name
Job.CMR.InkType

Usage note: Ink type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.762 Audit color CMR

Specifies the audit CMR that this step inserts for color print jobs. The printer uses this CMR to convert jobs to the device-independent color space; it should correspond to the color profile or CMR that was used to create the color elements of the job, such as logos or images.

The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/input (on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\input (on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.

Database name
Job.CMR.InputCMYKProf

Usage notes:

  • This property is only available if the Processing mode property is set to Audit and the Color mode property is set to Color.
  • The available values for this property change based on the value selected for the Printer type property.
  • Audit color CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.763 Audit grayscale CMR

Specifies the audit CMR that this step inserts for grayscale print jobs. The printer uses this CMR to convert jobs to the device-independent color space; it should correspond to the color profile or CMR that was used to create the grayscale elements of the job, such as charts or images.

The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/input/gray (on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\input\gray (on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.

Database name
Job.CMR.InputGrayProf

Usage notes:

  • This property is only available if the Processing mode property is set to Audit and the Color mode property is set to Monochrome.
  • The available values for this property change based on the value selected for the Printer type property.
  • Audit grayscale CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.764 Processing mode

Specifies whether the step should insert an audit or instruction CMR into the job.

Values:

Audit (default)
Audit CMRs convert color or grayscale objects to the device-independent color space. They are related to input ICC profiles.
Instruction
Instruction CMRs convert color or grayscale objects to the device-specific color space for an output device such as a printer. They are related to output ICC profiles.

Database name
Job.CMR.Mode

Usage notes:

  • The step can only insert one CMR at a time. To insert both an audit CMR and an instruction CMR, add two steps to your workflow.
  • Processing mode is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.765 Instruction color CMR

Specifies the instruction CMR that this step inserts for color print jobs. The printer uses this CMR to convert jobs to a device-specific color space for the printer.

The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/output (on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\output (on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.

Database name
Job.CMR.OutputCMYKProf

Usage notes:

  • This property is only available when the Processing mode property is set to Instruction and the Color mode property is set to Color.
  • The available values for this property change when the value of the Printer type or Ink type property changes.
  • Instruction color CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.766 Instruction grayscale CMR

Specifies the instruction CMR that this step inserts for grayscale print jobs. The printer uses this CMR to convert jobs to a device-specific color space for the printer.

The list includes all the CMRs stored in /aiw/aiw1/resources/CMRs/[printertype]/output/gray (on a Linux primary computer) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\resources\CMRs\[printertype]\output\gray (on a Windows primary computer), where [printertype] corresponds to the value of the Printer type property.

Database name
Job.CMR.OutputGrayProf

Usage notes:

  • This property is only available when the Processing mode property is set to Instruction and the Color mode property is set to Monochrome.
  • The available values for this property change when the value of the Printer type or Ink type property changes.
  • Instruction grayscale CMR is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.767 Printer type

Specifies the type of printer that is going to print the job.

Values:

InfoPrint 5000 - 32/64 m/min (default)
InfoPrint 5000 - 128 m/min

Database name
Job.CMR.PrinterType

Usage notes:

  • The Instruction color CMR, Instruction grayscale CMR, Audit color CMR, and Audit grayscale CMR properties use this value to find and display the CMRs that are available.
  • Printer type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.768 Rendering intent

Specifies the rendering intent that this step should associate with the job. Rendering intents inform the printer what action to take when a print job includes colors that lie outside the color range of the printer.

Values:

Perceptual (default)
The printer adjusts all the colors in the image so they are all in the color range of the printer and maintain their color relationships to each other.
Media-Relative Colorimetric
The printer substitutes the nearest color that it can print for out-of-range colors; in-range colors are not adjusted.
Saturation
The printer substitutes the nearest color that it can print for out-of-range colors and adjusts in-range colors to make them more vivid.
ICC-Absolute Colorimetric
The printer substitutes the nearest color that it can print for out-of-range colors, then all colors are adjusted based on the white point of the media.

Database name
Job.CMR.RenderingIntent

Usage note: Rendering intent is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.769 Job destination

Specifies the name of the job destination. RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to schedule the job to a printer that has the same destination value assigned to its Printer destination property.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set

Job destination can be set in several ways. For example, Download for z/OS can transmit the DEST JCL parameter and value, it can be set by a workflow, or it can be set in the property notebook for the job.

Database name
Job.Destination

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Destination: field of the header sheet for the job.

1.770 Job form

Specifies the name of the form that the job requires. RICOH ProcessDirector uses the form value to schedule the job to a printer that has the same form value for its Printer form property. Form value can be set several ways. For example, Download for z/OS can transmit the FORM parameter and value, a value can be assigned by a workflow, or you can set the value in the property notebook for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Form

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector prints the value of this property in the Form: field of the header sheet for the job.

1.771 Host device

Specifies the device name that was passed with the input file from z/OS. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by the Download input device. The z/OS system must have the Print Parameters Exit 15 APSUX15X installed to pass the device name in the JCL file.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Host.Device

1.772 Host group name

Specifies the group name. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by the Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the GROUPID JCL parameter. The z/OS system must have the Print Parameters Exit 15 APSUX15X installed to pass the GROUPID parameter in the JCL file.
Database name
Job.Host.GroupName

1.773 JES job ID

Specifies the JES job ID that was assigned to the data set on z/OS.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Job.Host.JesID

1.774 Host user ID

Specifies the name of the z/OS user who submitted the data set on the z/OS system. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the USER JCL parameter. Authorized users can change the value.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Host.UserID

1.775 Host writer name

Specifies the name of the z/OS external writer. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the WRITER JCL parameter. Authorized users can specify a value.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Host.Writer

1.776 Address line 1

Specifies the first line of address information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the ADDRESS JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Address1

1.777 Address line 2

Specifies the second line of address information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the ADDRESS JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Address2

1.778 Address line 3

Specifies the third line of address information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the ADDRESS JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Address3

1.779 Address line 4

Specifies the fourth line of address information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the ADDRESS JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Address4

1.780 Building information

Specifies building information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the BUILDING JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Building

1.781 Department information

Specifies department information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the DEPT JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Department

1.782 Download file type

Specifies the job file type. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property from the -ofiletype parameter in the JCL file for a data set received from AFP Download Plus. You cannot change this value.

Values:

User data (userdata)
The file is a user print file.
Message (message)
The file contains messages.
Job header file (jobhdr)
The file is a job header file.
Dataset header file (dshdr)
The file is a data set header file.
Job trailer file (jobtrl)
The file is a job trailer file.
Database name
Job.Info.DownloadFileType

Usage note: If the value is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Header copies, Separator copies, and Trailer copies properties to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.

1.783 Node ID

Specifies the name of the z/OS system that submitted the data set to RICOH ProcessDirector through AFP Download Plus or Download for z/OS. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.NodeID

1.784 Programmer information

Specifies the name of the programmer that was passed with the data set when it was received by a Download input device. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Programmer

1.785 Received pages

Shows the number of pages that AFP Download Plus created for this job. AFP Download Plus sets the value of this property in the JCL file for the data set. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.Info.RecdTotalPages

1.786 Received sheets

Shows the number of sheets that AFP Download Plus created for this job. AFP Download Plus sets the value of this property in the JCL file for the data set. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Job.Info.RecdTotalSheets

1.787 Room information

Specifies room information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the ROOM JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Room

1.788 Title information

Specifies title information for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property when it reads the JCL file for the data set that was received by a Download input device. It uses the value that was transmitted for the TITLE JCL parameter. Authorized users can update or add this value if necessary.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Info.Title

1.789 Carriage controls present

Specifies whether carriage controls are present in the job. The location of the carriage controls, if they are present, is the first byte of each line in the job. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses the carriage control information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Authorized users can specify one of these values:
No
The job does not contain carriage controls.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to the line2afp component.
Yes
The job contains carriage controls. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.CC

Usage note: For detailed information, see the CC parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.790 Carriage control type

Specifies the type of carriage controls that are present in the job. Supported carriage-control types are machine or ANSI. The value can further classify whether ANSI carriage controls use ASCII encoding or EBCDIC encoding. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Z
The job contains ANSI carriage controls that use ASCII encoding. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
A
The job contains ANSI carriage controls that use EBCDIC encoding.
M
The job contains machine carriage controls.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to the line2afp component.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.CC_TYPE

Usage notes:

  • The DownloadLineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component, and the step specifies a carriage control type of A.
  • For detailed information, see the CCTYPE parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.791 CHARS

Specifies the file names of up to four AFP coded fonts. A coded font defines a character set and code page pair. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Font names
Up to four coded-font names. Use commas to separate multiple font names, and do not include the two-character prefix (X0 through XG) with the font name. For example, specify GT10,GT12.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.CHARS

Usage notes:

  • Make sure that the fonts that this property specifies are accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
    1. Inline in the data stream
    2. In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
    3. If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
    4. In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    5. In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.
  • For detailed information, see the CHARS parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.792 Code page global identifier

Specifies a three-character or four-character identifier for an IBM-registered code page. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Authorized users can specify a single code page value.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.CPGID

Usage notes:

  • For code page numbers that are less than 100, add a leading zero to the value. For example, specify 037 instead of 37.
  • The DownloadLineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component, and the step specifies a code page global identifier value of 500.
  • For detailed information, see the CPGID parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.793 Extended options

Specifies the extended options that the line2afp data-stream conversion component of RICOH ProcessDirector uses when it converts the job into the AFP format. Extended options are advanced features of the MO:DCA-P data stream, which are not supported by all presentation devices such as printers. You should verify that the assigned printer for the job supports the values you specify for this property.

Values:

ALL
RICOH ProcessDirector uses all of the extended options. If you specify ALL, do not specify any of the other options.
BOX
RICOH ProcessDirector produces GOCA box drawing orders.
CELLED
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the GOCA Replicate and Trim function when it converts IM1 celled images. RICOH ProcessDirector only uses this value when the Image output format job property is IOCA.
FRACLINE
RICOH ProcessDirector produces GOCA fractional line width drawing orders.
PASSOID
RICOH ProcessDirector passes OID information from the Resource Access Table (RAT) to the Begin Resource (BRS or BR) structured field when it saves TrueType and OpenType fonts.
PRCOLOR
RICOH ProcessDirector produces GOCA process color drawing orders.
RESORDER
Specifies that inline resources do not need to appear in any particular order. They only need to appear before the Begin Document (BDT) structured field. If you do not specify this value, the inline resources must be in the order in which the job uses them or an error occurs. Note that specifying the RESORDER value can significantly affect performance.
SPCMPRS
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the repeat string PTOCA order to remove trailing blanks from line data and to compress embedded blanks.
PASSPF
Specifies that the Begin Print File (BPF) and End Print File (EPF) structured fields contained in the AFP input file to define the boundaries of the print data should be preserved in the output file. If this value is not specified, the BPF/EPF pair is discarded. These structured fields are required in an IS/3 compliant AFP data stream.

Database name
Job.Line2AFP.EXTENSIONS

Usage notes:

  • If you do not specify a value for this property, the line2afp data-stream conversion program defaults to a value of NONE. It does not use any extended options.
  • For detailed information, see the EXTENSIONS parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.794 Line data file format

Specifies whether the data in the job is record oriented or stream oriented. The value can further classify the record length or the newline character. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

RECORD
The job uses the z/OS record format, where the first two bytes of each line specify the length of the line.
RECORD,n
Each record in the job is a fixed length that is n bytes long.
STREAM
The job has no length information. It is a stream of data that is separated by a new-line character. If the job data is in ASCII, the new-line character is X'0A'. If the job data is in EBCDIC, the new-line character is X'25'. This is the default value for the file format.
STREAM,(NEWLINE=X'nnnn')
The job is a stream of data that uses X'nnnn' as the new-line character.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.FILEFORMAT

Usage notes:

  • The DownloadLineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component, and the step specifies a line data file format value of RECORD.
  • The ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides specifies a line data file format value of STREAM.
  • For detailed information, see the FILEFORMAT parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.795 Form definition

Specifies the form definition to use with the job. A form definition is an AFP resource that describes the characteristics of a form, which include: overlays required, if any, the paper source (for cut-sheet printers), duplexed printing, text suppression, and the position of the composed-text data on the form. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Processing steps that use the PrintJobs step template also use this form definition when they format jobs for the printer. The form definition property corresponds to the FORMDEF JCL parameter for input files that are sent by Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
F1A10111

Supplied step templates:

  • BuildAFPFromZip
  • ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP
  • CreatePageRanges
  • CountPages
  • PrintJobs

Database name
Job.Line2AFP.FORMDEF

Usage notes:

  • If a value is specified for the Media, Duplex, or Output bin job property, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that value in the form definition. For example, if the form definition specifies tumble-duplexed printing and the Duplex property is No, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the No value and prints the job on a single side of the paper (simplex).
  • If the job does not contain an inline form definition, an authorized user should make sure that this property has a value. Workflows that include a step based on the UseInlineFormDefinition step template can detect an inline form definition and instruct RICOH ProcessDirector to use it.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector supplies a step template named CountPages which is included as a step in all of the default workflows. This step computes which pages print on what sheets and therefore is affected by the setting for duplex mode in the form definition. If the Form definition property for the job is changed to specify a different value for duplexing after the CountPages step has run, the value of the Total sheets property that RICOH ProcessDirector calculates may not match the total number of job sheets that actually stack at the printer. The accuracy of the page information provided to the Print again and Jump to functions might also be affected. To synchronize the page and sheet count information with the new form definition, you can use the Process again action to rerun the CountPages step.
  • Make sure that the form definition that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
    1. Inline in the data stream
    2. In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
    3. If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
    4. In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    5. In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides a wide variety of form definitions that you can use. For more information, see the information center.
  • For detailed information, see the FORMDEF parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.
  • When this property is associated with a job that is processed by the Advanced Transform Feature, it is only used when the transform input stream is AFP.

1.796 Image output format

Specifies how the line2afp data-stream conversion component of RICOH ProcessDirector converts IM1 format images in input files, overlays, and page segments. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

As is
RICOH ProcessDirector produces image data in the same format as the input file specifies.
IOCA
RICOH ProcessDirector converts IM1 format images into the uncompressed IOCA format.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for the property to its line2afp component.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.IMAGEOUT

Usage notes:

  • The CreatePageRanges and CountPages step templates that RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets the Image output format property to As is.
  • The ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets the property to IOCA.
  • For detailed information, see the IMAGEOUT parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.797 Map Coded Font Format 2 method

Specifies how to build Map Coded Font Format 2 (MCF-2) structured fields. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

CPCS
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the names of the code page and character set to build the MCF-2 structured field. Note that if the print file requests coded fonts and CPCS is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector searches for the coded font file to determine the names of the font character set and code page to insert in the MCF-2 structured field. If the coded font file is not found, the job is moved to an error state.
CF
RICOH ProcessDirector uses the name of the coded font to build the MCF-2 structured field. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its line2afp component.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.MCF2REF

Usage note: For detailed information, see the MCF2REF parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.798 Page definition

Specifies the AFP page definition to use with the job. A page definition is an AFP resource that contains a set of formatting controls, including: the number of lines per sheet, font selection, print direction, and mappings for individual data fields to positions on the composed page. The RICOH ProcessDirectorline2afp data-stream conversion component uses this information when it converts the job into the AFP format. The page definition property corresponds to the PAGEDEF JCL parameter for input files that are sent by Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.PAGEDEF

Usage notes:

  • Make sure that the page definition that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
    1. Inline in the data stream
    2. In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
    3. If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
    4. In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    5. In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is C:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF .
  • The LineData workflow that RICOH ProcessDirector provides includes the ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step. This step calls the RICOH ProcessDirectorline2afp data-stream conversion component and specifies a default page definition of P1A08682 . This page definition is for 8.5 inch by 11.0 inch paper, and specifies 86 print lines per page at 8.2 lines per inch.
  • For detailed information including a list of page definitions that RICOH ProcessDirector provides, see the PAGEDEF parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide .

1.799 Processing mode

Specifies the type of data in the input file, and whether the RICOH ProcessDirectorline2afp data-stream conversion component must perform any optional processing of the data.

Values:

SOSI1
line2afp converts each shift-out, shift-in code into a blank and a Set Coded Font Local text control.
SOSI2
line2afp converts each shift-out, shift-in code into a Set Coded Font Local text control.
SOSI3
line2afp converts each shift-out character into a Set Coded Font Local text control. It converts each shift-in character into a Set Coded Font Local text control and two blanks.
SOSI4
line2afp skips each shift-out, shift-in code and does not count them when it calculates the offsets for the input file. Use this value for double-byte character set (DBCS) text when it is converted from ASCII to EBCDIC.
aaaaaaaa
Any eight-byte, alphanumeric string. RICOH ProcessDirector can pass this value to certain user exit programs.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.PRMODE

Usage note: For detailed information, see the PRMODE parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.800 Resource type

Specifies the type or types of AFP resources that RICOH ProcessDirector should retrieve from the AFP resource directories for the job. RICOH ProcessDirector includes the retrieved resources in a separate resource file.

Values:

All
RICOH ProcessDirector includes all of the resources that are required to view or print the job in the resource file.
All CMRs
RICOH ProcessDirector includes all color management resources (CMRs) for the job in the resource file.
Barcodes
RICOH ProcessDirector includes barcode objects in the resource file.
Fonts
RICOH ProcessDirector includes fonts in the resource file.
Form definition
RICOH ProcessDirector includes the form definition for the job in the resource file.
Generic CMRs
RICOH ProcessDirector includes CMRs that are mapped in the datastream and CMRs that are not device-specific in the resource file.
Graphics
RICOH ProcessDirector includes graphics (GOCA) objects in the resource file.
Images
RICOH ProcessDirector includes images in the resource file.
Inline
RICOH ProcessDirector includes any inline resources in the resource file.
Inline only
RICOH ProcessDirector only includes inline resources that existed in the original input file, and that were actually used by the job, in the converted, AFP output. It does not generate a separate resource file.
Object containers
RICOH ProcessDirector includes object container files in the resource file.
Overlays
RICOH ProcessDirector includes overlays in the resource file.
Page segments
RICOH ProcessDirector includes page segments in the resource file.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.RESTYPE

Usage notes:

  • To select more than one value for the property, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the additional values.
  • To deselect a selected value, hold down the Ctrl key when clicking the value.
  • When no values are selected in the list, RICOH ProcessDirector does not build the resource file.
  • The ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides sets the Resource type property to Inline, Form definition. When used in combination with the UseInlineFormDefinition step template, this value makes sure that an inline form definition is retained when the line2afp data-stream conversion component proceses the file.
  • The CountPages and PrintPageRanges step templates set the Resource type property to Inline only.
  • For detailed information, see the RESTYPE parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.801 Table reference characters

Specifies whether table reference characters are present in the job. Table reference characters select the fonts that the CHARS property specifies. They can also control formatting operations in the page definition. The location of the table reference characters, if they are present, is at the beginning of the line after the carriage control character, if one is present. The RICOH ProcessDirector line2afp data-stream conversion component uses the table reference character information when it converts the job into the AFP format. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

No
The job does not contain table reference characters. This is the default that the RICOH ProcessDirector ConvertLineDataJobIntoAFP step template uses.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its line2afp component.
Yes
The job contains table reference characters.
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.TRC

Usage note: For detailed information, see the TRC parameter in the AFP Conversion and Indexing Facility: User's Guide.

1.802 Valid return codes

Lists return code values that the line2afp program can issue, which indicate that the program ran successfully. Authorized users can specify multiple return code values by separating the values with commas. For example 0,4.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.Line2AFP.ValidRCs

Usage notes:

  • If the line2afp program returns any value that this property does not specify, RICOH ProcessDirector issues an error message and moves the job to an error state.
  • The CountPages and CreatePageRanges steps use this property to determine whether to stop or continue processing.

1.803 Color mapping table

Specifies the color mapping table (CMT) to use for printing the job. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes).
Restrictions
Case-sensitive.
Default
No default value. If no value is specified for this property, the CMT specified by the printer Color mapping table property is used.
Database name
Job.Print.CMT

Usage notes:

  • CMTs are used only for jobs printed on AFP printers.
  • Make sure that the CMT that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
    1. Inline in the data stream
    2. In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
    3. If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
    4. In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    5. In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF

1.804 Data check errors

Specifies whether the AFP printer blocks certain types of errors. Blocking errors can improve printer throughput. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Block all errors
The printer does not report character errors or print-positioning errors. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
Block character errors
The printer does not report character errors. A character error is an attempt to use a codepoint that is not assigned to a character. The printer does report print-positioning errors.
Block positioning errors
The printer does not report print-positioning errors. A print-positioning error is an attempt to print outside the valid printable area. The printer does report character errors.
Block no errors
The printer reports all character errors and print-positioning errors.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for the property to its printer driver component.
Database name
Job.Print.DataCheck

Usage note: Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus can transmit a value for this property from the DATACK JCL parameter for the job.

1.805 Font fidelity

Specifies whether the AFP printer continues printing the job when it cannot locate a font that the job requires.

Values:

Continue printing
The printer tries to substitute a font for the missing font and to continue printing the job. This is the default that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
Not set
The job does not specify a font-fidelity setting. The Font fidelity property of the printer to which RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the job controls what happens when a font cannot be found.
Stop printing
The printer stops printing the job when it encounters a missing font. RICOH ProcessDirector places the job in an error state.
Database name
Job.Print.FontFidelity

Usage note: If IPDS resolution is set to Automatic at the printer console, set this property to Not set.

1.806 Font substitution messages

Specifies whether the AFP printer driver program issues messages when font substitutions occur.

Values:

No
The printer driver component does not issue messages when font substitutions occur. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for the property to its printer driver component.
Yes
The printer driver component issues font substitution messages.
Database name
Job.Print.FontMessages

1.807 Font resolution

Specifies the resolution of the fonts that the AFP printer uses for the job.

Values:

240 dots per inch
The printer uses 240-pel, bitmapped fonts.
300 dots per inch
The printer uses 300-pel, bitmapped fonts.
Not set
The job does not specify a font resolution. The Font resolution property of the printer to which RICOH ProcessDirector assigns the job controls the font resolution. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses; RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its printer driver component.
Outline
The printer uses outline fonts.

RICOH ProcessDirector provides fonts in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.

Database name
Job.Print.FontResolution

1.808 Jog output copies

Specifies whether the AFP printer jogs the output copies for the job.

Values:

No
The printer does not jog output copies. This is the default value that the RICOH ProcessDirector PrintJobs step template uses.
Not set
RICOH ProcessDirector does not pass a value for this property to its printer driver component.
Yes
The printer jogs the output copies.
Database name
Job.Print.JogCopies

1.809 Number of messages to print

Specifies how many messages the AFP printer prints for the job. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that the printer does not print any messages for the job. If the property has no value or if the value is 9999, the printer prints all messages for the job.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Print.MessageCount

1.810 Overlay

Specifies the name of an overlay that prints on every page of the job. An overlay contains predefined data, such as:
  • Lines
  • Shading
  • Text
  • Boxes
  • Logos

The predefined data in the overlay merges with the variable data from the print job on the printed page. Form definitions can also specify overlays. The overlay specified with this job property is in addition to any overlays that the form definition specifies. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Print.Overlay

Usage notes:

  • Overlays are not used for jobs printed on Passthrough printers.
  • Make sure that the overlay that this property specifies is accessible to RICOH ProcessDirector. RICOH ProcessDirector looks for resources:
    1. Inline in the data stream
    2. In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
    3. If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
    4. In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    5. In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF

1.811 AFP segment size (kilobytes)

Specifies the size, in kilobytes, of the segment files into which RICOH ProcessDirector breaks up AFP jobs for printing. Segmenting lets RICOH ProcessDirector provide support for printing AFP jobs that are greater than 2 gigabytes in size.
Maximum value
102400
Default
5000
Database name
Job.Print.PSFINSegmentSize

Usage notes:

  • When choosing a segment size, keep in mind that a larger size increases the time required to process the first segment and send it to the printer. Small segments can degrade performance.
  • AFP jobs are segmented only for printing. They are not segmented for other processing in the workflow.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector can send jobs to a data transform program for conversion. Transforms support PostScript and PDF jobs that are larger than 2GB.
  • The PDF segment size property is specified on the General tab in the printer properties notebook.

1.812 AFP resource path

Specifies one or more directories in which RICOH ProcessDirector searches for the AFP resources that the job requires. For example, it looks in these directories for the form definition for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Separate multiple directory names with colons (:) on Linux or with semicolons (;) on Windows.
On Windows, do not add a backslash (\) to the end of any directory names.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Print.ResourcePath

Usage notes:

  • If the AFP resource path job property contains a value, and the assigned printer for the job also specifies resource paths through its AFP resource path printer property, RICOH ProcessDirector first searches for resources in the paths that are specified on the job property and then searches in the paths specified by the printer property.
  • All RICOH ProcessDirector components, such as the line2afp data-conversion component, the printer driver component, and the viewer, search for resources in this order:
    1. Inline in the data stream
    2. In the directories that the AFP resource path job property specifies
    3. If the print step requests a resource, in the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies
    4. In the /aiw/aiw1/resources or C:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
    5. On Linux, in the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    6. On Windows, in the \reslib directory in the PSF install path

      The default PSF install path is: C:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF

  • The RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default) and the RICOH ProcessDirector system user ( aiw1 is the default) must have read permission for all directories in the resource path.
  • When this property is associated with a job that is processed by the Advanced Transform Feature, it is only used when the transform input stream is AFP.

1.813 Separator page configuration file

Specifies the path to and the name of the configuration file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to create the content and format of the separator page that prints between copies of a multi-copy AFP job. Authorized users can specify one of the configuration files for separator pages that RICOH ProcessDirector provides, or they can specify a customized configuration file.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

In Linux, RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages directory.

In Windows, RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the c:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages directory.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use backslashes (\\)

Database name
Job.Print.SeparatorConfig

Usage notes:

  • This property is not supported for PDF banner pages.
  • If the Enable separator pages property for the job has a value of Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector verifies that the Separator page configuration file property has a value, and that the configuration file exists. If RICOH ProcessDirector does not find the configuration file, it moves the job to an error state.
  • If the Banner page type printer property has a value, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a corresponding configuration file. If it finds a corresponding configuration file and it is different than the configuration file that the job specifies, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the configuration file that the Banner page type printer property specifies. For example, if the Separator page configuration file job property has a value of separator.cfg, and the printer property has a value of Narrow, RICOH ProcessDirector looks for a configuration file in the directory specified by the job with a name of separator.narrow.cfg . If that file exists, RICOH ProcessDirector uses that file instead of the separator.cfg file.

1.814 Separator copies

Specifies the number of separator pages that RICOH ProcessDirector should print between copies of a multi-copy AFP job.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999; 0 means that no separator page prints for the job.
Default
1

Database name
Job.Print.SeparatorCopies

Usage notes:

  • This property is not supported for PDF banner pages.
  • If the Download file type property is Job header file, Dataset header file, or Job trailer file, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the Separator copies property to 0 for this job and all other jobs in the group.

1.815 Number of messages to stop job

Specifies how many error messages can be issued while the job prints on an AFP printer before RICOH ProcessDirector ends the job. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999; if the property has no value or if the value is 0 or 9999, there is no limit to the number of error messages.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Print.TerminateMessageCount

1.816 X offset

Specifies the offset in the x or horizontal direction of the logical page origin from the media origin. You can use this property to control the position of the printed image on the page.

Value:

Not set (Default)
The unit of measure for the value can be either inches or millimeters. In the Workflow page, inches are used.

Database name
Job.Print.Xoffset

Usage notes:

  • This property is not used for jobs printed on Passthrough printers.
  • Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of measure for the property value. RICOH ProcessDirector initially sets the unit of measure by using the locale setting of the browser.

1.817 Y offset

Specifies the offset in the y or vertical direction of the logical page origin from the media origin. You can use this property to control the position of the printed image on the page.

Value:

Not set (Default)
The unit of measure for the value can be either inches or millimeters. In the Workflow page, inches are used.

Database name
Job.Print.Yoffset

Usage notes:

  • This property is not used for jobs printed on Passthrough printers.
  • Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of measure for the property value. RICOH ProcessDirector initially sets the unit of measure by using the locale setting of the browser.

1.818 Transform output data stream

Specifies the format of the print job that InfoPrint Transform Manager returns to RICOH ProcessDirector. You cannot change this value; RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value based on the steps that are included in the workflow.

Values:

AFP
The workflow includes a step based on the TransformJobIntoAFP step template, so the job is returned in Advanced Function Presentation (AFP) format.
PDF
The workflow includes a step based on the TransformJobIntoPDF step template, so the job is returned in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF).
Unknown
The job does not include a step based on either of the TransformJobIntoXXX step templates, so it is not transformed.
Database name
Job.Transform.Datastream

1.819 Create IS/3 compliant AFP

Specifies whether the AFP produced by the TransformJobIntoAFP step template meets the requirements of the IS/3 interchange set of the AFP architecture. The IS/3 interchange set is designed to facilitate interoperability across different vendor implementations of AFP. If you have other steps in your workflow that take AFP as input, ensure that those steps (or printers) accept IS/3 compliant AFP before you select Yes for the value for this property.

Values:

Not set (default)
No value is set.
Yes
Files are transformed into AFP files that are IS/3 compliant.
No
Files are transformed into AFP but the AFP does not contain all of the required content defined in the IS/3 interchange set.

Database name
Job.Transform.GenerateIS3

1.820 Transform halftone

Specifies the halftone that is applied to the job during transform processing. Authorized users can set this property.

Values include:

Not set
Apply the default halftone for the printer model that the job is transformed for. This is the default value for the TransformJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides.
Database name
Job.Transform.Halftone

Usage notes:

  • Although you can select any available halftone, you should select a halftone that the printer model specified in the Transform RIP for printer property supports. Unsupported halftones cause errors in transform processing.
  • Any halftone that you select is ignored if the input data stream is PCL.

1.821 Transform image output format

Specifies the type of AFP image that the data transform program generates. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Not set
The type of image that the transform generates varies, as determined by the type of the input image. This is the default value for the TransformJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides.
IO1_G4
The transform generates a compressed Image Object Content Architecture (IOCA) image in the Modified TSS (formerly CCITT) T.6 G4 Facsimile Coding Scheme (G4 MMR) format.
IM1
The transform generates an uncompressed image in the IM1 format.
IO1
The transform generates an uncompressed image in the IOCA format.
IO1_MMR
The transform generates a compressed IOCA image in the Modified Modified Read (MMR) format.
FS45
The transform generates an image in the FS45 format. This format is a superset of the IOCA FS42 format. It also contains 32-bit banded CMYK images that are compressed with either the JPEG or LZW compression algorithms.
Database name
Job.Transform.ImageOut

Usage note: See the Transform feature or InfoPrint Transform Manager documentation for detailed information about how these programs process images.

1.822 Transform RIP for printer

Specifies the printer model that the job is transformed for. Authorized users can set this property.

Values:

Not set
Transform the job for the default printer. This is the default value for the TransformJobIntoAFP step template that RICOH ProcessDirector provides.
Same as requested printer
Transform the job for the printer model of the printer specified by the Requested printer property.
Database name
Job.Transform.RipFor

Usage note: Although you can select any available printer model that supports halftones, you should select a printer model that supports the halftone specified in the Transform halftone property. Unsupported halftones cause errors in transform processing.

1.823 Printer class

Specifies the output class or classes for the printer. RICOH ProcessDirector can use the printer-class value to assign a job with the same class value for its Job class property to this printer. For example, if the printer class value is A,B,C,D, RICOH ProcessDirector can assign jobs with any one of the four classes, such as a job whose class value is C.

Format:

Length
Up to 16 classes, using A-Z, 0-9, and *. An asterisk means that the printer accepts any class.
Restrictions
Separate the class values with commas or spaces. RICOH ProcessDirector converts any space to a comma.
Default
Not set

Database name
Printer.Class

Usage notes:

  • If the class property for the printer has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any class.
  • To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the class property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.

1.824 Printer destination

Specifies a destination name for the printer. RICOH ProcessDirector can use this destination value to schedule a job with the same destination value for its Job destination property to the printer.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set

Database name
Printer.Destination

Usage notes:

  • If the printer destination has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any destination.
  • To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the job destination property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.

1.825 Printer form

Specifies the form name that is assigned to the printer. RICOH ProcessDirector can use the form value to schedule a job with the same form value for its Job form property to the printer.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set

Database name
Printer.Form

Usage notes:

  • If the printer form property has no value, the printer accepts jobs that specify any form.
  • To see the candidate jobs for a printer, right-click the printer in the printers portlet on the Main page of the RICOH ProcessDirector interface and select Show Candidate Jobs. RICOH ProcessDirector opens a jobs table including only those jobs whose scheduling properties, including the form property, match the scheduling properties of the selected printer.

1.826 Enable separator pages

Specifies whether the printer prints a separator page after the last page of each copy of a job. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes
Separator pages print.
No (default)
No separator pages print for multi-copy jobs that are sent to this printer.
Database name
Printer.SeparatorExit

Usage notes:

  • The file that the Separator page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that prints on the separator page.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable separator pages.

1.827 Accounting page edge marks

Specifies whether the printer prints page edge marks (also called mark forms) on the accounting page for the job. Edge marks are black marks at the extreme edge of the sheet that are used for sorting or identification. Authorized users can specify Yes to request that edge marks print. This is the default value. No means that no edge marks print.
Database name
PSFPrinter.AccountingMark

Usage note: The actual printer hardware must support edge marks, and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.

1.828 Acknowledgement interval (pages)

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector sends requests to the printer to acknowledge that pages have stacked. The unit of measure for the value is pages. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-9999. If no value is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default value set by the printer driver component, which is 100.
Database name
PSFPrinter.AckInterval

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • Changing the value of this property can affect performance. Decreasing the value increases the number of requests, which can affect printer throughput. Increasing the value reduces the number of requests, which can affect the accuracy of printer exception conditions.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the acknowledgement interval.

1.829 Audit page edge marks

Specifies whether the printer prints page edge marks (also called mark forms) on the audit page for the job. Edge marks are black marks at the extreme edge of the sheet that are used for sorting or identification. Authorized users can specify Yes to request that edge marks print. This is the default value. No means that no edge marks print.
Database name
PSFPrinter.AuditMark

Usage note: The actual printer hardware must support edge marks, and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.

1.830 Color mapping table

Specifies the color mapping table (CMT) to use for printing jobs when the job Color mapping table property has no value. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
No default value
Database name
PSFPrinter.CMT

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • The CMT must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
    • In Linux:
      • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
      • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
    • In Windows:
      • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory
      • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF

1.831 Connection timer (seconds)

Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, that RICOH ProcessDirector waits before it stops trying to communicate with the printer when it cannot make a connection. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999. 0 prevents a timeout from occurring. If no value for the connection timer period is specified, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the default value set by the printer driver component, which is 30.
Database name
PSFPrinter.ConnectionTimeout

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the connection timer.

1.832 Cut sheet emulation

Specifies whether the printer prints with cut sheet emulation.

Use this property to specify if cut sheet emulation is enabled on the printer. Setting the printer property in RICOH ProcessDirector to match the setting on the printer ensures that multiple-up pages are formatted correctly when sent to the printer.

Values:

Not set (default)
Cut sheet emulation is not turned on.
Yes
Cut sheet emulation is turned on.
No
Cut sheet emulation is not turned on.

Database name
PSFPrinter.CSE

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • The printer must support cut sheet emulation and the cut sheet emulation function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable cut sheet emulation.

1.833 Job edge marks

Specifies whether the printer prints print edge marks (also called copy marks) on each sheet of the job. Edge marks are black marks at the extreme edge of the sheet that are used for sorting or identification.

Values:

No (default)
No edge marks print.
Yes
The printer prints edge marks.
Database name
PSFPrinter.EdgeMarks

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable edge marks.

1.834 Header page edge marks

Specifies whether the printer prints page edge marks (also called mark forms) marks on the header page for the job. Edge marks are black marks at the extreme edge of the sheet that are used for sorting or identification. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes (default)
Requests that edge marks print.
No
No edge marks print.
Database name
PSFPrinter.HeaderMark

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable header-page edge marks.

1.835 Interrupt message page edge marks

Specifies whether the printer prints page edge marks (also called mark forms) on the interrupt message page for the job. Edge marks are black marks at the extreme edge of the sheet that are used for sorting or identification. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes (default)
Requests that edge marks print.
No
No edge marks print.
Database name
PSFPrinter.IMPMark

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • The Interrupt message page property controls whether an interrupt message page prints if the printer receives an interrupt request.
  • The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable edge marks for the interrupt message page.

1.836 NPRO timer (seconds)

Specifies the number of seconds that a continuous-forms printer waits for the next job to arrive, after the last page of the current job prints. If no new job arrives, the printer does a non-process runout (NPRO), which moves the last page of the current job from the printer transfer station to the stacker. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-9999. 0 means that an NPRO never occurs automatically for the printer. The operator must perform an NPRO at the printer.
Default
60; used if no value is specified. This is the default value set by the printer driver component.
Database name
PSFPrinter.NPROTimer

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the NPRO timer.

1.837 Separator page edge marks

Specifies whether the printer prints page edge marks (also called mark forms) on the separator pages for the job. Edge marks are black marks at the extreme edge of the sheet that are used for sorting or identification. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes
Edge marks print.
No (default)
No edge marks print.
Database name
PSFPrinter.SeparatorMark

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable separator-page edge marks.

1.838 Printer TCP/IP port number

Specifies the communications port for the printer. Authorized users must specify a port number when they create the printer device. The specified port number must match the port number that is configured on the printer.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535
Default
Not set
Database name
PSFPrinter.TCPIP.Port

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • To avoid conflicts with other products, review the status of other ports before assigning a number. For example, you can use the netstat command or review the /etc/services file to determine what other ports are in use. See your operating system documentation for more information.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the port number.

1.839 Trailer page edge marks

Specifies whether the printer prints page edge marks (also called mark forms) on the trailer page for the job. Edge marks are black marks at the extreme edge of the sheet that are used for sorting or identification. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes
Edge marks print.
No (default)
No edge marks print.
Database name
PSFPrinter.TrailerMark

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only to AFP printers.
  • The printer must support edge marks and the edge-mark function must be enabled at the printer.
  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you enable or disable trailer-page edge marks.

1.840 Redirect to secure URL

Specify whether users who try to connect to RICOH ProcessDirector using the insecure connection are automatically redirected to the secure connection.

Values:

No
Yes (default)
You are redirected automatically to the web address specified in the Secure URL property.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SSL.AddRedirect

1.841 Enable HTTPS

Specifies whether secure network communication using Transport Layer Security (TLS) is enabled.

Values:

No (default)
All information sent to and from RICOH ProcessDirector is transmitted through an open connection.
Yes
All information sent to and from RICOH ProcessDirector is transmitted through a secure connection.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SSL.EnableHttps

Usage note:

  • For a secure connection RICOH ProcessDirector will use TLSv1.2 protocol to communicate over the network.

1.842 Host name

Specifies the host name to use for RICOH ProcessDirector. Only update this value if your keystore does not let you use localhost.

Values:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
localhost

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SSL.Hostname

Usage note:

  • If the certificate in the key store does not allow localhost then you have to provide the host name of the server. This is required for applications such as Feature Manager to communicate to the primary computer.

1.843 Capture transform data

Shows whether information about RICOH Transform features (excluding the Advanced Transforms) is included in the capture file.

Values:

Yes
Information about the RICOH Transform features is included in the file.
No (default)
Information about the RICOH Transform features is not included in the file.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.ITMCapture

1.844 Keystore file

Specify the name of the keystore file that contains certificates and private keys to ensure a secure connection.

Values:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SSL.Keystore

1.845 Keystore password

Specify the password used to access the keystore file.

Values:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.SSL.KeystorePassword

1.846 PSFAPI trace

Shows whether tracing for the print driver component is enabled. This trace collects information about printer and job actions. If this trace is enabled, it collects information about all the printers in the system, not about a specific printer.

Values:

On
PSFAPI tracing is enabled.
Off (default)
PSFAPI tracing is disabled.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.PSFAPI

1.847 PSFAPI trace wrap

Shows whether wrapping is enabled for the print driver component trace. This trace collects information about printer and job actions. If this trace is enabled, it collects information about all the printers in the system, not about a specific printer.

Values:

Off (default)
Wrapping is disabled. The trace file continues to grow, regardless of its size.
On
Wrapping is enabled. The trace file is written until it reaches the value of the PSFAPI trace wrap size property. At that time, a backup version of the trace file is saved and tracing continues in a new trace file.

Database name:
WorkflowSystem.PSFAPI.Wrap

Usage note: Only one backup trace file is saved.

1.848 PSFAPI trace wrap size

Shows the upper size limit in megabytes (MB) for the psfapi.log file that the system creates. When the psfapi.log file reaches this limit, the psfapi.log is backed up and new psfapi.log file is created to continue collecting data.

Format:

Data type
Integer
Default
8

Database name
WorkflowSystem.PSFAPI.Wrap.Size

1.849 Capture PSF data

Shows whether information about the print driver component is included in the capture file.

Values:

Yes
Information about the printer driver is included in the file.
No (default)
Information about the print driver is not included in the file.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.PSFCapture

1.850 PSFIN trace

Shows whether additional internal tracing for the print driver component is enabled. If this trace is enabled, it collects information about all the printers in the system, not about a specific printer.

Values

On
PSF internal tracing is enabled.
Off
PSF internal tracing is disabled.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.PSFIN

1.851 Save segment files

Shows whether the segment files created by the print driver are included in the capture file.

Values:

Yes (default)
Segment files are included.
No
Segment files are not included.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.SaveSegmentFiles

1.852 Secure URL

Specifies the URL that RICOH ProcessDirector uses for a secure connection.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.SSL.SecureUrl

1.853 Transform server IP address or host name

Specifies either the network IP address or the host name of the server where the Ricoh Transform feature is installed.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The TCP/IP address can contain numbers and periods, up to 15 characters (bytes) in length, and in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. No value in any of the four positions can be greater than 255. You can specify the fully qualified host name of the server instead of the IP address. For example, transform.ricoh.com.
Default
The host name or IP address of the primary computer.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Transform.ServerAddress

Usage notes:

  • If the computer has more than one network card, it has more than one IP address. Make sure that this value is the IP address that RICOH ProcessDirector uses.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for Transform servers.

1.854 Transform server port number

Specifies the communications port through which RICOH ProcessDirector communicates with the data transform program. Authorized users must specify this property; the value must match the port number that is configured for the data transform program.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-65535
Default
6986
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Transform.ServerPort

Usage notes:

  • Any network firewalls for the installation must allow access for the data transform ports, which, by default, are 6984 and 6986.
  • To avoid conflicts with other products, do not use these port numbers: 5001, 6874 through 6889, 8251, and 8253. You might want to review the status of other ports before assigning a number. For example, you can use the netstat command, or review the /etc/services file. See your operating system documentation for more information.

1.855 Report errors

Specifies whether the input device reports internal processing errors to AFP Download Plus to assist with problem determination.

Values:

Yes
The input device reports internal errors associated with a job to the host system that submitted the job.
No (default)
The input device does not report internal errors to the host system.
Database name
zOSDownload.EParm

Usage note: The host system must be configured to accept this data from RICOH ProcessDirector. See the AFP Download Plus documentation for configuration information.

1.856 Host code page

Specifies the code page that the input device uses to read the contents of any files that accompany print files, such as JCL and list files. The input device converts those accompanying files into UTF-8 format; it does not convert the print files to UTF-8. The Host code page should match the code page that was used to create the accompanying files.

Values:

ibm-500 (default)
EBCDIC
ibm-290
EBCDIC Japanese.
Database name
zOSDownload.HostCodePage

1.857 Device language

Specifies the language that the programs that interact with the input device should use when they return messages.

Values:

  • Not set. The program uses the language that the locale setting in the RICOH ProcessDirector server specifies.
  • English (en_US)
  • French (fr_FR)
  • German (de_DE)
  • Italian (it_IT)
  • Japanese (ja_JP)
  • Portuguese (pt_BR)
  • Spanish (es_ES)
Database name
zOSDownload.Language

Usage note: If you change this value, the change does not take effect until you disconnect the input device and then connect it again.

1.858 Destination control file

Specifies the full path and name of a file that the Download input device reads to set the AFP resource path used to search for resources for each data set. You can use this property when the system merges a multi-dataset job from Download for z/OS into a single job.

Format:

Default
None

Database name
zOSDownload.MDFile

Usage notes:

  • The MVS Download Destination Control File (DCF) is a flat text file that consists of Control Statements, blank lines, and comments. Each line has a maximum length of 1023 bytes. Tabs are treated as blank spaces.
  • This property is only used when the Merge dataset property is set to Yes and an input device connected to Download for z/OS receives multiple line data or mixed-mode jobs.
  • This property is only used by RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.
  • By default, a sample file is stored in C:\Program Files\Ricoh\ProcessDirector\PSF\bin\mvsdmap_rpd.txt. Look for the GLOBAL entries and add any directories you want searched for AFP resources. For example:
    • GLOBAL :: resource-context=c:\res_temp_prod;c:\res_temp_dev
  • Before you make any other changes to this file, contact your Ricoh support representative.

1.859 Merge dataset

Specifies whether the system merges a multi-dataset job from Download for z/OS or AFP Download Plus into a single job.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector merges a multi-dataset job into a single job.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not merge a multi-dataset job into a single job. RICOH ProcessDirector processes the multi-dataset job as a parent job with a set of child jobs.

Database name
zOSDownload.MergeDataset

Usage note: If you are using Download for z/OS, this property applies to AFP, mixed mode, and line data jobs. If you submit a multi-dataset line data or mixed mode job with the Merge dataset property set to Yes, RICOH ProcessDirector first converts each dataset to AFP and then combines the individual datasets into a single AFP job. Resources needed for the line data conversion must be in the default AFP resources directory and also in the directory specified in the Destination control file property. Resources for the mixed-mode conversion must be either inline in the dataset or located in the default AFP resources directory and in the Destination control file property.

1.860 Port number

Specifies the port through which a Download input device listens for new input files. You can assign the same port number to more than one input device; however, RICOH ProcessDirector lets you connect and enable only one of the input devices at a time.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 5002-65535
Default
Not set

Database name
zOSDownload.PortNumber

Usage notes:

  • To avoid conflicts with other products, review the status of other ports before assigning a number. For example, you can use the netstat command or review the /etc/services file to determine what other ports are in use. See your operating system documentation for more information.
  • Download for z/OS does not support ports 8251, 8253, or 64001-65535. These ports can receive data from AFP Download Plus.

1.861 Send return code to host

Specifies some rules for communication between RICOH ProcessDirector and the host system that submits jobs to this input device using AFP Download Plus.

Values:

Yes
The input device does not complete the transmission with the host system until after it checks the return code that the exit program or script reports. If the return code is zero, the input device reports success to the host system and ends the transmission. If the return code is any other value, the input device reports failure to the host system and ends the transmission.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector ends the transmission with the host system without checking or reporting the return code.
Database name
zOSDownload.WParm

1.862 Edit first

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector is to edit a job before creating white space. Select Yes if you used the AFP Editor to create barcodes or hidden areas in the control file because placement of white space areas in the control file can depend on the location of barcodes and hidden areas.

Values:

Yes (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector edits a job before it makes other enhancements to it.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector does not edit a job.
Database name
Job.EditFirst

Usage notes:

  • This property applies only if the AFP Editor feature is installed. If you select Yes and the AFP Editor is not installed, RICOH ProcessDirector does not edit the job.
  • For better performance, select Yes to edit jobs in this step, and do not include a separate step based on the EditAFP step template in this workflow.

1.863 Index first

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector indexes a job before creating barcodes or hidden areas. Select Yes if you used AFP Indexer to create page groups or index tags in the control file because information about barcodes or hidden areas in the control file can depend on the page groups and index tags.

Values:

Yes (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector indexes a job before it makes other enhancements to it.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector does not index a job.
Database name
Job.IndexerFirst

Usage note: For better performance, select Yes to index jobs in this step, and do not include a separate step based on the IndexAFP step template in this workflow.

1.864 Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment control file

Specifies the path and file name of the control file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses for all jobs that use this workflow. For example, the control file can tell RICOH ProcessDirector how to create page groups, index tags, barcodes, hidden areas, and white space. It can also tell RICOH ProcessDirector how to calculate values for document properties from index tag values. You use RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to create this control file. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
1 - 255 characters
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
None

Database name
Job.IndexerControlFile

Usage note: If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbolic notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment control file to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.

1.865 Index first

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector indexes a job before creating white space. Select Yes if you used AFP Indexer to create page groups or index tags in the control file because information about white space in the control file can depend on the page groups and index tags.

Values:

Yes (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector indexes a job before it makes other enhancements to it.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector does not index a job.
Database name
Job.IndexerFirstWSM

Usage note: For better performance, select Yes to index jobs in this step, and do not include a separate step based on the IndexAFP step template in this workflow.

1.866 New job type

Specifies the new workflow to which this job will be transferred.
Database name
Job.Conditions.ChangeJobType

1.867 Document property template

Specifies the path and name of a document properties template file containing the document properties that the system can use. If no template file is specified, the system can use all document properties in the system. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.DocumentPropertyTemplate

1.868 Group first

Specifies the primary grouping criterion for documents. The system creates a child job for each distinct combination of values of the six grouping properties.

Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.

The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document properties file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no grouping occurs.

The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (for example, Second group when First group was already specified) does not generate any additional groups. This could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.

A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.GroupFirst

Usage note: Group first is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.869 Group second

Specifies the secondary grouping criterion for documents. The system creates a child job for each distinct combination of values of the six grouping properties.

Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.

The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document properties file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.

The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.

A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.GroupSecond

Usage note: Group second is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.870 Group third

Specifies the third grouping criterion for documents. The system creates a child job for each distinct combination of values of the six grouping properties.

Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.

The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.

The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.

A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.GroupThird

Usage note: Group third is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.871 Group fourth

Specifies the fourth grouping criterion for documents. The system creates a child job for each distinct combination of values of the six grouping properties.

Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.

The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.

The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.

A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.GroupFourth

Usage note: Group fourth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.872 Group fifth

Specifies the fifth grouping criterion for documents. The system creates a child job for each distinct combination of values of the six grouping properties.

Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.

The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.

The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.

A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.GroupFifth

Usage note: Group fifth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.873 Group sixth

Specifies the sixth grouping criterion for documents. The system creates a child job for each distinct combination of values of the six grouping properties.

Steps based on the GroupDocuments step template use these grouping properties.

The value of this property can be the name of any field in the document property file, such as Customer Name, Encloser Type (envelope type or fold type), or Dispatch Type (USPS, Fed Ex, UPS, and so on). If any of the six grouping properties has no value, the grouping occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, then no grouping occurs.

The number of groups or child jobs created depends on the number of combinations of values for each of these grouping properties. It is possible that specifying an additional grouping (Second group when First group was already specified, for example) does not generate any additional groups; this could occur if all of the documents in the groups generated by First group have the same value for the property set for Second group.

A job can specify Not set to override the value set in the workflow.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.GroupSixth

Usage note: Group sixth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.874 Sort first

Specifies a primary sorting criterion.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.

Documents are sorted within the groups created by a step based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.

If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.

Default
Document ID
Database name
Job.Doc.SortFirst

Usage note: Sort first is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.875 Sort second

Specifies a secondary sorting criterion.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.

Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.

If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.SortSecond

Usage note: Sort second is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.876 Sort third

Specifies a third sorting criterion.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.

Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.

If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.SortThird

Usage note: Sort third is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.877 Sort fourth

Specifies a fourth sorting criterion.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.

Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.

If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.SortFourth

Usage note: Sort fourth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.878 Sort fifth

Specifies a fifth sorting criterion.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.

Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.

If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.SortFifth

Usage note: Sort fifth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.879 Sort sixth

Specifies a sixth sorting criterion.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property.

Documents are sorted within the groups created by steps based on the GroupDocuments step template. First group, Second group, Third group, Fourth group, Fifth group, and Sixth group are the primary sorting criteria if specified.

If any of the six sorting properties has no value, sorting occurs according to the remaining properties. If no properties have a value, no sorting occurs.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.SortSixth

Usage note: Sort sixth is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.880 First sort direction

Specifies the sort direction for a primary sort.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.

Values:

Ascending
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
Descending
Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
Not set
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.

Database name
Job.Doc.SortDirectionFirst

Usage note: First sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.881 Second sort direction

Specifies the sort direction for a secondary sort.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.

Values:

Ascending
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
Descending
Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
Not set
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.

Database name
Job.Doc.SortDirectionSecond

Usage note: Second sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.882 Third sort direction

Specifies the third sort direction.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.

Values:

Ascending
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
Descending
Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
Not set
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.

Database name
Job.Doc.SortDirectionThird

Usage note: Third sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.883 Fourth sort direction

Specifies the fourth sort direction.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.

Values:

Ascending
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
Descending
Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
Not set
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.

Database name
Job.Doc.SortDirectionFourth

Usage note: Fourth sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.884 Fifth sort direction

Specifies the fifth sort direction.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.

Values:

Ascending
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
Descending
Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
Not set
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.

Database name
Job.Doc.SortDirectionFifth

Usage note: Fifth sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.885 Sixth sort direction

Specifies the sixth sort direction.

Steps based on the SortDocuments step template use this property to sequence the documents in a job when they are retrieved from the document database.

Values:

Ascending
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.
Descending
Documents are ordered in descending alphanumeric value.
Not set
Documents are ordered in ascending alphanumeric value.

Database name
Job.Doc.SortDirectionSixth

Usage note: Sixth sort direction is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.886 Maximum sheets per child job

Specifies the maximum number of physical sheets in a child job.

Steps based on the SplitDocuments step template use this property.

If the number of sheets in a child job exceeds this number, additional child jobs are created so that the number of sheets in each child job does not exceed this number. You might want to specify a value that matches the capacity of your printer's input (roll size) or output (stacker) equipment.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.MaxSheetsPerChildJob

1.887 Maximum documents per child job

Specifies the maximum number of documents in a child job.

Steps based on the SplitDocuments step template use this property.

If the number of documents in a child job exceeds this number, additional child jobs are created so that the number of documents in each child job does not exceed this number.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.MaxDocsPerChildJob

1.888 Child job type

Specifies the workflow for the child jobs that are created by steps based on the CreateAFPJobsFromDocuments step template or the CreateJobsFromDocuments step template.

Alternatively, you can specify the child job type in the document properties file.

If a value exists in the document properties file, it takes priority. If neither the document properties file nor this child job type property specifies a value, an error occurs. If documents in the same child job have different job type values, an error occurs.

To specify a different workflow for each child job that the step creates, leave this property blank and instead set the child job type in the SetDocPropsFromConditions step using a property conditions file. In the property conditions file, set the Job.Doc.ChildJobType property to the same value for all documents in the child job.

Database name
Job.Doc.ChildJobType

Usage notes:

  • In some cases, a particular workflow in the job type list is not a valid selection. For example, the ErrorMessage, DownloadLineData, LineData, and LineDataWithOverrides workflows are all used for processing line data; line data is not supported as a type of print file. (If you want to process line data, you must first convert it to AFP.)
  • In addition to the workflows listed above, you can select a workflow that you have created as a child job type.

1.889 Document count

Specifies the total number of documents associated with a job.

The property value displays only after a step based on the WriteDocumentsToDatabase or UpdateDocumentsInDatabase step template runs. To do a task that depends on this property, such as printing a document report using Reports, make sure that a step based on one of those step templates occurs in the workflow first.

Database name
Job.Doc.DocumentCount

1.890 Created Document Count

The number of documents created by the WriteDocumentsToDatabase step.
Database name
Job.Doc.CreatedDocumentCount

1.891 Original document count

Specifies the total number of documents associated with a job prior to any document combining. The system assigns this value. You cannot change it.
Database name
Job.Doc.OriginalDocumentCount

1.892 Property conditions file

Specifies the fully qualified path to the property conditions comma-separated values file, which is used to update document properties based on existing property settings. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

If you have the Control File Editor extension, an icon displays above the data entry field; to edit the conditions file using an editor, click the icon.

Database name
Job.Doc.PropertyCSV

1.893 Split boundary

Specifies the name of the document property to be used as the child job split boundary.

The sequence of documents in the source job may only be split when the value of this property changes between documents. The values shown in the drop-down list vary depending on the features you have installed.

Database name
Job.Doc.SplitBoundaryProperty

Usage note: Split boundary is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.894 Exceed maximum split to reach boundary

You can change the point at which a job is split using the Split boundary property and the Exceed maximum split to reach boundary property. For example, you might want to make sure that child jobs split according to the capacity of your mailpiece trays. Normally, SplitDocuments might set a new value for the Child job ID for a document that does not have a new tray ID (it splits child jobs in the middle of a tray). However, if you enter a tray ID as the value of the Split boundary property, SplitDocuments will split child jobs only when the tray ID has a different value. If Exceed maximum split to reach boundary is Yes, the step adds more documents to the current child job until the next tray boundary is reached. If Exceed maximum split to reach boundary is No, the step removes documents from the current child job until the previous tray boundary is reached.

Values:

Yes (default)
Allows a job to contain more documents or sheets than the maximum value, to reach the boundary that you specified using the Split boundary property.
No
The job always splits based on the maximum document or sheet value.

Database name
Job.Doc.SplitBoundaryExceedMax

Usage note: Exceed maximum split to reach boundary is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.895 Honor groups on sort

GroupDocuments can merge existing groups before applying grouping criteria. Normally, GroupDocuments keeps any existing groups as specified using the Child job ID value, and applies grouping rules by subdividing existing groups. However, if Honor groups on sort is No, the step does not subdivide existing groups; instead, it considers the entire document properties file as one group, with the document sequence order defined according to the value of Child job ID and Sequence in child order in each child job. The step then applies grouping criteria to reset the values of Child job ID and Sequence in child so that groups are based only on the criteria specified in this step.
Database name
Job.Doc.HonorGroups

Usage note: Honor groups on sort is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.896 Associate documents with children

Specifies if the documents will be associated with the child job or left with the parent. If not set, or "Yes", the active association of the documents will be transferred to the child job after completing the step. If "No", then all associations will remain with the current job.
Database name
Job.Doc.AssociateDocsToChildren

1.897 Assemble phase

Specifies whether or not the job type has one or more steps in the Assemble phase. The system displays an icon in this row of the job types table if the job type contains one or more steps in the Assemble phase.
Database name
JobType.PhaseUsage.Assemble

1.898 Document number

Shows the unique identifier of the document in the system. You cannot change this value.
Database name
Doc.ID

1.899 Data offset

Shows the distance in bytes of the document from the start of the AFP file. This value is determined during indexing. You cannot change this value.
Database Name
Doc.DataOffset

1.900 Data length

Shows the size in bytes of the document in the AFP file. This value is determined during indexing. You cannot change this value.
Database Name
Doc.DataLen

1.901 Child job ID

Shows the ID of the child job containing this document. You cannot change this value.
Database Name
Doc.ChildJobID

1.902 Sequence in child job

Shows the relative position of this document within the child job. You cannot change this value.
Database Name
Doc.SequenceInChild

1.903 Original job number

Shows the number of the job that was submitted to the system. You cannot change this value.
Database name
Doc.OriginalJobID

1.904 Sequence in original job

Shows the position of the document in the original job. For example, the first document in the job displays a value of 1, the second document in the job displays a value of 2, and so on. You cannot change this value. The Automated Verification feature uses this property to track documents. You should include the property in the barcodes that you add to documents for use with that feature.
Database name
Doc.OriginalSequence

1.905 Sheets

Shows the number of sheets for the document. You cannot change this value.
Database name
Doc.OriginalSheets

Usage notes:

  • For PDF jobs, this property is only set if the workflow includes a step based on the CountPages step template before a step based on the IdentifyPDFDocuments step template. The CountPages step computes this value.
  • For indexed AFP jobs, this property is only set if the workflow includes a step based on the EnableRepositioning step template before a step based on the IdentifyDocuments step template. The EnableRepositioning step computes this value. This information only applies to Ricoh ProcessDirector.

1.906 Original pages

Shows the number of pages in the document. You cannot change this value.
Database name
Doc.OriginalPages

Usage note: Where applicable, this property represents the number of pages for the document in the original job.

1.907 Associated job number

Shows the number of the job that provides the current status for the document. If multiple active jobs are associated with the document, the number is for the job in the earliest phase.
Database name
Doc.CurrentJobID

Usage note: If all jobs associated with the document are in the Complete phase, the Current Job number is the job with a step in the latest phase before Complete. For example, two jobs might be associated with a document. The original job has steps in the Prepare phase and in the Complete phase; another job has steps in the Print phase and in the Complete phase. If both jobs are in the Complete phase, the current job number represents the job that completed the Print phase, because the Print phase occurs after the Prepare phase.

1.908 Sequence in job

Shows the position of the document in the job. For example, the first document in the job displays a value of 1, the second document in the job displays a value of 2, and so on. You cannot change this value.
Database name
Doc.CurrentSequence

1.909 Current Sheets

Shows the current number of sheets for the document. You cannot change this value.
Database name
Doc.CurrentSheets

1.910 State

Shows the state of the document. The system updates this value automatically.

Values:

Active
The document is being processed by one or more jobs.
Available
The document is available for selection.
Complete
The document completed processing.
Pulled
The document was pulled out of the workflow. To reactivate the document, use the Make Available action.
Database name
Doc.State

Usage note:The Available state and the Make Available action apply only if the Advanced Document Pool extended feature is installed.

1.911 Document count

Shows the number of documents in the group. The value is 1 if the document is a single document. If the property is for a document group, the value is the number of documents in the group.
Database name
Doc.Count

1.912 Original first page

Shows the number of the first page for the document in the original job. For example, if a document contains pages 10-20 from the original job, the displayed value is 10. This value is not obtained from the page numbering on the document's printed pages so it might not match printed page numbers or page numbers displayed in the viewer.
Database name
Doc.OriginalFirstPage

1.913 Combined document

Indicates whether the document is part of a combined document.
Database name
Doc.CombinedDocument

1.914 Next document ID

Specifies the next document ID to be used.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Doc.NextDocID

1.915 Search

Lets you select from the searches you previously saved to start a search or define new search criteria.

When you load a saved search, its search criteria are shown. To start the search, click OK.

Values:

The list of searches you have saved.

New search (Default)
Lets you create a new list of search criteria instead of choosing from the list of saved searches.

Usage notes:

  • If you retrieve a saved search, then make changes and save the search, a second search with the same name is saved.
  • To save a new search, select New search, set the search criteria, and click Save Search. Enter a name for the search and press Enter.
  • Searches are saved separately for each user.
  • To delete a saved search, open the Search list and hover over the name of the search. Click the X that appears to the right of the search name. The X turns red. To delete the search, click the red X.

1.916 Create as child jobs

Specifies whether jobs created by the CreateJobsFromDocuments step are child jobs of the parent or new jobs.

Values:

Yes (Default)
Child jobs are created.
No
New jobs are created.

Database Name
Job.Doc.CreateChildJobs

1.917 Parent Job ID

Specifies the parent job that created the current job with a subset of documents.
Database Name
Job.Doc.ParentJobID

1.918 Split balance

Specifies the type of job size balancing to be performed. Although the objective of a balanced split is to create jobs of equal size, the result may depend upon the number of documents in the source job, the number of sheets in each document, and the value of the split boundary property.

Values:

None (default)
No balancing is performed.
Document count (default)
Balance with the objective of dividing documents equally among child jobs.
Sheet count
Balances with the objecting of dividing sheets equally among child jobs.

Database name
Job.Doc.SplitBalance

Usage note: Split balance is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.919 Enhance AFP control file

Specifies a control file that defines additional processing for documents in the job. For example, the control file can add barcodes to documents. Typically, the Ricoh support representative creates the Enhance AFP control file. If the control file is not specified, no additional processing is performed. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Doc.EnhanceAFPControlFile

1.920 Stop when no documents are found

Specifies whether the IdentifyDocuments step moves the job into an error state if no documents are found.

Values:

Not set
If no documents are found, the step goes into an error state.
No
The job continues processing, even if no documents were found.
Yes (Default)
If no documents are found, the step goes into an error state.

Database name
Job.Doc.FailWhenNoDocsFound

1.921 Original form definition

Specifies the form definition in effect at the time the IdentifyDocuments step was run. This form definition will be used by the BuildAFPFromDocuments step when building print files.
Database name
Job.Doc.OriginalFormdef

1.922 External command

Specifies a command string that launches a command on each individual file within the ZIP file. The command is executed for each AFP file in the ZIP file before it is combined into a single AFP file.

Format:

Length
1-3072 characters (bytes); special characters are permitted
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.AfpZip.ExternalCommand

Usage notes:

  • The program you provide must always expect the AFP file as the last argument. For example, to pass the job number to the program named myscript , enter /aiw/aiw1/bin/myscript ${Job.ID} for the External command property. When the step executes for job 10000045, the command is resolved to /aiw/aiw1/bin/myscript 10000045/aiw/aiw1/spool/default/10000045/eachAFPfileinthezip.afp
  • External command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.923 Banner page form definition

Specifies the name of the AFP form definition that the BuildAFPFromZip step uses when it adds a header or trailer page to the job it creates. The form definition controls the placement of data on the banner pages. It also defines other formatting information, such as a bin number for the printer device. For example, with cut-sheet printers, the header page can print on paper that is a different color than the paper color for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @

Database name
Job.BannerFormDef

Usage notes:

  • The form definition must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path printer property specifies or in one of these directories:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory
  • Banner pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.

1.924 Include header pages

Specifies whether the BuildAFPFromZip step adds header pages before each file that it adds to the job.

Values:

Yes (default)
Header pages are included.
No
No header pages are included for jobs that are processed by this step.

Database name
Job.EnableHeader

Usage notes:

  • The file that the Header page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that is included on the header page.
  • Header pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.

1.925 Include trailer pages

Specifies whether the BuildAFPFromZip step adds trailer pages after each file that it adds to the job.

Values:

Yes
Trailer pages are included.
No (default)
No trailer pages are included for jobs that are processed by this step.

Database name
Job.EnableTrailer

Usage notes:

  • The file that the Trailer page configuration file job property specifies controls the information that is included on the trailer page.
  • Trailer pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.

1.926 Header page configuration file

Specifies the path to and the name of the configuration file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to create the content and format of the header page placed before each file that is contained in the ZIP file. Authorized users can specify one of the configuration files for header pages that RICOH ProcessDirector provides, or specify a customized configuration file.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file. RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages directory.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use backslashes (\)

Database name
Job.HeaderConfig

Usage note: Header pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.

1.927 Trailer page configuration file

Specifies the path and name of the configuration file that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to create the content and format of the trailer page placed after each file that is contained in the ZIP file. Authorized users can specify one of the configuration files for trailer pages that RICOH ProcessDirector provides or they can specify a customized configuration file.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file. RICOH ProcessDirector provides these configuration files in the /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages directory.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Do not use backslashes (\)

Database name
Job.TrailerConfig

Usage note: Trailer pages are not supported on RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows.

1.928 File body

Specifies the body information in the output file created by a step based on the BuildFileFromProperties step template. Use this property to include the values of document properties in the output file. You also can use this property to include the values of job properties in the output file.

If you include references to job properties, the values for those job properties in the output file are the same in each document.

The document properties file in the spool directory for the job provides input to the BuildFileFromProperties step. In the output file, the value of this property is repeated for each document in the document properties file.

The step writes the value of this property to the output file only when both these conditions apply:

  • The File body property specifies a value, typically referencing one or more valid document properties.
  • The spool directory for the job contains a document properties file.

Default
None
Database name
Job.FileBody
Usage notes:
  • The output file can be in any format, including XML, JSON, and CSV.
  • To include document and job values in the output, specify document and job properties in the file body using symbol notation. The symbols are placeholders for the values of the document and job properties.

    This example for creating XML output uses four symbols to specify the Document number (database name Doc.ID), Current pages ( Doc.CurrentPages), Customer name ( Doc.Custom.CustomerName), and Customer account number ( Doc.Custom.AccountNumber) document properties in the file body:

    <Document> <DocNumber>${Doc.ID}</DocNumber> <PageCount>${Doc.CurrentPages}</PageCount> <Customer Custname="${Doc.Custom.CustomerName}" CustAccount="${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber}" /></Document>

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • For an example of XML output created by defining values for this property, File header, and File footer, see the topic about the BuildFileFromProperties step template in the help system.

1.929 File footer

Specifies the footer information in the output file created by a step based on the BuildFileFromProperties step template. Use this property for any static information required at the bottom of the file. You also can use this property to include the values of job properties in the output.
Default
None
Database name
Job.FileFooter
Usage notes:
  • The output file can be in any format, including XML, JSON, and CSV.
  • To include job values in the output, specify job properties in the file footer using symbol notation. The symbols are placeholders for the values of the job properties. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
  • For an example of XML output created by defining values for this property, File header, and File body, see the topic about the BuildFileFromProperties step template in the help system.

1.930 File header

Specifies the header information in the output file created by a step based on the BuildFileFromProperties step template. Use this property for static information required at the top of the file and to include the values of job properties in the output.
Default
None
Database name
Job.FileHeader
Usage notes:
  • The output file can be in any format, including XML, JSON, and CSV.
  • To include job values in the output, specify job properties in the file header using symbol notation. The symbols are placeholders for the values of the job properties.

    This example for creating XML output uses two symbols to specify the Job name (database name Job.Name) and Total pages ( Job.TotalPages) job properties in the file header:

    <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><InputFile> <PDF>${Job.Name}</PDF> <TotalPages>${Job.TotalPages}</TotalPages>

    The example includes a start-tag, <InputFile>. The end-tag, </InputFile>, is in the File footer property.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • For an example of XML output created by defining values for this property, File body, and File footer, see the topic about the BuildFileFromProperties step template in the help system.

1.931 Output file

Specifies the full path and name of the output file created by a step based on the BuildFileFromProperties step template. The file can be in any format, including XML, JSON, and CSV.
Default
None
Database name
Job.OutputFile
Usage notes:
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • To make sure that other steps in the workflow can process the output file, save it in the spool directory for the job. For example, use this symbol to write the output to an XML data file stored in the spool directory for the job: ${getFileName(data,xml,write)}

    The step names the file jobID.data.xml where jobID is the job number.

  • If you specify a directory other than the spool directory, make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to that directory.

  • You can save the properties for the BuildFileFromProperties step without setting a value for this property, but an output file is required when the step processes jobs. To set the Output file property from within the workflow, use a step (such as SetJobPropsFromTextFile or AssignJobValues) that sets job properties.

1.932 Destination directory on secondary server

Specifies the path to the directory that the print file is copied to when the Copy file to secondary server property is set to Yes.

Format:

Default
None
Database name
Printer.CTS.DownloadDirectory

Usage notes:

  • This property only applies to AFP printers.
  • Only one directory can be listed.
  • The full path to the directory must be used; you cannot use a relative path.
  • To maximize performance, the directory should be on the secondary server itself, not mounted or shared across a network.
  • The RICOH ProcessDirector group ( aiwgrp1 is the default) and system user ( aiw1 is the default) must have read/write permission for the directory.
  • The server listed in the Printer server property must be able access this directory.
  • The directory must be large enough to hold the print files that are copied to it. If you plan to copy multiple files to the server, make sure that the directory has enough space for the maximum number of files that you can copy to the directory.

1.933 Copy file to secondary server

Specifies whether print jobs should be copied to a secondary server before they are sent to the printer.

For example, you might copy a print file from the spool directory on a primary server to a directory on a secondary server. When the print file is on the secondary server, the printer driver can process the file and send it to the printer more efficiently, especially on slower or less reliable networks.

Values:

Yes
All jobs sent to this printer are copied to the Destination directory on secondary server on the Printer server for this printer.
No
All jobs sent to this printer are printed from the spool directory as usual.
Not set (default)
All jobs sent to this printer are printed from the spool directory as usual.

Database name
Printer.CTS.DownloadFile

Usage notes:

  • This property only applies to AFP printers.
  • If the Destination directory on secondary server property is not set, this property is ignored, and the file is not copied to the secondary server.
  • When RICOH ProcessDirector starts to copy the print file, the Job status changes to Assigned. If the printer is shut down before the job prints, the print file is deleted from the server and the job status changes back to Unassigned. If the printer is stopped before the job prints, the print file is not deleted and the Job status remains as Assigned.
  • Multiple print files can be copied to the secondary server. The Maximum concurrent jobs property controls how many print files can be printing or waiting to print on the secondary server. When the maximum is reached, one job must finish printing before another job can be copied to the server.
  • Jobs are printed in the order that they are received.

1.934 Attach document

Specifies whether a document is extracted from the file specified in the Source file for attachment property and attached to each individual email sent by the EmailDocuments step.

Values:

Yes (default)
The email sent by this step includes an attachment of a document extracted from the specified file.
No
The email sent by this step does not have a document attached.

Database name
Job.Document.AttachDocToEmail

Usage note: Attach document is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.935 Name of attachment

Specifies the file name for the attachments created and delivered to the SMTP server by the EmailDocuments step. Use this value to make the name of the attachment more meaningful to the email recipient.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)
Default
${Job.Name}

Database name
Job.Document.AttachmentName

Usage notes:

  • You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties to specify the attachment name. For example, use ${Job.Name} in this value to use the name of the job as the attachment name or a combination of text and a custom document property such as Statement for ${Doc.Custom.PolicyOwner}.pdf to use the policy owner’s name as part of the attachment name.
  • You must have a value in this field if the Attach Document property is set to Yes.
  • Name of attachment is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.936 Source file for attachment

Specifies the full path or symbolic name of the PDF file you want to extract documents from. The documents are attached to each email sent by the EmailDocuments step. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

To attach a document from the current PDF file in the job's spool directory, specify: ${getFileName(print,pdf,read)}.

To attach a document from a different version of the PDF file in the job's spool directory, with the name jobID.original.pdf for example, specify: ${getFileName(original,pdf,read)}

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
${getFileName(print,pdf,read)}

Database name
Job.Document.EmailAttachment

Usage notes:

  • To attach a file to the email, you must set the Attach document property to Yes.
  • You can only attach PDF files to emails.
  • Source file for attachment is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.937 Blind copy address

One or more email addresses to send a blind copy of the document to. This value is used in the BCC: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
If you enter a specific email address, it must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com. If you enter a symbol for a job or document property, the email addresses that are used when the step interprets the symbol must match the format of a valid email address.

Database name
Job.Document.EmailBCC

Usage note:

  • To send the document to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
  • You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in this value. For example, use ${Doc.EmailAddress} in this value to include the document owner in the blind copy email address line.
  • Blind copy address is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.938 Copy address

One or more email addresses to send a copy of the document to. This value is used in the CC: field of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
If you enter a specific email address, it must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com. If you enter a symbol for a job or document property, the email addresses that are used when the step interprets the symbol must match the format of a valid email address.

Database name
Job.Document.EmailCC

Usage notes:

  • To send the document to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
  • You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in this value. For example, use ${Doc.EmailAddress} in this value to include the document owner in the copy to email address line.
  • Copy address is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.939 Message

Specifies the message to include in the body of the email. Messages can consist of plain text, HTML, and embedded images.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Document.EmailMessage

Usage notes:

  • You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in the email message. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name and a custom document property such as ${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber} to include an account number.
  • The step supports tags in the HTML 4.01 specification. Support for individual tags varies by email client and browser.
  • You can embed images stored locally by specifying a fully qualified file name. You can embed images on the Internet or a company intranet by specifying a fully qualified URL.
  • You can mix plain text and HTML.
  • Invalid HTML does not cause the step to fail. RICOH ProcessDirector sends HTML without validating it.
  • Message is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.940 Subject line

Specifies the text to include in the subject line of the email.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Document.EmailSubject

Usage notes:

  • You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in the email subject line. For example, use ${Job.InputFile} in this value to include the input file name and a custom document property such as ${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber} to include an account number.
  • Subject line is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.941 Recipient address

One or more email addresses to send the document to. This value is used in the To: field of the email.

To specify a different email address for each document, use a custom document property you created such as ${Doc.Custom.EmailAddress}.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
If you enter a specific email address, it must match the format of a valid email address: username@mycompany.com. If you enter a symbol for a job or document property, the email addresses that are used when the step interprets the symbol must match the format of a valid email address.

Database name
Job.Document.EmailTo

Usage notes:

  • To send the document to multiple email addresses, separate the addresses with a comma (,) or semicolon ( ;).
  • You can use symbol formulas to include job or document properties in this value. For example, use ${Doc.EmailAddress} in this value to include the document owner in the email address line.
  • Recipient address is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.942 Scanned barcodes

Shows a list of the scanned barcodes. The list does not display the barcodes themselves, but the data specified in the barcode format that is contained in the barcodes.

Click inside this field before scanning the barcode on the first document you want to find.

If your barcode scanner is configured to send a New Line signal after each scan, the cursor moves to the next line in the Scanned barcodes field. As each barcode is scanned, it appears as a new line in this field.

1.943 Values list

Specify the property values to look for when you search for documents.

Each property value must be on a separate line with no extra blanks at the end of the line.

Database name
Job.StyleFilter

1.944 Document property

Lets you select which property to use to search for documents.
Database name
Job.StyleFormat

1.945 Barcode format name

Specifies the name of the barcode format. A barcode format specifies the job and document properties in a barcode and the layout of the properties in the barcode.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ % & ( ) * + , / : ? @ [ ] ^ { }
Database name
BarcodeFormat.ID

Usage note: To find a document in the system, an operator can select the barcode format name and then scan the barcode that is printed on the document.

1.946 Barcode format description

Describes the barcode format.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
BarcodeFormat.Description

1.947 Property

Specifies the name of a job or document property. In the drop-down list, job properties are identified by (Job) after the property name. This field is required to add a property to the barcode format.
Default
None
Database name
BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.Name

1.948 Property length

Specifies the length (number of characters) of the property value in the barcode. This field is required to add a property to the barcode format.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 to 2147483647
Default
None
Database name
BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.Length

1.949 Property start

Specifies the starting position of the property value in the barcode. 1 means that the property starts in the first position. This field is required to add a property to the barcode format.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 to 2147483647
Default
None
Database name
BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.Start

Usage note: If the barcode scanner is configured to read only this property value in the barcode, specify position 1.

1.950 Comparison Type

Specifies how the contents of a field are used to search for documents.

Values:

Contains
A barcode format value meets the condition based on a partial value of the property. The comparison is case-sensitive.
For example, if decoding the barcode results in Bills and the field is Job Name, the search looks for jobs where the job name contains the string Bills.
Equals (default)
A barcode format value meets the condition if the value of the selected property exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
For example, if decoding the barcode results in 05 and the field is Insert status code, the search looks for documents where the insert status code is equal to the value 05.
Prefix
A barcode format value meets the condition if the initial character or characters of the selected property match the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
For example, if decoding the barcode results in 1 and the field is Insert status code, the search looks for documents where the insert status code starts with the character 1.

Database name
BarcodeFormatProperty.Field.ComparisonType

1.951 Max documents to display

Specifies the maximum number of documents to display in the Documents table on the Main page when you search.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0 to 2147483647
Default
All documents that match the search criteria.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Docsearch.MaxDocuments

1.952 Preprinted form overlay on back

Specifies whether any preprinted form overlays specified for the back side of a sheet should print on simplex sheets if the job is not printed in duplex. This property applies to all preprinted form overlays specified for the job or specified on the AFP printer object.

Values:

Not set
No value is set. Other job or printer level duplex properties control how the preprinted forms overlays are printed.
No (default)
If the job specifies simplex or is forced to simplex by a printer that does not support duplexing, ignore any preprinted forms overlays specified for the back sides of the sheets.
Yes
If the job specifies simplex or is forced to simplex by a printer that does not support duplexing, print any preprinted forms overlays specified for the back sides of the sheets on the front sides.
Database name
Job.PFO.Duplex

Usage notes:

  • This property is ignored if no Medium preprinted overlay for back or Partition preprinted overlay for back is defined for either the job or AFP printer.

1.953 Medium preprinted overlay for front

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for the front side of a full page in the job. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.MPFOFRONT

Usage notes:

  • The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job, an overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for front for the job, or any preprinted form overlays for the front named on the AFP printer.

1.954 Medium preprinted overlay for back

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for the back side of a full page in the job. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.MPFOBACK

Usage notes:

  • The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job, an overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for back for the job, or any preprinted form overlays for the back side named on the AFP printer.

1.955 Partition preprinted overlay for front

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for a partition on the front side of a multiple-up page in the job. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.PPFOFRONT

Usage notes:

  • The overlay named in this property is used if no other overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for front for the job.
  • The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job or any preprinted form overlays for the front side named in the AFP printer.

1.956 Partition preprinted overlay for back

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for a partition on the back side of a multiple-up page in the job. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.PPFOBACK

Usage notes:

  • The overlay named in this property is used if no other overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for back for the job.
  • The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the form definition specified for the job or any preprinted forms overlays for the back side named on the AFP printer.

1.957 Medium preprinted overlay for front

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for the front side of a full page in each job that is assigned to the printer. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
AFPPrinter.MPFOFRONT

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
  • The overlay named in this property is only used if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property and no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job.
  • The overlay named in this property is used instead of an overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for front property for the printer.

1.958 Medium preprinted overlay for back

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for the back side of a full page in each job that is assigned to the printer. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
AFPPrinter.MPFOBACK

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
  • The overlay named in this property is only used if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property, no preprinted forms overlay is named in the Partition preprinted overlay for back for the job, and no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job.
  • The overlay named in this property is used instead of a preprinted forms overlay named in the Partition preprinted overlay for back property for the printer.

1.959 Partition preprinted overlay for front

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for a partition on the front side of a multiple-up page in each job that is assigned to the printer. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
AFPPrinter.PPFOFRONT

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
  • The overlay named in this property is used only if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property, no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job, no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for front for the job, and no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for front for the printer.

1.960 Partition preprinted overlay for back

Specifies an AFP preprinted form overlay for a partition on the back side of a multiple-up page in each job that is assigned to the printer. A preprinted form overlay is an AFP resource that contains the predefined data for a form. Unlike medium or page overlays, preprinted form overlays are always placed on the page first so that variable data is not covered up by overlay shading or other data.

The overlay must reside in one of the directories that the AFP resource path job or printer property specifies or in one of these directories:

  • On Linux:
    • In the /aiw/aiw1/resources directory.
    • In the /usr/lpp/psf/reslib directory.
  • On Windows:
    • In the c:\aiw\aiw1\resources directory.
    • In the \reslib directory in the PSF install path. The default install path is c:\Program Files (x86)\InfoPrint\PSF.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 alphanumeric characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can include these special characters: # $ @
Default
Not set
Database name
AFPPrinter.PPFOBACK

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property if there is a job assigned to the printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically shuts down and restarts the printer when you change the default overlay.
  • The overlay named in this property is used only if no other preprinted forms overlay is named in the corresponding job property, no preprinted forms overlay is named in the form definition specified for the job, no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for back for the job, and no overlay is named in the Medium preprinted overlay for back for the printer.

1.961 Page exceptions file

Specifies the full path or symbolic name of the file generated by the ExtractPageExceptions step.
Default
${getFileName(pletotab,del,read)}
Database name
Job.PleIntoAFP.Filename

Usage note: Page exceptions file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.962 Delimiter

Specifies the delimiter used in the list file to separate the values contained on each line in the list file processed by the SetDocPropsFromList step.

Values:

Tab
Values in the list file are separated by a tab.
Semicolon
Values in the list file are separated by a semicolon.
Comma
Values in the list file are separated by a comma.
Space
Values in the list file are separated by a space.
New Line (default)
Each value in the list file is on a separate line.
Tilde
Values in the list file are separated by a tilde.

Database name
Job.DocDelimiter

Usage notes:

  • If the list file only contains values for a single property, set the value to New Line.
  • If the list file contains values for more than one property, choose the delimiter that is used to separate values within one line.
  • If you select New Line, the list file can only contain values for a single property. If you specify more than one property in the Columns in list file property and the file only contains values for a single property, the step moves the job to an error state when it runs.
  • Delimiter is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.963 List file directory

Specifies the full path name to the directory that contains one or more list files to use for the SetDocPropsFromList step. When the step runs, RICOH ProcessDirector processes all files in this directory.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocPathToPullList

Usage notes:

  • If any of the files in the specified directory cannot be read because of file permissions, an error is generated. Any other problems with the files that prevent processing are ignored and the job continues to the next step.
  • If no files are found in the directory when the step runs, the job continues to the next step.
  • List file directory is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.964 Document property to set

Specifies which single document property is added or set for each document in the job when it is processed by the SetDocPropsFromList step.

Values:

The list of all document properties in the system.

Database name
Job.DocPropToSet

Usage notes:

  • For documents in the document properties file that match the Columns in list file property properties in the list file and contain the specified document property when the step runs, the values are changed to match the value of the Value for matching documents property.
  • For documents in the document properties file that match theColumns in list file property properties in the list file and do not contain the specified document property when the step runs, the property is added and the value is set to match the value of the Value for matching documents property.
  • If the documents in the document properties file do not match the Columns in list file properties in the list file, the value is set to the value specified in the Value for other documents property.
  • Document property to set is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.965 Value for other documents

Specifies what value is applied to the property specified in Document property to set by the SetDocPropsFromList step. All of the documents in the document properties file that do not match the Columns in list file properties in the list file are set to this value.

Format:

Data type
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocPropToSetDefValue

Usage notes:

  • If this field is blank, the Document property is not changed. To enter a blank value for the Document property to set property, type this text (case-sensitive) in the field: ##NULL##
  • Value for other documents is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.966 Value for matching documents

Specifies what value is applied to the property specified in Document property to set by the SetDocPropsFromList step. All of the documents in the document properties file that match the Columns in list file properties in the list file are set to this value.

Format:

Data type
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocPropToSetValue

Usage notes:

  • This field must contain a value; you cannot leave it blank. To enter a blank value in the document properties file for the Document property to set property, type this text (case-sensitive) in the field: ##NULL##
  • Value for matching documents is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.967 Matching documents found

Shows whether one or more documents in the job match entries in one of the files recorded in the List files processed property.

Values:

Yes
At least one document in the job matched an entry in one of the list files processed by any of the steps based on the SetDocPropsFromList step template in the workflow.
No
None of the documents in the job match any entries in any of the list files processed in the workflow.

Database name
Job.DocPropToSet.DocMatch

Usage note: If you have more than one step based on the SetDocPropsFromList step template in the workflow, this value is set by each step, overwriting any previous value.

1.968 List files processed

Shows the names of the files found in the List file directory that were processed by the SetDocPropsFromList step. The file names are separated by a semicolon (;).
Database name
Job.DocPropToSet.FilesRead

Usage note: List files processed is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.969 Stop for excess columns

Specifies whether a step based on the SetDocPropsFromList step template fails if the number of columns in the list file is greater than the number of properties specified in the Selected column of the Columns in list file property.

Values:

Yes (default)
The step places the job in Error state if the number of columns in the list file is greater than the number of properties selected in the Columns in list file property.
No
The step continues processing the list file even if the number of columns in the list file is greater than the number of properties selected in the Columns in list file property.

Database name
Job.DocPropToSet.OptFail

Usage notes:

  • The step assumes that the properties listed in the Columns in list file property and the columns in the list file are in the same order. For example, the property at the top of the Selected list corresponds to the first column of the list file; the second property in the Selected list corresponds to the second column in the list file.
  • If you set this value to No, the step ignores any columns that are not mapped to items in the Selected list. For example, if the list file contains 25 columns and the Selected list contains five properties, the step reads the information in the first five columns and ignores the other 20 columns.
  • Stop for excess columns is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.970 Columns in list file

Specifies one or more document properties that correspond to columns in the list file.

The SetDocPropsFromList step compares the values of the document properties for each document in the document properties file to the values in the list file. If the values of the document properties match values in the list file, the SetDocPropsFromList step updates the document property specified as the Document property to set property with the value specified by the Value for matching documents property.

If one or more values of the document properties do not match values in the list file, the step updates the document property specified as the Document property to set property with the value specified by the Value for other documents property.

Database name
Job.DocPullIdentifier

Usage notes:

  • You must select at least one document property.
  • You must specify the document properties (top to bottom) in the order that they appear in the list file (left to right).
  • Use the minimum number of document properties needed to match columns in the list file.
  • Example:
    • The list file contains two columns. The first column has values for account type, and the second column has values for postal code:
      Individual,80301Individual,80302Corporate,80301
    • The values of the Columns in list file property are Doc.Custom.AccountType and Doc.Custom.PostalCode.
    • A document matches if the values of its Doc.Custom.AccountType and Doc.Custom.PostalCode document properties are Individual and 80301, Individual and 80302, or Corporate and 80301.
    • A document does not match if the values of its Doc.Custom.AccountType and Doc.Custom.PostalCode document properties are Corporate and 80302, any other account type (such as Partnership), or any other postal code (such as 80303).
  • Columns in list file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.971 Merge PDFs directly from ZIP file

Specifies during the merge process if the individual PDF files are processed from memory or if they are written to the job’s spool directory and processed from there.

Values:

Yes (default)
The individual PDFs in the ZIP file are only stored in system memory during the merge process.
No
The individual PDFs in the ZIP file are written out of the job’s spool directory and processed from there during the merge process.

Database name
Job.Merge.From.ZipStream

Usage Note

  • Keeping the PDFs in memory during the merge process might use more memory than writing PDFs to the job’s spool directory.

1.972 Build PDF control file 1

Specifies the path and file name of the control file that the system uses for this step. For example, the control file can tell the system how to create barcodes, hidden areas, and text. You use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to create this control file. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.BuildPDFControlFile1

Usage notes:

  • If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 1 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
  • You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.

1.973 Build PDF control file 2

Specifies the path and file name of the control file that the system uses for this step. For example, the control file can tell the system how to create barcodes, hidden areas and text. You use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to create this control file. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.BuildPDFControlFile2

Usage notes:

  • If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 2 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
  • You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.

1.974 Build PDF control file 3

Specifies the path and file name of the control file that the system uses for this step. For example, the control file can tell the system how to create barcodes, hidden areas and text. You use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to create this control file. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.BuildPDFControlFile3

Usage notes:

  • If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 3 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
  • You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.

1.975 Build PDF control file 4

Specifies the path and file name of the control file that the system uses for this step. For example, the control file can tell the system how to create barcodes, hidden areas and text. You use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to create this control file. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.BuildPDFControlFile4

Usage notes:

  • If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 4 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
  • You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.

1.976 Build PDF control file 5

Specifies the path and file name of the control file that the system uses for this step. For example, the control file can tell the system how to create barcodes, hidden areas and text. You use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to create this control file.

Format:

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.BuildPDFControlFile5

Usage notes:

  • If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Build PDF control file 5 to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.
  • You can add more than one control file to any Build PDF control file property. If you do, use a semicolon to separate each control file name.

1.977 Auxiliary input file extension

Specifies the file extension of the file in the job's spool directory to be processed as an auxiliary input file. Rows in the auxiliary input file can be used to set document property values for each PDF document in the job. The contents of the Auxiliary input file must be separated by commas, but the file extension does not have to be .csv.

Values:

The file extension of the Auxiliary input file.

Default
Not set
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Job.Doc.AdditionalFileExt

Usage note:

  • The Auxiliary input file must contain a header row and a row for each document in its associated PDF file.

1.978 Headers file

Specifies the path and file name to the file that lists which values to copy from the Auxiliary input file to the document properties file (DPF). The contents of the header file are appended to the header of the document properties file for the job. Then, the values for the properties named in the Headers file are copied from the Auxiliary input file into the DPF.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Default
Not set
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Job.Doc.AdditionalPropertiesFile

Usage notes:

  • The headers must be properties defined to RICOH ProcessDirector as document properties.
  • Each row of the Headers file must be written on a separate line.

    For example, if the Auxiliary input file has the headers: Document.Name, Document.Account, Document.Level, Document.Region, Document.Zip, Document.AgentThree of the headers and their values are required to process the job. The Header file contains:Document.LevelDocument.RegionDocument.Agent

    These headers are copied into the DPF for the job at the end of the header row.

  • If an entry in the Headers file is not found in the Auxiliary input file when the IdentifyPDFDocuments step runs, the job is placed in error state.

1.979 Identify PDF control file

Specifies the path and file name of the control file that the system uses for this step. For example, the control file can tell the system how to create page groups and document properties. It can also tell the system how to create values for document properties. You use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to create this control file.

Format:

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.IdentifyPDFControlFile

Usage note: If you want to use this workflow for input files that require different control files, you can use symbol notation for the control file name. For example, use ${Job.InputFile}.ctl for the control file name, which sets the value of the Identify PDF control file to the name of the input file plus the .ctl extension.

1.980 Build library

Specifies which library the BuildPDFFromDocuments step runs if control files templates are not used.

Values:

Apache PDFBox
PDF Java Toolkit
Use default or control file (default)

Database name
Job.PDF.BuildLibrary

Usage note:

  • Do not change this value unless a Ricoh Support representative instructs you to.

1.981 Maximum documents in memory

Specifies the maximum number of documents that are in memory when the BuildPDFFromDocuments step adds documents to the PDF file.

For example, the IdentifyPDFDocuments step has identified 500 documents, and this property is set to 200. The BuildPDFFromDocuments step puts the first 200 documents in memory and adds them to the PDF file. The step then puts the next 200 documents in memory and adds them. Finally, the step puts the last 100 documents in memory and adds them.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1 to 9999
Default
200
Database name
Job.PDF.BuildPDFMergeDocValue

Usage notes:

  • If you encounter a memory error when multiple IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps run concurrently, we recommend that you tune those steps so that fewer of them run concurrently.

    If you have memory issues when a BuildPDFFromDocuments step is processing jobs even though other IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps are not running, lower the value of this property.

  • This property affects processing only when the control file for the BuildPDFFromDocuments step uses the improved PDF processing library. For more information about the improved PDF processing library, see the topic about working with control files in the help system.

1.982 Page exceptions for sides

Specifies how to process page exceptions for sides that are included in the JDF file for a job. Use this property when a job contains both 1-sided and 2-sided pages.

Values:

Replace with job value (default)
All Sides are processed using the Duplex job property, depending on the document boundaries. All existing Sides page exceptions in the JDF are removed. If a simplex page is included in a duplex job, a blank PDF page is inserted in the output PDF.
Keep values from JDF
All the Sides page exceptions in the JDF are included in the JDF produced by the step. The job-level Sides value in the JDF is also used.
Not set
Performs the same processing as the Replace with job value setting.

Database name
Job.PDFW.PickPlex

Usage notes:

  • If you select Keep values from JDF but the JDF file does not specify any job or page exceptions for sides, the Duplex job property value is used.
  • If you migrate from an older version of RICOH ProcessDirector, the default value is Not set.

1.983 Encoding

Specifies the character encoding of records in the inserter control file. If you are using a second control file, this encoding applies to that control file also.

Values:

ASCII
The fields in each record use the ASCII character encoding. This value could result in missing bytes when there are multi-byte characters in one or more fields in a Fixed-length record format.
UTF-8 (default)
The fields in each record use the UTF-8 character encoding, which is the same encoding as the values in the document properties file. For files with the fixed-length record format, this encoding supports multi-byte characters because it uses character length instead of byte length when computing the fixed length of each field.
Not set
Defaults to ASCII.
Database name
InserterSystem.Control.Encoding

1.984 Format

Specifies the format of records in the inserter control file.

Values:

Comma delimited file (DEL)
The fields in each record are separated by a comma.
Fixed length record (FLR) (default)
The fields in each record have a fixed length, with no delimiter between each field. Use the Encoding property to specify if the length limits should be based on character length (UTF-8) or byte length (ASCII).
Extensible Markup Language (XML)
The file is in XML format.
Database name
InserterSystem.Control.Format

1.985 Header

Indicates whether the inserter control file contains a header record. The header record is the first record and has a different format from other records in the inserter control file.

Values:

Yes
The inserter control file contains a header record.
No (default)
The inserter control file does not contain a header record.
Database name
InserterSystem.Control.Header.Indicator

Usage note: If this property is Yes, the Header rules file property must contain a value.

1.986 Header rules file

Specifies the path and file name of the rules file that the system uses to create the header record of the inserter control file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Control.Header.Rules

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample header rules files for several inserters in the inserter directory:

    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter on Linux

    • C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter on Windows

    File names are in this format:

    inserter.icf.xxx.header.dsc

    inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.

  • Make sure this property contains a value if the value of the Header property is Yes.
  • For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.987 Rules file

Specifies the path and file name of the rules file that the system uses to create the inserter control file that the system sends to the inserter controller before each job begins insertion.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Control.Rules

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the inserter directory:

    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter on Linux

    • C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter on Windows

    File names are in this format:

    inserter.icf.xxx.dsc

    inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.

  • To send the inserter control file to the inserter controller, include steps based on the WriteInserterControlFile and SendInserterControlFile step templates in the workflow.
  • Make sure this property contains a value if you specify the Send command property or if a step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template is in the workflow.
  • For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.988 Send command

Specifies the command or script that the system uses to send the inserter control file to the inserter controller. The command can contain symbols to pass values of job properties on the command. For example, you can use the ${Job.Inserter.JobID} symbol to specify the value of the Inserter job name property.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
copy_file.sh -p 644 -d /aiw/aiw1/System/icf/inserter_in/${Job.Inserter.JobID}.icf
Database name
InserterSystem.Control.TransferCommand

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts to send the inserter control file for the job to a directory that the inserter controller can access:

    • On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, move_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.

    • On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.

  • The -d option is required. It specifies the destination directory and file name of the inserter control file.
  • The -p option is optional. It specifies the permissions to assign to the inserter control file in the destination directory.
  • If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name of the command or script.
  • For information about symbols and scripts, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.989 Format (2)

Specifies the format of records in the second inserter control file.

Values:

Comma delimited file (DEL)
The fields in each record are separated by a comma.
Fixed length record (FLR) (default)
The fields in each record have a fixed length, with no delimiter between each field. Use the Encoding property to specify if the length limits should be based on character length (UTF-8) or byte length (ASCII).
Extensible Markup Language (XML)
The file is in XML format.
Database name
InserterSystem.Control2.Format

1.990 Header (2)

Indicates whether the second inserter control file contains a header record. The header record is the first record and has a different format from other records in the inserter control file.

Values:

Yes
The second inserter control file contains a header record.
No (default)
The second inserter control file does not contain a header record.
Database name
InserterSystem.Control2.Header.Indicator

Usage note: Make sure the Header rules file (2) property contains a value if you set this property to Yes.

1.991 Header rules file (2)

Specifies the path and file name of the rules file that the system uses to create the header record of the second inserter control file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Control2.Header.Rules

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample header rules files for several inserters in the inserter directory:

    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter on Linux

    • C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter on Windows

    File names are in this format:

    inserter.icf.xxx.header.dsc

    inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.

  • For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.
  • Make sure this property contains a value if the value of the Header (2) property is Yes.

1.992 Rules file (2)

Specifies the path and file name of the rules file that the system uses to create the second inserter control file for each job. The system sends the second inserter control file to the inserter controller after it sends the first inserter control file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Control2.Rules

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the inserter directory:

    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter on Linux

    • C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter on Windows

    File names are in this format:

    inserter.icf.xxx.dsc

    inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.

  • To send the second inserter control file to the inserter controller, include steps based on the WriteInserterControlFile and SendInserterControlFile step templates in the workflow.
  • If your inserter controller only uses one control file for each job, do not specify this property.
  • For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.993 Send command (2)

Specifies the command or script that the system uses to send the second inserter control file to the inserter controller. The command can contain symbols to pass values of job properties on the command. For example, you can use ${Job.Inserter.JobID} symbol to specify the value of the Inserter job name property.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Control2.TransferCommand

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not use control files, do not specify this property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts to send the inserter control file for the job to a directory that the inserter controller can access:

    • On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, move_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.

    • On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.

  • The -d option is required. It specifies the destination directory and file name of the inserter control file.
  • The -p option is optional. It specifies the permissions to assign to the inserter control file in the destination directory.
  • If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name or the command or script.
  • If your inserter controller only uses one control file for each job, do not specify this property.
  • For information about symbols and scripts, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.994 Insert Bin triggers

Specifies which inserter bins should deliver inserts for this document. For example, YYYYYNNNNN or 1111100000 can mean that bins 1 through 5 should deliver inserts, and bins 6 through 10 should not.
Database name
Doc.Insert.BinTriggers

Usage notes:

  • For AFP jobs, you use Document Property Designer to link this property to indexed data in the documents. The value of the property is the same as the indexed data. Otherwise, the value is blank.

  • For PDF jobs, you use the Define document property function in RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to map data in the documents to this property. Otherwise, the value is blank.

  • If a step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template is in the workflow, RICOH ProcessDirector can use the value in this property to tell the inserter which bins contain inserts.
  • The rules file for the inserter control file tells RICOH ProcessDirector how to interpret the value in this property.

1.995 Inserter controller name

Specifies the name of the inserter controller object. An inserter controller object represents an inserter controller in your installation. The inserter controller is software that runs on another server and can manage one or more inserter devices. For example, the name of the inserter controller object could be the name of the inserter manufacturer.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ % & ( ) * + , / : ? @ [ ] ^ { }
Database name
InserterSystem.ID

1.996 Enabled status

Shows whether the system can communicate with this inserter controller. You can use the Disable and Enable actions to change the value of this property.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector can communicate with this inserter controller.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector cannot communicate with this inserter controller. It does not send inserter control files to this inserter controller, and it does not receive results files from this inserter controller. A job that uses this inserter controller goes into an error state or waits in a step based on the InsertJobs step template until an authorized user enables the inserter controller.
Database name
InserterSystem.Enabled

1.997 Inserter controller description

Describes the inserter controller. For example, you could specify the names of the inserter devices that this inserter controller manages.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
InserterSystem.Description

1.998 Completion method

Specifies the method that the system uses to determine that the inserter controller has finished inserting a job.

Values:

Auto (default)
When RICOH ProcessDirector receives a results file from the inserter controller that indicates the job has been inserted, it automatically moves the job to the next step, usually a step based on the Reconcile step template. Use this method if the inserter controller creates a separate results file for each job after the job has finished insertion. The Receive command property must contain a script or command that RICOH ProcessDirector can use to receive the results file.
Manual
RICOH ProcessDirector waits until an authorized user selects the Complete Insertion action for the job. Then it moves the job to the next step, usually a step based on the Reconcile step template. Use this method if the inserter controller does not create a separate results file for each job, or creates a results file for each job before the job has finished insertion.
Database name
InserterSystem.InsertCompletionMethod

1.999 Reprint method

Specifies how the system reprints documents after insertion.

Values:

Closed loop
RICOH ProcessDirector reprints the documents without change. The job moves to the Print phase.
Open loop (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector processes the documents again and then reprints them in a child job. The child job has the same job number as the original job with a numeric suffix (for example, 10000023.1). The original job can move to the Complete phase, while the child job moves to the first step in the current workflow. (The current workflow contains a step based on the CreateInserterReprints step template.)
Database name
InserterSystem.ReprintMethod

1.1000 Default insert status

Specifies the insert status that the system sets for a document when the inserter controller does not report any status for the document, or when the inserter controller does not return a results file to the system. The default insert status determines the action that the system takes during automatic reconciliation, and the initial action that is set in the Action property for manual reconciliation.

Values:

Attention
The document requires operator attention. If Reprint Attention documents is Yes, the document is reprinted during automatic reconciliation. If Reprint Attention documents is No, the operator must select an action for the document during manual reconciliation.
Damaged
The document was damaged during insertion. The document is reprinted during automatic reconciliation. Action is set to Reprint during manual reconciliation.
OK
The document was inserted successfully. The document is not reprinted during automatic reconciliation. Action is set to OK during manual reconciliation.
Not set (default)
No status is set. The operator must manually reconcile the job to select an action for the document.
Pulled
The inserter operator pulled the document. The document is not reprinted during automatic reconciliation and is marked Pulled. Action is set to Pull during manual reconciliation.
Database name
InserterSystem.Default.Status

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not report a status in the results file for documents that were successfully inserted, set this property to OK.
  • If the inserter controller does not return results files to RICOH ProcessDirector, select OK to make manual reconciliation easier for the operator. During manual reconciliation, the operator must select an action only for the documents that were damaged during insertion.

1.1001 Location

Specifies the location of the inserter controller.
Database name
InserterSystem.Location

1.1002 Parsing rules file

Specifies the path and file name of the rules file that the system uses to parse (analyze) the records in the inserter results file. Most inserter controllers create a results file after they finish inserting a job.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Completion.Rules

Usage notes:

  • This property is required.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the inserter directory:

    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter on Linux

    • C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter on Windows

    File names are in this format:

    inserter.icf_results.xxx.dsc

    inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.

  • If you specify the Send command or Polling command property, this property must contain a value.
  • For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.1003 Receive command

Specifies the command or script that the system uses to receive the inserter results file for a job from the inserter controller. The command can contain symbols to pass values of job properties on the command. For example, you can use ${Job.Inserter.JobID} symbol to specify the value of the Inserter job name property.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
copy_file.sh -s /aiw/aiw1/System/icf/inserter_out/${Job.Inserter.JobID}.icf
Database name
InserterSystem.Completion.TransferCommand

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not return results files, do not specify this property.
  • If you specify the Receive command property, do not specify the Polling command property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts that you can use to receive the inserter results file:

    • On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.

    • On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.

  • The -s option is required. It specifies the source directory and file name of the inserter results file for each job.
  • If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name of the command or script.
  • For information about scripts and symbols, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.1004 Format

Specifies the format of records in the inserter results file.

Values:

Comma delimited file (DEL)
The fields in each record are separated by a comma.
Fixed length record (FLR) (default)
The fields in each record have a fixed length, with no delimiter between each field.
Extensible Markup Language (XML)
The file is in XML format.
Database name
InserterSystem.Completion.Format

1.1005 Document-properties rules file

Specifies the path and file name of the rules file that the system uses to set document property values from information in the inserter results file. This rules file tells the system how to interpret the insert status codes in the results file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Completion.ProcessDocRules

Usage notes:

  • This property is required.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the inserter directory:

    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter on Linux

    • C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter on Windows

    File names are in this format:

    inserter.icf_results.xxx.process.doc.dsc

    inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.

  • If you specify the Send command or Polling command property, this property must contain a value.
  • For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.1006 Job-properties rules file

Specifies the path and file name of the rules file that the system uses to set job property values from information in the inserter results file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Completion.ProcessJobRules

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides sample rules files for several inserters in the inserter directory:

    • /aiw/aiw1/samples/control_files/inserter on Linux

    • C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\control_files\inserter on Windows

    File names are in this format:

    inserter.icf_results.xxx.process.job.dsc

    inserter and xxx differ for each inserter manufacturer.

  • If you specify the Polling command property, do not specify this property. However, if you specify the Send command property, this property must contain a value.
  • If you do not need to set any job property values, you can specify an empty file.
  • For information about the syntax of inserter rules files, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.1007 Polling interval

Specifies how often the system checks for results files from the inserter controller. The unit of time for the value is milliseconds, seconds, or minutes. Use the toggle control to the right of the property name to select the unit of time. 0 means that the system does not check for results files.
Default
30 seconds
Database name
InserterSystem.Polling.Interval

Usage notes:

  • If Completion method is Manual, RICOH ProcessDirector does not poll and ignores this property.
  • Specify 0 only if Completion method is Manual.

1.1008 Polling command

Specifies the command or script that the system uses to receive inserter results files that are not specific to one job. For example, Gunther inserter controllers create results files that can contain results for several jobs. The command can contain wildcard characters such as *. However, the command cannot contain symbols.

For example, this command copies all files in the /aiw/aiw1/System/icf/Gun_out directory (Linux) or the C:\aiw\aiw1\System\icf\Gun_out directory (Windows) to a RICOH ProcessDirector staging directory:

  • On Linux: copy_file.sh -s "/aiw/aiw1/System/icf/Gun_out/*"

  • On Windows: copy_file.pl -s "C:\aiw\aiw1\System\icf\Gun_out\*"

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Default
Not set
Database name
InserterSystem.Polling.TransferCommand

Usage notes:

  • If the inserter controller does not return results files, do not specify this property.
  • If you specify the Polling command property, do not specify the Receive command property.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector provides scripts to transfer the inserter results files from an inserter controller directory to an internal RICOH ProcessDirector directory:

    • On Linux, the scripts include: copy_file.sh, ftp_file.sh, sftp_file.sh, and scp_file.sh.

    • On Windows, use copy_file.pl and move_file.pl.

  • The -s option is required. It specifies the source directory and file name of the inserter results files. Use an * to indicate all files in the source directory.
  • If you specify a command or script that is not in a directory specified in the PATH environment variable, specify the full path name of the command or script.
  • For information about scripts, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.1009 Delete interval (days)

The number of days after successful completion before inserter results files and log files are deleted. If this property has no value, the files are never deleted.
Database name
InserterSystem.Delete.Interval

Usage notes:

  • You must specify a value for the Polling command property for results files and log files to be deleted.
  • If the files in the source directory specified by the -s flag in the polling command are not deleted before the successfully processed files are deleted, the completed files are processed again.

1.1010 Active jobs

Shows the number of jobs associated with this inserter controller that are ready to be inserted, being inserted, waiting to be reconciled, or being reconciled. The jobs are in a step based on the InsertJobs or Reconcile step template.
Database name
InserterSystem.ActiveJobCount

1.1011 Inserter controller state

Specifies the connection state between RICOH ProcessDirector and the inserter controller. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

OK (default)
There are no communication problems between RICOH ProcessDirector and the inserter controller.
Needs attention
Communication between RICOH ProcessDirector and the inserter controller cannot be established.

Database name
InserterSystem.State

1.1012 Results handler command

Specifies the command or script that the system uses to determine the Inserter job name from an incoming results file. The system calls the specified command for each results file it retrieves from the inserter controller. The system provides the full path of the results file as the only parameter to the specified command.

RICOH ProcessDirector provides an example command:

  • /aiw/aiw1/bin/getInsertJobId on Linux

  • C:\aiw\aiw1\bin\getInsertJobId on Windows

The command should examine the results file provided and output the Inserter job name value (Job.Inserter.JobID) to stdout. In most cases, this value is the RICOH ProcessDirector job number for the job that is waiting on the inserter results. The command should not write any other output.

If the command outputs an Inserter job name value, RICOH ProcessDirector finds the corresponding waiting RICOH ProcessDirector job and then copies the inserter control file to that job's spool directory.

If the command does not output an Inserter job name value, the Inserter Controller object issues an error message because the results file cannot be associated with a job. RICOH ProcessDirector takes messages that the command writes to stderr and logs them in the Inserter Controller object's message log.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Database name
InserterSystem.Results.HandlerCommand

1.1013 Results directories

The directories that the system searches to find results files.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Separate multiple directory names with colons (:)
Database name
InserterSystem.Results.Directories

1.1014 Results file pattern

The file pattern to look for when the Results handler command is run. If no value is specified then * is used. Valid patterns contain * and ?. Asterisk (*) matches zero or more characters. Question mark (?) matches a single character.

Format:

Length
Up to 100 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Database name
InserterSystem.Results.FilePattern

1.1015 Last modified

The date and time when the inserter controller was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the inserter controller changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
InserterSystem.LastModified

1.1016 Inserter controller

Specifies the name of the inserter controller object that the system assigns to the job. The inserter controller object represents an inserter controller that manages one or more inserters.

Values:

A list of all the inserter controller objects in the system.

Default
Not set

Database name
Job.InserterSystem.ID

Usage note: If you change the inserter controller assigned to a job in the system, use the Process Again action to rerun the step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template (if it is in the workflow) or a step based on the InsertJobs step template.

1.1017 Inserter name

Specifies the name of the inserter on which to load the job, or the name of the inserter that actually processed the job. An authorized user can set this property to tell the inserter operator on which inserter to manually load the job. After the job has completed insertion, this property can contain the name of the inserter that actually processed the job. If more than one inserter processed the job, this property contains the name of the first inserter.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
Not set
Database name
Job.Inserter.ID

Usage note: The job-properties rules file for the inserter controller can set this property from information in the inserter results file for the job.

1.1018 Inserter job name

Specifies the job name that the inserter controller uses to identify this job. You can specify formulas and symbols. For example, you can specify the ${Job.ID} symbol to use the value of the Job number property.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
${Job.ID}
Database name
Job.Inserter.JobID

Usage notes:

  • The inserter job name must be unique in all active jobs in the system.
  • You can use the value of this property in the name of the inserter control file that RICOH ProcessDirector sends to the inserter controller.
  • For information about symbols and formulas, see the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

1.1019 Automatic reconciliation

Indicates whether the system reconciles and reprints documents automatically (without operator intervention) that are marked for reprinting during insertion or the ReadBarcodeData step.

If you do not have the Inserter or Automated Verification feature, set this property to No.

Values:

No (default)
The system does not reconcile the job automatically. To reconcile the job and select which documents to reprint, select the Reconcile action for the job.
Yes
The system reconciles the job automatically and reprints documents. If the percentage of documents to be reprinted exceeds value of the Maximum documents to reprint property, the system places the job in an error state. For inserters, if any documents require attention, the system places the job in an error state.
Database name
Job.Insert.AutomaticReconcile

Usage note:

  • For inserters, you can set the Automatic reconciliation property to Yes if you use the interface on the inserter to reconcile jobs. To use the Reconcile Job page of the RICOH ProcessDirector user interface to reconcile jobs, set the Automatic reconciliation property to No.

1.1020 Reprint Attention documents

Indicates whether the system reprints documents that have an insert status of Attention during automatic reconciliation.

Values:

No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not reprint documents with an insert status of Attention. Instead, it places the job in an error state.
Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector automatically reprints any documents with an insert status of Attention.
Database name
Job.Insert.ReconcileAttentionAsDamaged

Usage note: If Automatic reconciliation is No, this property is ignored.

1.1021 Maximum documents to reprint (%)

Specifies the maximum percentage of documents in a job that the system can schedule for reprint during automatic reconciliation. If the percentage exceeds the maximum, the system places the job in the Waiting to reconcile state, requiring manual reconciliation.

For example, you specify 25. The system places the job in the Waiting to reconcile state when the barcode reader or inserter controller reports that more than 25 percent of the documents should be reprinted.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0 to 100

If the value is 0, the job moves to the Waiting to reconcile state if any documents should be reprinted. If the value is 100, or if the field is left blank, the system does not place the job in the Waiting to reconcile state even if all documents must be reprinted. Instead, the system reprints the whole job.

Database name
Job.Insert.AutoReconcileThreshhold

Usage notes:

  • For inserters, if Reprint Attention documents is Yes, documents with a status of Attention are included when calculating the percentage of documents that must be reprinted.
  • If Automatic reconciliation is No, this property is ignored.

1.1022 Load plan

Specifies the name of the load plan that the system assigns to the job. The load plan describes what materials to load in each bin for the job. However, the system does not use the load plan to schedule work for inserters, or to prompt the operator to load the media identified in the load plan.
Database name
Job.Insert.LoadPlan.ID

1.1023 Load plan comment

The number of inserter bins, followed by a comma and a comma-delimited list of the materials loaded in each bin of the inserter. For example, this is a load plan for an inserter with 10 bins, of which bins 4, 6, 7, and 9 are empty: 10,Material1,Material2,Material3,,Material5,,,Material8,,Material10.
Database name
Job.LoadPlan.Comment

Usage note: If you change the load plan for a job in the system, and the rules file for the inserter control file uses information in the load plan, use the Process Again action to rerun the step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template.

1.1024 Reconciliation user

Shows the user name of the user who is currently reconciling the job. The same user can select the Reconcile action for the job to finish reconciliation. If a new user wants to finish the reconciliation and keep any changes that the previous user has made during reconciliation, specify the new user name in this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Job.Insert.ReconcileUser.ID

1.1025 Reprint job ID

For a reprint job, this property displays the parent job ID that created the job. If the property has a value, this indicates that the job is a reprint job.
Database name
Job.Insert.ReprintJobID

1.1026 Requested reprint printer

Specifies the name of the printer to reprint any documents that are marked for reprinting during insertion, the ReadBarcodeData step, or manual reconciliation. You specify a printer name on a step based on the Reconcile step template.

Values:

A list of all the printers in the system. The list also includes these values:

Any printer
The system uses the first available printer with matching values for its scheduling properties.
Not set
The system cannot reprint any documents until you set the property to another value.
Same as requested printer
The system uses the value specified in the Requested printer property for the job.

Database name
Job.Insert.ReprintPrinter

Usage notes:

  • The printer must accept the same data format as the printer that prints the original job. The documents cannot be transformed into a different data format before they are reprinted.
  • The printer in this property might not be the printer that reprints the documents. Examples:
    • An operator requests a different printer after reconciling the job manually.
    • An operator moves the job to a different printer because of a problem with the requested printer.

    The Assigned printer property identifies the printer that prints the job.

  • If you select Same as requested printer and the original job requests Any printer, the job with documents to reprint could print on a different printer because the job size is different. For example, the original job prints on a printer that is configured to print large jobs. The job with documents to reprint prints on a printer that is configured to print small jobs.

1.1027 Reprint workflow

The workflow specified for child jobs created for reprints. If the value is Not Set, the parent workflow is used.
Database name
Job.Insert.ReprintJobType

1.1028 Insert iteration

Displays the insert or processing iteration for a print job.

If you have the Inserter feature and are using closed-loop processing, Insert iteration is the number of times that the InsertJobs step has run the job.

If you have the Inserter feature and are using open-loop processing, Insert iteration is the largest Insert count of any document in the job. The Insert count is the number of times that the system has processed the document. For example, a job contains 100 documents. After the documents are printed, they are inserted into envelopes. During the insertion process, 10 of the documents are damaged. Those 10 documents are reprinted and reinserted into envelopes. One of the 10 documents is damaged during the insertion process. That document is reprinted a second time and successfully inserted into an envelope. Because that document was processed three times, its Insert count is 3, and the Insert iteration for the job is 3.

If you do not have the Inserter feature, Insert iteration is the largest Insert count of any document in the job. The Insert count is the number of times that the system has processed the document. For example, a job contains 50 documents. One of the documents is reprinted. Because that document was printed twice, its Insert count is 2, and the Insert iteration for the job is 2.

Database name
Job.Insert.Iteration
Usage notes:
  • If you have the Inserter feature, the SetInsertProperties step sets the Insert iteration to 1 if it is not already set.
  • If you do not have the Inserter feature, the SetPropertiesForReconcile step sets the Insert iteration to 1 if it is not already set.

1.1029 Reconcile update property 1

Specifies a property that you want to update during the manual reconciliation process.

If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.

For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.

Database name
Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp1

1.1030 Reconcile update property 2

Specifies a property that you want to update during the manual reconciliation process.

If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.

For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.

Database name
Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp2

1.1031 Reconcile update property 3

Specifies a property that you want to update during the manual reconciliation process.

If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.

For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.

Database name
Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp3

1.1032 Reconcile update property 4

Specifies a property that you want to update during the manual reconciliation process.

If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.

For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.

Database name
Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp4

1.1033 Reconcile update property 5

Specifies a property that you want to update during the manual reconciliation process.

If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.

For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.

Database name
Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp5

1.1034 Reconcile update property 6

Specifies a property that you want to update during the manual reconciliation process.

If you select a property in this drop-down list, an additional window displays during manual reconciliation when you click OK at the Reconcile Job page in the user interface. On that page, you can enter a value for the property.

For example, certain inserters automatically assign a postage value of 0 for mailpieces that are damaged during insertion, but when you reprint the mailpieces you need to add their postage back into the job's invoicing information. To do that, select the property for the job's postage here, and then enter the corrected value before exiting reconciliation.

Database name
Job.Reconcile.UpdateProp6

1.1035 Scheduled by

Shows the user name of the last user who scheduled the job.

Database name
Job.ScheduleUserId

1.1036 Insert Status

Shows the status for this document. This value is based on the status code that the inserter controller reports for the document. If the inserter controller did not report a status code for the document, this value is not set or the value is the default status value that the administrator specified. For barcode readers, this value is the default status value that the administrator specified.

Values:

Attention
The document requires operator attention.
Damaged (for inserters only)
The document was damaged during insertion.
Not set (default)
The barcode reader or inserter controller did not provide a results file for the job, or it did not provide a status for the document, or the system could not interpret the status code from the barcode reader or inserter controller.
OK
The document's barcode was read or the document was inserted successfully.
Pulled
The document was pulled during the Reconcile action or during inserter processing.
Database name
Doc.Insert.Status

Usage note: The document-properties rules file for the results file tells the system how to interpret the status code from the inserter controller. Status code contains the status code from the inserter controller.

1.1037 Action

Shows the action that the system takes when it processes this document after reconciliation. If the operator requests a new action during reconciliation, that action overrides the initial value of this property. (See the Requested action property.) The system sets the initial value based on the status of the document.

Values:

Not set (or blank)
No action is set. For inserters, either a results file was not returned, or the system could not interpret the status code for the document. For Automated Verification, a blank value means that the barcode on a document has not been read yet. If you do not have the Inserter or Automated Verification feature, the action for all documents is a blank value.
OK
Do not reprint the document.
Pull
Do not reprint the document, and mark it pulled (removed from the job). Pull is the default action when the document status is Pulled.
Reprint
Reprint the document. For inserters, use the Reprint method for the inserter controller. Reprint is the default action when the document status is Damaged or Attention.
Database name
Doc.Insert.Disposition

1.1038 Insert Status code

Shows the status code that the inserter controller reported for this document in the results file.
Database name
Doc.Inserter.StatusCode

1.1039 Insert Extended status code

Shows the extended status code that the inserter controller reported for this document in the results file.
Database name
Doc.Inserter.StatusCodeExtended

1.1040 Insert Operator name

Shows the name or user ID of the operator who was logged in to the inserter when this document was processed. The inserter controller reported this value in the results file.
Database name
Doc.Insert.OperatorID

1.1041 Insert date and time

Shows the date and time that this document was inserted. The inserter controller reported this value in the results file.
Database name
Doc.Insert.TimeStamp

1.1042 Inserter name

Shows the name of the inserter that processed this document. The inserter controller reported this value in the results file.
Database name
Doc.Insert.InserterID

1.1043 Insert Bin results

Shows which inserter bins delivered inserts for this document. Y or 1 in the bin position can mean that the bin delivered an insert. N or 0 can mean that the bin did not deliver an insert. For example, YYYYYNNNNN or 1111100000 can mean that bins 1 through 5 delivered inserts, and bins 6 through 10 did not. The inserter controller reported this value in the results file.
Database name
Doc.Insert.BinResults

1.1044 Requested action

Shows the action that the operator has requested during reconciliation. This action overrides the action in the Action property.

Values:

Not set (default)
No action was requested.
OK
Do not reprint the document.
Pull
Do not reprint the document, and mark it pulled (removed from the job).
Reprint
Reprint the document. For inserters, use the Reprint method for the inserter controller.
Database name
Doc.Insert.PendingDisposition

1.1045 Insert Mail recipient

Shows the name of the person to whom this document is mailed.
Database name
Doc.Insert.RecipientName

Usage notes:

  • If this property does not have a value for documents in an AFP file, the property has not been linked to an index tag in each document. Use Document Property Designer to link the property to an index tag.

  • If this property does not have a value for documents in a PDF file, data in the documents has not been mapped to the property. Use the Define document property function in RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to map the data.

1.1046 Insert Divert indicator

Specifies the number of the inserter output bin to which this document is diverted after insertion. Diverting a document to a special output bin lets the operator manually inspect it for quality or treat it in a special way.
Database name
Doc.Insert.DivertBin

Usage notes:

  • You can use this property in the rules file for the inserter control file to control whether a document is diverted.
  • If you used Document Property Designer to link this property to indexed data in the document, the value of this property can be the same as the indexed data.
  • If a step based on the WriteInserterControlFile step template is in the workflow, the rules file for the inserter control file can use this property to tell the inserter to divert this document after insertion.

1.1047 Insert sequence

Shows the position of the document in the job. For example, the first document in the job displays 1, the second document in the job displays 2, and so on.
Database name
Doc.Insert.Sequence

Usage note:

  • This property contains a value if a step based on the SetInsertProperties or SetPropertiesForReconcile step template is in the workflow.

1.1048 Insert Original barcode data

Shows the data in the barcode that controls insertion.
Database name
Doc.Insert.OriginalBarCode

Usage notes:

  • For AFP jobs, you use Document Property Designer to link this property to indexed data in the documents. The value of the property is the same as the indexed data. Otherwise, the value is blank.

  • For PDF jobs, you use the Define document property function in RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to map data in the documents to this property. Otherwise, the value is blank.

1.1049 Insert count

Shows the number of times that the system has processed the document. The count is incremented each time the document is marked for reprint during reconciliation (automatic or manual reconciliation). For example, if the document was marked for reprint one time, the count is 2.
Database name
Doc.Insert.Iteration

Usage note: If you use the Print Again or Process Again action to reprint the job that contains this document, this count is not incremented.

1.1050 Combined AFP file

Specifies the full path and name of the AFP output file created by a step based on the CombineAFPWithForm step template.
Default
${getFileName(print,afp,write)}
Database name
Job.AFPPreForm.OutputAFP
Usage notes:
  • To create the file, the step combines the electronic forms specified for RICOH ProcessDirector media names with the data in the AFP file for the job.

    The RICOH ProcessDirector media names are defined in the AFP medium map. If the medium map specifies tray numbers, the step uses the file set in the Tray mapping file property to replace tray numbers with media names.

    The step ignores any values set for the Media and PLE Media job properties.

  • Matching on media names is case-sensitive. If the medium map specifies a media name in all uppercase letters (such as LETTER BLUE), RICOH ProcessDirector must have media named LETTER BLUE. Letter Blue does not match.
  • Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this AFP file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the AFP file with the job.

  • If you change the default value, make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the directory that you specify.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name of the AFP print file stored in the spool directory for the job:

    jobID.print.afp

    where jobID is the job number.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • The step can process AFP jobs that use an inline form definition or an external form definition. The step creates a combined AFP file that uses an inline form definition. If the AFP job uses an external form definition, the step embeds the changed form definition with new medium maps inline in the combined AFP file.

1.1051 Tray mapping file

Specifies the full path and name of a file that maps trays in AFP medium maps to RICOH ProcessDirector media names. Medium maps are specified in AFP form definitions. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.
Default
None
Database name
Job.AFPPreForm.TrayToMedia
Usage notes
  • To create the file:

    • Map each tray to a RICOH ProcessDirector media name on a separate line.
    • Start each line with traytomedia, a space, the tray number, and a colon (:).
    • After the colon, put the RICOH ProcessDirector media name enclosed in quotation marks.

    White space on either side of the colon is optional.

    Save the mapping as a text file.

    This example maps two trays to RICOH ProcessDirector media names:

    • traytomedia 1 : "Letter Preprinted"
    • traytomedia 2 : "A3"

  • If RICOH ProcessDirector media names include Unicode characters, edit the tray mapping file with an editor that saves text in UTF-8 format.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, you have a different tray mapping file for each printer that can be requested for jobs. The name of each file is the name of the printer. Use this symbol: ${Job.RequestedPrinter}

    If each file has a CFG extension, and you store them in the tray_mapping subdirectory of the control_files directory, set this value for the Tray mapping file property:

    • /aiw/aiw1/control_files/tray_mapping/${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg on Linux.
    • C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\tray_mapping\${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg on Windows.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • If you specify a media name that is not a RICOH ProcessDirector media object, the step ignores the media name. The tray number remains in the medium map.

1.1052 Media name for printing

Specifies the name of the media that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to print jobs that require this media after the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step processes the jobs.

Values:

Current name (Default)

When the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step processes a job, it does not change occurrences of this media name for the entire job or for any page exceptions.

The step adds the electronic form for this media to each page that requires this media name. RICOH ProcessDirector prints the job data and the electronic form on media with this name that is loaded on the printer.

None

When the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step processes a job, it removes all occurrences of this media name from the entire job and from any page exceptions. This value does not affect any occurrences of other media names.

Before removing this media name, the step adds the electronic form for this media to each page that requires this media name. RICOH ProcessDirector prints the job data and the electronic form on the media that is specified as the default on the printer.

Selected

When the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step processes a job, it replaces all occurrences of this media name for the entire job and for any page exceptions. The replacement is the media name selected from the list of names for all media objects. This value does not affect any occurrences of other media names.

Before replacing this media name, the step adds the electronic form for this media to each page that requires this media name. RICOH ProcessDirector prints the job data and the electronic form on media with the selected name that is loaded on the printer.

Database name
Media.ElectronicFormMedia

Usage note:

  • In AFP jobs, the media name is changed in the form definition. The Job media property is not updated.
  • For an example of how these values affect the media used to print jobs, see the usage scenario for Preprinted Forms Replacement in the Information Center. The topics that describe running the sample workflows that use electronic forms also show how the Media name for printing values affect the media used to print jobs.

1.1053 Back of form

Specifies the electronic form that the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step uses for the back of the media.

To select the file containing the electronic form, click the Folder button, go to a PDF file on your computer, and click Open. Specify a page in the file by typing its number in the Use page field. Then click Create form.

After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the form, you can view it. Click name of the form in the field next to the Folder button.

Database name
Media.TemplateBack

Usage notes:

  • Steps based on the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step template use this value to create the back side of an electronic form.

  • The data files for the jobs processed by the CombinePDFWithForm step must be PDF files.

  • The data files for the jobs processed by the CombineAFPWithForm step must be AFP files.

  • We recommend that you specify a PDF page that has the same page size as the dimensions of the media.

  • When a media object includes a form for the back of the media, the CombinePDFWithForm step changes simplex jobs that require the media to duplex when the Simplex sheet processing property is set to Insert blank back pages.

1.1054 Front of form

Specifies the electronic form that the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step uses for the front of the media.

To select the file containing the electronic form, click the Folder button, go to a PDF file on your computer, and click Open. Specify a page in the file by typing its number in the Use page field. Then click Create form.

After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the form, you can view it. Click name of the form in the field next to the Folder button.

Database name
Media.TemplateFront

Usage notes:

  • Steps based on the CombinePDFWithForm or CombineAFPWithForm step template use this value to create the front side of an electronic form.

  • The data files for the jobs processed by the CombinePDFWithForm step must be PDF files.

  • The data files for the jobs processed by the CombineAFPWithForm step must be AFP files.

  • We recommend that you specify a PDF page that has the same page size as the dimensions of the media.

1.1055 Simplex sheet processing

Specifies how the step processes jobs where some sheets that were set up to print simplex now use a media that specifies an electronic form on some back sides.

Values:

Insert blank back pages (default)
The step changes the Job duplex property to Duplex and adds a blank page after each front side that does not have an electronic form on its back side. Use this value if the printer does not support Sides page exceptions in JDF job tickets.
Add Sides page exceptions to JDF
The step adds Sides page exceptions to the JDF job ticket so that the back sides are skipped for the sheets that do not have an electronic form. Some printers cannot process this type of job ticket. The Job duplex property might not be changed.

Database name
Job.PDFLayer.MixPlex

Usage note: If you select Insert blank back pages, the job is simplex, and no blank or electronic form pages are added, the Job duplex property does not change to Duplex.

1.1056 JDF output file

Specifies the full path and name of the JDF output file created by a step based on the CombinePDFWithForm step template.
Default
${getFileName(overrides,jdf,write)}
Database name
Job.PDFLayer.OutputJDFFile

Usage notes:

  • To create the file, the step removes or changes the names of job and page-exception media for the job. Changes are based on the setting of the Media name for printing property for each media name specified in the job.

    If the job input to the step includes a JDF file, the step also removes or changes the names of media in the JDF file.

  • To create the file, the step adds Sides page exceptions to the JDF job ticket based on the setting of the Simplex sheet processing property.
  • Make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the JDF file.
  • Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this JDF file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the JDF file with the job.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name of the job ticket stored in the spool directory for the job:

    jobID.overrides.jdf

    where jobID is the job number.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1057 Combined PDF file

Specifies the full path and name of the PDF output file created by a step based on the CombinePDFWithForm step template.
Default
${getFileName(print,pdf,write)}
Database name
Job.PDFLayer.OutputPDFFile
Usage notes:
  • To create the file, the step combines the electronic forms specified for job and page-exception media with the data in the PDF file for the job.

  • Make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the PDF file.

  • Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this PDF file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the PDF file with the job.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name of the PDF print file stored in the spool directory for the job:

    jobID.print.pdf

    where jobID is the job number.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1058 File type

Specifies the type of delimiter used in the preferences file that is processed by a step based on the ApplyPreferences step template using this property mapping object.

Values:

CSV (default)
The preferences file is a Comma Separated Values (CSV) file.
Tab
The preferences files is a tab-delimited file.

Database name
CsvTabMapping.FileType

1.1059 Property mapping

Lets you map headings in a preferences file to document properties in the system. The document properties that are mapped here are added to the Document property to set list on the Usage tab.
Heading
Specifies the headings in the preferences file that you want to use.
Document property
Specifies the document properties that correspond with the headings in the preferences file.
Database name
CsvTabMapping.HeadingMap

Usage notes:

  • This property is only available in the legacy user interface.
  • You must map at least two headings to document properties, one for a Document identifier and one for a Document property to set.
  • To add more mappings, click + to the right of any mapping. To delete a mapping, click to the right of the mapping you want to delete.
  • The Summary field shows the result of your selection in a database query format.
  • The order of the mappings does not have to match the order of the headings in the preferences file.
  • You do not have to map all of the headings to document properties.
  • If you delete a mapping, the document property is removed from the Document identifier or Document property to set list on the Usage tab.

1.1060 Property Mapping

Lets you map headings in a preferences file to document properties in the system. The property mapping is used by the ApplyPreferences step in a workflow to add or change values in the document properties file (DPF) for the job.
Heading
Specifies the headings in the preferences file that you want to map to document properties.
Document property
Specifies the document properties that correspond with the headings in the preferences file.
Usage
Identify document
Specifies one or more heading and document property pairs that are used together to find each document in the DPF, so that its values can be updated. Ideally, set this value for at least one pair that has a unique value for each document in the job, such as a customer ID or order number. RICOH ProcessDirector compares the values under these headings in the preferences file to the document property values in the DPF to find a row that matches all of the values.
Update property
Specifies which heading and document property pairs are used in updating the values in the document properties file. After RICOH ProcessDirector finds a match for the Identify document pairs, values under this heading in the preferences file are used to update the corresponding document property values in the DPF.
Database name
CsvTabMapping.PropertyMapping

Usage notes:

  • You must map at least two headings to document properties, one for each Usage type - Identify document and Update property.
  • To add more mappings, click + to the right of any mapping. To delete a mapping, click - to the right of the mapping you want to delete.
  • The order of the mappings does not have to match the order of the headings in the preferences file.
  • You do not have to map all of the headings to document properties.
  • If a row in the preferences file does not match any document in the database, the row is ignored.
  • If a row in the DPF file does not include the property that a value in the preferences file is mapped to, that property and value are added to the end of every row.

1.1061 Property usage

Specifies which document properties are used to identify the documents to update and which properties have their values updated.
Document identifier
The properties that the ApplyPreferences step uses to determine which documents in a job should have their values updated. The step compares the values of the document identifier properties in the document properties file (DPF) with the values of the corresponding headings in each row of a preferences file to find documents and rows that match.
Document properties to set
The document properties that the ApplyPreferences step updates in the DPF with values from a preferences file. When the step finds a document in the DPF and row in the preferences file whose document identifier values match, the step updates these properties in the DPF with values from the preferences file.
Initially, this list contains all of the document properties mapped in the Property mapping property. You must move at least one property to the Document identifier list.
Database name
CsvTabMapping.UniqueIdentifier

Usage notes:

  • If you delete a mapping in the Property mapping property, the corresponding document property is removed from the Usage tab lists as well.
  • If a row in the preferences file does not match any document in the database, the row is ignored.
  • This property is only available in the legacy user interface.

1.1062 Preferences file

Specifies the full path or symbolic name of the preferences file that the ApplyPreferences step uses to add or change property values in the document properties file (DPF) for each document in the job. The step uses a property mapping object to interpret the contents of the preferences file. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Pref.ExternalFile

Usage notes:

  • If you submit the preferences file with the job using the List batching method, the UsageKeyword and DatatypeKeyword in the symbolic name must match the name and extension of the preferences file. For example, the preferences file is pref.csv, and you use the getFileName method. The symbolic name of the preferences file must be ${getFileName(pref,csv,read)}.

  • If you submit the preferences file with the job using the Pattern batching method, the UsageKeyword and DatatypeKeyword in the symbolic name must match the values of the Spool file usage and Spool file type properties for the preferences file on the Batching tab. For example, the value of the Spool file usage property is pref, the value of the Spool file type property is csv, and you use the getFileName method. The symbolic name of the preferences file must be ${getFileName(pref,csv,read)}.

1.1063 Property mapping

Specifies the property mapping object that the ApplyPreferences step uses to interpret the preferences file specified in the Preferences file property.

Values:

A list of all the property mapping objects in the system.

Default
Not set

Database name
Job.Pref.PropMapping

1.1064 Property mapping description

The description can include information about what values from the file are applied to the job or document properties.
Database name
PropertyMapping.Description

1.1065 Property mapping name

Specifies the name of the property mapping object.

Format:

Length
1–32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
PropertyMapping.ID

Usage note: After RICOH ProcessDirector creates the property mapping object, you cannot change the name. To rename the property mapping object, create a copy and specify the new name. Then delete the original property mapping object.

1.1066 Last modified

The date and time that the property mapping was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the property mapping changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
PropertyMapping.LastModified

1.1067 Authentication response attribute

Specifies the XPath or JSONPath to the element in the response to the authentication request that contains the credential for the session. This value is stored as the WebService.Credential property for the session.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
WebService.AuthResponseAttribute
Usage Notes:
  • Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct XPath or JSONPath expression. The expression extracts the required credential from the authentication web service response.
  • You can use the WebService.Credential property as a symbol in other web service requests, but it is not displayed in the property notebook.

1.1068 Authentication response content type

Specifies the response format that the application sends back to the input device in response to the authentication request.

Values:

JSON (default)
The application sends its response to the authentication request as a JSON string.
XML
The application sends its response to the authentication request as an XML string.

Database name
RESTWebService.AuthResponseContentType

Usage Note: Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct authentication type.

1.1069 Authentication request header

Specifies the HTTP header field that the input device includes in a web service request to authenticate with an application.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
RESTWebService.AuthRequestHeader
Usage Notes:
  • Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the header that the application requires.

  • Authentication request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request header property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1070 Authentication request parameters

Specifies the parameters that the input device includes in the web services request to authenticate with an external application. Examples of these parameters are the User ID and password. Refer to the documentation for that application for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
RESTWebService.AuthRequestParams
Usage Notes:
  • Authentication request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request parameters property.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1071 Authentication request password

The password that the input device uses to get a credential that it can include with its web service request. You include the password in other properties as a symbol.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
WebService.AuthRequestPwd
Usage Notes:
  • The input device uses the token provided by the web service once and the token cannot be used again. Every time the input device runs, it authenticates and receives a new token.

  • When you open a property notebook, the value of Authentication request password is not displayed. It is used in authentication properties such as Authentication request header, Authentication request parameters, and Authentication request payload using symbol notation. If it is not used by one of these properties, it is not sent to the application.

  • This password is encrypted when it is stored in RICOH ProcessDirector.

1.1072 Authentication request payload

Specifies the body of the web services request that the input device submits to an application for authentication. Refer to the documentation for that application for syntax and requirements.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be valid JSON or XML.

Database name
WebService.AuthRequestPayload
Usage Notes:

  • You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request payload. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1073 Authentication request method

Specifies the method that the input device uses to send the authentication request to the application. Refer to the documentation for that application to determine which method to use.

Values:

DELETE
GET (default)
PATCH
POST
PUT

Database name
WebService.AuthRequestMethod

Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.

1.1074 Authentication request URL

Specifies the URL that the input device uses to submit the authentication request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application or consult with the company that hosts the application to determine the URL to use.

Format:

Restrictions
Must be a valid URL.
Database name
WebService.AuthRequestURL
Usage Notes:
  • The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.

  • You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1075 Authentication SOAP request

Specifies the name of the SOAP request object that the input device uses to authenticate with a SOAP web service.

Values:

A list of SOAP request objects.

Database name
WebService.AuthSOAPRequest

Usage notes:

  • To authenticate with a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.

  • To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation in the WSDL file.

    For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations: authenticateByPassword and authenticateByCredential. You type Authentication for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: Authentication-authenticateByPassword and Authentication-authenticateByCredential.

    For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

  • You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.

1.1076 Create child jobs

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector creates child jobs or independent jobs when it finds 2 or more matching XML elements or JSON objects. When RICOH ProcessDirector finds one matching element or object, it creates an independent job.

Values:

No (default)
When RICOH ProcessDirector finds 2 or more matching XML elements or JSON objects, it creates independent jobs.
Yes
When RICOH ProcessDirector finds 2 or more matching XML elements or JSON objects, it creates child jobs. It also creates a parent job that does not contain any data.

Database name
WebService.CreateChildJobs

Usage notes:

  • The Response pattern to match property contains the expression that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to check for matching elements or objects.

  • SOAP web service input devices support XML. REST web service input devices support both XML and JSON.

  • The Create child jobs property is not used when the Create job from response property is set to Always.

1.1077 Create job from response

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector creates a job from every response or only from an XML element or JSON object that matches an expression.

Values:

Always (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector creates a job from every response. Each job contains the entire response. If the Response pattern to match property has an expression, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores it.
Only when response pattern matches
RICOH ProcessDirector creates a job each time that it finds an XML element or JSON object that matches the expression in the Response pattern to match property. For example, if RICOH ProcessDirector finds 3 matching elements, it creates 3 jobs. Each job contains the matching element or object and all the elements or objects nested within it. If the response contains no matching element or object, RICOH ProcessDirector does not create a job.

Database name
WebService.CreateJobFromResponse

Usage note: SOAP web service input devices support XML. REST web service input devices support both XML and JSON.

1.1078 Request method

Specifies the method that the input device uses to send the request to the application. Refer to the documentation for that application to determine which method to use.

Values:

DELETE
GET (default)
PATCH
POST
PUT

Database name
WebService.RequestMethod

Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.

1.1079 Request URL

Specifies the URL that the input device uses to submit the request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application or consult with the company that hosts the application to determine the URL to use.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be a valid URL.
Database name
WebService.RequestURL
Usage Notes:
  • The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1080 Response pattern to match

Specifies an XPath or JSONPath expression that identifies an XML element or a JSON object.

Examples:

  • The XPath expression is /customer/order/item. RICOH ProcessDirector parses the response for an item element that is a child of order, which is a child of customer:

    <customer name="John Smith">
        <order ordernumber=12345>
            <item description="brochure" file="brochure.pdf"/>
            <item description="calendar" file="calendar.pdf"/>
        </order>
    </customer>

  • The JSONPath expression is $.customer.order[*].item. RICOH ProcessDirector parses the response for an item object that is a child of order, which is a child of customer:

    {
      "customer": {
        "order": [
           { "item": "Book" },
           { "item": "Mug" }
       ]
      }
     }
    

These examples find two matches for the pattern and, as a result, create two jobs.

Database name
WebService.ResponsePatternToMatch

Usage notes:

  • You can use any valid XPath or JSONPath expression.

  • When the Create job from response property is set to Only when response pattern matches, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the expression to parse the response returned by the web service. RICOH ProcessDirector creates a job each time that it finds a matching element or object. For example, if RICOH ProcessDirector finds 3 matching elements, it creates 3 jobs. Each job contains the matching element or object and all the elements or objects nested within it.

    When the Create job from response property is set to Always, RICOH ProcessDirector does not parse the response. Instead, it creates an independent job from every response.

  • SOAP web service input devices support XML. REST web service input devices support both XML and JSON.

1.1081 Static credential

The authorization code that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to an application that allows a user or application to use the same credential repeatedly.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)

Database name
WebService.StaticCredential

Usage notes:

  • You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
  • Update this credential as needed if there is a time limitation on the credential. For example, if the application requires a credential reset every 90 days, you must update this credential before it expires.

  • This attribute is sent to the application when referenced using symbol notation in the request attributes. If it is not referenced, it is not sent to the application.

1.1082 Request header

Specifies the HTTP header field that the input device includes in a web service request to send a request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application for requirements and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
RESTWebService.RequestHeader
Usage Notes:
  • Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1083 Request payload

Specifies the body of the web services request that the input device submits to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application for syntax and requirements.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be valid JSON or XML.

Database name
WebService.RequestPayload
Usage Notes:
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the payload property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1084 Request parameters

Specifies the parameters that the input device includes in the web services request to an external application. Refer to the documentation for that application for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
RESTWebService.RequestParams
Usage Notes:
  • The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the input device polls for jobs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1085 Response content type

Specifies the response format that the application sends back to the input device in response to the request.

Values:

JSON (default)
The application sends its response to the request as a JSON string.
XML
The application sends its response to the request as an XML string.

Database name
RESTWebService.ResponseContentType

Usage Note: Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct response format.

1.1086 SOAP request

Specifies the name of the SOAP request object that the input device uses to retrieve input using a SOAP web service.

Values:

A list of SOAP request objects.

Database name
WebService.SOAPRequest

Usage notes:

  • To use a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.

  • To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation.

    For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations: getOrdersByDate1 and getOrdersByDate2. You type WebOrders for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: WebOrders-getOrdersByDate1 and WebOrders-getOrdersByDate2.

    For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

  • You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.

1.1087 Time of last successful request

Shows the date and time when the input device last successfully requested a response from a web service for an application. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime
Usage Notes:
  • When the web service input device successfully requests a response, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of this property to match the value of the WebService.CurrentRequestTime property.

    RICOH ProcessDirector sets the value of the WebService.CurrentRequestTime property, which does not appear in the user interface, at the start of the interval specified by the Polling interval property.

  • A successful request is one that results in a response code 200 from the application.
  • To specify a time range in the Request payload property that matches the polling interval, use symbols for this property and the WebService.CurrentRequestTime property. This example requests a time period from the application for the last successful request. If there are failures when calling the application, jobs are not missed from the previous polling loop. This example uses XML:

    <TimeRange> <Start>${WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime}</Start> <End>${WebService.CurrentRequestTime}</End></TimeRange>

1.1088 Time zone offset

Specifies the offset in hours between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and the time zone used by the web service to compute the current time and date.

If the web service computes the current time and date in Coordinated Universal Time, do not enter a value.

If the web service uses another time zone, enter a value between -12 and 14.

For example, the web service computes the current time and date in this time zone:

  • Mountain Standard Time (MST). Enter: -7

  • Central European Time (CET). Enter: 1

  • Australian Central Standard Time (ACST). Enter: 9.5

Database name
WebService.HourOffset

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector applies the Time zone offset value to the values of the WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime and WebService.CurrentRequestTime properties when it calls a web service.

1.1089 Use proxy

Specifies whether the input device communicates through a proxy server and if so, specifies the proxy server to communicate through.

Values:

Not set (default)

The input device does not communicate through a proxy server.

Proxy server 1

The input device communicates through Proxy server 1.

Proxy server 2
The input device communicates through Proxy server 2.
Database name
WebService.UseProxy
Usage Notes:
  • To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.

  • When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the input device cannot send the request. The input device writes an error message in its log.

1.1090 Authentication request header

Specifies the HTTP header field that the notification includes in a web service request to authenticate with an application.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestHeader
Usage Notes:
  • Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the header that the application requires.

  • Authentication request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request header property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1091 Authentication request method

Specifies the method that the notification uses to send the authentication request to the application. Refer to the documentation for that application to determine which method to use.

Values:

DELETE
GET (default)
PATCH
POST
PUT

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestMethod

Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.

1.1092 Authentication request parameters

Specifies the parameters that the notification includes in the web services request to authenticate with an external application. Examples of these parameters are the User ID and password. Refer to the documentation for that application for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestParams
Usage Notes:
  • The Authentication request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request parameters property.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1093 Authentication request password

The password that the notification uses to get a credential that it can include with its web service request. You include the password in other properties as a symbol.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestPwd
Usage Notes:
  • The notification object uses the token provided by the web service once and the token cannot be used again. Every time the notification object runs, it authenticates and receives a new token.

  • When you open a property notebook, the value of Authentication request password is not displayed. It is used in authentication properties such as Authentication request header, Authentication request parameters, and Authentication request payload using symbol notation. If it is not used by one of these properties, it is not sent to the application.

  • This password is encrypted when it is stored in RICOH ProcessDirector.

1.1094 Authentication request payload

Specifies the body of the web services request that the notification submits to an application for authentication. Refer to the documentation for that application for syntax and requirements.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be valid JSON or XML.
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestPayload
Usage Notes:

  • You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Authentication request payload. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1095 Authentication request URL

Specifies the URL that the notification uses to submit the authentication request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application or consult with the company that hosts the application to determine the URL to use.

Format:

Restrictions
Must be a valid URL.
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthRequestURL
Usage Notes:
  • The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.

  • You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1096 Authentication response attribute

Specifies the XPath or JSONPath to the element in the response to the authentication request that contains the credential for the session. This value is stored as the WSNotification.WebService.Credential property for the session.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthResponseAttribute
Usage Notes:
  • Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct XPath or JSONPath expression. The expression extracts the required credential from the authentication web service response.
  • The WSNotification.WebService.Credential property is available for use with symbol notation but is not available in the property notebook.

1.1097 Authentication response content type

Specifies the response format that the application sends back to the notification in response to the authentication request.

Values:

JSON (default)
The application sends its response to the authentication request as a JSON string.
XML
The application sends its response to the authentication request as an XML string.

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthContentType

Usage Note: Contact the company whose application you are connecting to for the correct authentication type.

1.1098 Authentication SOAP request

Specifies the name of the SOAP request object that the notification uses to authenticate with a SOAP web service.

Values:

A list of SOAP request objects.

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.AuthSOAPRequest

Usage notes:

  • To authenticate with a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.

  • To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation in the WSDL file.

    For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations: authenticateByPassword and authenticateByCredential. You type Authentication for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: Authentication-authenticateByPassword and Authentication-authenticateByCredential.

    For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

  • You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.

1.1099 Static credential

The authorization code that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to an application that allows a user or application to use the same credential repeatedly.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.StaticCredential
Usage Notes:
  • You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
  • Update this credential as needed if there is a time limitation on the credential. For example, if the application requires a credential reset every 90 days, you must update this credential before it expires.

  • This attribute is sent to the application when referenced using symbol notation in the request attributes. If it is not referenced, it is not sent to the application.

1.1100 Request header

Specifies the HTTP header field that the notification includes in a web service request to send a request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application for requirements and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.RequestHeader
Usage Notes:
  • Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1101 Request method

Specifies the method that the notification uses to send the request to the application. Refer to the documentation for that application to determine which method to use.

Values:

DELETE
GET (default)
PATCH
POST
PUT

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.RequestMethod

Usage note: If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.

1.1102 Request parameters

Specifies the parameters that the notification includes in the web services request to an external application. Refer to the documentation for that application for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.RequestParams
Usage Notes:
  • The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1103 Request payload

Specifies the body of the web services request that the notification submits to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application for syntax and requirements.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be valid JSON or XML.
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.RequestPayload
Usage Notes:
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the payload property. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1104 Request URL

Specifies the URL that the notification uses to submit the request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application or consult with the company that hosts the application to determine the URL to use.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be a valid URL.

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.RequestURL
Usage Notes:
  • The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the notification runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1105 SOAP request

Specifies the name of the SOAP request object that the notification uses to send information to a SOAP web service.

Values:

A list of SOAP request objects.

Database name
WSNotification.WebService.SOAPRequest

Usage notes:

  • To send information to a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.

  • To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation in the WSDL file.

    For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations: closeOrder and sendStatus. You type WebStatus for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: WebStatus-closeOrder and WebStatus-sendStatus.

    For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

  • You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.

1.1106 Use proxy

Specifies whether the notification communicates through a proxy server and if so, specifies the proxy server to communicate through.

Values:

Not set (default)

The notification does not communicate through a proxy server.

Proxy server 1

The notification communicates through Proxy server 1.

Proxy server 2
The notification communicates through Proxy server 2.
Database name
WSNotification.WebService.Proxy
Usage Notes:
  • To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.

  • When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the notification cannot send the request. The notification writes an error message in its log.

1.1107 Request header

Specifies the HTTP header field that the step includes in a web service request to send a request to an application.

Refer to the documentation for that application for requirements and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.WebService.Header

Usage notes:

  • Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

  • Request header is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1108 Request parameters

Specifies the parameters that the step includes in the web services request to an external application. Refer to the documentation for that application for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.WebService.Parameter

Usage notes:

  • The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

  • Request parameters is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1109 Request payload

Specifies the body of the web services request that the step submits to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application for syntax and requirements.

You can enter the payload directly in this field or you can store it in a text file that is accessible to this step during job processing.

  • If you enter the text in this field, change the value of the Request payload type property to Text.
  • If you store the payload in a file, type the full path and file name to that file here, then change the value of the Request payload type property to File.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.WebService.Payload

Usage notes:

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request payload property. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

  • If you use a payload file, the file must have a file extension and the file path must include the payload file’s extension.
  • Request payload is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1110 Request payload type

Specifies whether the value in the Request payload property is a path to a file or a string.

Values:

Text (default)
The Request payload property contains the body of the web service request.
File
The Request payload property contains a full file path to a file that contains the body of the web service request. The payload file must have a file extension and the file path must include the payload file’s extension.

Database name
Job.WebService.PayloadType

Usage note: Request payload type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1111 Password

Specifies the password that the step uses to authenticate with a web service.

Format:

Length
Specified by the web service
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Job.WebService.PosPassword
Usage Notes:
000
  • This property is a positional property that you can use to specify different passwords for different steps based on the CallRESTService and CallSOAPService step templates.

  • For a CallRESTService step, you can specify the ${Job.WebService.Password} symbol as part of the value for the Request headers or Request parameters property.

  • When you need to include this property in a request header or a request payload, do not use the symbol for this property directly. Instead, use this symbol: ${Job.WebService.Password}

    When you open a property notebook, the value of this field appears as [Job.WebService.Password]. The actual password value is not displayed.

1.1112 Use proxy

Specifies whether the step communicates through a proxy server and if so, specifies the proxy server to communicate through.

Values:

Not set (default)

The step does not communicate through a proxy server.

Proxy server 1

The step communicates through Proxy server 1.

Proxy server 2
The step communicates through Proxy server 2.

Database name
Job.WebService.Proxy

Usage notes:

  • To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the appropriate Proxy server section of the System Settings page.
  • When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the step cannot send the request. The step writes an error message in the job log.
  • Use proxy is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1113 Request method

Specifies the method that the step uses to send the request to the application. Refer to the documentation for that application to determine which method to use.

Values:

DELETE
GET (default)
PATCH
POST
PUT

Database name
Job.WebService.RequestMethod

Usage notes:

  • If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.
  • Request method is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1114 Request URL

Specifies the URL that the step uses to submit the request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application or consult with the company that hosts the application to determine the URL to use.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be a valid URL.

Database name
Job.WebService.RequestURL

Usage notes:

  • The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

  • Request URL is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1115 Response file

Specifies the full file path and name that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to store the response from the application. Typically this value is ${getFileName(print,json,write)} or ${getFileName(print,xml,write)}, depending on the type of response file the application returns. After the response file is stored, it can be processed by other steps in the workflow.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.WebService.ResponseFile

Usage notes:

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Response file. Symbols are resolved when the step runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • Response file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1116 SOAP request

Specifies the name of the SOAP request object that is used to retrieve job information using a SOAP web service.

Values

A list of SOAP request objects.

Database name
Job.WebService.SOAPRequest

Usage notes:

  • To use a SOAP web service, you must select a SOAP request object. The SOAP request object lets RICOH ProcessDirector determine the SOAP version and other information required to communicate with the web service. When you import a Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from the SOAP operations in the file.

  • To add SOAP request objects to the list, import a WSDL file. RICOH ProcessDirector prepends the value of the WSDL prefix property and a hyphen to the name of each SOAP operation.

    For example, a WSDL file contains 2 operations: getOrdersByDate1 and getOrdersByDate2. You type WebOrders for the WSDL prefix. RICOH ProcessDirector creates 2 SOAP request objects: WebOrders-getOrdersByDate1 and WebOrders-getOrdersByDate2.

    For more information, see the topic about importing WSDL files in the RICOH ProcessDirector information center.

  • You cannot edit or delete a SOAP request object, and the properties of the objects do not appear in the user interface.

1.1117 WSDL file

Specifies the full path and name of the Web Service Description Language (WSDL) file to import. A WSDL file describes how a SOAP web service is called, including the parameters it accepts and the data structures it returns. You import WSDL files for all SOAP web services that you call to communicate with an application. RICOH ProcessDirector creates SOAP request objects from SOAP operations in each WSDL file.
Database name
SoapRequest.WSDLfile

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector places the WSDL file in the /aiw/aiw1/wsdl directory (Linux) or the C:\aiw\aiw1\wsdl directory (Windows).
  • The SOAP request objects that you import become selections for the SOAP request property. You set a value for that property when you define a SOAP web service input device, a SOAP web service notification, or a CallSOAPService step.

1.1118 WSDL prefix

Specifies the prefix that RICOH ProcessDirector adds to the names of the SOAP operations it creates.
Database name
SoapRequest.WSDLPrefix

The SOAP request objects that you import become selections for the SOAP request property. You set a value for that property when you define a SOAP web service input device, a SOAP web service notification, or a CallSOAPService step.

1.1119 Address block line 1

Specifies the first line of the address block in the document.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Address.1

Usage notes:

  • Use the tools provided with RICOH ProcessDirector to identify the text in the document that you want to use for the value of this document property.
  • For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Address.1.
  • For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Address block line 1.
  • In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to specify the zip code information sent to the postal software.

1.1120 Postal code

Specifies the zip code in the document.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Address.Postalcode

Usage notes:

  • In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to receive the zip code information returned from the postal software. You can use the property that way or you could choose to use this property to store the postal code identified in the document data that is sent to the postal software.
  • For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Address.Postalcode.
  • For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Postal Code.

1.1121 Processing category

Specifies the grouping of postal processing determined by the postal software for the document. For example, the postal software might determine that the address information for the document is invalid and set this value to Undeliverable. The possible values depend on your postal system and postal software.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.Category

1.1122 Postal company name

Specifies the company name in the document.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Address.Company

Usage notes:

  • Some postal processing software uses a property with Firm or Company in its label to contain the first line of the address information it returns.
  • In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to specify the name information sent to the postal software.

1.1123 Zip code

Specifies the zip code in the document.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Address.ZipCode

Usage notes:

  • Use the tools provided with RICOH ProcessDirector to identify the text in the document that you want to use for the value of this document property.
  • For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Address.ZipCode.
  • For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Zip Code.
  • In the sample workflows provided with the Postal Enablement feature, this property is used to specify the zip code information sent to the postal software.

1.1124 Address processing return code

A value returned from postal address correction software to indicate the result of its processing. This value can be used to group documents into jobs that qualify for postal discounts based on successful address correction and those which do not qualify.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.AddressProcessingRC

1.1125 Change of address return code

A value returned from postal address correction software to indicate if the address for the document was changed.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.ChangeAddressRC

1.1126 Pallet break mark

Specifies the pallet break mark for the document. This value is returned from postal sorting software that determines pallet boundaries for the documents in a job to take the most advantage of the postal discount for presorted mail.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.ContainerBreakMark

1.1127 Pallet number

Specifies the pallet number for the document. This value is returned from postal sorting software that assigns each document in a job into pallets to take the most advantage of the postal discount for presorted mail.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.ContainerNumber

1.1128 Container break mark

Specifies the container break mark for the document. This value is returned from postal sorting software that determines container boundaries for the documents in a job to take the most advantage of the postal discount for presorted mail.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.HandlingUnitBreakMark

1.1129 Container number

Specifies the container number for the document. This value is returned from postal sorting software that assigns each document in a job into containers to take the most advantage of the postal discount for presorted mail.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.HandlingUnitNumber

1.1130 Package break mark

Specifies the package break mark for the document. This value is returned from postal sorting software that determines package boundaries for the documents in a job to take the most advantage of the postal discount for presorted mail.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.PackageBreakMark

1.1131 Package number

Specifies the package number for the document. This value is returned from postal sorting software that assigns each document in a job into packages to take the most advantage of the postal discount for presorted mail.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.PackageNumber

1.1132 Postage rate

Specifies the postage rate for the document. This value is returned from postal software that determines the postage rate based on such factors as the weight of the mail piece and type of postal code.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.PostageRate

1.1133 Postage rate code

Specifies the postage rate code for the document. This value is returned from postal software that determines the postage rate based on such factors as the type of postage rate code. In the United States Postal Service rates, two values are ZIP and ZIP+4.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.PostageRateCode

1.1134 Presort sequence number

Specifies the presort sequence number in the document. This value is returned from postal sorting software that reorders documents in a job to take advantage of the postal discount for presorted mail.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.SequenceNumber

1.1135 Presort processing return code

A value returned from postal sorting software to indicate the result of its processing. This value can be used to group documents into jobs that qualify for postal discounts based on successful sortation and those which do not qualify.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Postal.SequencingProcessingRC

1.1136 Variable mail piece thickness

Specifies the thickness of a mail piece when the mail pieces in a job have different thicknesses.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.DocSize.PieceThickness

Usage notes:

  • Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, if a mail piece is 0.15 inch thick, the correct input might be 0.15, 15, or .15i. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
  • To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to Yes.

1.1137 Variable mail piece weight

Specifies the weight of a mail piece when the mail pieces in a job have different weights.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.DocSize.PieceWeight

Usage notes:

  • Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, if a mail piece weighs 0.8 ounce, the correct input for one software program might be 0.8, 8, or 8oz. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
  • To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to Yes.

1.1138 Mail piece height

Specifies the height of the mail piece.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceHeight

Usage notes:

  • Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, if a mail piece has a height of five inches the correct input for one software program might be 5. For another program, it might be 5.0.
  • The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.

1.1139 Mail piece length

Specifies the length of the mail piece.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceLength

Usage notes:

  • Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, a mail piece has a length of nine inches. The correct input for one software program might be 9. For another program, it might be 9.0.
  • The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.

1.1140 Identical mail piece thickness

Specifies the thickness of a mail piece when all mail pieces in a job have the same thickness.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceThickness

Usage notes:

  • Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, a mail piece weighs is 0.15 inch thick. The correct input for one software program might be 0.15. For another program, it might be 15 or .15i.
  • The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
  • To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to No.
  • If your postal software does not accept variable thicknesses, you can measure a representative sample. For example, you measure 30 mail pieces. Their total thickness is three inches. Divide the total thickness by the number of mail pieces, and enter that value for this property.

1.1141 Identical mail piece weight

Specifies the weight of a mail piece when all mail pieces in a job have the same weight.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.DocSize.DefaultPieceWeight

Usage notes:

  • Type the value in the format required by your postal software. For example, a mail piece weighs 0.8 ounce. The correct input for one software program might be 0.8. For another program, it might be 80.
  • The units are specified by your software program. Consult your postal software documentation for additional information on how to enter units.
  • To use this property, set the value of the Use variable measurements property to No.
  • If your postal software does not accept variable weights, you can weigh a representative sample. For example, you weigh 30 mail pieces. Their total weight is 60 ounces. Divide the total weight by the number of mail pieces, and enter that value for this property.

1.1142 Use variable measurements

Specifies whether the mail pieces in the job have the same weight and thickness or different weights and thicknesses.

Values:

Yes
The mail pieces have the same weight and thickness.
No
The mail pieces have different weights and thicknesses.
Database name
Job.DocSize.VaryingWeightAndThickness

Usage note: If the value is No, specify values for the Identical mail piece weight and Identical mail piece thickness properties. If the value is Yes, specify values for the Variable mail piece weight and Variable mail piece thickness properties.

1.1143 Processing category

Specifies a grouping of postal processing that can be determined by the postal software.

Enter a value that your company wants to use to separate mail pieces into different workflows. International mail, for example, might not be eligible for additional processing such as sortation and automated postage calculation, whereas Qualified mail is.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.Category

Usage notes:

  • You can define values for processing category used by your postal service.
  • In the sample workflow, documents with different values for the corresponding document property are grouped into child jobs. Based on the child job properties, different workflow procedures are used.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1144 Mail class

Specifies the class of mail for the job. For example, the class of mail for the United States Postal Service might be first class, standard, or parcel.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.Class

Usage notes:

  • You can define values for the class of mail used by your postal service.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1145 Maximum weight of pallet

Indicates the maximum possible weight of a pallet for mailing. When the weight of individual documents is known, this property can be used to group documents into jobs so that the maximum weight is not exceeded.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.ContainerMaxWeight

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1146 Minimum weight of pallet

Indicates the minimum possible weight of a pallet for mailing. When the weight of individual documents is known, this property can be used to group documents into jobs so that the minimum weight is always met.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.ContainerMinWeight

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1147 Pallet size

Shows the size of an individual pallet.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.ContainerSize

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1148 Container size

Specifies the size of the container. For example, the size of a container might be 2 foot (2-foot standard letter tray) or EMM (extended managed mail tray).

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.HandlingUnit

Usage notes:

  • You can define values for the container size used by your postal software.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1149 Minimum weight of container

Specifies the minimum weight that your postal service accepts for a container. When the weight of individual documents is known, this property can be used to group documents into jobs so that the minimum weight is always met.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.HandlingUnitMinWeight

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1150 Maximum weight of container

Specifies the maximum weight that your postal service accepts for a container. When the weight of individual documents is known, this property can be used to group documents into jobs so that the maximum weight is not exceeded.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.HandlingUnitMaxWeight

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1151 Mailer ID

Specifies the identification number of the company sending the mail. Mailer IDs are assigned by the postal service.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.MailerID

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1152 Presort process

Specifies the type of sorting that the job qualifies for based on the requirements set by your postal service. For example, mail might be separated into machinable or non-machinable sortation.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.MailStream

Usage notes:

  • You can define values for the presort processes used by your postal service.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value

1.1153 Mail type

Specifies the shape of the mail pieces in the job. For example, the shape of the mail pieces for the United States Postal Service might be postcard, letter, or flat.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes).

Database name
Job.Postal.PieceType

Usage notes:

  • You can define values for the types of mail used by your postal service.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1154 Postage statement date

Specifies the date the job is sent to the postal service and the date that the postal service receives payment for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Postal.PostageStatementDate

Usage note: You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1155 Mail rate type

Specifies the type of mail rate for the job. For example, in the United States Postal Service, the type of mail rate might be regular, non-profit, or classroom.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes).

Database name
Job.Postal.Type

Usage notes:

  • You can define values for the mail rate types used by your postal service.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value

1.1156 Columns to keep

Specifies a comma-separated list of the names of column headings in the external results file. A step based on the MapExternalResultsFiletoDocProps step template keeps these columns when it creates the modified results file. All other columns are not included in the modified results file.

Format:

Length
Up to 1028 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Doc.ColumnsToKeep

Usage notes:

  • If the external results file contains column headings, you can specify which columns to keep. Set the value of the External results contain column headings property to Yes.
  • If the external results file contains column headings, you do not have to enter the values in the Columns to keep property in the same order as the properties occur in the external results file returned by the postal software.
  • If any column heading that you specify does not exist in the external results file, the step goes into error.
  • The order of the column headings in the Columns to keep property must match the order of the document properties in the Selected document properties list, and the number of document properties in each list must match. If the order of the document properties do not match, you get unexpected results during job processing. If the number of the document properties do not match, the job goes into error state.

1.1157 External results contain column headings

Specifies whether the external results file returned from the external program contains headings for the document property columns.

Values:

Yes (default)
The external results file contains column headings.
No
The external results file does not contain column headings.

Database name
Job.Doc.ContainsHeader

Usage notes:

  • If the value of this property is No, you cannot use the Columns to keep property to specify the headings of columns in the external results file that you want to keep. You must manually delete the columns that you do not want to keep before you run the MapExternalResultsFiletoDocProps step.
  • External results contain column headings is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1158 Document properties selected

Specifies document properties in the order that they should be added as column headings in the modified results file.

Values:

The Available list shows the names of all document properties in the system. The Selected list shows the names of document properties that you have selected as column headings. The document property at the top of the list is the first column heading, the document property second from the top is the second column heading, and so on.

Database name
Job.Doc.DocPropForHeading

1.1159 Selected document properties

Specifies document properties that will be written to the external document properties file that is produced by a step based on the BuildExternalDocPropsFile.

The Available list shows the names of all document properties in the system. The Selected list shows the names of document properties that you have selected as column headings. The document property at the top of the list is the first column heading, the document property second from the top is the second column heading, and so on.

Default
None
Database name
Job.Doc.DocPropToOutput

1.1160 Column headings

Specifies the column headings to use in the external document properties file.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
Job.Doc.ExternalHeadings

Usage notes:

  • The column headings order must match the order of the Selected document properties list.
  • You must have a property corresponding to either the Document number or Sequence in child job property within this list.

1.1161 External results file

Specifies the name of the comma-separated or tab-delimited file containing the document properties and other information returned from the external program. This file is input to a step based on the MapExternalResultsFiletoDocProps step template.

Format:

Default
${getFileName(data,csv,read)}
Database name
Job.Doc.InputFileName

Usage notes:

  • A column in the external results file must contain a property that can be mapped to the Document number or Sequence in child job document property.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value.
  • The default value specifies a file with a .csv extension in the jobs’s spool directory (for example, /aiw/aiw1/spool/default/10000012/10000012.data.csv on a UNIX-based operating system or C:\aiw\aiw1\spool\default\10000012\10000012.data.csv on Windows).
  • External results file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1162 File type

Specifies the type of the external results file, which is input to a step based on the MapExternalResultsFiletoDocProps step template.

Values:

CSV (default)
Comma-separated value (CSV) file
Tab-delimited
Tab-delimited text file

Database name
Job.Doc.InputFileType

Usage note: File type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1163 Modified results file

Specifies the name of the tab-delimited file containing the document properties that you selected from the document properties in the external results file. A step based on the MapExternalResultsFiletoDocProps step template creates this file as output.

Format:

Default
${getFileName(data,opf,write)}
Database name
Job.Doc.OutputFileDPFName

Usage notes:

  • The modified results file must contain the Document number or Sequence in child job document property as one of its columns.
  • A step based on the UpdateDocPropsFromExtResultsFile step template receives the modified results file as input.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value.
  • Modified results file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1164 External document properties file

Specifies the fully qualified output filename for the external document properties file.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Default
${getFileName(data, csv,write)} (for example a file named Job.ID .data.csv will be written to the job's spool directory (/aiw/aiw1/spool/default/JobID). For job 10000000, it would be /aiw/aiw1/spool/default/10000000/10000000.data.csv)
Database name
Job.Doc.OutputFileName

Usage notes:

  • The directory where the external document properties file is written must exist before the step runs.
  • You can use symbolic formulas in this field.

1.1165 File type

Specifies the output file type for the External document properties file.

The File type property determines if the file is tab-delimited or Comma-separated (CSV).

Default
CSV
Database name
Job.Doc.OutputFileType

Usage note: If the file type is CSV, property values that contain the comma character must be surrounded with quotes.

1.1166 Modified Results File

The name of the tab-delimited file containing the properties selected from the external results file. The step merges the properties in the modified results file into the document properties file for the job.

Format:

Default
${getFileName(read, opf)}
Database name
Job.DPF.MergeFile

Usage notes:

  • The modified results file must contain the Document ID property as one of its columns.
  • You can use symbol formulas in this value.

1.1167 Banner page input tray

Specifies the printer input tray that holds the paper that should be used for header and trailer pages.

Values:

Default
Not set
Database name
KodakPDFPrinter.BannerPage.Tray

Usage notes

  • This property applies only to Kodak PDF printers.
  • If the banner page input tray is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer uses paper from the default tray for banner pages.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector displays a general list of trays when you add a printer. To display the list of specific trays that a printer supports, you must finish adding the printer. Then, open the properties notebook for the printer again and select the correct tray.

1.1168 Merge banner pages into PDF print file

Specifies whether header and trailer banner files are merged into the PDF print file or sent to the printer as separate files.

Values:

Yes
If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and one file is sent to the printer.
No
If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the print files are sent to the printer.
Default
Yes

Database name
KodakPDFPrinter.MergeBanner

Usage notes:

  • In some cases, banner files should not be merged. For example, if you are printing multiple copies of each job, you might not want banner pages to print between copies.
  • Set this property to No if you are sending Postscript files to the printer.

1.1169 Kodak printer queue

Specifies the name of the LPR print queue used for the Kodak PDF printer.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
No default value
Database name
KodakPDFPrinter.PrinterQueue

Usage note:

  • When a Kodak PDF printer is added, the LPR print queue on the server is not created automatically. The system administrator must use the operating system’s procedures to create the LPR print queue. The value you enter in this field must match the name of the LPR print queue defined to the system.

1.1170 PitStop action list or PDF profile

Specifies the full path and file name to the PitStop action list (.eal) or PDF profile (.ppp) file that RICOH ProcessDirector sends to PitStop Server. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

PitStop uses this file to do actions on a print job, such as:

  • Adding text or objects
  • Checking and changing properties, colors, and fonts
  • Changing fonts and colors
  • Setting a different ICC profiles
  • Gathering information about the contents of a job

Refer to the PitStop documentation for information about creating these files.

Database name
Job.Pitstop.ActionListOrProfile

Usage notes:

  • You must use PitStop to create this file before you try to process a job through this step.
  • PitStop action list or PDF profile is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1171 Document properties to store

Document properties that can be stored with the file.
Database name
Job.Repository.DocPropToArchive

Usage notes:

  • Use the minimum number of document properties to narrow the results when a user searches for this document.
  • Choose properties carefully. After a document is stored in the repository, you cannot change its properties. You can use a step based on the RemoveDataFromRepository step template to remove the document or the job containing the document from the repository.
  • These document properties are stored automatically:
    • Current first page (Doc.CurrentFirstPage).
    • Current pages (Doc.CurrentPages).
    • Current Sheets (Doc.CurrentSheets).
    • Original first page (Doc.OriginalFirstPage).
    • Original pages (Doc.OriginalPages).
    • Sequence in child job (Doc.SequenceInChild).
    • Sequence in original job (Doc.OriginalSequence).
  • Document properties to store is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1172 Archive entry type

Adds a custom label for the information that is stored in the repository by this step, such as Original job file, Preflight, Print data, or History only.

You can use this property to search for the job, document, or history information you want to retrieve.

Format:

Length
1–32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Repository.EntryType

Usage note:

  • If you include the StoreInRepository step multiple times in the same workflow, you can specify an Archive entry type value each time to retrieve specific data points during the history of the job and its documents in the system.

    For example, use an Archive entry type of Print for the StoreInRepository step immediately after the print step and another Archive entry type of Insert after the insert step.

    If a job is reprinted and is processed by the StoreInRepository step after printing again, a second entry is added to the repository. When you search the repository for that job, you see two Print entries, each with different timestamps.

1.1173 File to store

Specifies the file you want to store in the repository.

Default
${getCurrentFile(${Job.InputDatastream})}

Database name
Job.Repository.FileToArchive

Usage notes:

  • The default value returns the name of the current file in the data stream format that is set in the Input data stream property.
  • Any type of file can be selected, but only AFP and PDF files can be viewed when they are retrieved from the repository.
  • Use a formula to identify a file in the job's spool directory that you want to store in the repository. For example, you receive an AFP file and transform it into a PDF file, to print. To store the AFP file in the repository, specify ${getCurrentFile(afp)}.
  • You can clear this value if you want to store only properties or history information.
  • File to store is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1174 Job properties to store

Job properties that are stored for use in retrieving the file or history information.
Database name
Job.Repository.JobPropToArchive

Usage notes:

  • Use the minimum number of job properties to narrow the results when a user searches for this job, the documents in this job, or the history information for the job.
  • Choose properties carefully. After a job or its history information are stored in the repository, you cannot change its properties or remove the job or its history information from the repository.
  • You cannot select a positional job property as a value of the Job properties to store property. To store a positional job property, create an associated properties file. The values of positional job properties can be different for different steps in a workflow.
  • These job properties are stored automatically:
    • AFP resource path (Job.Print.ResourcePath), if AFP Support is installed.
    • Data type (Job.Repository.DataType).
    • Form definition (Job.Line2AFP.FORMDEF), if AFP Support is installed.
    • Repository identifier (Job.Repository.Identifier).
    • Total pages (Job.TotalPages).
  • Job properties to store is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1175 Document properties file

Specifies the name of a tab-delimited file containing property values to store in the repository. The file can contain values for document properties, fields that are not defined as RICOH ProcessDirector document properties, or a combination of both. If at least one of the fields in the file that you specify is not a document property defined to RICOH ProcessDirector, select ALL in the Document properties to store property.

The StoreInRepository step uses this file to store document-level properties in the Archive. If all of the properties in the file are defined as document properties, you can select them in the Document properties to store property.

If this property is blank, the default document properties file is used to determine which property values to store.

Format:

Default
${getFileName(document,dpf,read)}

Database name
Job.Repository.DocFileToArchive

Usage notes:

  • The file specified must be tab-delimited. This function does not work with comma-separated values.
  • You can use symbol formulas to specify a file.
  • The list of properties shown in the Document properties to store property does not change based on the file you specify.
  • Document properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1176 Path to override properties file

Specifies the path and name of a text file that contains a list of job properties whose values you want to preserve for use when the job or its documents are resubmitted to a workflow. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

If you specify an override properties file, the system creates an arch.overrides.txt file for each job saved in the repository. The arch.overrides.txt file contains values for each job property in the override properties file. If you resubmit the job or its documents, the arch.overrides.txt file is resubmitted with them.

Format:

Default
None

Database name
Job.Repository.Overrides

Usage notes:

  • To define the contents of the text file, place the database name of each job property on a separate line. For example, this file specifies three job properties (Customer name, Media required, and Duplex):
    Job.CustomerNameJob.MediaRequiredJob.Duplex
  • You can add comments to the file. Place each comment on a separate line that starts with a pound sign (#). For example:
    Job.CustomerName# This is a comment.
  • Properties specified in the override properties file and properties set as values of the Job properties to store property perform different functions. To use the value of a property to retrieve a job from the repository or to display the value of that property when you click Show Details on the Results table, set that property as a value of the Job properties to store property. To submit the value of a property when you resubmit a job or its documents to a workflow, specify that property in an override properties file. To use a property for all of those functions, specify the property in both places.
  • You can use symbol formulas to specify a path and file name. For example, you want to use the same overrides for all jobs run through one workflow. To give the override properties file the same name as the workflow, specify this value:
    • /aiw/aiw1/control_files/${Job.JobType}.txt (Linux)
    • C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\${Job.JobType}.txt (Windows)

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • If you want to store the values of the same job properties with jobs stored in different repositories, you can specify the same override properties file for multiple StoreInRepository steps. If you want to store the values of different job properties with jobs stored in different repositories, specify different names for the override properties files.
  • The first step in the workflow that the job or document is resubmitted to must be SetJobPropsFromTextFile. If another step is first, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set the properties captured in the override properties file.
  • Path to override properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1177 Associated properties file

Specifies the full path or symbolic name of the file that the StoreInRepository step can use to store one or more properties that are associated with the job, but that are properties of other objects. For example, you can store a property of the printer that was used to print the job, such as the printer model or location.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Repository.RefAttributes

Usage notes:

  • You can also use an associated properties file to store job properties that are positional.
  • Associated properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1178 Repository

Specifies the repository where the file is stored.

The repository specified in this step is the repository later used to retrieve the job data or document.

Values:

Default
Not set

Database name
Job.Repository.Repository

Usage notes:

  • If you specify a value for the Repository location property for your repository, make sure you select a repository with a Repository location value that the users who need to retrieve the files are allowed to access.
  • If you change this value for a job after the StoreInRepository step runs, the archived data is not automatically moved to the new repository.
  • Repository is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1179 Filename of the new job

Specify the name that you want to use for the Job name property of the new job.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Repository.ResubmitFileName

1.1180 Store history records

Specifies whether the step stores production history collected by one or more history record notification objects.

Values:

Yes
The history records are stored in the repository.
No
The history records are not stored.

Database name
Job.Repository.StoreHistory

Usage notes:

  • If you store the history for a job multiple times, new history records are appended to the history list. However, if you access the history that was saved by the first StoreInRepository step, you only see history records for the first part of the workflow.
  • Store history records is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1181 Description

Describes the repository. For example, this property might describe the type of data that is deposited here.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
Repository.Description

1.1182 Disk space used (GB)

Shows how much disk space is used by entries in the repository.
Database name
Repository.DiskSpace

1.1183 Folder location

Specifies the directory where the repository stores the data. The property can be changed by using the Change folder location action.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
  • Linux: /aiw/aiw1/archive

  • Windows: C:\aiw\aiw1\archive

Database name
Repository.FileLocation

Usage notes:

  • You set an original value for the Folder location when you add the repository. To change the value, use the Change folder location action on the Repositories page.
  • If you change the Folder location of a repository after data is stored, the files are not automatically moved to the new location. You must manually move the files to the new location.
  • If the directory specified for the Folder location does not exist already, RICOH ProcessDirector creates it when StoreInRepository step writes a file there.
  • Each repository must have a unique directory.
  • If you do not specify a full path, the directory is created in the /var/aiw directory for Linux, and in the drive:\Program Files\Ricoh\ProcessDirector path for Windows, where drive is the drive where RICOH ProcessDirector is installed.

1.1184 Files stored

Shows the total number of data files stored in the repository. Archive entries containing only history information are not counted as part of the total.
Database name
Repository.FilesStored

1.1185 Name

Specifies the name of the repository.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Repository.ID

1.1186 Last modified

The date and time that the repository was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the repository changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Repository.LastModified

1.1187 Repository location

Specifies the location associated with a repository.

Values:

The list of locations available in the system.

Default
Not set
Database name
Repository.Location

Usage notes:

  • When a user searches for a job or document in a repository, only the repositories with a Repository location value that matches a Location value for the user are available to be searched.
  • If a job is stored in a repository, the job property notebook shows the name of the repository where it is stored unless the user viewing it does not have access to the Repository location of the repository. In that case, Not set is shown for the Repository property.

1.1188 Next deletion of expired files

Shows the date and time when the next file with an expired Retention period is going to be deleted.
Database name
Repository.NextDelete

Usage notes:

  • The value is displayed based on the time zone of the computer that you use to open the user interface.
  • Expired files are deleted every 14 days, with the timer reset each time RICOH ProcessDirector is restarted. When RICOH ProcessDirector is restarted, the first check for expired files occurs 24 hours after the restart.

1.1189 Select workflow for the new job

Specifies the workflow used to process the selected results file when it is submitted as a new job.

Values:

The list of enabled workflows in the system that have Location values that the user has access to.

Database name
Repository.ResubmitFile

Usage note: You might want to select a different workflow than the one used to store the file in the repository. For example, the workflow used to reprint a document might not be the same as the workflow used to print the document the first time.

1.1190 Retention period

Specifies the period of time to store a file in this repository. The unit of time for the value can be days, weeks, months, or years. The property can be changed by using the Change retention period action.

Format:

Content
Values from 1 day through 100 years. Use the drop-down list to the right of the property to select the unit of time for the value.
Default
3 months

Database name
Repository.RetainDuration

Usage notes:

  • You set an original value for the Retention period when you add the repository. To change the value, use the Change retention period action on the Repositories page.

  • If you shorten the retention period, archive entries are deleted at the next scheduled deletion time.

1.1191 Number of results

Specifies the maximum number of results returned for a search.

RICOH ProcessDirector stops searching in the selected repositories when the number of results reaches the specified value.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1–999
Default
10
Database name
Repository.ReturnResults

1.1192 Search

Lets you select from the searches you previously saved to start a new search.

When you load the saved search, all of the defined Search options, how they are combined, and the repository to search are shown in the Search summary.

Values:

The list of searches you have saved.
New search (Default)
Lets you specify a search to use now.

Database name
Repository.SavedSearches

Usage notes:

  • After you retrieve a saved search, you can make changes and save it with a new name.
  • To save a new search, select New search and click the Save search button to enter a name for the search.
  • Searches are saved separately for each user.
  • To delete a saved search, hover over the search in the Saved searches list. Click the X that appears to the right of the search name to make it red. Click the red X to delete the search.

1.1193 Search criteria

Specifies how the search options are combined.

Values:

All (default)
All of the search options must match the properties of the job or document. The search options have an AND relationship.
Any
Any one of the search options must match the properties of the job or document. The search options have an OR relationship.
Custom
You must specify what combinations of search options must match the properties of the job or document. You can use both AND and OR to combine search options.

Database name
Repository.SearchAnyAll

Usage notes:

  • If you select Custom, use the text field to the right to define your custom combination.

1.1194 Search options

Lets you define one or more properties to use to search for the job, document, or history information you want to retrieve. Each search option consists of a property, a comparison, and a value.

The rules for combining search options are determined by the Search criteria property.

Property
Specifies which property you want to use for the search. The list includes all job and document properties in the system that can be saved by a StoreInRepository step.
Comparison
Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector compares the property value to the contents of the Value field to find the job or document you want to retrieve. Select one of these:
= (equal to) (default)
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value exactly matches the text in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
!= (not equal to)
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property has a value and it is not the value in the Value field. The comparison is case-sensitive.
> (greater than)
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is greater than the number in the Value field.
< (less than)
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
>= (greater than or equal to)
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is the same as or greater than the number in the Value field.
<= (less than or equal to)
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value is the same as or less than the number in the Value field or if the property has no value.
like
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value matches the value in the Value field when wildcard characters contained in the Value field are taken into account. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is CUST1*. All jobs from one customer have the prefix CUST1 added to the job name. A job meets the search option when its job name begins with the text CUST1. The comparison is case-sensitive.
unlike
Job or document data is returned in the search results if the property value does not match the value in the Value field when wildcard characters contained in the Value field are taken into account. For example, the value in the Value field for the Job name property is *.pdf. A job meets the search option when the extension for the job name is not .pdf. The comparison is case-sensitive.
Value
Specifies the value that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to search for the job or document you want to retrieve. Depending on the property, you can either choose from a list or enter an alphanumeric value. If a property takes a unit, you cannot select the units. You must specify measurement values in inches. You must specify time values in the smallest unit that the property supports. For example, values for Retention period are in minutes.
Database name
Repository.SearchConditions

Usage notes:

  • When you use the is like or is not like comparison, you can use wildcard characters in the Value field. Use * or % to represent zero or more characters; use _ or ? to represent exactly one character. If you use a like comparison and type only a wildcard character in the Value field, all the jobs or documents in which that property value is set are returned in the search results, but not the jobs in which that value is Not set.
  • When you use the is, is not, is like, is not like, or contains comparison, you cannot use the apostrophe character ( ' ) in the Value field.
  • You can set certain properties to values that include a symbol formula. For example, you give the workflow for a customer’s job the same name as the Customer name property. You can define a search option with a symbol formula to find jobs or documents where the workflow name matches the customer name: Workflow = ${Job.CustomerName}.
  • To define an additional search option, click + to the right of any search option. To delete a search option, click - to the right of the search option you want to delete.
  • If the Value is a date or timestamp, make sure that the Comparison is less than (<), greater than (>).

1.1195 Repository to search

Specifies which repository you want to search in. After you select a repository, you can choose what properties to use to search for the data you want to retrieve. Depending on which repository you select, the list of properties you can choose is limited to the properties stored in that repository.
Database name
Repository.SearchRepository

Usage note: If you select All, RICOH ProcessDirector searches all of the repositories that you have access to.

1.1196 Search criteria

Specifies the properties and values the ExportFromRepository step uses to search the repository for data to export.

If the Criteria type is File, enter the full path of a file with the search arguments in it. If the Criteria type is Text, enter a string. The format of the string or the contents of the file is the same as the Search query shown in the Results portlet on the Archive tab. If you use File, you can include multiple search queries. Each query must be on a separate line.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Exportrep.ExportInput

Usage note: To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.

1.1197 Criteria type

Specifies whether the value in the Search criteria property is a file or a string.

Values:

Text
A text string containing the search criteria.
File
Full path to a file containing the search criteria.

Database name
Job.Exportrep.ExportInputType

Usage note: To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file for the Search criteria property, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.

1.1198 Export results file

Specifies the full path or symbolic name of the Comma Separated Values (CSV) file where the step writes the exported properties.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Exportrep.ExportOutputFile

Usage Note: The export results file only contains properties and does not contain history records. To export both, use the Export action on the Results portlet of the Archive tab.

1.1199 Results file descriptor

Specifies the path and file name to the file that lists which property values you want the ExportFromRepository step to retrieve from the repository and include in the export results file. You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Default
Not set
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Exportrep.HeaderFile

Usage notes:

  • If you do not set the Results file descriptor, all property values for each of the repository entries matching the Search criteria are returned.
  • Each row of the Results file descriptor file must be written on a separate line.

    For example, if the repository entry has the properties: Document.Name, Document.Account, Document.Level, Document.Region, Document.Zip, Document.Agent You want to include three of the properties and their values in the export results file. The Results file descriptor file contains:Document.LevelDocument.RegionDocument.Agent

1.1200 Repository

Specifies the repository to search for information to export.

Values:

Default
Not set

Database name
Job.Exportrep.Repository

1.1201 Last number of records exported

Specifies the number of records exported the last time that the ExportFromRepository step ran. You cannot edit this value.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1–9999

Database name
Job.Repository.LastNumOfRecordsExported

1.1202 Input ZIP file

Specifies the full path and symbolic name of the ZIP file created by a step based on the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step template.

Format:

Database name
Job.RepResult.ZipFileToUse

Usage notes:

  • The ZIP file must be created by a step based on the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step template.

1.1203 Create as child job

Specifies whether the jobs created by a step based on the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step template are child jobs or independent jobs. When the new jobs are child jobs, the job processed by the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step becomes the parent job.

Values:

Yes (default)
The jobs are child jobs. The job processed by the step becomes the parent of the new child jobs.
No
The jobs are independent jobs. The job processed by the step is not the parent of the new jobs.

Database name
Job.RepSearch.CreateAsChild

Usage notes:

  • When you create child jobs:
    • If you add a WaitForRelatedJobs step to the workflow for the parent job, the parent job stays in the system until all the child jobs complete.
    • You can assign a rule to a connector that sends the child jobs through a different branch of the workflow that processed the parent job.
  • Create as child job is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1204 Path to override properties file

Specifies the full path and name of a text file that contains a list of job properties whose values you want to use when the new jobs are created. When you specify an override properties file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates an overrides file. This overrides file is passed to every job created by the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Default
None

Database name
Job.RepSearch.PathToOverrides

Usage notes:

  • To define the contents of the text file, place the database name of each job property on a separate line. For example, this file specifies three job properties (Customer name, Media required, and Duplex):
    • Job.CustomerName
    • Job.MediaRequired
    • Job.Duplex
  • You can add comments to the file. Place each comment on a separate line that starts with a pound sign (#). For example:
    • Job.CustomerName
    • # This is a comment.
  • Property values, such as Media and Job copies requested, are not passed from the job in the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step to the jobs created by the step unless you create an override properties file. When you specify the database names of job properties in an override properties file, RICOH ProcessDirector creates an overrides file with the values of the properties. This overrides file is passed to every job created by the step. For information about overrides files, refer to the Information Center.
  • You can use symbol formulas to specify a path and file name. For example, you want to use the same overrides for all new jobs submitted to a specified workflow. To give the override properties file the same name as the workflow, specify this value:
    • /aiw/aiw1/control_files/${Job.JobType}.txt (Linux)
    • C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\${Job.JobType}.txt (Windows)

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • If you want to use the values of the same job properties with new jobs submitted to different workflows, you can specify the same override properties file for multiple CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch steps. If you want to use the values of different job properties with new jobs submitted to different workflows, specify different names for the override properties files.
  • Path to override properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1205 Repository

Specifies the repository to search for information to include in a new job.

Format:

Default
Not set

Database name
Job.RepSearch.RepToSearch

1.1206 Search criteria

Specifies the properties and values the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step uses to search the repository for data to include in the new job.

If the search criteria is located in a file, enter the full file path. If the search criteria is text, enter the text directly in the field. The format of the text or the contents of the file is the same as the Search query shown in the Results portlet on the Archive tab.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.RepSearch.SearchCriteria

Usage notes:

  • To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.
  • Search criteria can contain entries for multiple archive searches. Make sure that each set of entries is on a separate line separated by a carriage return.
  • You can use symbol notation for job properties in the Search criteria field. If you put the search criteria in a file, you can use symbol notation for both job and document properties. For example: ${Doc.Custom.AccountNumber}=20035564. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1207 Stop when no results are found

Specifies whether the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step moves the job into an error state if no results are found.

Values:

Yes (default)
If no results are found, the job goes into an error state.
No
If no results are found, the job continues processing.
Database name
Job.RepSearch.Require

1.1208 Workflow for new jobs

Specifies the workflow that a step based on the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step template uses for new jobs it creates.
Database name
Job.RepSearch.WorkflowResult

Usage notes:

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the workflow. For example, BusinessCards${Job.JobType} sets the name of the new workflow to the name of the current workflow with the prefix BusinessCards. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.
  • If the specified workflow is not enabled or does not exist when the CreateJobsFromRepositorySearch step runs, the job is placed in Error state.

1.1209 Repository

Specifies the repository to search and remove the data from.

Default
Not set
Database name
Job.RepToTrash.RepToSearch

1.1210 Search criteria

Specifies the properties and values the RemoveDataFromRepository step uses to search the repository for data. The total number of items removed as a result of the search is displayed in Number of results removed.

You can enter the search criteria directly in the field or store it in a file. If the search criteria is stored in a file, enter the full file path here. The format of the search criteria is the same as the Search query shown in the Results portlet on the Archive tab.

Format:

Length
Up to 4096 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.RepToTrash.SearchCriteria

Usage notes:

  • To get the correct format for the text or the contents of the file, copy the Search query in the Results portlet of the Archive tab starting after the parentheses that indicate the number of results found.
  • The value of this property can contain entries for multiple archive searches. Make sure that each set of entries is on a separate line separated by a carriage return.

1.1211 Number of results removed

Displays the total number of results removed by a step based on the RemoveDataFromRepository step template. You cannot change the value of this property.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0 through 64000.
Database name
Job.RepToTrash.TotalResultsDeleted

Usage notes:

  • Every time a step based on the RemoveDataFromRepository step template runs on a job, the value for Number of results removed is overwritten with the new value. To see the number of items removed each time the step is run, check the job log. The job log contains a list of how many items were removed from each repository every time the step is run.

1.1212 Current deadline step

Specifies the name of the step that a job must complete to meet its current deadline.
Values
A list of all the steps in the workflow. The steps are grouped by phase.
Database name
Job.DT.CurrentDeadlineStep

Usage notes:

  • The deadline step is set for a job when a SetDeadline step runs or you do the Change Deadline action. More than one deadline step can be defined in the workflow for a job, but only one deadline step is active at a time. As a job moves through the workflow, you can see this value change each time a different deadline step becomes active.
  • You cannot change the value of this property on a job’s properties notebook.

1.1213 Day of month

Specifies the day of the month for the Deadline date.

This field is only available if you choose Day of month for the Deadline date property.

Database name
Job.DT.DayOfMonth

1.1214 Day of week

Specifies the day of the week for the Deadline date.

This field is only available if you choose Day of week for the Deadline date property.

Database name
Job.DT.DayOfWeek

1.1215 Deadline step

Specifies the name of the step that a job must complete to meet its deadline.

Values:

A list of all the steps in the workflow. The steps are grouped by phase.

Database name
Job.DT.DeadlineStep

Usage notes:

  • You cannot select a Deadline step for the SetDeadline step template. The list of steps is only available after the step template is added to a workflow.
  • More than one Deadline step can be defined in the workflow for a job, but only one deadline step is active at a time. For example, different branches in a conditional workflow might set different deadline steps. Because the job can only take one branch through the workflow, the deadline step in that branch determines the Deadline outcome. As a job moves through the workflow, you can see the values related to deadlines change.
  • If a job passes through multiple SetDeadline steps, the value of the Override existing deadline property determines if this property should be changed when the step runs.
  • If you select a step in the workflow that runs before the SetDeadline step as the Deadline step, specify the Plus or minus value carefully to make sure that the SetDeadline step does not always change the Deadline outcome to Missed.
  • Deadline step is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1216 Deadline

Shows the date and time by which the job must complete the deadline step. If the job does not complete the Deadline step before the time on the date shown for this property, the Deadline outcome for the job is set to Missed.

If this property is blank, one of these conditions exists:

  • The workflow does not have a SetDeadline step.

  • The job has not reached the SetDeadline step.

  • No one has used the Change Deadline action to assign a deadline to the job.

Database name
Job.DT.DeadlineTime

Usage notes:

  • The time is displayed in the time zone of the browser that you are using.
  • The deadline is set for a job when a SetDeadline step runs or you do the Change Deadline action.
  • Use the Change Deadline action on the Jobs table to change the value of this property.

1.1217 Inherit deadline from parent job

Specifies whether a child job inherits a deadline from its parent job.

Values:

No (default)
The child job does not inherit a deadline from its parent job, but calculates a deadline from the properties set on this SetDeadline step.
Yes
The child job inherits the deadline from its parent job if the parent job has already set a deadline and the current Deadline step is valid. If the child job type does not contain the same Deadline step that the parent job contained, the deadline cannot be inherited.

Database name
Job.DT.InheritDeadline

Usage notes:

  • If the Inherit deadline from parent job value is Yes, the Override existing deadline value is Yes, and the parent job has a deadline, the job inherits the deadline from the parent job.
  • If the Inherit deadline from parent job value is Yes, the Override existing deadline value is No, and the parent job has a deadline, the deadline is not inherited from the parent job.
  • Inherit deadline from parent job is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1218 Property

Specifies the job property used to calculate the deadline.

This field is only available if you choose Relative to property value for the Deadline date property.

Database name
Job.DT.JobTimestampAttr

1.1219 Deadline outcome

Shows whether the deadline for a job has been met or missed.

Values:

Met
The deadline step completed before the deadline.
Missed
The deadline step did not complete before the deadline.
Cannot determine
The deadline has not been reached, and the deadline step has not completed.

If this property is blank, one of these conditions exists:

  • The workflow does not have a SetDeadline step.

  • The job has not reached the SetDeadline step.

  • No one has used the Change Deadline action to assign a deadline to the job.

Database name
Job.DT.OutcomeStatus

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property.
  • When each step after the SetDeadline step completes, RICOH ProcessDirector evaluates the deadline outcome.
  • When the deadline outcome for a job is Missed, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a red dot the Deadlines portlet and to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area. If you do an action that changes the deadline time or step, the Deadline outcome can change from Missed to Met.

1.1220 Override existing deadline

Specifies whether the deadline specified on this SetDeadline step overrides an existing deadline for the job.

If jobs are processed by more than one SetDeadline step, select No to make sure that this step does not change the deadline that is already set. Select Yes if this step should always set a deadline.

Values:

Yes (default)
The deadline set by this step overrides an existing deadline in the current job.
No
The deadline set by this step does not override the deadline in the current job.

Database name
Job.DT.OverrideDeadline

Usage notes:

  • If the Inherit deadline from parent job value is Yes, the Override existing deadline value is No, and the parent job has a deadline, the deadline is not inherited from the parent job.
  • Override existing deadline is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1221 Percent complete

Specifies what percentage of the estimated durations specified by the steps in the predicted workflow for the job are completed.

RICOH ProcessDirector calculates this percentage by dividing the sum of the estimated durations of the processed steps in the current workflow by the sum of the estimated durations specified for all the steps in the predicted path of the job.

You can see this value by hovering over the blue bar on the bottom of the View job in workflow window.

Database name
Job.DT.PercentComplete

Usage notes:

  • If a job has the Included in estimated duration value set to No, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that step when calculating the Percent complete property.
  • If the estimated duration of any of the steps in the predicted path change, the Percent complete property uses the new values.
  • If the job is processed again, goes back to a previous step in its workflow, or changes workflows, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the Percent complete again.
  • If the workflow is edited while the job is being processed, the Percent complete property is reset to 0%. You must process the job again if you want to track the Percent complete of the job.
  • If a completed step is run again, its estimated duration is not counted again.

1.1222 Deadline date

Specifies the settings used to set the date for the deadline. If the job has not completed the Deadline step before the Deadline time on the date calculated from this property, the Deadline outcome for the job is set to Missed.

Values:

Today (default)
Tomorrow
Day of week
Select the day of the week for a Deadline date.
Day of month
Select first or last day of the month and then use the Plus or minus field to set a value such as the 10th of the month.
Relative to property value
Select this value to be able to set the Deadline date relative to any property that has a timestamp for a value. Then use the Plus or minus field to specify the offset from the timestamp to set the deadline time. For example, select Submitted time as the property and +12 hours to set the Deadline time to be 12 hours after the job arrived in the system.

Database name
Job.DT.Period

Usage note: Deadline date is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1223 Plus or minus

Specifies the number of minutes, hours, or days to add or subtract from the date or time set by the user in the Deadline time and Deadline date properties.

For example, if the Deadline date value is First day of the month and the Plus or minus value is +5 days, the deadline is the first day of the month plus five days, which is the 6th day of the month.

Alternately, if the Deadline date value is Last day of the month and the Plus or minus value is –2 days, the deadline is the last day of the month minus two days. In January, the deadline is the 29th.

Format:

Data type
Integer from -365 to +365

Default
0 days
Database name
Job.DT.PlusMinus

Usage notes:

  • If the value for Deadline date is Relative to property value the deadline is determined by adding this value to the time set for the selected property.
  • Plus or minus is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1224 Predicted completion time

Specifies the date and time that RICOH ProcessDirector predicts for the job to finish processing the last step in its workflow that is included in the estimated duration.

This value is calculated by adding up the estimated duration specified for each step in the predicted path of the job.

Database name
Job.DT.PredictedCompletion

Usage notes:

  • If RICOH ProcessDirector cannot determine the estimated duration for one or more steps, the Predicted completion time is blank.
  • If a step has the Included in estimated duration value set to No, RICOH ProcessDirector ignores that step when calculating the Predicted completion time.
  • If the estimated duration of any of the steps that are in the predicted path change, the Predicted completion time uses the new values.
  • If the job is processed again, goes back to a previous step in its workflow, or changes workflows, the Predicted completion time is adjusted to include the estimated durations of the steps remaining to be processed in the workflow.

1.1225 Predicted outcome

Uses the predicted path of the job in its workflow and the estimated durations of the steps remaining in the predicted path through the Deadline step, to determine if there is enough time to run the remaining steps before the deadline time.

RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the Predicted outcome for a job by using the estimated durations specified for each step in the workflow, the current date and time, and the deadline for the job.

Values:

May miss
The estimated durations of the steps remaining, including the Deadline step, add up to a length of time that is greater than the time remaining before the deadline time for the job. The job might not finish processing before the deadline.
Cannot determine
Information needed to choose a predicted path through a conditional workflow or estimate the duration for one or more steps is missing. For example, if the duration is estimated based on the number of pages in the job, but the page count for the job is not available yet. When the missing information is available, the Predicted outcome is updated.
OK
The current job is predicted to complete the Deadline step before the deadline time.

Database name
Job.DT.PredictedOutcome

Usage notes:

  • A Predicted outcome is only set if the job has a Deadline step defined.
  • When the Predicted outcome for a job is May miss, RICOH ProcessDirector adds an orange dot in the Deadlines portlet and in the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.
  • A yellow dot in the Jobs table can indicate that a job is late for a Service Level Agreement (SLA) checkpoint even when the Predicted outcome is OK. In this situation, the workflow has both an SLA checkpoint and a deadline step defined.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not calculate the Predicted outcome if the Deadline outcome is set to Met or Missed.

1.1226 Tracking status

Shows whether the progress of a job through a workflow is ahead of or behind the estimated time to complete the current step and all steps that have been run up to this point.

Values:

On schedule
The total time that the job has been processing is less than the estimated duration of the current step and all steps run up to this point.
Behind schedule
The total time that the job has been processing is greater than the estimated duration of the current step and all steps run up to this point.

Database name
Job.DT.PredictedStatus

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change the value of this property.
  • To include a step in the estimate used for tracking status, select Yes for the Include in estimated duration property of the step and specify a value for the Estimated duration property.
  • You can track the status of a job without a deadline step or deadline time. RICOH ProcessDirector does not use them to determine the tracking status.
  • When the tracking status for a job is Behind schedule, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a colored dot to the Deadlines portlet and to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table:
    • When the deadline outcome for the job is Cannot determine or Met, the dot is yellow.
    • When the deadline outcome for the job is Missed, the dot is red.

    The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.

  • A yellow dot in the Jobs table can indicate that a job is late for a Service Level Agreement (SLA) checkpoint even when the Tracking status is On schedule. In this situation, the workflow has both an SLA checkpoint and a deadline step defined.
  • Tracking status is only calculated after the first step that has an estimated duration has been run. To compute the tracking status at the start of the job, include the SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the estimated duration.
  • Tracking status is only updated when a job is being processed in a step that is included in the estimated duration. If a job goes into error in a step that is not included in the estimation duration, tracking status is not updated.

1.1227 Deadline time

Specifies the time of day for the deadline. If the job does not complete the Deadline step before this time on the date specified in the Deadline date property, the Deadline outcome for the job is set to Missed.

Values:

Hours
0 - 23
Hours, AM or PM
1 - 12
Minutes
00 - 59

Default
12:00 AM
Database name
Job.DT.Time

Usage notes:

  • The Deadline time values depend on the Time format specified by the user in the Preferences tab.
  • If you select the Relative to property value for the Deadline date, you cannot select a value for time because the time will be set relative to the time specified in the property you select.
  • Deadline time is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1228 Time zone

Specifies the time zone to use when setting the deadline for the job in the current workflow.

Values:

Default
The time zone of the server that RICOH ProcessDirector is running on.

Database name
Job.DT.TimeZone

Usage notes:

  • This property is not displayed in the SetDeadline step or step template properties if you select Relative to property value for the Deadline date property.
  • The Deadline for the job is displayed in the time zone of the browser you are using.

1.1229 Time zone

Specifies the time zone to use when setting the deadline for the job in the current workflow.

Values:

Default
The time zone of the server that RICOH ProcessDirector is running on.

Database name
Job.DT.TimeZoneStep

Usage notes:

  • This property is not displayed in the SetDeadline step or step template properties if you select Relative to property value for the Deadline date property.
  • The Deadline for the job is displayed in the time zone of the browser you are using.

1.1230 Include in estimated duration

Specifies whether the Estimated duration of the step and actual processing time is used to calculate the Tracking status of a job.

Values:

Yes
The Estimated duration of the step is used to calculate the estimated processing time for a job and the actual time a job spends in the step is used to calculate the elapsed time for a job. If the actual time of the steps processed is more than the total of the estimated durations of those steps, the Tracking status is set to Behind schedule.
No (default)
The Estimated duration and the actual processing time of the step are not used to calculate the Tracking status of a job.

Database name
Step.DT.IncludeStepTime
Usage notes
  • If this property is set to No and you change it to Yes, make sure the Estimated duration for the step is correct. The default duration for all step templates is one minute for every job. If the step takes longer than one minute, the Tracking status of a job changes to Behind schedule when the step is processed.

  • Tracking status is only calculated after the first step that has an estimated duration has been run. To compute the tracking status at the start of the job, include the SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the estimated duration.

  • Tracking status is only updated when a job is being processed in a step that is included in the estimated duration. If a job goes into error in a step that is not included in the estimation duration, tracking status is not updated

1.1231 Estimated duration

Specifies the estimated amount of time it takes for a step to complete processing a job.

This value is made up of a volume of work and a length of time.

For example, you might set one of these values as the Estimated duration:

  • 1 Job for every 40 Minutes
  • 50,000 Pages for every 2 Hours
  • 1000 Pages for every 1 Minute

Default
1 Job for every 1 Minute
Database name
Step.DT.Weight

Usage notes:

  • This value is only used in the calculation for the Tracking status for a job if the Include in estimated duration property is set to Yes.
  • If you choose Pages as the unit of volume for a step, be sure to run a step based on the CountPages step template before that step.
  • If you want to set the Estimated duration on multiple steps in the workflow at the same time, open the workflow, right-click in the workflow editor, and select the Estimated durations.

1.1232 Include in estimated duration

Specifies whether the Estimated duration of the step and actual processing time is used to calculate the Tracking status of a job.

Values:

Yes
The Estimated duration of the step is used to calculate the estimated processing time for a job and the actual time a job spends in the step is used to calculate the elapsed time for a job. If the actual time of the steps processed is more than the total of the estimated durations of those steps, the Tracking status is set to Behind schedule.
No (default)
The Estimated duration and the actual processing time of the step are not used to calculate the Tracking status of a job.

Database name
StepTemplate.DT.IncludeStepTime
Usage notes
  • If this property is set to No and you change it to Yes, make sure the Estimated duration for the step is correct. The default duration for all step templates is one minute for every job. If the step takes longer than one minute, the Tracking status of a job changes to Behind schedule when the step is processed.

  • Tracking status is only calculated after the first step that has an estimated duration has been run. To compute the tracking status at the start of the job, include the SetJobPropsFromTextFile step in the estimated duration.

  • Tracking status is only updated when a job is being processed in a step that is included in the estimated duration. If a job goes into error in a step that is not included in the estimation duration, tracking status is not updated

1.1233 Estimated duration

Specifies the estimated amount of time it takes for a step to complete processing a job.

This value is made up of a volume of work and a length of time.

For example, you might set one of these values as the Estimated duration:

  • 1 Job for every 40 Minutes
  • 50,000 Pages for every 2 Hours
  • 1000 Pages for every 1 Minute

Default
1 Job for every 1 Minute
Database name
StepTemplate.DT.Weight

Usage notes:

  • This value is only used in the calculation for the Tracking status for a job if the Include in estimated duration property is set to Yes.
  • If you choose Pages as the unit of volume for a step, be sure to run a step based on the CountPages step template before that step.
  • If you want to set the Estimated duration on multiple steps in the workflow at the same time, open the workflow, right-click in the workflow editor, and select the Estimated durations.

1.1234 Expected work name

Specifies the name of the expected work object.

Format:

Length
1-32 characters (bytes)
Database name
ExpectedWork.ID

1.1235 Created By

Specifies the ID of the RICOH ProcessDirector feature that created the group. This property has no value if an authorized user created the group, and the group did not result from the action of a feature.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.CreatedBy

1.1236 Description

Describes the expected work object. This description appears in the table that lists the expected work objects on the Expected Work page.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.Description

1.1237 Enabled Status

Specifies whether this expected work takes effect on the input devices that have references to it.

Values:

Yes (default)
The expected work object is enabled. Input devices associated wtih this expected work object use it to monitor for the arrival of expected jobs and report status.
No
The expected work object is disabled. Input devices associated wtih this expected work object do not monitor for expected jobs to arrive or report status.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.Enabled

Usage note: You can modify an expected work object if it is disables, even if it is associated with one or more input devices.

1.1238 File patterns

Specifies one or more pattern-matching strings that can be used to identify jobs based on their file names. You can use this property in conjunction with the Number of jobs expected property to monitor for specific print jobs. If a job name matches one of their file patterns, it is counted as a unit of expected work.

The value uses regular expression syntax:

  • Period (.) matches a single occurrence of any character (letter or number)
  • Asterisk (*) matches zero or more of the preceding character, up to the maximum file name length
  • Backslash (\) is the escape character that means the next character is interpreted literally
  • Dollar sign ($) means that a match signifies the END of the expression

Characters in the value are case-sensitive. For example, .*PDF$ represents a pattern that is different from .*pdf$. Separate multiple patterns by commas; do not type a space between them.

Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.FilePaterns

Usage note: When you submit jobs using the lprafp or lpr commands, the command renames the job files to an unrecognizable format. As a result, the file name is not likely to match any patterns that you create. If you submit jobs using the lprafp or lpr commands, we recommend leaving this property blank.

1.1239 Expected work interval

Indicates the time interval used to monitor work that is expected to arrive in the system.

Values:

  • Hour
  • Day
  • Week
  • Month
  • Year
  • Calendar Date

    Lets you set a specific date as the end of the time period that is monitored.

Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.Frequency.Description

Usage note: Use this property with the appropriate Frequency property to determine how often status of expected work is reported.

1.1240 Last modified

The date and time that the expected work was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the expected work changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.LastModified

1.1241 Modified by user

Specifies the user name of the user who made the last change to this expected work. RICOH ProcessDirector maintains the value of this property, and updates the value whenever the expected work changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.ModifiedBy

1.1242 Number of jobs expected

Indicates the number of jobs that are expected to be processed during the specified time period.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.NumberOfJobsExpected.

1.1243 End date

Specifies the date when the expected work interval ends. This property is only used when the Expected work interval property is set to Calendar date.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleCalendarData

1.1244 Frequency (days)

Specifies how often the expected work object reports the status of expected work. At the end of the time period, expected work that has not arrived is reported as late. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device and change the Expected work property.

Values:

First day of every month
Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive on the first day of the month.
Last day of every month
Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive on the last day of the month.
Every day
Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every day.
Every x days
Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleDaily

1.1245 Frequency (hours)

Specifies how often the expected work object reports the status of expected work. At the end of the time period, expected work that has not arrived is reported as late. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device and change the Expected work property.

Values:

Every hour
Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every hour.
Every x hours
Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleHourly

1.1246 Frequency (months)

Specifies how often the expected work object reports the status of expected work. At the end of the time period, expected work that has not arrived is reported as late. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device and change the Expected work property.

Values:

Every month
Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every month.
Every x months
Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleMonthly

1.1247 Frequency (weeks)

Specifies how often the expected work object reports the status of expected work. At the end of the time period, expected work that has not arrived is reported as late. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device and change the Expected work property.

Values:

Every week
Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every week.
Every x weeks
Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleWeekly

1.1248 Frequency (years)

Specifies how often the expected work object reports the status of expected work. At the end of the time period, expected work that has not arrived is reported as late. The schedule repeats until you update the properties of the input device and change the Expected work property.

Values:

Every year
Choose this option to monitor for jobs that arrive every year.
Every x years
Choose one of these options to monitor for jobs that arrive on a repeating basis, based on how often you want to receive status reports for the expected work.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.ScheduleYearly

1.1249 Expected work start date

Specifies the date that the expected work takes effect. Status is reported for the expected work based on this time.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.StartDate

1.1250 Expected work start time

Specifies the time that the expected work takes effect. Status is reported for the expected work based on this time.

You can specify the time in the format hours:minutes. If you see a drop-down list next to the value, use it to select AM or PM.

Values:

Hours
0- 23
Hours, AM or PM
1- 12
Minutes
00- 59

There is no default.

Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.StartTime

1.1251 Start date and time

Specifies the date and time that the expected work takes effect. Status is reported for the expected work based on this date and time.
Database name
ExpectedWork.SLA.StartDateAndTime
Usage notes:
  • You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from the list.

    If you enter a time, use the format set on the Preferences dialog.

  • The Time format property on the Preferences dialog controls whether time values are displayed in 12-hour (01:00-12:59 AM/PM) or 24-hour (00:00-23:59) format.

1.1252 Associated expected work

Specifies the name of the expected work object associated with this input device. You can associate more than one expected work object with an input device.
Database name
InputDevice.SLA.ExpectedWork

1.1253 Expected work status

Shows whether all the expected work for the input device arrived on time.

Values:

OK
The input device received all of its expected work.
Late
The input device did not receive all of its expected work.
Database name
InputDevice.SLA.LateWork

Usage Notes:

  • If the value is Late, a red alert icon appears to the right of the input device.
  • Use the Resolve action to reset the status to OK and clear the alert.

1.1254 SLA target step time

Contains the date and time that the job completed the SLA target step. If this property is blank, either the workflow did not include an SLA target step or the job has not completed the step.
Database name
Job.SLA.ActualOutcome

Usage note: If you used the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job and Reset on reprocess is No, this is the time that the job originally completed this step.

1.1255 Actual

Contains the date and time that the job completed this processing phase. If this property is blank, the job has not yet completed this phase.
Database name
Job.SLA.ActualTime

Usage note: If you used the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job and Reset on reprocess is No, this is the time that the job originally completed this phase.

1.1256 Checkpoint start time

Contains the date and time that RICOH ProcessDirector used as the start time to calculate the planned checkpoints of the job.

The checkpoint start time is the Adjusted arrival time (rounded down to the nearest minute) unless the service policy for the job requests that RICOH ProcessDirector:

  • Use a fixed checkpoint start time that the service policy specifies (Adjustment method is Start or Cutoff).
  • Adjust the checkpoint start time for no-service periods (Adjust for no-service periods is Yes).

Database name
Job.SLA.AnchorStartTime

1.1257 SLA outcome

Shows whether the job has completed the SLA target step before the SLA deadline. This value is calculated by comparing the SLA deadline and SLA target step time properties.

Values:

Met
The job completed the SLA target step before the SLA deadline.
Missed
The job did not complete the SLA target step before the SLA deadline.

If this property is blank, one of these conditions exists:

  • No service policy is associated with the job.
  • No Deadline calculation method was set in the service policy.
  • No SLA target step was selected for the workflow.
  • The job has not reached the SLA target step.

Database name
Job.SLA.Outcome
Usage notes:
  • When the SLA outcome for a job is Missed, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a black dot to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.

1.1258 Planned Completion

Contains the date and time that the job is expected to complete the last checkpointed processing phase.
Database name
Job.SLA.PlannedCompletionTime

1.1259 SLA deadline

Contains the date and time by which the job must complete the SLA target step. This value is calculated based on the SLA target value on the service policy used for the job. If the job arrives after this time, it is marked late because it missed its SLA deadline. If this property is blank, either the workflow did not include an SLA target step or the job has not completed the step.
Database name
Job.SLA.PlannedOutcome

Usage note: If you used the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job and Reset on reprocess is No, this is the time that the job originally completed this phase.

1.1260 Planned

Contains the date and time that the job is expected to complete this phase according to the service policy. RICOH ProcessDirector calculates the planned checkpoint times.

If this property is blank, either no service policy is associated with the job, or the service policy does not define a checkpoint for this phase.

Database name
Job.SLA.PlannedTime

1.1261 Service policy

Specifies the name of the service policy that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to calculate the planned checkpoints of the job. If the job misses a checkpoint defined in the service policy, it is marked Late.

Values include:

24 hour
Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed 24 hours after they arrive. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
3-day cutoff
Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed in 3 days if they arrive by 09:00. Otherwise, they must be printed in 4 days. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
Not set
No service policy is associated with the job.

In addition to the values listed above, you can select service policies that you have created. The default is the service policy associated with the workflow.

Database name
Job.SLA.Policy

Usage note: If you select a different service policy, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoints for the job.

1.1262 Estimated print duration

Shows the estimated amount of time that the current requested printer requires to print the job. You can show the time in seconds, minutes, hours, or days. To change the unit of time, click the clock button next to the field name.

This value is calculated based on the number of pages in the job and the value of the Pages per minute property for the printer.

Database name
Job.SLA.PrintDuration

Usage notes:

  • If the Requested printer property is set to Not set or Any printer, this property cannot be calculated.
  • If you change the requested printer, this property is recalculated.
  • If the total number of pages in a job cannot be determined or if the Pages per minute property for the printer is blank, this property cannot be calculated.
  • If you add the Estimated print time property to the jobs table on the Main page, the time is always displayed in seconds.

1.1263 Reset on reprocess

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector records new actual checkpoint times for a job when you select the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector records new actual checkpoint times for all phases that the job completes again.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector does not record new actual checkpoint times for any phases that the job has already completed.
Not set
Same as No.

The default is the value that is selected in the service policy associated with the job. If no service policy is associated with the job, the default is Not set.

Database name
Job.SLA.ResetOnReprocess

Usage note: This property does not affect the planned checkpoint times. RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoint times only when you use the Process Again action to process the job again from the first step.

1.1264 Adjusted arrival time

The start time to use in calculating checkpoints. A user or a workflow can change this value to adjust the SLA start time without changing the actual receipt time.

Database name
Job.SLA.StartTime

1.1265 Checkpoint status

Specifies whether the job is late meeting its planned checkpoints.

Values:

Late
The job has missed its next checkpoint, or the job missed its last checkpoint.
OK
The job is on schedule to meet its next checkpoint. However, it could have missed a previous checkpoint.

If this property is blank, RICOH ProcessDirector did not determine the checkpoint status because no service policy is associated with the job.

Database name
Job.SLA.Status

Usage notes:

  • If the status is Late, you can use the Promote action to make the job progress faster through the remaining phases. Or, you can use the Schedule action to move the job to another printer that is not busy.
  • If you used the Print Again or Process Again action, the status could be Late because the planned checkpoints of the job do not change unless you process the job again from the first step.
  • When the Checkpoint status for a job is Late, RICOH ProcessDirector adds a yellow dot to the Deadlines portlet and to the Schedule risk column in the Jobs table. The heading of the Schedule risk column is blank. To see the name of the column, hover over the heading area.
  • When a deadline step and estimated durations are set for the steps in a workflow, service policies for jobs do not control the dot color. The Tracking status, Predicted outcome, and Deadline outcome properties control the dot color.
    • If the Tracking status is Behind schedule, the dot is yellow.
    • If the Predicted outcome is May miss, the dot is orange.
    • If the Deadline outcome is Missed, the dot is red.

1.1266 Service policy

Specifies the name of the service policy that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to calculate the planned checkpoints of all jobs that use this workflow. If a job misses a planned checkpoint defined in the service policy, it is marked Late.

Values include:

24 hour
Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed 24 hours after they arrive. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
3-day cutoff
Use this service policy for jobs that must be printed in 3 days if they arrive by 09:00. Otherwise, they must be printed in 4 days. RICOH ProcessDirector supplies this service policy.
Not set (default)
No service policy is associated with the workflow.

In addition to the values listed above, you can select service policies that you have created.

Database name
JobType.SLA.Policy

Usage notes:

  • You must disable the workflow before you can select a service policy. After you select the service policy, enable the workflow.
  • If you select a different service policy, RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoints for all jobs in the system that use the workflow.

1.1267 SLA target step

Specifies the name of the step that represents the true goal of the SLA. If a job completes this step before the SLA deadline, the SLA outcome is marked Met. If a job does not complete this step before the SLA deadline, the SLA outcome is marked as Missed.
Database name
JobType.SLA.Measurement.Step

Usage notes:

  • You must disable the workflow before you can select an SLA target step. After you select the SLA target step, enable the workflow.
  • The list of steps only includes steps that have been added to the workflow.

1.1268 No-service period name

Specifies the name of the no-service period.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ & ( ) * + , / : ?
Database name
NonProduction.ID

1.1269 No-service period description

Describes the no-service period. For example, this property might describe the holiday. The description can contain blanks and any special characters. There is no default.
Database name
NonProduction.SLA.Description

1.1270 End time (HH:MM)

Specifies the time that the no-service period ends.

Specify the time in the format hours:minutes according to your Time format preference setting.

Values:

Time format = 24 hours
0- 23
Time format = 12 hours
1- 12
Minutes
00- 59

AM | PM if present.

If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.

Database name
NonProduction.SLA.EndTime

Usage notes:

  • The no-service period includes the end time. For example, if a no-service period starts at 09:00 and is one hour long, specify a start time of 09:00 and an end time of 09:59.
  • Specify the time in the local time where jobs are printed. The Time zone property in the service policy specifies the time zone.
  • If Day is All, you must specify an end time.
  • If the Start time and End time are both blank, the no-service period is the entire day.
  • If you specify a start time without an end time, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the end time to the end of the day.
  • If you change the end time, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1271 Last modified

The date and time that the no-service period was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the no-service period changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
NonProduction.SLA.LastModified

1.1272 Day

Specifies the day of the no-service period.

Values:

1- 31
The first through the thirty-first day of the month.
All
All days of the month.
Sunday- Saturday
The specified day of the week.
Default
1

The Day and Month properties work together in this way:

  • If you select Saturday and the month of January, the no-service period is during every Saturday in January.
  • If you select Sunday and no month, the no-service period is during every Sunday in every month.
  • If you select 31 but no month, the no-service period is during the 31st of every month that has 31 days.
Database name
NonProduction.SLA.SlaDay

Usage notes:

  • If you select All, you must specify the Start time and End time properties.
  • If you change the day, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1273 Month

Specifies the month of the no-service period.

Values:

January- December
The no-service period is during the specified month.
Not set (default)
The no-service period is during all months.

The Day and Month properties work together in this way:

  • If you select Saturday and the month of January, the no-service period is during every Saturday in January.
  • If you select Sunday and no month, the no-service period is during every Sunday in every month.
  • If you select 31 but no month, the no-service period is during the 31st of every month that has 31 days.
Database name
NonProduction.SLA.SlaMonth

Usage note: If you change the month, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1274 Year

Specifies the year of the no-service period. Authorized users can specify a 4-digit year. If this property is blank, the no-service period applies to all years.
Database name
NonProduction.SLA.SlaYear

Usage note: If you change the year, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1275 Start time (HH:MM)

Specifies the time that the no-service period starts.

Specify the time in the format hours:minutes according to your Time format preference setting.

Values:

Time format = 24 hours
0- 23
Time format = 12 hours
1- 12
Minutes
00- 59

AM | PM if present.

If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.

Database name
NonProduction.SLA.StartTime

Usage notes:

  • Specify the time in the local time where jobs are printed. The Time zone property in the service policy specifies the time zone.
  • If Day is All, you must specify a start time.
  • If the Start time and End time are both blank, the no-service period is the entire day.
  • If you specify an end time without a start time, RICOH ProcessDirector sets the start time to the beginning of the day.
  • If you change the start time, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1276 Service policy name

Specifies the name of the service policy. Authorized users can specify this property.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive; can contain blanks and periods; cannot contain these characters: ! # $ % & ( ) * + , / : ? @ [ ] ^ { }
Database name
Policy.ID

1.1277 Adjustment method

Specifies the method that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to adjust the checkpoint start time. The checkpoint start time is the start time for the checkpoint intervals specified in the service policy. Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Cutoff
The checkpoint start time is the start time specified in the service policy. However, if a job arrives in the system:
  • Before the start time, the checkpoint start time is the start time on the day the job arrived.
  • After the start time, the checkpoint start time is the start time on the day after the job arrived.
None (default)
The checkpoint start time is the adjusted time that the last file for a job arrives in the system.
Start
The checkpoint start time is the start time specified in the service policy on the day a job arrives in the system.
Database name
Policy.SLA.AdjMethod

Usage notes:

  • If you select Cutoff or Start, specify the start time in the Start time property.
  • If you select None, do not specify a start time. If you do, it is ignored.
  • If you change the adjustment method, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1278 Adjust for no-service periods

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time and planned checkpoint times to skip over no-service periods, such as holidays. For example, if a job arrives in the system on a holiday, RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time and planned checkpoints for that job so that they occur after the holiday. The adjustment takes place for planned outcome too, but only for the Elapsed Time measurement method Authorized users can specify this property.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time and planned checkpoint times. It also adjusts the planned outcomefor the Elapsed Time measurement method.
No
RICOH ProcessDirector does not adjust the checkpoint start time, planned checkpoint times and planned outcome. This is the default.
Database name
Policy.SLA.AdjNonProd

Usage notes:

  • If you select Yes, define the no-service periods using the Administration tab.
  • No-service periods are the times when you do not provide printing services (for example, holidays and weekends).
  • If you change the value, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1279 Interval

Specifies the time interval between the checkpoint start time and when you expect a job to complete this phase.

The checkpoint start time is the same for each phase. The default checkpoint start time is the time a job arrives in the system. However, RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time for a job if the Adjustment method property is Cutoff or Start or the Adjust for no-service periods property is Yes.

The interval for a phase should include the time it takes to complete all previous phases as well as this phase. For example, if the Prepare interval is 4 hours, the Print interval should be 4 hours plus the time you expect it to take to complete the Print phase.

If jobs must finish printing 8 hours after the checkpoint start time, you might specify these intervals:

  • Receive: 1 hour
  • Prepare: 4 hours
  • Print: 8 hours

To calculate the planned checkpoint times, RICOH ProcessDirector adds the interval for each phase to the checkpoint start time. For example, if the checkpoint start time is 09:00, the planned checkpoint times for the intervals listed above would be:

  • Receive: 10:00
  • Prepare: 13:00
  • Print: 17:00

The time unit can be days, hours, or minutes. Use the control next to the property name to select the time unit for the value.

Values:

Days
1- 100
Hours
1- 2400
Minutes
1- 144000
Database name
Policy.SLA.Checkpoints

Usage notes:

  • If you change the time unit, the value does not change.
  • If you do not specify an interval for a phase, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set a planned checkpoint for that phase.
  • If you change the interval, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1280 Service policy description

Describes the service policy. For example, this property might describe the client the service policy applies to. The description can contain blanks and any special characters. There is no default.
Database name
Policy.SLA.Description

1.1281 Interval

Specifies the time interval between the checkpoint start time and when you expect a job to complete this phase.

The checkpoint start time is the same for each phase. The default checkpoint start time is the time a job arrives in the system. However, RICOH ProcessDirector adjusts the checkpoint start time for a job if the Adjustment method property is Cutoff or Start or the Adjust for no-service periods property is Yes.

The interval for a phase should include the time it takes to complete all previous phases as well as this phase. For example, if the Prepare interval is 4 hours, the Print interval should be 4 hours plus the time you expect it to take to complete the Print phase.

If jobs must finish printing 8 hours after the checkpoint start time, you might specify these intervals:

  • Receive: 1 hour
  • Prepare: 4 hours
  • Print: 8 hours

To calculate the planned checkpoint times, RICOH ProcessDirector adds the interval for each phase to the checkpoint start time. For example, if the checkpoint start time is 09:00, the planned checkpoint times for the intervals listed above would be:

  • Receive: 10:00
  • Prepare: 13:00
  • Print: 17:00

The time unit can be days, hours, or minutes. Use the control next to the property name to select the time unit for the value.

Values:

Days
1- 100
Hours
1- 2400
Minutes
1- 144000
Database name
Policy.SLA.Interval

Usage notes:

  • If you change the time unit, the value does not change.
  • If you do not specify an interval for a phase, RICOH ProcessDirector does not set a planned checkpoint for that phase.
  • If you change the interval, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1282 Last modified

The date and time that the service policy was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the service policy changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Policy.SLA.LastModified

1.1283 SLA duration

If the deadline calculation method is Elapsed time, specifies the amount of time allowed, in minutes, hours, or days, between the Checkpoint start time of a job and the SLA deadline.
Database name
Policy.SLA.Measurement

Usage notes:

  • If the deadline calculation method is set to Elapsed Time and you do not specify a duration, the SLA deadline cannot be checked, even if an SLA target step is selected in the workflow that uses this service policy.
  • If you change the duration, the change does not affect the SLA deadline of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1284 Number of days

If the deadline calculation method is Specific time, specifies the number of days from the Checkpoint start time until the SLA deadline for a job. This value is used with the SLA target time property to set the SLA deadline at a specific time on that day.
Values:
Integer from 0-999
Database name
Policy.SLA.MeasurementDays

Usage notes:

  • If the deadline calculation method is set to Specific time and you do not specify a number of days, the SLA deadline cannot be calculated, even if an SLA target step is selected in the workflow that uses this service policy.
  • If you change the value, the change does not affect the planned outcome of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1285 Deadline calculation method

Specifies the method that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to calculate the SLA deadline for jobs that use this service policy.

Values:

Elapsed time
Calculates the deadline by adding the value of the SLA duration property to the adjusted arrival time. We recommend using Elapsed time when the adjustment method is None.
Specific time
Calculates the deadline using the Number of days and SLA target time properties. We recommend using Specifc time when the adjustment method is Start or Cutoff.
Database name
Policy.SLA.MeasurementMethod

1.1286 SLA target time

If the deadline calculation method is Specific time, specifies the time of day for the SLA deadline. This value is used with the Number of days property to set the SLA deadline at a specific time on a particular day.

You specify the time in the format hours:minutes. If you see a list next to the value, use it to select AM or PM.

Values:

Time format = 24 hours
0- 23
Time format = 12 hours
1- 12
Minutes
00- 59

AM | PM if present.

If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.

Database name
Policy.SLA.MeasurementTime

Usage notes:

  • If the deadline calculation method is set to Specific time and you do not specify a time, the SLA deadline cannot be calculated, event if an SLA target Step is selected in the workflow that uses this service policy.
  • If you change the value, the change does not affect the planned outcome of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1287 Reset on reprocess

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector records new actual checkpoint times for a job when you use the Print Again or Process Again action to reprocess the job.

Values:

Yes
RICOH ProcessDirector records new actual checkpoint times for all phases that the job completes again.
No (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector does not record new actual checkpoint times for phases that the job has already completed.

Database name
Policy.SLA.ResetOnReprocess

Usage notes:

  • You can change this property on the Checkpoints tab of the properties notebook for a job.
  • This property does not affect the planned checkpoint times for a job. RICOH ProcessDirector calculates new planned checkpoint times for a job only when you use the Process Again action to process a job again from the first step.
  • If you change the value, the change does not affect existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1288 Start time (HH:MM)

Specifies the checkpoint start time if the Adjustment method is Cutoff or Start. The checkpoint start time is the start time for the checkpoint intervals specified in the service policy.

You can specify the time in the format hours:minutes. If you see a list next to the value, use it to select AM or PM.

Values:

Time format = 24 hours
0- 23
Time format = 12 hours
1- 12
Minutes
00- 59

AM | PM if present.

If you do not specify AM or PM, the default is AM.

Specify the start time in the local time where jobs are printed. Specify the time zone of the printing location in the Time zone property.

Database name
Policy.SLA.StartTime

Usage notes:

  • If Adjustment method is Cutoff or Start, you must specify a start time.
  • If Adjustment method is None, do not specify a start time. Any start time is ignored.
  • If you change the start time, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1289 Time zone

Specifies the time zone of the location where jobs are printed.

Authorized users can select any of the time zones in the list. The default time zone is the time zone for RICOH ProcessDirector primary server.

Database name
Policy.SLA.TimeZone

Usage notes:

  • If jobs are printed in different time zones, create a separate service policy for each time zone. For example, create one service policy for the US/Eastern time zone and another for the US/Mountain time zone.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector automatically adjusts checkpoint times for Daylight Savings Time in the time zones where it applies.
  • If you change the time zone, the change does not affect the planned checkpoints of existing jobs unless you use the Process Again action to reprocess an existing job from the first step.

1.1290 Pages per minute

Shows the number of pages the printer can print in a minute. You must enter this value; the printer does not report this information. Make sure that you enter a realistic throughput value, based on your experience with the printer and the jobs it processes.

RICOH ProcessDirector uses this value to calculate the Estimated print duration property for print jobs. If this property is blank, the estimated print duration is not calculated. The Total pages value is combined with this value to estimate how long the job takes to print after it is assigned to the printer. Factors such as duplex and page size are not considered in this estimate.

Database name
Printer.SLA.PPM

Usage notes:

  • This value does not set the print speed on the printer.
  • If you change the pages per minute value, the estimated print duration changes for all current jobs that have this printer set for their Requested printer property.

1.1291 Barcode format

Barcode formats are used by the barcode reader to determine where the values for the Job number and Sequence in child job properties can be found in the set of data returned by the camera or barcode scanner.

Each barcode reader must have at least one barcode format. The bar code format must match the configuration of the camera or barcode scanner, to report the data it reads. You can select all the barcode formats that are included in the documents that this barcode reader is likely to scan.

For example, one set of jobs has a Datamatrix barcode with the first eight characters containing the job number. Another set of jobs has a PDF417 barcode with the first eight characters containing the job number. Two barcode format objects are required to define those differences. If the same camera or barcode scanner reads both types of barcodes, both barcode formats must be specified for the same barcode reader.

Database name
BarcodeReader.BarcodeFormat

Usage Notes:

  • Document sequence number and Job number are required to be in the barcode format.

  • If more than one barcode format is selected, the Job number and Sequence in child job properties must be in the same character positions in the barcode format.

1.1292 Description

Describes a barcode reader object. For example, the description might include details of where the camera or barcode scanner is placed, such as on an inserter exit or a printer output bin.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
BarcodeReader.Description

1.1293 Name

The name of the barcode reader.

Format:

Length
1–32 character (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
BarcodeReader.ID

1.1294 IP address

Specifies the IP address or hostname that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to the camera or barcode scanner that you want to use with this barcode reader object.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
The TCP/IP address can contain numbers and periods, up to 15 characters (bytes), and in the dotted-decimal format: nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. No value in any of the four positions can be greater than 255. You can specify the fully qualified host name of the server instead of the IP address.

Database name
BarcodeReader.IpAddress

Usage notes:

  • The IP Address and Port number combinations must be unique for each barcode reader object.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not support IPv6 connections for barcode readers.

1.1295 Last modified

The date and time when the barcode reader was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the barcode reader changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
BarcodeReader.LastModified

1.1296 Barcode reader location

Specifies the location associated with the barcode reader.

Values:

Not set (default)
You can select a value from the list of Locations defined to RICOH ProcessDirector.

Database name
BarcodeReader.Locations

Usage notes:

  • If a user has limited access to locations defined on the system, only the barcode readers with the location values that match the user's location values are shown.
  • You can only select one location for a barcode reader.

1.1297 Port

Specifies the port that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to the camera or barcode scanner that you want to use with this barcode reader object.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0–99999.

Database name
BarcodeReader.Port

Usage Note: The IP Address and Port number combinations must be unique for each barcode reader object.

1.1298 Barcode reader state

Specifies whether the barcode reader has detected invalid data.

Values:

OK (default)
The barcode reader has only detected valid scans.
Attention
The barcode reader has detected a scan that does not contain a recognizable Barcode format.

Database name
BarcodeReader.State

Usage notes:

  • The Barcode Readers portlet does not update automatically to show the Barcode reader state. You must refresh the Main page to see a change to the Barcode reader state.
  • After you find the cause of the unreadable barcode, use the Clear alert action on the Barcode Readers portlet to change the state of the barcode reader from Attention to OK.

1.1299 Connection status

Specifies the current status of the barcode reader.

Values:

Connected
The barcode reader can receive information from the camera or barcode scanner.
Disconnected
The barcode reader cannot receive information from the camera or barcode scanner. When the barcode reader is in this state, any barcodes that pass in front of the camera or barcode scanner are not recorded, even if the device seems to be working correctly.

Database name
BarcodeReader.Status

Usage notes:

  • You cannot change this value in the property notebook. To change the value of this property, use the Disconnect and Connect actions in the Barcode reader portlet.
  • A Barcode reader might move to the disconnected state if the camera or barcode scanner is turned off or the network connection is not available.

1.1300 Scan count

Shows the total number of times the barcode on a document is scanned.

This property lets you see if you scanned the same document more than once.

Database name
Doc.AV.ScanCount

Usage notes:

  • If a barcode is scanned more than once, it is marked as Duplicate in the status column, in the table on the Reconcile dialog.
  • If the barcode on a document has not been scanned, this property is blank.

1.1301 Document scanned 1

Shows the date and time when a camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step reads the barcode on a document. You cannot change the value of this property.

This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:

  • None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.

  • A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime1

Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.

1.1302 Document scanned 2

Shows the date and time when a camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step reads the barcode on a document. You cannot change the value of this property.

This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:

  • None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.

  • A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime2

Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.

1.1303 Document scanned 3

Shows the date and time when a camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step reads the barcode on a document. You cannot change the value of this property.

This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:

  • None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.

  • A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime3

Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.

1.1304 Document scanned 4

Shows the date and time when a camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step reads the barcode on a document. You cannot change the value of this property.

This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:

  • None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.

  • A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime4

Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.

1.1305 Document scanned 5

Shows the date and time when a camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step reads the barcode on a document. You cannot change the value of this property.

This document property is blank when either of these conditions exist:

  • None of the ReadBarcodeData steps that processed the document have this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property.

  • A ReadBarcodeData step has this property as the value of the Document scan time property job property. However, the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step did not read the barcode on the document.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeScanTime5

Usage note: If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a document, the document can show the date and time when each camera or barcode scanner read the barcode. To show each date and time, you set a different Document scanned document property as the value of the Document scan time property job property for each step. For example, a camera reads barcodes as documents exit the printer. The step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the date and time for the Document scanned 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter. The step reading those barcodes sets the date and time for the Document scanned 2 property.

1.1306 Document status 1

Shows whether the barcode on a document has been read correctly by the camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

OK
The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
Attention
The barcode was not read by the step.
Duplicate
The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus1

Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.

In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.

If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.

1.1307 Document status 2

Shows whether the barcode on a document has been read correctly by the camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

OK
The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
Attention
The barcode was not read by the step.
Duplicate
The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus2

Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.

In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.

If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.

1.1308 Document status 3

Shows whether the barcode on a document has been read correctly by the camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

OK
The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
Attention
The barcode was not read by the step.
Duplicate
The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus3

Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.

In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.

If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.

1.1309 Document status 4

Shows whether the barcode on a document has been read correctly by the camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

OK
The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
Attention
The barcode was not read by the step.
Duplicate
The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus4

Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.

In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.

If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.

1.1310 Document status 5

Shows whether the barcode on a document has been read correctly by the camera or barcode scanner associated with a ReadBarcodeData step. You cannot change the value of this property.

Values:

OK
The barcode for this document was read successfully by the step.
Attention
The barcode was not read by the step.
Duplicate
The same barcode was read more than once by the step. The Scan count property shows how many times the same barcode was read.

Database name
Doc.TT.BarcodeStatus5

Usage note: A document may have more than one Document status property set if it was processed by a workflow that has more than one step based on the ReadBarcodeData step template.

In that case, each step can set a different Document status property. For example, one camera reads barcodes as the document exits the printer and the step reading the barcodes from that camera sets the Document status 1 property. A second camera reads barcodes through the envelope coming out of an inserter and the step reading those barcodes sets the Document status 2 property.

If the camera on the printer sees the barcode, the value of the Document status 1 property is OK. If the camera on the inserter does not see the barcode, the value of the Document status 2 property is Attention.

1.1311 Verification recipient

Specifies information, such as account name, that helps you to identify a document. You can add a Recipient column to the Documents portlet on the Main page to show the Verification recipient property value, and you can sort and filter on the Verification recipient property in the Documents table.

Format:

Data type
Text
Length
1–1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
Doc.Verification.Recipient

Usage notes:

  • The Verification recipient property is a table column named Recipient on the Reconcile dialog.

  • For PDF jobs, use RICOH ProcessDirector Plug-in for Adobe Acrobat to define a document property named Doc.Verification.Recipient. Save the document property in a control file, and specify the control file in the IdentifyPDFDocuments and BuildPDFFromDocuments steps in the workflow.

  • For AFP jobs in a RICOH ProcessDirector workflow, use the Document Property Designer in RICOH Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment to link the value in an index tag in an input file to a document property named Verification recipient. Save the document property in a Visual WorkbenchAFP Visual Environment control file, and specify the control file in the IdentifyDocuments step in the workflow.

1.1312 Complete step when all barcodes are read

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector moves the job to the next step after all the documents for the job are detected.

Values:

Yes (default)
The job moves to the next step after all of the documents for the job have been detected by having their barcodes read.
No
If there is no value set on the Results file inactivity timer, the job stays in the ReadBarcodeData step and does not move to the next step even if all the documents for the job have been detected. An operator must use the Complete barcode step action to move the job to the next step.

If the Results file inactivity timer has a value, the job moves to the next step after the timer expires even if some documents for the job have not been detected.

Database name
Job.TrackAndTrace.AutoComplete

Usage note: Complete step when all barcodes are read is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1313 Barcode reader

Specifies one or more barcode readers that are used to record barcodes read for this step.
Database name
Job.TrackAndTrace.BarcodeReader

Usage notes:

  • Multiple barcode readers can be used to provide results for the same step.
  • When more than one barcode reader is used for the same step, the barcode readers must have a barcode format that has both the Job number and Sequence in child job properties in the same character positions.
  • Barcode reader is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1314 Document scan time property

Specifies which Document scanned property to update with the date and time when a camera or barcode scanner reads the barcode on a document. The ReadBarcodeData step in a workflow sets values for both the camera or barcode scanner and the Document scanned property.

If 2 or more ReadBarcodeData steps process a job, we recommend that you set each Document scan time property to a different value. That way, you have a record of each date and time when a camera or barcode scanner reads the barcode.

Values:

Document scanned 1 (default)
Document scanned 2
Document scanned 3
Document scanned 4
Document scanned 5

Database name
Job.TT.DocScanned

Usage note: Document scan time property is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1315 Document status property

Specifies which document status property should be updated with a status of OK when the barcode on a document is read by the camera or barcode scanner associated with the ReadBarcodeData step in a workflow. If a job is processed by more than one ReadBarcodeData step, we recommend that each step have a different value of the Document status property if you need to identify where in the workflow a document was missed.

Values:

Document status 1
Document status 2
Document status 3
Document status 4
Document status 5

Database name
Job.TT.Status

Usage notes:

  • If the Inserter feature is installed, Insert status appears as another value.
  • Document status property is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1316 Results file inactivity timer

Specifies the amount of time that RICOH ProcessDirector waits after a barcode is recorded in the results file for the job before it moves the job to the next step. The timer is reset each time a barcode is read. If the Results file inactivity timer reaches the value selected, the job moves to the next step. Documents from the job with barcodes that were not read are marked with an Attention status.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-9999.
Default (minutes)
No default value

Database name
Job.TT.WaitTime

Usage notes:

  • The timer does not start until at least one barcode is recorded in the results file. If no barcodes are recorded, the job remains in the ReadBarcodeData step.
  • Setting a value on the Results file inactivity timer property causes the job to move to the next step after the timer expires, even if some documents for the job have not been detected (for example, if you set the Complete step when all barcodes are read property to Yes).
  • Results file inactivity timer is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1317 Ultimate Impostrip® input hot folder

Specifies the name of the Ultimate Impostrip® hot folder that is configured to imposition the job correctly.
Database name
Job.ULT.ImpostripQueue

Usage notes:

  • You must use Ultimate Impostrip® to create and configure the input hot folder before you process a job through this step.
  • You cannot use a path that includes double-byte or international characters.
  • Ultimate Impostrip® input hot folder is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1318 Ultimate Impostrip® job name

Specifies the name that RICOH ProcessDirector assigns to a job when it sends the job to the Ultimate Impostrip® server.
Database name
Job.ULT.JobName

Usage notes:

  • This value can be set using a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol such as ${Job.InputFile}.
  • We recommend against using Multi-Byte Character Set (MBCS) characters in a job name, as they do not process correctly.
  • If this value is blank, RICOH ProcessDirector uses the name JobID.ult.
  • Ultimate Impostrip® job name is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1319 Ultimate Impostrip® configuration

Specifies the method that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to retrieve the list of Ultimate Impostrip® hot folders that can receive print jobs. When this value is correct, click Update on the Ultimate Impostrip® Hot Folders table to see the list of available hot folders.

Values:

Use .ini file
Specifies the full path to the initialization file on the Ultimate Impostrip® server. By default, this file is named IMPressJM.ini. Use this method with Ultimate Impostrip® 10 or older (Legacy Version).

This path is stored as the value of the WorkflowSystem.ULT.INIFileLocation property.

Use URL
Specifies the URL of the Ultimate Impostrip® server in this format: http://hostname:port_number The default port number is 38444. Use this method with Ultimate Impostrip® 2019 1.0 or newer (New Generation).

This URL is stored as the value of the WorkflowSystem.ULT.URL property.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ULT.ConfigSource

Usage notes:

  • If you select Use .ini file and the primary computer runs on a UNIX-based operating system, make sure that RICOH ProcessDirector can access this file using a mounted drive.

1.1320 Mappings

Use these fields to show the directories that RICOH ProcessDirector and Ultimate Impostrip® use to exchange files for processing.

The left column contains paths to directories on the Ultimate Impostrip® host system. The right column contains paths to directories on the RICOH ProcessDirector server.

XML Ticket Input Folder
Shows the path to the XML Ticket Input Folder on the Ultimate Impostrip® host system and the directory that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to place files in it. When RICOH ProcessDirector sends a job to Ultimate Impostrip®, it copies an XML file to this directory with processing instructions, including: where the input file is stored, which hot folder should process the file, and where the output file should be written.
Print spool directory
Shows the path to the RICOH ProcessDirector print spool and the directory on the Ultimate Impostrip® server that you have already mapped to it. The RICOH ProcessDirector print spool value is always /aiw/aiw1/spool.

Usage notes:

  • These values are only required when Ultimate Impostrip® is installed on a Windows system that is not a RICOH ProcessDirector primary or application server.
  • Entering values in these fields instructs RICOH ProcessDirector of the directories to use to exchange files. It does not share directories, map network drives, or mount file systems. Refer to the Information Center topic for additional information about mounting these directories and mapping network drives correctly to exchange files.

1.1321 Ultimate Impostrip® host system

Specifies whether Ultimate Impostrip® is installed on a Windows computer that also runs a RICOH ProcessDirector server.

Values:

Windows Primary or Application server
Ultimate Impostrip® is installed on a Windows system that runs the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server or that is configured as an Application server.
Other Windows system
Ultimate Impostrip® is installed on a Windows system that does not have RICOH ProcessDirector installed.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.ULT.Remote

1.1322 Banner page input tray

Specifies the printer input tray that holds the paper that should be used for header and trailer pages.

Values:

Default
Not set
Database name
XeroxPDFPrinter.BannerPage.Tray

Usage notes

  • This property applies only to Xerox PDF printers.
  • If the banner page input tray is not set, RICOH ProcessDirector creates a default JDF job ticket with no tray information. The printer uses paper from the default tray for banner pages.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector displays a general list of trays when you add a printer. To display the list of specific trays that a printer supports, you must finish adding the printer. Then, open the properties notebook for the printer again and select the correct tray.

1.1323 Merge banner pages into PDF print file

Specifies whether header and trailer banner files are merged into the PDF print file or sent to the printer as separate files.

Values:

Yes
If header or trailer pages are enabled, they are combined with the print file and one file is sent to the printer.
No
If header or trailer pages are enabled, separate files for the banner pages and the print files are sent to the printer.
Default
Yes
Database name
XeroxPDFPrinter.MergeBanner

Usage note:

  • In some cases, banner files should not be merged. For example, if you are printing multiple copies of each job, you might not want banner pages to print between copies.

1.1324 Xerox printer driver

Printer drivers and versions that you can use to submit a job to a Xerox PDF printer.

Values:

  • DocuSP V1.0

  • DocuSP V3.8

  • DocuSP V4.2

  • DocuSP V5.0

Database name
XeroxPDFPrinter.PrinterDriver

Usage note:

  • This field is mandatory. This property along with the Xerox printer type property are both required to create a Xerox PDF printer.
  • This attribute is used along with the Xerox printer type to create the correct output commands for the Xerox printer.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not ship these drivers. Choose the driver to use from the compatible drivers that you have on your system.

1.1325 Xerox printer queue

Specifies the name of the LPR Print queue used for the Xerox printer.

Format:

Length
Up to 32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Default
No default value
Database name
XeroxPDFPrinter.PrinterQueue

Usage note:

  • When a Xerox PDF printer is added, the LPR print queue on the server is not created automatically. The system administrator must use the operating system’s procedures to create the LPR print queue. The value you enter in this field must match the name of the LPR print queue defined to the system.

1.1326 Xerox printer type

This is the printer type of the printer that you are printing to.

Values:

The list of Xerox printers that are supported by RICOH ProcessDirector.

Database name
XeroxPDFPrinter.PrinterType

Usage note:

  • This field is mandatory. This property along with the Xerox printer driver property are both required to create a Xerox PDF printer.
  • This attribute is used along with the Xerox printer driver to create the correct output commands for the Xerox printer.

1.1327 Black ink

Shows the Avanti name corresponding to the black ink used to print jobs and any reprints on this Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Printer.Avanti.BlackMapping
Usage notes:
  • To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Avanti Inventory Items. Copy the value from the Description 1 column into this property.
  • When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Black ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.

1.1328 Cyan ink

Shows the Avanti name corresponding to the cyan ink used to print jobs and any reprints on this Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Printer.Avanti.CyanMapping
Usage notes:
  • To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Avanti Inventory Items. Copy the value from the Description 1 column into this property.
  • When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Cyan ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.

1.1329 Highlight ink

Shows the Avanti name corresponding to the highlight ink used to print jobs and any reprints on this Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Printer.Avanti.HighlightMapping
Usage notes:
  • To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Avanti Inventory Items. Copy the value from the Description 1 column into this property.
  • When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Highlight ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.

1.1330 Magenta ink

Shows the Avanti name corresponding to the magenta ink used to print jobs and any reprints on this Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Printer.Avanti.MagentaMapping
Usage notes:
  • To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Avanti Inventory Items. Copy the value from the Description 1 column into this property.
  • When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Magenta ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.

1.1331 MICR ink

Shows the Avanti name corresponding to the MICR (magnetic ink character recognition) ink used to print jobs and any reprints on this Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Printer.Avanti.MICRMapping
Usage notes:
  • To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Avanti Inventory Items. Copy the value from the Description 1 column into this property.
  • When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the MICR ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.

1.1332 Protector coat

Shows the Avanti name corresponding to the protector coat used to print jobs and any reprints on this Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Printer.Avanti.ProtectorCoatMapping
Usage notes:
  • To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Avanti Inventory Items. Copy the value from the Description 1 column into this property.
  • When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Protector coat usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.

1.1333 Yellow ink

Shows the Avanti name corresponding to the yellow ink used to print jobs and any reprints on this Ricoh TotalFlow printer.
Database name
Printer.Avanti.YellowMapping
Usage notes:
  • To locate the ink name, log in to Avanti Slingshot and open Avanti Inventory Items. Copy the value from the Description 1 column into this property.
  • When a job finishes printing, RICOH ProcessDirector records the values for this property and the Yellow ink usage job property in the JMF job ticket so they can be sent back to Avanti Slingshot.

1.1334 Print unit to report

Specifies how RICOH ProcessDirector reports print volume to Avanti Slingshot.

Values:

Pages
Total pages are reported.
Sheets
Total sheets are reported.
Not set (default)
Total pages are reported.

Database name
Printer.Avanti.StackedValueToReport

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector uses this property for reporting media volume to Slingshot.
  • This property works with the Job color to report property to determine what is sent to Avanti.
    • If the Job color to report property is set to Black or Color, the Print unit to report value is sent.
    • If the Job color to report property is set to From job, the number of impressions obtained from the TotalFlow Print Server is sent. That value is usually the same as the pages printed.

1.1335 Slingshot cost center

Specifies the Slingshot cost center that is associated with a printer.

Values:

Not set (default)
The printer is not associated with a cost center.

A list of Slingshot cost centers that are displayed on the Avanti Slingshot settings page.

Database name
Printer.AvantiCostCenter

Usage notes:

  • When a printer is associated with a Slingshot cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector provides Avanti Slingshot with the times when the printer starts and finishes each job. Using this information, Slingshot calculates the time spent in activities associated with the cost center.
  • To add or remove cost centers, edit the Slingshot configuration file. On Linux, /aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg. On Windows, C:\aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg.

1.1336 Slingshot cost center

Specifies the Slingshot cost center that is associated with the step.

Values:

Not set (default)
The step is not associated with a cost center.

A list of Slingshot cost centers that are displayed on the Avanti Slingshot settings page.

Database name
Step.AvantiCostCenter

Usage notes:

  • When a step is associated with a Slingshot cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector provides status information to Avanti Slingshot when the step processes each job.
  • If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.
  • To add or remove cost centers, edit the Slingshot configuration file. On Linux, /aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg. On Windows, \aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg.

1.1337 Slingshot milestone status

Specifies the status that the system sends to Avanti Slingshot when this step processes a job. The status is associated with the cost center defined in the Slingshot cost center property.

Values:

Not set (default)
No status is returned for the step.
In progress
The step returns a status of In progress to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.
Complete
The step returns a status of Complete to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.

Database name
Step.AvantiType

Usage notes:

  • If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.

  • If you set this property to In progress for one cost center, you must set this property to Complete in a subsequent step for the same cost center. RICOH ProcessDirector reports the time spent in both steps and all the steps between them to Slingshot. Using this information, Slingshot calculates the time spent in activities associated with the cost center.

  • If you set this property to Complete for a cost center, but you do not set this property to In progress in a prior step for the same cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector reports only the time spent in that step to Slingshot for the cost center.

1.1338 Slingshot production quantity

Specifies which job property to send to Avanti Slingshot to represent what was printed. Avanti Slingshot displays this value as the Quantity Produced.

Format:

Values:
Job properties that contain integer values.
Default Value:
Job copies requested.

Database name
Step.AvantiProductionQuantity

1.1339 Slingshot cost center

Specifies the Slingshot cost center that is associated with the step.

Values:

Not set (default)
The step is not associated with a cost center.

A list of Slingshot cost centers that are displayed on the Avanti Slingshot settings page.

Database name
StepTemplate.AvantiCostCenter

Usage notes:

  • When a step is associated with a Slingshot cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector provides status information to Avanti Slingshot when the step processes each job.
  • If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.
  • To add or remove cost centers, edit the Slingshot configuration file. On Linux, /aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg. On Windows, \aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg.

1.1340 Slingshot production quantity

Specifies which job property to send to Avanti Slingshot to represent what was printed. Avanti Slingshot displays this value as the Quantity Produced.

Format:

Values:
Job properties that contain integer values.
Default Value:
Job copies requested.

Database name
StepTemplate.AvantiProductionQuantity

1.1341 Slingshot milestone status

Specifies the status that the system sends to Avanti Slingshot when this step processes a job. The status is associated with the cost center defined in the Slingshot cost center property.

Values:

Not set (default)
No status is returned for the step.
In progress
The step returns a status of In progress to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.
Complete
The step returns a status of Complete to Avanti Slingshot for the specified cost center.

Database name
StepTemplate.AvantiType

Usage notes:

  • If a step has a Slingshot cost center specified, it must have a value for Slingshot milestone status to report the status to Slingshot. When the step runs, if one of the two Slingshot properties has a value and the other does not does not, RICOH ProcessDirector writes a warning message to the job log.

  • If you set this property to In progress for one cost center, you must set this property to Complete in a subsequent step for the same cost center. RICOH ProcessDirector reports the time spent in both steps and all the steps between them to Slingshot. Using this information, Slingshot calculates the time spent in activities associated with the cost center.

  • If you set this property to Complete for a cost center, but you do not set this property to In progress in a prior step for the same cost center, RICOH ProcessDirector reports only the time spent in that step to Slingshot for the cost center.

1.1342 List of cost centers

Shows the list of Slingshot cost centers that have been defined in the Avanti Slingshot Connect configuration file.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.AvantiCostCenters

Usage note: To add or remove cost centers, edit the Avanti Slingshot Connect configuration file. On Linux, /aiw/aiw1/config/avanti.cfg. On Windows,C:\aiw\aiw1\config\avanti.cfg.

1.1343 Avanti URL

Specifies the URL for the Avanti Slingshot server that RICOH ProcessDirector communicates with.

Format:

Length
Up to 1024 characters (bytes)

Database name
WorkflowSystem.AvantiURL

1.1344 Job color to report

Specifies whether RICOH ProcessDirector reports to Avanti Slingshot that pages in a job were printed in full color or in single color. When Slingshot assigns different charges to jobs printed in full color or only in black, use this property to report the ink or toner information.

Values:

Black
RICOH ProcessDirector reports that all pages or sheets were printed in black. Use this value for a black with white printer or a color printer set to print only using black ink or toner.
Color
RICOH ProcessDirector reports that all pages or sheets were printed with CMYK ink or toner. Use this value for a color printer set to print in full color.
From job
RICOH ProcessDirector retrieves the values for number of color and single-color pages printed from Ricoh TotalFlow Print Server. Use this value with Ricoh TotalFlow printers, especially if jobs are printed in a combination of single-color and full color pages.
Not set (default)
RICOH ProcessDirector reports that all pages or sheets in a job were printed only with black ink or toner.

Database name
Printer.JobColorType

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector does not use this property to schedule jobs to printers.

  • This property does not control whether the printer prints in full color or only in black. The property is used only to report to Slingshot that a job was printed in full color or in black.

  • If this property is set to Black or Color, the value of the Print unit to report property controls whether RICOH ProcessDirector reports pages or sheets printed. If this property is set to From job, RICOH ProcessDirector always reports the number of pages.
  • If you use the Black or Color values, you cannot report that some pages in a job were printed in full color and other pages were printed only in black. For example, you have a 100-page PDF file. Three of the pages are in color. You send the file to a printer with the Job color to report property set to Black. RICOH ProcessDirector reports to Slingshot that all 100 pages were printed only in black.

  • When you use the From job value, the counts reported by the TotalFlow Print Server are impressions, which usually match pages. Differences can be introduced if a job contains pages with different page sizes, such as both Letter and A4.

1.1345 Event type

Adds a custom label for the information that the step stores in the database.

Format:

Length
1–32 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Reports.EventType

Usage notes:

  • If you include the WritePropsToReportsDatabase step multiple times in the same workflow, you can specify an Event type value each time to record specific data points during the history of the job and its documents in the system.

    For example, use an Event type of Print for the WritePropsToReportsDatabase step immediately after the print step and another Event type of Insert after the insert step.

    If a job is reprinted and is processed by the WritePropsToReportsDatabase step after printing again, a second entry is added to the database.

  • Event type is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1346 Job properties to write

Specifies the job properties to write to the database.

Values:

The list of all the job properties in the system available to write to the database.

Database name
Job.Reports.JobPropToStore

Usage notes:

  • Use the minimum number of job properties. Limiting the number of properties improves performance and reduces the amount of storage space needed.
  • Positional job properties cannot be written to the database.
  • These job properties are stored automatically:
    • Current phase (Job.Phase).
    • Current state (Job.State).
    • Current step (Job.Step).
    • Current time (Job.CurrentTime).
    • Current workflow (Job.Process).
    • Event type (Job.Reports.EventType).
    • Job number (Job.ID).
  • If you delete job properties from the list of properties to write after the step is run, those properties are not recorded the next time the step runs but their columns are not deleted from the tables.
  • Job properties to write is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1347 Document properties to write

Specifies the document properties to write to the database.

Values:

The list of all the document properties in the system.
All
Use this value to write all values found in the Document properties file to the database.

Database name
Job.Reports.DocPropToStore

Usage notes:

  • Use the minimum number of document properties. Limiting the number of properties improves performance and reduces the amount of storage space needed.
  • If you delete document properties from the list of properties to write after the step is run, those properties are not recorded the next time the step runs but their columns are not deleted from the tables.
  • Document properties to write is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1348 Document properties file

Specifies the name of a tab-delimited file containing property values to write to the database. The file contains values for document properties, fields that are not defined as RICOH ProcessDirector document properties, or a combination of both. Only properties defined as RICOH ProcessDirector document properties are written to the database.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Format:

Default
${getFileName(document,dpf,read)}

Database name
Job.Reports.DocFileToStore

Usage notes:

  • The file specified must be tab-delimited. This function does not work with comma-separated values.
  • You can use symbol formulas to specify a file.
  • Document properties file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1349 Document properties table

Specifies the name of the table where the selected document properties are stored in the Reports database.

Format:

Length
1–128 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Reports.DocumentTableName

Usage notes:

  • If the table specified in the Document properties table does not exist in the Reports database when the step runs, the table is created.
  • You cannot use the same table as the value of both the Document properties table and Job properties table. You must use different tables for job properties and document properties.
  • Document properties table is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1350 Job properties table

Specifies the name of the table where the selected job properties are stored in the Reports database.

Format:

Length
1–128 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive

Database name
Job.Reports.JobTableName

Usage notes:

  • If the table specified in the Job properties table does not exist in the Reports database when the step runs, the table is created.
  • You cannot use the same table as the value of both the Document properties table and Job properties table. You must use different tables for job properties and document properties.
  • Job properties table is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1351 Remove expired entries

Specifies whether the data collector marks database entries as expired after a specified retention time. Only expired entries are removed from the database according to the removal schedule.

Values:

On
Database entries are marked as expired after the specified retention period. The expired database entries are not removed until the next time the Removal schedule starts.
Off (default)
Database entries are never marked as expired, so they are never removed from the database.
Database name
Collector.Cleanup

1.1352 Error log directory

Specifies the full path and name of the directory that RICOH ProcessDirector writes a file to when it cannot put the property values in the database table. The file contains the property values in comma-separated value (CSV) format.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
Collector.FailureDirectory

1.1353 Last modified

Specifies the date and time that the data collector was last changed.
Database name
Collector.LastModified

Usage notes:

  • RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the data collector changes.
  • You cannot change the value of this property.

1.1354 Database table name

Specifies the name of the database table where the data collector stores the property values that it captures.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
Collector.Table

Usage notes:

  • If you change the name of the table, the table remains in the database with all the data collected before the name was changed. A new table is created with the changed name.
  • The table name must contain only alphanumeric characters or an underscore (_) character. Special characters, such as a period (.), are not allowed.
  • We recommend using different database tables for each data collector.

1.1355 Database tables affected

Specifies the names of the database tables that steps based on the WritePropsToReportsDatabase step template write data into.
Database name
StepCollector.DatabaseTables

Usage notes:

  • You cannot add or remove the tables from the list.
  • The list contains a list of all the tables added by the steps in all workflows.

1.1356 Database

Specifies the name of the PostgreSQL database to create for storing the information collected for reporting. After it is created, the database is referred to in the documentation as the Reports database.

Format:

Length
Up to 63 characters (bytes)
Default
history
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Database

Usage notes:

  • After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
  • Only update this value if you have already created a PostgreSQL database with the new name.

1.1357 Frequency (days)

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector removes expired entries from the Reports database.

Values:

Every day (default)
Check the database for expired entries every day.
Every x days
Check the database for expired entries at a regular interval, based on a set number of days.
First day of every month
Check for expired entries on the first day of every month.
Last day of every month
Check for expired entries on the last day of every month.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyDaily

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries every day at 10:00 PM, you set the time value for the Start date and time to 10:00 PM. Then, you set the Frequency (days) value to Every day.

1.1358 Frequency (hours)

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector removes expired entries from the Reports database.

Values:

Every hour (default)
Check the database for expired entries every hour.
Every x hours
Check the database for expired entries on a repeating basis, based on a set number of hours.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyHourly

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries every day at 10:00 PM, you set the time value for the Start date and time to 10:00 PM. Then, you set the Frequency (hours) value to Every 24 hours.

1.1359 Frequency (months)

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector removes expired entries from the Reports database.

Values:

Every month (default)
Check the database for expired entries every month.
Every x months
Choose one of these options to perform the cleanup on a repeating basis, based on a set number of months.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyMonthly

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries once a month on the 10th, you set the date value for the Start date and time to <month>/10/<year>. Then, you set the Frequency (months) value to Every month.

1.1360 Frequency (weeks)

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector removes expired entries from the Reports database.

Values:

Every week (default)
Check the database for expired entries every week.
Every x days
Check the database for expired entries on a repeating basis, based on a set number of weeks.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyWeekly

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries once a week on a Sunday, you set the date value for the Start date and time to the first Sunday of the month. Then, you set the Frequency (weeks) value to Every week.

1.1361 Frequency (years)

Specifies how often RICOH ProcessDirector removes expired entries from the Reports database.

Values:

Every year (default)
Check the database for expired entries every year.
Every x years
Check the database for expired entries on a repeating basis, based on a set number of years.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.FrequencyYearly

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. Example: If you want to remove the expired entries once a year, you set the date value for the Start date and time first. Then, you set the Frequency (years) value to Every year.

1.1362 PostgreSQL server IP address or host name

Specifies either the network IP address or the host name of the computer where the Reports PostgreSQL database that stores job and printer data is stored. To use the PostgreSQL database on the RICOH ProcessDirector primary computer, enter localhost.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Default
localhost
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Hostname

Usage note:

  • If you have RICOH ProcessDirector for Linux, you can create the Reports PostgreSQL database on a different server. Enter the IP address or host name of the other server.
  • After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
  • Only update this value if you have already created a PostgreSQL database on a different server or changed the IP address or host name of the server that holds the existing database

1.1363 Interval

Specifies the time interval used to determine when RICOH ProcessDirector looks for entries in the Reports database that have exceeded their retention periods.

Values:

  • Hour
  • Day
  • Week
  • Month (default)
  • Year
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Interval

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the appropriate Frequency value to determine how often to remove expired entries from the database.

1.1364 Password

Specifies the user password that you want RICOH ProcessDirector to use in PostgreSQL for logging in to the Reports database. RICOH ProcessDirector uses the password with the user name to log in to the Reports database.

Format:

Length
Up to 63 characters (bytes)
Default
testpassword
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Password

Usage note:

  • This password is encrypted when it is stored by RICOH ProcessDirector.
  • After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
  • Only update this value if you have already changed the password in the Reports database.

1.1365 PostgreSQL server port

Specifies the port number to use for communicating with the Reports database.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1–65535
Default
5432
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Port

Usage note:

  • Be sure this port number is not blocked by a firewall between the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server and the server named in the PostgreSQL server IP address or host name property.
  • After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
  • Only update this value if you have already changed the port number in the PostgreSQL database.

1.1366 Start date and time

Specifies when RICOH ProcessDirector starts to monitor the entries in the Reports database for expiration of their retention periods. After this date and time, expired entries are removed from the database according to the configured schedule.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.StartDateAndTime

Usage notes:

  • You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from the list.
  • If you set up a past date and time, the schedule starts considering the current date and time. If you are changing the date and time for a future time, the removal of expired entries stops and starts at that time set in the future.

1.1367 User name

Specifies the user name that you want RICOH ProcessDirector to use in PostgreSQL for logging in to the Reports database.

Value:

Length
Up to 63 characters (bytes)
Default
rpdreports
Database name
WorkflowSystem.Capture.Username

Usage notes:

  • You can specify any user name. It does not have to be a RICOH ProcessDirector user ID.
  • RICOH ProcessDirector uses the user name to log in to the Reports database. You can use the user name to log in to the database from another application, such as a business intelligence tool.
  • After you enable data collection and the database is created, changing this value does not update the database.
  • Only update this value if you have already created the user in the Reports database.

1.1368 Capture Advanced Transform files

Shows whether log and *trc files produced when jobs are processed by the Advanced Transforms feature are included in the capture file.

Values:

Yes
Files generated by the Advanced Transforms are included in the capture file.
No (default)
Files generated by the Advanced Transforms are not included in the capture file.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.Transform.CaptureFiles

Usage note:

  • Include these files only if you suspect a problem related to the transform step.

1.1369 Continue on error

Specifies whether jobs continue to process in their workflows if the Job Step Progress data collector fails to capture information.

Values:

Yes (default)
Ignore the error and send the job to the next workflow step.
No
Stop processing the job and put it into Error state.
Database name
JobStepCollector.ContinueOnFailure

Usage notes:

  • Details about errors are stored in the Error log directory folder.

1.1370 Job properties to capture

Specifies the job properties that this data collector captures at the beginning and end of each workflow step.

Values:

The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
JobStepCollector.JobProps

Usage notes:

  • Some job properties are selected by default. To add job properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1371 Job properties to capture

Specifies the job properties that this data collector captures when a job starts printing and when a job stops printing successfully. These properties are also captured when a job stops printing due to an error.

Values:

The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
JobPrintCollector.JobProps

Usage notes:

  • Some job properties are selected by default. To add job properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list use the filter field.

1.1372 Printer properties to capture

Specifies the printer properties that this data collector captures when a job starts printing and when a job stops printing successfully. These properties are also captured when a job stops printing due to an error.

Values:

The list of all the printer properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
JobPrintCollector.PrinterProps

Usage notes:

  • Some printer properties are selected by default. To add printer properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list use the filter field.

1.1373 Printer properties to capture

Specifies the printer properties that this data collector captures when the printer’s Enabled status or Printer status property changes.

Values:

The list of all the printer properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
PrinterStatusCollector.PrinterProps

Usage notes:

  • Some printer properties are selected by default. To add printer properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list use the filter field.

1.1374 Job properties to capture

Specifies the properties and time duration information that this data collector captures when a job completes each step in a work flow.

Values:

The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
StepDurationCollector.JobProps

Usage notes:

  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1375 Barcode reader properties to capture

Specifies properties that this data collector captures about a barcode reader when a user does an action on it.

Values:

The list of all the barcode reader properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
BarcodeReaderActionsCollector.BarcodeReaderProps

Usage notes:

  • Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Clear alert, Connect, Copy, Delete, Disconnect.
  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1376 User properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about the user who does an action on a barcode reader.

Values:

The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
BarcodeReaderActionsCollector.UserProps

Usage notes:

  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1377 Input device properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about an input device when a user does an action on it.

Values:

The list of all the input device properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
InputDeviceActionsCollector.InputDeviceProps

Usage notes:

  • Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Batch all, Connect, Delete, Enable, Enable and connect, Disable, Disable and disconnect, Show files, Submit jobs.
  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1378 User properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about the user who does an action on an input device.

Values:

The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
InputDeviceActionsCollector.UserProps

Usage notes:

  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1379 Job properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about a job when a user does an action on it.

Values:

The list of all the job properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
JobActionsCollector.JobProps

Usage notes:

  • Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Accept, Change deadline, Complete barcode step, Complete insertion, Complete manual step, Continue, Correct media, Delete, Go to next step, Jump to, Override error, Print again, Process again, Promote, Reconcile, Reject, Remove deadline, Restart step, Schedule, Set priority, Start manual step, Stop, Submit jobs, Update multiple, View.
  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1380 User properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about the user who does an action on a job.

Values:

The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
JobActionsCollector.UserProps

Usage notes:

  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1381 Printer properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about a printer when a user does an action on it.

Values:

The list of all the printer properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
PrinterActionsCollector.PrinterProps

Usage notes:

  • Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Copy, Create, Delete, Disable, Enable, Show trays, Shutdown, Update media.
  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1382 User properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about the user who does an action on a printer.

Values:

The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
PrinterActionsCollector.UserProps

Usage notes:

  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1383 Target user properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about a target user when a user does an action on it.

Values:

The list of user properties that this data collector captures.

Database name
UserActionsCollector.TargetUserProps

Usage notes:

  • Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Copy, Delete, Reset Password, Successful Login, Logout, and Failed Login. Failed login is saved only when the Secure extension is installed
  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1384 User properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about the user who does an action on a target user.

Values:

The list of user properties that this data collector captures.

Database name
UserActionsCollector.UserProps

Usage notes:

  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list use the filter field.

1.1385 Inserter properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about an inserter controller when a user does an action on it.

Values:

The list of all the inserter controller properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
InserterActionsCollector.InserterProps

Usage notes:

  • Property values are saved when a user does one of these actions: Add, Copy, Delete, Disable, Enable.
  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1386 User properties to capture

Specifies the properties that this data collector captures about the user who does an action on an inserter controller.

Values:

The list of all the user properties in the system available to be stored in the database.

Database name
InserterActionsCollector.UserProps

Usage notes:

  • Some properties are selected by default. To add properties to the list, click the pencil icon and select the check box. To remove properties from the list, clear the check box.
  • To find a property in the list, use the filter field.

1.1387 Time zone offset

Specifies the offset in hours between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and the time zone used by the web service to compute the current time and date.

If the web service computes the current time and date in Coordinated Universal Time, do not enter a value.

If the web service uses another time zone, enter a value between -12 and 14.

For example, the web service computes the current time and date in this time zone:

  • Mountain Standard Time (MST). Enter: -7

  • Central European Time (CET). Enter: 1

  • Australian Central Standard Time (ACST). Enter: 9.5

Database name
RestTransmitter.HourOffset

Usage note:RICOH ProcessDirector applies the Time zone offset value to the values of the WebService.LastSuccessRequestTime and WebService.CurrentRequestTime properties when it calls a web service.

1.1388 File upload name

Specifies the full path and name of the file where this data transmitter stores the data that it extracts from the PostgreSQL database. The file contains the property values in comma-separated value (CSV) format.
Database name
RestTransmitter.MultiFormFileName

1.1389 Request header

Specifies the HTTP header field that the data transmitter includes in a web service request to send a request to an application.

Refer to the documentation for that application for requirements and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
RestTransmitter.RequestHeader

Usage notes:

  • Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.

    For more information about symbols notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1390 Request method

Specifies the method that the data transmitter uses to send the request to the application. Refer to the documentation for that application to determine which method to use.

Values:

POST (default)
PUT

Database name
RestTransmitter.RequestMethod

Usage notes:

  • If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.

1.1391 Request parameters

Specifies the parameters that the data transmitter includes in the web services request to an external application. Refer to the documentation for that application for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
RestTransmitter.RequestParams

Usage notes:

  • The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1392 Request payload

Specifies the body of the web services request that the data transmitter submits to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application for syntax and requirements.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be valid JSON or XML.

Database name
RestTransmitter.RequestPayload

Usage notes:

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request payload property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1393 Request URL

Specifies the URL that the data transmitter uses to submit the request to an application. Refer to the documentation for that application or consult with the company that hosts the application to determine the URL to use.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be a valid URL.
Database name
RestTransmitter.RequestURL

Usage notes:

  • The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
  • You can use Ricoh ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the step runs. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1394 Use proxy

Specifies whether the data transmitter communicates through a proxy server and if so, specifies the proxy server to communicate through.

Values:

Not set (default)

The data transmitter does not communicate through a proxy server.

Proxy server 1

The data transmitter communicates through Proxy server 1.

Proxy server 2
The data transmitter communicates through Proxy server 2.

Database name
RestTransmitter.UseProxy

Usage notes:

  • To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the appropriate Proxy server section of the System Settings page.
  • When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, the data transmitter cannot send the request. The data transmitter writes an error message in the job log.

1.1395 Credential

Specifies the credential that the data transmitter uses to authenticate with an application.
Database name
Transmitter.Credential

Usage note:

  • Static or Session credential objects that you create on the Administration page appear in this list.
  • For RICOH Supervisor transmitter, only the Ricoh cloud credential objects appear in this list.

1.1396 Description

Describes the data transmitter. For example, it might explain what information is sent or where it goes.
Database name
Transmitter.Description

1.1397 Start date and time

Specifies the date and time since the data transmitter starts to retrieve and send the information from the PostgreSQL database.

Select a date from the calendar or enter a date in the field. Select a time from the list or enter a time in the field.

Database name
Transmitter.StartDateAndTime
Usage notes:
  • You can enter a time in the time field or select a time in half-hour increments from the list.

    If you enter a time, use the format set on the Preferences dialog.

  • The Time format property on the Preferences dialog controls whether time values are displayed in 12-hour (01:00-12:59 AM/PM) or 24-hour (00:00-23:59) format.
  • If the selected Start date is prior to the date the transmitter is enabled, the information is be exported from the PostgreSQL database retrospectively, from the selected Start date until the day the transmitter gets enabled. Afterwards, the stored information is exported with the specified frequency until selected End date.
  • If the selected Start date is subsequent to the date the data transmitter is enabled, the information is exported from the PostgreSQL database starting with the selected Start date and frequency until selected End date.

1.1398 End date

Specifies the date when the data transmitter stops retrieving information from the PostgreSQL database and sending it to another application.

Select a date from the calendar or enter a date in the field. Default value is Never.

Database name
Transmitter.EndDate

1.1399 Interval

Specifies the time interval used to determine when the data transmitter runs.

Values:

  • Day (default)
  • Hour
  • Month
  • Week
Database name
Transmitter.RepeatInterval

Usage notes:

  • Use this property with the appropriate Frequency value to determine how often to run the data transmitter.
  • If an error occurs during the transmission of the information from the PostgreSQL database, the data transmitter retries up to two times and records the retries in the data transmitter log. After three tries, the data transmitter stops retrying and updates the Last status to Failed.

1.1400 Frequency (days)

Specifies how often the data transmitter runs.

Values:

Every day (default)
Run the data transmitter every day.
Every x days
Run the data transmitter at a regular interval, based on a set number of days.
First day of every month
Run the data transmitter on the first day of every month.
Last day of every month
Run the data transmitter on the last day of every month.
Database name
Transmitter.FrequencyDaily

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter every day at 10:00 PM, you set the time value for the Start date and time property to 10:00 PM. Then, you set the Frequency (days) value to Every day.

1.1401 Frequency (hours)

Specifies how often the data transmitter runs.

Values:

Every hour (default)
Run the data transmitter every hour.
Every x hours
Run the data transmitter on a repeating basis, based on a set number of hours.
Database name
Transmitter.FrequencyHourly

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter every hour at 5 minutes past the hour, you set the time value for the Start date and time property to a time with :05 as the minutes value, such as 2:05 AM. Then, you set the Frequency (hours) value to Every hour.

1.1402 Frequency (months)

Specifies how often the data transmitter runs.

Values:

Every month (default)
Run the data transmitter every month.
Every x months
Run the data transmitter on a repeating basis, based on a set number of months.
Database name
Transmitter.FrequencyMonthly

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter once a month on the 10th, you set the date value for the Start date and time property to <month>/10/<year>. Then, you set the Frequency (months) value to Every month.

1.1403 Frequency (weeks)

Specifies how often the data transmitter runs.

Values:

Every week (default)
Run the data transmitter every week.
Every x weeks
Run the data transmitter on a repeating basis, based on a set number of weeks.
Database name
Transmitter.FrequencyWeekly

Usage notes:

  • The Frequency field is directly related to the Start date and time field. To run the data transmitter once a week on Sunday, you set the date value for the Start date and time property to the first Sunday of the month. Then, you set the Frequency (weeks) value to Every week.

1.1404 Name

Specifies the name of the data transmitter.

Format:

Length
1–32 character (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
Transmitter.ID

1.1405 Last modified

The date and time that the data transmitter was last changed. RICOH ProcessDirector updates the value whenever the notification changes. You cannot change the value of this property.
Database name
Transmitter.LastModified

1.1406 Execute code on server

Specifies the name of the RICOH ProcessDirector server that executes the code for this data transmitter.

The default value for the server is System, which is the name of the primary server. The list contains all the primary and secondary servers that are enabled.

Database name
Transmitter.ParentServer

1.1407 Database tables

Specifies the names of the tables in the PostgreSQL database that the data transmitter queries to collect information. The information returned is exported to a file in comma-separated values (CSV) format.
Database name
Transmitter.Tables

Usage notes:

  • You store information in these database tables using data collectors or WritePropsToReportsDatabase steps.
  • The selected tables for the scheduled data transmission are imported automatically when you want to make a one-time transmission. However, if you want to send a one-time transmission independent of any scheduled transmission, you can make changes to the selected tables. These changes will not affect the selection made for the tables selected for scheduled transmissions.

1.1408 Type

Specifies the type of data transmitter.

Values:

REST Transmitter
Uses the REST protocol to send information stored in one or more PostgreSQL databases to another application. You can specify when and how often the data is sent.
RICOH Supervisor Transmitter
Sends data only to RICOH Supervisor. You can only create one RICOH Supervisor Transmitter per primary server.
Database name
Transmitter.Type

1.1409 Transmission type

Specifies the amount of data to include in this transmission.

Values:

Send all data since the last transmission
Sends the data stored in the selected database tables since the last successful scheduled transmission or the last transmission of this type. This option ignores any transmissions that were sent using the Send data stored during a time frame setting.
Send data stored during a time frame
Sends only the data stored in the database between the start and end times that you specify.
Database name
Transmitter.TransmissionType

Usage notes:

  • For every database table, a log message is displayed to indicate the status of the transmission.

1.1410 Request header

Specifies the HTTP header field included in a web service request to authenticate with an application.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
SessionCredential.RequestHeader

Usage note:

  • Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for requirements and syntax.
  • Request header consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request header property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1411 Request method

Specifies the method used to send the authentication request to the application.

Values:

DELETE
GET (default)
PATCH
POST
PUT

Database name
SessionCredential.RequestMethod

Usage note:

  • Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request to determine which method to use.
  • If the application requires a different request method, contact your Ricoh support representative.

1.1412 Request parameters

Specifies the parameters included in the web services request to authenticate with an application.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)

Database name
SessionCredential.RequestParams

Usage note:

  • Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for information about required and optional parameters and syntax.
  • The Request parameters consists of one or more keyword/value pairs. Each pair must appear on a separate line and must be separated using a colon (:) or an equals sign (=).
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request parameters property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1413 Request password

The password used to get a credential that will be used in a web service request. You include the password in other properties as a symbol.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name
SessionCredential.RequestPassword

1.1414 Request payload

Specifies the body of the authentication request sent to an application.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be valid JSON or XML.

Database name
SessionCredential.RequestPayload

Usage note:

  • Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for syntax and requirements.
  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation in the Request payload property. Symbols are resolved when the data transmitter runs.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1415 Response attribute

Specifies the XPath or JSONPath to the element in the response to the authentication request that contains the credential for the session.

This value is stored as the SessionCredential.Credential property for the session.

Format:

Format:
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
SessionCredential.RequestResponseAttribute

Usage note:

  • Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request for the correct XPath or JSONPath expression. The expression extracts the required credential from the authentication web service response.

1.1416 Response content type

Specifies the file format in which the application sends back the response attribute data.

Values:

JSON
XML
Database name
SessionCredential.ContentType

1.1417 Request URL

Specifies the URL used to submit the authentication request to an application.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Must be a valid URL.
Database name
SessionCredential.RequestURL

Usage note:

  • Refer to the documentation for the application that receives the request to determine the URL to use.
  • The URL can use either the HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
  • You can use Ricoh ProcessDirector symbol notation in the URL. Symbols are resolved when the step runs. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the Information Center.

1.1418 Static credential

The authorization code that RICOH ProcessDirector uses to connect to an application that allows a user or application to use the same credential repeatedly.

Format

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Database name
StaticCredential.Credential

Usage note:

  • You supply authentication request properties when your application requires a different authentication token every time you log on. You set a static credential when the token can be reused whenever web service requests are sent over an extended time. For example, some companies assign a credential for your company that is valid for 90 days.
  • Update this credential as needed if there is a time limitation on the credential. For example, if the application requires a credential reset every 90 days, you must update this credential before it expires.
  • This attribute is sent to the application when referenced using symbol notation in the request attributes. If it is not referenced, it is not sent to the application.

1.1419 Image

Specifies the code package that contains everything Docker needs to create a container secondary server.

Values:

Standard Secondary
Includes the operating system, the required RICOH ProcessDirector code, and all of the dependencies required to run the secondary server.
Database name
Instance.Container

1.1420 Create inline form definition

Specifies whether the transform generates a form definition for AFP files. Form definitions can be generated with the following information: tray, number of copies, simplex/duplex, and jog. Any duplex value specified in the Job.Transform.Duplex property will also be added to the form definition.

Values:

Yes (Default)
The transform generates a form definition.
No
The transform does not generate a form definition.

Database name
Job.Transform.AutoFormdef

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP.
  • Create inline form definition is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1421 Preserve color in output

Specifies whether the color information is preserved in the generated output.

Values:

Yes (default)
The transform preserves the color information in the output.
No
The transform does not preserve the color information in the output.
Not Set
The transform does not preserve the color information in the output.

Database name
Job.Transform.ColorOutput

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP or PCL.
  • Preserve color in output is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1422 Default paper size for PostScript

Specifies the paper size to use when the input file does not include paper size information.

Values:

Letter (default)
LetterTab
Manual
LegalTab
Legal
Ledger
A4
A4Tab
A3

Database name
Job.Transform.DefaultPaperSize

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is PostScript.
  • Default paper size for PostScript is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1423 Duplex

Specifies whether the transform should create duplex or simplex output.

Values:

Yes
The transform creates duplex output.
No
The transform creates simplex output.
Not Set (default)
The transform creates simplex output.

Database name
Job.Transform.Duplex

Usage note: Duplex is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1424 Include fonts in the output

Specifies whether the transform embeds fonts into the PDF output file.

Values:

Yes
The transform embeds fonts into the PDF output file.
No
The transform does not embed fonts into the PDF output file.
Not Set (default)
The transform does not embed fonts into the PDF output file.

Database name
Job.Transform.EmbedFonts

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is PDF.
  • Include fonts in the output is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1425 Font fidelity

Specifies whether the transform can substitute fonts in the output if the requested fonts cannot be found.

Values:

Not set
Uses the value set in the default profile for the output.
Relaxed
If the transform cannot locate a font that matches the font characteristics of the input font, a substitute font can be used in the output. Character alignment and font size might not match the appearance in the input data stream.
Strict (default)
If the transform cannot locate a font that matches the font characteristics of the input font, the job moves to the Error state.

Database name:
Job.Transform.FontFidelity

1.1426 Generate PDF TOC

Specifies whether the transform generates a PDF table of contents based on the AFP index tags included in the input file.

Values:

Yes
The transform generates a PDF table of contents.
No
The transform does not generate a PDF table of contents.
Not Set (default)
The transform does not generate a PDF table of contents.

Database name
Job.Transform.GeneratePDFTOC

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the transform converts AFP into PDF.
  • Generate PDF TOC is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1427 Path to ICC profile

Specifies the fully qualified path to the ICC profile that the transform should use when it generates the output file.
Database name
Job.Transform.ICCProfile

Usage notes: Path to ICC profile is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1428 IOCA transform resolution (dpi)

For the AFP output of the Advanced transform feature, specifies the resolution of the IOCA images produced. The resolution of raster fonts is set with the Transform resolution property.

Format:

Length
Number from 100-999

For example:

240
The resolution is 240 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the IBM 3900.
300 (default)
The resolution is 300 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as some models of the InfoPrint 4000.
360
The resolution is 360 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the InfoPrint 5000.
600
The resolution is 600 dots-per-inch. Use this resolution for printers such as the InfoPrint 4100.

Database name
Job.Transform.ImageResolution

Usage note: This property specifies the resolution of AFP image data that appears in the Image Input Descriptor (IID) or Image Data Descriptor (IDD) structured fields of IOCA objects.

1.1429 Transform input stream

Specifies the file format of the input to the transform step. This list contains the input file formats that correspond with the installed advanced transform inputs.

Values:

AFP
The input file is in the Advanced Function Presentation (AFP) format.
BMP
The input file is in the Bitmap format.
GIF
The input file is in the Graphic Interchange Format.
JPEG
The input file is in the Joint Photographic Experts Group format.
PCL
The input file is in the Printer Control Language (PCL) format.
PDF
The input file is in the Portable Document Format (PDF) format.
PNG
The input file is in the Portable Graphics Format.
PS
The input file is in the PostScript format.
TIFF
The input file is in the Tagged Image File Format.
Use Current
The input file is in the format specified in the Input data stream property.

Database name
Job.Transform.InputStream

Usage notes:

  • Transform input stream is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.
  • Images contained in the AFP input files are converted automatically if the InputImage transform is installed.

1.1430 Use outline fonts

Specifies whether the transform produces outline fonts for the AFP output file.

Values:

Yes
The transfrom produces outline fonts.
No (default)
The transform does not produce outline fonts.

Database name
Job.Transform.OutlineFonts

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP.
  • Use outline fonts is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1431 Transform output stream

Specifies the output format that the transform step produces. This list contains the output file formats that correspond with the installed advanced transform outputs.

Values:

AFP
The transform step produces a file in the Advanced Function Presentation (AFP) format.
PCL
The transform step produces a file in the Printer Control Language (PCL) format.
PDF
The transform step produces a file in the Portable Document Format (PDF) format.
PS
The transform step produces a file in the PostScript format.

Database name
Job.Transform.OutputStream

Usage note: Transform output stream is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1432 Page range to transform

Specifies the page or page range that the transform should extract and convert to the output data stream.
Database name
Job.Transform.PageRange

Usage notes:

  • To transform a single page, enter the page number.
  • To transform a page range, enter first page number-last page number, for example: 45-75.
  • To transform from a specific page to the end of the job, enter first page number-n, for example: 100-n.
  • Page range to transform is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1433 Use full printable area for PCL output

Specifies whether the PCL output should use the full printable area on the page instead of the PCL standard area.

Values:

Yes
The PCL output uses the full printable area.
No
The PCL output uses the PCL standard area.
Not Set (default)
The PCL output uses the PCL standard area.

Database name
Job.Transform.PCLFullPrintableArea

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is PCL.
  • Use full printable area for PCL output is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1434 PDF page scaling factor

Specifies the multiplier that the transform uses to scale the logical page of the output file.

For example, set this value to:

  • .5 to scale the logical page to half the size of the original
  • 1 to keep the logical page the same size as the original
  • 2 to scale the logical page to twice the size of the original
Database name
Job.Transform.PDFPageScalingFactor

Usage Notes

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is PDF.
  • Authorized users can add one or more steps based on the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step template to a workflow, using different property values for each occurrence. When the job runs, you can view each occurrence of the property in the job's properties notebook, labeled with the phase and step name. For example, PDF page scaling factor [Prepare] [TransformWithAdvancedFeature].

1.1435 Path to custom profiles

The path where the transform profile files for the job are stored.

By default, the step uses transform profile files in the C:\aiw\aiw1\cpt\profiles directory for Windows and /aiw/aiw1/cpt/profiles directory for Linux. If you change the default path and enter a custom path, the step uses the files located in the folder you specified. If the field does not contain any path, either default or custom, the path to the custom profiles does not get set. Each data stream has its own profile containing both input and output parameters. The name of the profile must be of the form mffafp.pro, where afp indicates it is the profile for AFP input and output.

The Advanced Transform feature supplies sample profiles in the C:\aiw\aiw1\samples\cpt\profiles directory for Windows and /aiw/aiw1/samples/cpt/profiles directory for Linux that you can customize for some applications. If you have a profile to apply for a certain workflow, edit the sample and provide the name of the path where you stored the edited profile in this property.

Default path:
C:\aiw\aiw1\cpt\profiles on Windows and /aiw/aiw1/cpt/profiles on Linux.
Database name:
Job.Transform.ProfilePath

1.1436 Render output as

Determines the format of the output produced by the transform.

Values:

Not set
Uses the value set in the default profile for the output.
All Image
All input data is rendered as image data in the output. This output is useful for printing, but cannot be used to extract any text information from it because the text is no longer identifiable.
Text (default)
Text in the input data is rendered as text data in the output. Fonts are created and inserted at the beginning of the document. If the output of the step is AFP, this format can be used as input to AFP Indexer to determine document boundaries and index tag information.
Text as Image
Text in the input data is rendered as image data in the output. Use this value if the Text value causes problems with printing or other processing.

Database name:
Job.Transform.Render

1.1437 Place resources inline

Specifies whether the AFP file generated by the transform should include the form definition, medium map, overlay, code page, and character set resources that it uses inline with the job.

Values:

Yes (default)
The transform includes the resources inline with the job.
No
The transform does not include the resources inline with the job.
Not Set
The transform does not include the resources inline with the job.

Database name
Job.Transform.SelfContained

Usage notes:

  • This property can only be used if the output data stream is AFP.
  • Place resources inline is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1438 Path to system fonts

Specifies the fully qualified path to the system fonts directory.
Database name
Job.Transform.SystemFontPath

1.1439 Path to TrueType fonts

Specifies the fully qualified path to the TrueType fonts directory.
Database name
Job.Transform.TrueTypePath

1.1440 Media information command

Specifies the command that retrieves media information from the AFP or PostScript data stream that is input to a step based on the TransformToPDFWithMediaInfo step template.
Default
perl ${AIWDATA}/bin/callxform.pl -C ${getControlFileName()} -i ${getCurrentFile(${Job.Transform.InputStream})} -type xif -loglevel I -logdate -logtime -logdir ${Job.SpoolFileStem}tmp -logfile ${Job.ID}.xif.log -verbose -relaxed -msg.add PSI3002 -remove abcefhilnoprst01234
Database name
Job.XIF.Command
Usage note:
  • The command works without any edits when you retrieve media information from a PostScript data stream.
  • The command requires one edit when you retrieve media information from an AFP data stream. Add the -enablefdp argument between the input argument, -i, and the type argument, -type. This example shows the edited command:

    perl ${AIWDATA}/bin/callxform.pl -C ${getControlFileName()} -i ${getCurrentFile(${Job.Transform.InputStream})} -enablefdp -type xif -loglevel I -logdate -logtime -logdir ${Job.SpoolFileStem}tmp -logfile ${Job.ID}.xif.log -verbose -relaxed -msg.add PSI3002 -remove abcefhilnoprst01234

  • Do not make any other edits to the command unless you are familiar with command input. Discuss the proposed edits with your Ricoh support representative before you make them. Editing the command incorrectly can cause unexpected results.
  • Media information command is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1441 Path to media mapping file

Specifies the full path and name of a file that maps media names in the AFP or PostScript input to the TransformToPDFWithMediaInfo step to RICOH ProcessDirector media names. If you do not provide a mapping file, the media names in the JDF job ticket that the step generates are the same as the media names in the AFP or PostScript input.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Default
None
Database name
Job.Transform.MapOfJDFToRPDMedia

Usage notes:

  • This example file maps four AFP or PostScript media names (A4, Letter, TRAY1, and TRAY2) to four RICOH ProcessDirector media names:
    • # AFPorPSmedia=RPDmedia
    • A4=A4 Plain
    • Letter=Letter Color
    • TRAY1=Letter Preprinted
    • TRAY2=A3 Plain

    For information about creating a file that maps media names in the AFP or PostScript input to RICOH ProcessDirector media names, refer to the Information Center.

  • If RICOH ProcessDirector media names include Unicode characters, edit the media mapping file with an editor that saves text in UTF-8 format.
  • If any RICOH ProcessDirector media name does not match a RICOH ProcessDirector media object, the job goes into the error state. The Reason for wait status value is No matching media.
  • If the file maps the same AFP or PostScript media name to different RICOH ProcessDirector media names, the system uses the last mapping of the AFP or PostScript media name. The RICOH ProcessDirector media name in the last mapping replaces the AFP or PostScript media name in the JDF file.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, you have a media mapping file for each printer that can be requested for jobs. The name of each file is the name of the printer. Use this symbol: ${Job.RequestedPrinter}

    If each file has a CFG extension, and you store them in the media_mapping subdirectory of the control_files directory, set this value for the Path to media mapping file property:

    • /aiw/aiw1/control_files/media_mapping/${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg on Linux.
    • C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\media_mapping\${Job.RequestedPrinter}.cfg on Windows.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • Path to media mapping file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1442 Output JDF file

Specifies the name of the JDF file containing the page exceptions produced by the step based on the GetTransformPageExceptions step template.
Default
${getFileName(overrides,jdf,write)}
Database name
Job.PER.OutputJDFFile

Usage notes:

  • Make sure that the system user has permission to write the output to the JDF file.

  • Use the default value to make sure that other steps in the workflow process this JDF file. If you specify another value, RICOH ProcessDirector does not process the page exceptions with the job or display them in the job properties notebook.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the file. For example, the default value is the name of the job ticket stored in the spool directory for the job:

    jobID.overrides.jdf

    where jobID is the job number.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1443 Transform step name

Specifies the name of a step based on the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step template. In the workflow, that step provides AFP input to the step based on the GetTransformPageExceptions step template.
Default
TransformWithAdvancedFeature
Database name
Job.PER.TransformStepName

Usage notes:

  • The TransformWithAdvancedFeature step calls the Advanced Transform feature to convert a job from an AFP data stream to a PDF or PostScript data stream.

  • If a workflow has more than one step based on the GetTransformPageExceptions step template, make the values for this property different. You can use either of these methods:

    • Give the steps based on the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step template different names.

    • Use the value of the Step identifier property for each step instead of the step name.

  • You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the step. For example:

    • A workflow has two branches, each with a TransformWithAdvancedFeature step.

    • The branches join before the GetTransformPageExceptions step.

    • You specify ${Job.Info.Attr1} as the value of the Transform step name property.

    • You put an AssignJobValues step in each branch of the workflow. For the Values to set property on each step, you set Property to the Custom 1 job property and Value to the name of the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step in that branch.

    • When a job arrives at the GetTransformPageExceptions step, the Transform step name is set to the name of the TransformWithAdvancedFeature step that processed the job.

    For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1444 Data files

The file or files containing the variable data that is sent to Quadient Inspire Designer to be included in a new print job.

Format:

Data type
Symbol formula if submitted to an input device as part of a job; Comma-separated list of paths if the data file or files are stored in a separate location
Default
${getFileName(overrides, text, read)}

Database name
Job.GMC.DataFilesLocation

Usage notes:

  • Only one data file can be submitted as part of a job. If there is more than one data file, they must be stored in a separate location.
  • If you submit a data file with a job, the file is treated as an overrides file.
  • Make sure that the file names match the file names referenced in the Data modules that process the job.
  • Data files can be in any format the Quadient Inspire Designer supports, including:
    • CSV
    • DBF
    • SAP
    • SRT
    • XML
  • Data files is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1445 Data modules

Lists the name of the data module or modules in Quadient Inspire Designer that process the variable data files.

Format:

Data type
String
Default
None

Database name
Job.GMC.DataFilesModule

Usage notes:

  • The lists of data files and modules must correspond with each other. For example, the first data file in the Data files property must be processed by the first module in the Data modules property; the second data file must be processed by the second module.
  • The names of the modules must match the module names in the WFD file.
  • The names of the modules must not contain any spaces.
  • You must add -dif to the beginning of the name of the module and separate the module names with commas. For example, if the name of one module is SortData and another is BuildNames, the value in this field is -difSortData,-difBuildNames
  • Data modules is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1446 Fixed data files

A file containing data that is the same for all jobs processed through this step. The file is sent to Quadient Inspire Designer to be included in a new AFP print job.

Format:

Data type
Path to a file
Default
None

Database name
Job.GMC.FixedDataFilesLocation

Usage notes:

  • A job can use only one fixed data file.
  • Fixed data files is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1447 Fixed data modules

Lists the name of the data module in Quadient Inspire Designer that processes a fixed data file.

Format:

Data type
String
Default
None

Database name
Job.GMC.FixedDataFilesModule

Usage notes:

  • The name of the module must match the module name in the WFD file.
  • The names of the module cannot contain any spaces.
  • A job can use only one fixed data module.
  • Fixed data modules is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1448 Quadient JOB file

The production configuration file that Quadient Inspire Designer generates. This file contains configuration information for the printer, so jobs are printed correctly.

Format:

Data type
Path to a file
Default
None

Database name
Job.GMC.JobFile

Usage notes:

  • If you list a JOB file, you must also add this text to the value of the External Command property: -c ${Job.GMC.JobFile}
  • If you do not list a JOB file, the default printer settings are used.
  • Quadient JOB file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1449 WFD file

A formatting file generated when you use Quadient Inspire Designer to design a print layout. This file contains the application layout and input data that Quadient Inspire Designer uses to generate a print job.

Format:

Data type
Symbol formula if submitted to an input device as part of a job; Path to file if stored in a separate location
Default
${getFileName(other, wfd, read)}

Database name
Job.GMC.WFDFileLocation

Usage notes:

  • You must create this file using Quadient Inspire Designer.
  • You can only use one WFD file for a job.
  • When you save the WFD file in Quadient Inspire Designer, you must save it with all resources included.
  • WFD file is a positional job property. For information about using positional job properties, refer to the Information Center.

1.1450 MarcomCentral job ticket

Specifies the ID of a job ticket in an order retrieved from a store at the MarcomCentral web site.
Database name
Job.Marcom.JobTicketId

Usage notes:

  • You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral job ticket into this job property.

  • You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1451 MarcomCentral order ID

Specifies the ID of an order retrieved from a store at the MarcomCentral web site.
Database name
Job.Marcom.OrderId

Usage notes:

  • You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral order ID into this job property.

  • You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1452 MarcomCentral order number

Specifies the number of an order retrieved from a store at the MarcomCentral web site.
Database name
Job.Marcom.OrderNumber

Usage notes:

  • You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral order number into this job property.

  • You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1453 MarcomCentral product type

Specifies the product type of a job ticket in an order retrieved from a store at the MarcomCentral web site.
Database name
Job.Marcom.ProductType

Usage notes:

  • You can use an XSLT style sheet in the ApplyXSLTransform step to convert the XML element for the MarcomCentral product type into this job property.

  • You can use this property as a symbol in the Request payload property of a CallSOAPService step or SOAP web service notification. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

  • MarcomCentral uses the value of the ProductType XML element to indicate whether an item in an order is printable. Currently, the values for printable items are Versioned, Variable, and JobDirect. All other values (such as Static) indicate that an item is not printable.

    You can specify values for the MarcomCentral product type property in a rule on a connector to send printable and nonprintable items to different branches in a workflow.

1.1454 FusionPro system

Shows the list of systems where FusionPro Server is installed.

Values:

System (RICOH ProcessDirector for Windows only)
The system where both RICOH ProcessDirector and FusionPro Server are installed.
List of application servers (RICOH ProcessDirector for Linux only)
A list of existing application servers. Select the application server where FusionPro Server is installed.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.FusionPro.Server

Usages notes:

  • If you are using RICOH ProcessDirector for Linux, you must install an application server on the Windows system where FusionPro is installed. If you installed the application server but have not created the associated application server object, click the plus sign (+) to create the object.
  • If you change the system where FusionPro is installed, such as name, IP address, or host name, you must configure again the step template to work with the new system.

1.1455 Imposition template

Specifies the full path and file name for the imposition template.

You can also select a step resource object as the value for the property instead of providing a path and filename. Using a step resource lets you change the specific file without editing all of the workflows that contain the step that uses the file.

Values:

Length
1-255 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.FusionPro.ImpositionTemplate

Usage notes:

  • Use FusionPro Imposer to create the imposition template before setting this value. The extension of the file is .fpi.
  • Make sure that the value of this property is always updated with the correct server information if the FusionPro Server address has changed.

1.1456 Input data file

Specifies the input file to be composed into the requested format.

Format:

Length
Up to 2048 characters (bytes)

Default
${getFileName(print, csv, read})
Database name
Job.FusionPro.InputFile

Usage note: You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the input file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1457 Output file name

Specifies the full path and file name of the output file created by the step.

Format:

Length
Up to 2048 characters (bytes)

Default
${getFileName(print,pdf,write})
Database name
Job.FusionPro.OutputFileName

Usage note: You can use RICOH ProcessDirector symbol notation for the name of the input file. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1458 Output format

Specifies the format of the output file to request from FusionPro Server.

Values:

PDF
VPDF
PDF_VT
POST_SCRIPT
VDX
DIGIMASTER_PS
PPML
HP_PPML
JLYT
MULTI_FILE_VPS
SINGLE_FILE_VPS
VIPP

Database name
Job.FusionPro.OutputFormat

1.1459 Records

Specifies whether to include all or some of the records from the input file in the output file.

Values:

All
Includes all records found in the input file.
Range
Includes the range of records specified in the Records range property from the input file in the output file.
Database name
Job.FusionPro.RecordsRange

1.1460 Records range

Specifies a numeric range for the records.

The values specify the first and the last records to include in the job. The letter n can be used to represent the last record in the input file. A value of 20-n selects records 20 through the last record. A value of n selects only the last record from the input file.

Format:

Length
Up to 32700 characters (bytes)
Database name
Job.FusionPro.RecordsRange

1.1461 ACRISID

The ACRIS key and destination code for the e-form document.

Format:

Length
Up to 46 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.AcrisId

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1462 CELL_DEF_FILE

Specifies the name of the cell definition file.

Format:

Length
Up to 16 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.CellDefFile

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1463 DBCS_FONTHEIGHT_RATIO

Specifies the DBCS font height adjustment ratio, expressed as a percentage.

For example, to reduce the double-byte font height, set this value to a number less than 100; to increase the font height, set this value to a number greater than 100.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-150
Database name
Job.WPM.DbcsFontheightRatio

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1464 DELDATE

The expiration date for the e-form document. When the document expires, the WPM Web Server deletes it. This value can be a specific date, a relative date, or n RICOH ProcessDirector symbol that resolves to a date.

A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.

Format:

Specific date
Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
Relative date
Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
  • Today+3
  • Today-1
RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date. For example:
  • ${Job.SubmitTime}
  • ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
Database name
Job.WPM.DelDate

Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1465 User Information Page DBCS coded font

The double-byte coded font used to generate the WPM UIP.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.DoubleByteCodedFont

Usage notes:

  • You must add a mapping for this value to the banner_page_code_page_mapping.cfg file. That file is stored in /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/ (on Linux) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\ (on Windows).
  • You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1466 FORMDATE

The date when the e-form document was generated. This value can be a specific date, a relative date, or a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol that resolves to a date.

A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.

Format:

Specific date
Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
Relative date
Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
  • Today+3
  • Today-1
RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date. For example:
  • ${Job.SubmitTime}
  • ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
Database name
Job.WPM.FormDate

Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1467 FORMID

The ID of the form that WPM uses for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 16 bytes
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.FormId

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1468 FORMNAME

The name of the form that WPM uses for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 bytes
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.FormName

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1469 FORMNO

The form number that WPM uses for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.FormNo

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1470 FORMSIZE

Specifies the name of the form size to use. This name must be defined on the WPM Client before RICOH ProcessDirector runs this step.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.FormSize

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1471 FORMTYPE

The type of form that WPM uses for the job.

Format:

Length
Up to 256 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.FormType

Usage notes:

  • To specify more than one form type, separate the values with semicolons.
  • You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1472 MOVE_DATE

The date when the e-form document is moved to another location. This value can be a specific date, a relative date, or a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol that resolves to a date.

A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.

Format:

Specific date
Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
Relative date
Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
  • Today+3
  • Today-1
RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date. For example:
  • ${Job.SubmitTime}
  • ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
Database name
Job.WPM.MoveDate

Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1473 MOVE_DIR

Specifies the directory that the e-form document is moved to.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.MoveDir

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1474 OUTPUT_DIR

Specifies the directory where WPM creates and stores the e-form document.

Format:

Length
Up to 255 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.OutputDir

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1475 SBCS_FONTHEIGHT_RATIO

Specifies the SBCS font height adjustment ratio, expressed as a percentage.

For example, to reduce the single-byte font height to half the original size, set this value to 50; to increase the font height to twice the original size, set this value to 200.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 1-999
Database name
Job.WPM.SbcsFontheightRatio

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1476 SECCLASS

The security class that is used to control access to the e-form document.

Values:

  • A single character: A - Z, 0 - 9
Database name
Job.WPM.SecClass

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1477 SENDDATE

The date when the e-form document is sent to WPM. This value can be a specific date, a relative date, or a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol that resolves to a date.

A relative date is the date that this step processes a print job plus or minus a selected number of days. A symbol is a notation that instructs RICOH ProcessDirector to retrieve the value of a certain property and use it.

Format:

Specific date
Enter the date using the four-digit year, two-digit month, and two-digit day in this format: YYYYMMDD. For example: 20110617
Relative date
Type the word Today, a + or - sign, and the number of days. For example:
  • Today+3
  • Today-1
RICOH ProcessDirector symbol
Type the symbol notation for the property whose value you want to insert as the date. For example:
  • ${Job.SubmitTime}
  • ${Job.FileReceiptTime}
Database name
Job.WPM.SendDate

Usage note: For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1478 SHIFT_CHARS_RATIO

Specifies position adjustment ratio for text characters, expressed as a percentage of the character width. All characters are shifted to the right.

Format:

Data type
Integer from 0-100
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.ShiftCharsRatio

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1479 User Information Page SBCS coded font

The single-byte coded font used to generate the WPM UIP.

Format:

Length
Up to 8 characters (bytes)
Restrictions
Only single-byte characters can be used for this value.
Database name
Job.WPM.SingleByteCodedFont

Usage notes:

  • You must add a mapping for this value to the banner_page_code_page_mapping.cfg file. That file is stored in /aiw/aiw1/control_files/banner_pages/ (on Linux) or in C:\aiw\aiw1\control_files\banner_pages\ (on Windows).
  • You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1480 SYSTEM_FLAG

Specifies the flag that controls the behavior of the WPM system.
Data type
Integer from 1-99999999
Database name
Job.WPM.SystemFlag

Usage note: You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1481 TITLE

The title of the e-form document. When a job is sent to WPM, this title appears on the WPM client user interface.

Format:

Length
Up to 108 bytes
Database name
Job.WPM.Title

Usage notes:

  • If you include spaces in the title, they are converted to underscore characters (_) when the job is sent to WPM.
  • You can use a RICOH ProcessDirector symbol for the value of this property. For more information about symbol notation and how to use it, refer to the help system.

1.1482 Create User Information Page

Specifies whether this printer object should create a User Information Page (UIP) for this job and send it to the printer with the job. If the TCP/IP address or host name for this printer object refers to a WPM AFP Emulator, WPM Web uses the information in the UIP to process the job. The UIP is not printed.

Values:

Not set (default)
This printer object does not create a UIP for the job.
Yes
This printer object creates a UIP and sends it to the printer with the job.
No
This printer object does not create a UIP for the job.

Database name
Printer.WPM.SendToWPM

Usage notes:

  • The values required to create the UIP come from a step based on the SetWPMProperties step template. Jobs sent to WPM Web should be processed through a step based on SetWPMProperties before they are assigned to a printer.
  • If this property is set to Yes and the job has not been processed through a step based on the SetWPMProperties step template, the UIP cannot be created, so the job moves into the error state.
  • If this property is set to Yes and the TCP/IP address or host name for this printer object does not refer to a WPM AFP Emulator, the UIP is sent to the printer and printed before the job.

1.1483 Certificate status

Shows the current status of the certificate used to authenticate with the Ricoh cloud.

Values:

Valid
The certificate is valid and can be used for authentication.
Invalid
The certificate is not valid. You cannot establish a connection to the Ricoh cloud.
Not set
A certificate was not created.

Database name
RicohCloudCredential.CertificateStatus

1.1484 One-time code

An entry field for the one-time code that is generated in RICOH Account Administration and used to create the authentication certificate.

Format:

Length
Up to 128 characters (bytes)

Database name
RicohCloudCredential.OneTimeCode

Usage notes:

  • The code you receive expires quickly. If you do not complete the process of generating a certificate before the code expires, you must generate a new code.
  • The code is used to create the certificate and then deleted. It is not stored in RICOH ProcessDirector.

1.1485 System display name

Specifies the RICOH ProcessDirector system name displayed in RICOH Supervisor.

To identify your RICOH ProcessDirector system in RICOH Supervisor,you must assign a name to the current system.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.CloudDisplayName

1.1486 Use proxy

Specifies whether communication with the Ricoh cloud is sent through a proxy server. This value also specifies the proxy server to use.

Values:

Not set (default)

RICOH ProcessDirector does not use a proxy server to communicate with the Ricoh cloud.

Proxy server 1
RICOH ProcessDirector uses Proxy server 1 to communicate with the Ricoh cloud.
Proxy server 2
RICOH ProcessDirector uses Proxy server 2 to communicate with the Ricoh cloud.
Database name
WorkflowSystem.CloudProxy

Usage notes:

  • To use a proxy server, specify values for Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 properties on the Proxy server tab of the System Settings page.

  • When Use proxy is set to Proxy server 1 or Proxy server 2 and the values are not set for the proxy server properties, RICOH ProcessDirector cannot connect with the Ricoh cloud.

1.1487 Convert times to time zone

Specifies the time that RICOH ProcessDirector converts data into before transmitting data to RICOH Supervisor.

RICOH ProcessDirector stores data in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), but you can choose a different time zone for time stamps of data sent to RICOH Supervisor.

Database name
WorkflowSystem.CloudTimezoneOffset

Usage notes:

  • The default value is the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server time zone.
  • If you transmit data to RICOH Supervisor and all of the time stamps are incorrect because they are not in your time zone, change this value to fix the time stamps. For example, if you are in the Eastern Standard Time (EST) and the RICOH ProcessDirector primary server is in a different time zone, change this value to Eastern Standard Time (EST) and check the new data that is sent.

1.1488 Credential

Specifies the Ricoh cloud credential to use with a RICOH Supervisor Transmitter.

Access the RICOH Account Administration Web page to obtain a one-time code to create a certificate. The certificate is used to connect to the Ricoh cloud.

Usage notes:

  • You can create only one Ricoh cloud credential for one RICOH ProcessDirector server.
  • To delete a Ricoh cloud credential, you must delete the RICOH Supervisor Transmitter first.

1.1489 Transmitter

Specifies the RICOH Supervisor Transmitter used to send data to RICOH Supervisor.

Usage notes:

  • You can create only one RICOH Supervisor Transmitter for one RICOH ProcessDirector server. You can edit the transmitter later if you want to change the settings.
  • Enable the RICOH Supervisor Transmitter to complete setting up the RICOH Supervisor Settings and start transmitting the data.

1.1490 Installation display name

Specifies an installation name to easily identify a restore point.

Length
1–32 character (bytes)
Restrictions
Case-sensitive
Database name:
WorkflowSystem.Nickname

1.1491 Installations to store

Specifies the number of installations to store.
Allowed values:
0–99
Default value:
10
Database name:
WorkflowSystem.NumberOfInstalls

1.1492 Files to import

Specifies which files to copy from one system to another when the Migration Assistant runs.

Values:

All eligible files (default)
All eligible files stored in /aiw/aiw1 and its subdirectories are migrated from the source system to the target system. These files include files you have customized and added to the directory as well as files used by sample workflows and other sample objects.
Selected files
Only selected files from the source system are migrated to the target system.
Files used by objects on the target system
Only those files that are set as property values in objects are migrated from the source system to the target system.
None

Database name
Migration.ConfigFileSelection

Usage notes:

  • To view the list of all files that are eligible for migration, choose the Selected files option.

1.1493 Reports Database Configuration

Specifies how to handle Reports database configuration when the Migration Assistant runs.

You can continue to use the same database or create a new one. If you create a new database, you can choose whether to migrate your existing data into it.

If you're not ready to set up your Reports database, chose the Skip option. When you are ready to migrate your database, run the Migration Assistant again.

Values:

Use new Reports database
Copy most database settings but use a new Reports database on the target system. Create the database if necessary.
Import existing Reports data
Copy all data corresponding to data collectors enabled on the source system.
Do not import existing Reports data
Copy Reports database properties without moving any data to the target system.
Use existing Reports database
Copy Reports database settings and connect to the same Reports database as the source system.
Skip Reports database migration
Do not copy any database settings or content. Configure a new Reports database on the target system after migration.

Database name
Migration.DatabaseSelection

Usage notes:

  • The migration process does not install PostgreSQL on your target system. PostgreSQL must be installed already.
  • If PostgreSQL is not available on the target system, you see an error in the migration summary.
  • Enable all the data collectors whose data you want to migrate on the source system before you run the migration.

1.1494 Objects to import

Specifies which objects to copy from one system to another when the Migration Assistant runs.

Values:

All objects (default)
All objects on the source system are migrated to the target system.
Selected objects
Only selected objects from the source system are migrated to the target system.
None

Database name
Migration.ObjectSelection

Usage notes:

  • You can use this function to replicate objects on a new system rather than creating them manually or using the export and import actions on the Administration tab.

1.1495 Overwrite options

Specifies how to handle objects with identical names during the migration.

Value:

Overwrite existing objects
If objects with the same name exist on both systems, selecting this option replaces the objects on the target system with the imported objects.
If you deselect this option, objects with identical names on both systems are ignored. The existing object on the target system remains unchanged.

Database name
Migration.ObjectOptions

1.1496 Settings to import

Specifies the groups of system settings to import to the target system. Groups of settings correspond to tabs or sections of tabs on the Administration page.

To import all settings, select the Select/Clear All at the top of the list. Clear the boxes for any setting groups that you do not use.

Available options:

Avanti Slingshot
Imports settings from Administration Settings Avanti Slingshot, such as the URL for Avanti Slingshot and the list of cost centers defined.
Only displayed if the Avanti Slingshot Connect feature is installed.
LDAP
Imports LDAP configuration settings from Administration Settings LDAP. Clear this option if you do not use LDAP user IDs to log in to RICOH ProcessDirector.
Media Settings
Imports settings for media matching and creation from Administration Media Media Settings.
RICOH Supervisor
Imports the settings from section 1 of Administration Settings RICOH Supervisor. After the migration, you must configure sections 2 and 3 manually.
Only displayed if the RICOH Supervisor Connect feature is installed.
Security - General
Imports settings related to password length and complexity, account lockouts, and user inactivity from the General section of Administration Settings Security. Settings from the Enable HTTPS section of the Security tab must be configured after the migration completes.
System - Email/SMTP
Imports primary and alternate email and SMTP settings from Administration Settings System.
System - General
Imports general system settings Administration Settings System.
System- Jobs
Imports system-wide job settings, such as largest and smallest job numbers and maximum step counts, from Administration Settings System.
System - Proxy server
Imports proxy server settings from Administration Settings System. Clear this option if you do not use proxy servers.
System - Users
Imports the Login inactivity timer and Maximum password age settings from the Users section of Administration Settings System.
Ultimate Impostrip®
Imports settings used to exchange information with Ultimate Impostrip® from Administration Settings Ultimate Impostrip®.
Only displayed if the Ultimate Impostrip® Connect feature is installed.

Database name
Migration.SettingSelection

1.1497 Operating system

Specifies the operating system of the RICOH ProcessDirector source system.
Database name
Migration.Source.OS

1.1498 RICOH ProcessDirector version

Specifies the RICOH ProcessDirector version installed on the source machine.
Database name
Migration.Source.Version

1.1499 Source System URL

Specifies the URL of the RICOH ProcessDirector source system.

The source system is the old RICOH ProcessDirector system where you are migrating objects, settings, and configuration details to a new RICOH ProcessDirector system, which is the RICOH ProcessDirector target system.

Database name
Migration.Source.URL

1.1500 Operating system

Specifies the operating system of the RICOH ProcessDirector target system.
Database name
Migration.Target.OS

1.1501 Target system URL

Specifies the URL of the RICOH ProcessDirector target system.

The target system is the current RICOH ProcessDirector system where you are logged in and where you migrate the objects, settings, and configuration details from the source system.

Database name
Migration.Target.URL

1.1502 RICOH ProcessDirector version

Specifies the RICOH ProcessDirector version installed on the target machine.
Database name
Migration.Target.Version